[
  {
    "sku": "432316U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432316U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 131,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 755,
    "static_load_kN": 1050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2500,
    "weight_g": 13600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432316U is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 80×170×131 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 16 are the bore code, ×5 = 80 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Catalogue mass of 4T-432316U is 13.6 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432316U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 80 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-432316U.",
    "applications": [
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 13.6 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432316U its 131 mm width and 755 kN rating at the 80 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 120 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432316U near 1,900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432316U near 1,900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 131 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432316U are unit-specific.",
      "The 755/1050 kN ratings and 120 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432316U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432316U?",
        "a": "4T-432316U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 80 mm bore, 170 mm outside diameter and 131 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 755 kN, C0 1050 kN, Cu 120 kN, grease limiting speed 1,900 r/min, oil speed 2,500 r/min, mass about 13.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 80 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432316U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432316U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 131 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432316U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432316U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432316U list two speeds, 1,900 and 2,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432316U at 2,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432316U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432316u",
      "4t-432316u",
      "432316U",
      "4T-432316U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430217XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430217XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 345,
    "static_load_kN": 465,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 54,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2700,
    "weight_g": 4760,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430217XU is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 85×150×70 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Reading the designation: the last two digits 17 are the bore code, ×5 = 85 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-430217XU is 54 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430217XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 345 kN C the unit offers about 4.1 kN per millimetre of the 85 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 2,700 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 4.76 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430217XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 85 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 70 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430217XU are unit-specific.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430217XU with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 32.5 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430217XU or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 345/465 kN ratings and 54 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430217XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430217XU?",
        "a": "4T-430217XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 85 mm bore, 150 mm outside diameter and 70 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 345 kN, C0 465 kN, Cu 54 kN, grease limiting speed 2,000 r/min, oil speed 2,700 r/min, mass about 4.76 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 85 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430217XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430217XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 70 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430217XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430217XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430217XU list two speeds, 2,000 and 2,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 2,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430217XU at 2,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430217XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430217xu",
      "4t-430217xu",
      "430217XU",
      "4T-430217XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432217XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432217XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 86,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 425,
    "static_load_kN": 600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 70,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2700,
    "weight_g": 5990,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-432217XU denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 85 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 425 kN basic dynamic and 600 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 17 are the bore code, ×5 = 85 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 425 kN against C0 600 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.41; the two rows of 4T-432217XU share the combined load as one bearing position. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432217XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a k5/m5 seat on the 85 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-432217XU.",
    "applications": [
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 5.99 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432217XU its 86 mm width and 425 kN rating at the 85 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 70 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432217XU near 2,000 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 425 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 425 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 425/600 kN ratings and 70 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432217XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432217XU?",
        "a": "4T-432217XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 85 mm bore, 150 mm outside diameter and 86 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 425 kN, C0 600 kN, Cu 70 kN, grease limiting speed 2,000 r/min, oil speed 2,700 r/min, mass about 5.99 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 85 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432217XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432217XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 86 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432217XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432217XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432217XU list two speeds, 2,000 and 2,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 2,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432217XU at 2,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432217XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432217xu",
      "4t-432217xu",
      "432217XU",
      "4T-432217XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430317DU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430317DU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 470,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 66,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 10400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 85 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-430317DU, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 470 kN C and 585 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Suffix reading on 430317DU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; D is an internal-design revision letter of the base number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-430317DU locates the shaft in both directions with C0 585 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430317DU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-430317DU.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 10.4 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430317DU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 85 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 430317DU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 85 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Order by the full 430317DU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 85 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430317DU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 470/585 kN ratings and 66 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430317DU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430317DU?",
        "a": "4T-430317DU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 85 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 98 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 470 kN, C0 585 kN, Cu 66 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 10.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 85 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430317DU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430317DU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 98 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430317DU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430317DU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; D is an internal-design revision letter of the base number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430317DU list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430317DU at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430317DU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430317du",
      "4t-430317du",
      "430317DU",
      "4T-430317DU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430317XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430317XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 580,
    "static_load_kN": 725,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 81,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 10800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 85 mm shaft position as 4T-430317XU: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 98 mm. Suffix reading on 430317XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Selection: C 580 kN against C0 725 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.25; the two rows of 4T-430317XU share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430317XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 85 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-430317XU are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 10.8 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430317XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 85 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430317XU with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430317XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430317XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 580/725 kN ratings and 81 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430317XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430317XU?",
        "a": "4T-430317XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 85 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 98 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 580 kN, C0 725 kN, Cu 81 kN, grease limiting speed 1,800 r/min, oil speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 10.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 85 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430317XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430317XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 98 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430317XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430317XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430317XU list two speeds, 1,800 and 2,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430317XU at 2,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430317XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430317xu",
      "4t-430317xu",
      "430317XU",
      "4T-430317XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432317U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432317U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 137,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 765,
    "static_load_kN": 1050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 118,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 15400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432317U is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 85×180×137 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 432317U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 9.0 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 765 kN rating over the 85 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 137 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432317U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 85 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-432317U's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 15.4 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432317U its 137 mm width and 765 kN rating at the 85 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 118 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 180 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 47.5 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432317U or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 765 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 765/1050 kN ratings and 118 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432317U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432317U?",
        "a": "4T-432317U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 85 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 137 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 765 kN, C0 1050 kN, Cu 118 kN, grease limiting speed 1,800 r/min, oil speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 15.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 85 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432317U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432317U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 137 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432317U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432317U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432317U list two speeds, 1,800 and 2,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432317U at 2,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432317U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432317u",
      "4t-432317u",
      "432317U",
      "4T-432317U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430218U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430218U",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 395,
    "static_load_kN": 535,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 61,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2500,
    "weight_g": 5850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430218U denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 90 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 395 kN basic dynamic and 535 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 18 are the bore code, ×5 = 90 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Catalogue mass of 4T-430218U is 5.85 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430218U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 90 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 160 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 5.85 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430218U narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 90 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430218U near 1,900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430218U feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 160 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 395/535 kN ratings and 61 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430218U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430218U?",
        "a": "4T-430218U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 90 mm bore, 160 mm outside diameter and 74 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 395 kN, C0 535 kN, Cu 61 kN, grease limiting speed 1,900 r/min, oil speed 2,500 r/min, mass about 5.85 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 90 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430218U belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430218U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 74 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430218U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430218U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430218U list two speeds, 1,900 and 2,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430218U at 2,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430218U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430218u",
      "4t-430218u",
      "430218U",
      "4T-430218U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432218U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432218U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 94,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 500,
    "static_load_kN": 720,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 82.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2500,
    "weight_g": 7350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-432218U denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 90 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 500 kN basic dynamic and 720 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432218U integrates both rows in one article: the 94 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Catalogue mass of 4T-432218U is 7.35 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432218U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 90 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-432218U must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 7.35 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432218U its 94 mm width and 500 kN rating at the 90 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 82.5 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 94 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432218U are unit-specific.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432218U near 1,900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 500 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 500/720 kN ratings and 82.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432218U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432218U?",
        "a": "4T-432218U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 90 mm bore, 160 mm outside diameter and 94 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 500 kN, C0 720 kN, Cu 82.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,900 r/min, oil speed 2,500 r/min, mass about 7.35 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 90 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432218U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432218U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 94 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432218U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432218U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432218U list two speeds, 1,900 and 2,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432218U at 2,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432218U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432218u",
      "4t-432218u",
      "432218U",
      "4T-432218U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430318DU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430318DU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 515,
    "static_load_kN": 645,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 71,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 12200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430318DU is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 90×190×102 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430318DU integrates both rows in one article: the 102 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,500 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,900 r/min with oil lubrication — a 400 r/min margin at this size. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430318DU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 90 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 90 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 12.2 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430318DU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 90 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430318DU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Open 4T-430318DU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,500 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 515 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 515/645 kN ratings and 71 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430318DU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430318DU?",
        "a": "4T-430318DU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 90 mm bore, 190 mm outside diameter and 102 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 515 kN, C0 645 kN, Cu 71 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 12.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 90 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430318DU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430318DU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 102 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430318DU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430318DU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; D is an internal-design revision letter of the base number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430318DU list two speeds, 1,500 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430318DU at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430318DU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430318du",
      "4t-430318du",
      "430318DU",
      "4T-430318DU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430318U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430318U",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 640,
    "static_load_kN": 815,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 89,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2300,
    "weight_g": 12500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430318U belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430318U reads accordingly. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 640 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-430318U, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430318U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 90 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-430318U's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 12.5 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430318U narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 90 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 102 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 2,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 102 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430318U are unit-specific.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430318U near 1,700 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 640/815 kN ratings and 89 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430318U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430318U?",
        "a": "4T-430318U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 90 mm bore, 190 mm outside diameter and 102 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 640 kN, C0 815 kN, Cu 89 kN, grease limiting speed 1,700 r/min, oil speed 2,300 r/min, mass about 12.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 90 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430318U belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430318U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 102 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430318U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430318U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430318U list two speeds, 1,700 and 2,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,700 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430318U at 2,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430318U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430318u",
      "4t-430318u",
      "430318U",
      "4T-430318U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432318U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432318U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 855,
    "static_load_kN": 1190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 131,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2300,
    "weight_g": 18300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432318U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 90 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 855 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-432318U, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432318U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 90 mm shaft. At 855 kN C the unit offers about 9.5 kN per millimetre of the 90 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 2,300 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 18.3 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432318U its 144 mm width and 855 kN rating at the 90 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 131 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-432318U units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,700 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-432318U with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 50.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432318U or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 855/1190 kN ratings and 131 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432318U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432318U?",
        "a": "4T-432318U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 90 mm bore, 190 mm outside diameter and 144 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 855 kN, C0 1190 kN, Cu 131 kN, grease limiting speed 1,700 r/min, oil speed 2,300 r/min, mass about 18.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 90 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432318U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432318U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 144 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432318U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432318U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432318U list two speeds, 1,700 and 2,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,700 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432318U at 2,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432318U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432318u",
      "4t-432318u",
      "432318U",
      "4T-432318U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430219XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430219XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 430,
    "static_load_kN": 580,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 6850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430219XU is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 95×170×78 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430219XU integrates both rows in one article: the 78 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 1,800 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 2,400 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430219XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a k5/m5 seat on the 95 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-430219XU.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 6.85 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430219XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 95 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 170 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430219XU near 1,800 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 170 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 430/580 kN ratings and 65 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430219XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430219XU?",
        "a": "4T-430219XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 95 mm bore, 170 mm outside diameter and 78 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 430 kN, C0 580 kN, Cu 65 kN, grease limiting speed 1,800 r/min, oil speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 6.85 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 95 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430219XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430219XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 78 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430219XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430219XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430219XU list two speeds, 1,800 and 2,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430219XU at 2,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430219XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430219xu",
      "4t-430219xu",
      "430219XU",
      "4T-430219XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432219XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432219XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 100,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 570,
    "static_load_kN": 835,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 9200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 95 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-432219XU, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 570 kN C and 835 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432219XU integrates both rows in one article: the 100 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 6.0 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 570 kN rating over the 95 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 100 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432219XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 95 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 95 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 9.2 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432219XU its 100 mm width and 570 kN rating at the 95 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 93.5 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 100 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432219XU are unit-specific.",
      "The 37.5 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432219XU or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432219XU near 1,800 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 570/835 kN ratings and 93.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432219XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432219XU?",
        "a": "4T-432219XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 95 mm bore, 170 mm outside diameter and 100 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 570 kN, C0 835 kN, Cu 93.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,800 r/min, oil speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 9.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 95 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432219XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432219XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 100 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432219XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432219XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432219XU list two speeds, 1,800 and 2,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432219XU at 2,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432219XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432219xu",
      "4t-432219xu",
      "432219XU",
      "4T-432219XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430319XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430319XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 108,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 700,
    "static_load_kN": 890,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 14600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430319XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430319XU reads accordingly. The 7.4 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 700 kN rating over the 95 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 108 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-430319XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 108 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 200 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 14.6 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430319XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 95 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430319XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430319XU with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430319XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 700/890 kN ratings and 96.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430319XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430319XU?",
        "a": "4T-430319XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 95 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 108 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 700 kN, C0 890 kN, Cu 96.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 14.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 95 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430319XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430319XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 108 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430319XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430319XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430319XU list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430319XU at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430319XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430319xu",
      "4t-430319xu",
      "430319XU",
      "4T-430319XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432319U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432319U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 151,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 955,
    "static_load_kN": 1340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 21000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 95 mm shaft position as 4T-432319U: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 151 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432319U integrates both rows in one article: the 151 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 1,600 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 2,100 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432319U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 95 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 95 mm size before ordering 4T-432319U.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 21 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432319U its 151 mm width and 955 kN rating at the 95 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 146 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432319U is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 200 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432319U is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 955/1340 kN ratings and 146 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432319U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432319U?",
        "a": "4T-432319U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 95 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 151 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 955 kN, C0 1340 kN, Cu 146 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 21 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 95 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432319U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432319U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 151 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432319U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432319U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432319U list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432319U at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432319U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432319u",
      "4t-432319u",
      "432319U",
      "4T-432319U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430220XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430220XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 83,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 490,
    "static_load_kN": 675,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 74.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 8270,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430220XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 100 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-430220XU is 74.5 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430220XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 100 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-430220XU.",
    "applications": [
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 8.27 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430220XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 100 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430220XU near 1,700 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 490 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Order by the full 430220XU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 100 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 490/675 kN ratings and 74.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430220XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430220XU?",
        "a": "4T-430220XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 100 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 83 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 490 kN, C0 675 kN, Cu 74.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,700 r/min, oil speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 8.27 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 100 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430220XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430220XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 83 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430220XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430220XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430220XU list two speeds, 1,700 and 2,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,700 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430220XU at 2,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430220XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430220xu",
      "4t-430220xu",
      "430220XU",
      "4T-430220XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432220XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432220XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 107,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 630,
    "static_load_kN": 925,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-432220XU at 100 mm bore, 180 mm OD and 107 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,700 r/min and an oil ceiling of 2,200 r/min. Suffix reading on 432220XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 1,700 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 2,200 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432220XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 100 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-432220XU must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 11 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432220XU its 107 mm width and 630 kN rating at the 100 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 102 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432220XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Open 4T-432220XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,700 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432220XU near 1,700 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 630/925 kN ratings and 102 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432220XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432220XU?",
        "a": "4T-432220XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 100 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 107 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 630 kN, C0 925 kN, Cu 102 kN, grease limiting speed 1,700 r/min, oil speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 11 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 100 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432220XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432220XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 107 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432220XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432220XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432220XU list two speeds, 1,700 and 2,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,700 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432220XU at 2,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432220XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432220xu",
      "4t-432220xu",
      "432220XU",
      "4T-432220XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430320XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430320XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 780,
    "static_load_kN": 995,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 106,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 17900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 100 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-430320XU, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 780 kN C and 995 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430320XU integrates both rows in one article: the 112 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Selection: C 780 kN against C0 995 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.28; the two rows of 4T-430320XU share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-430320XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 112 mm overall width is the finished dimension. At 780 kN C the unit offers about 7.8 kN per millimetre of the 100 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 2,000 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 17.9 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430320XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 100 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-430320XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,500 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 112 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430320XU are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430320XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 780/995 kN ratings and 106 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430320XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430320XU?",
        "a": "4T-430320XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 100 mm bore, 215 mm outside diameter and 112 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 780 kN, C0 995 kN, Cu 106 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 17.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 100 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430320XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430320XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 112 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430320XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430320XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430320XU list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430320XU at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430320XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430320xu",
      "4t-430320xu",
      "430320XU",
      "4T-430320XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432320U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432320U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1090,
    "static_load_kN": 1540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 164,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 26800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 100 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-432320U, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 1090 kN C and 1540 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 20 are the bore code, ×5 = 100 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 1090 kN against C0 1540 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.41; the two rows of 4T-432320U share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432320U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 100 mm shaft. With a rotating shaft a k5/m5 seat on the 100 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-432320U.",
    "applications": [
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 26.8 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432320U its 162 mm width and 1090 kN rating at the 100 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 164 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 162 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 2,000 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1090 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 1090 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 1090/1540 kN ratings and 164 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432320U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432320U?",
        "a": "4T-432320U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 100 mm bore, 215 mm outside diameter and 162 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1090 kN, C0 1540 kN, Cu 164 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 26.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 100 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432320U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432320U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 162 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432320U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432320U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432320U list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432320U at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432320U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432320u",
      "4t-432320u",
      "432320U",
      "4T-432320U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430221XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430221XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 545,
    "static_load_kN": 760,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 82.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 9800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430221XU denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 105 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 545 kN basic dynamic and 760 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430221XU integrates both rows in one article: the 88 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 42.5 mm radial section over the 105 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 88 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430221XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 105 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 105 mm size before ordering 4T-430221XU.",
    "applications": [
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 9.8 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430221XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 105 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-430221XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,600 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 190 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430221XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 545/760 kN ratings and 82.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430221XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430221XU?",
        "a": "4T-430221XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 105 mm bore, 190 mm outside diameter and 88 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 545 kN, C0 760 kN, Cu 82.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 9.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 105 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430221XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430221XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 88 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430221XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430221XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430221XU list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430221XU at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430221XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430221xu",
      "4t-430221xu",
      "430221XU",
      "4T-430221XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432221XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432221XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 115,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 720,
    "static_load_kN": 1080,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 118,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 13300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432221XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432221XU integrates both rows in one article: the 115 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-432221XU is 118 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-432221XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 115 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-432221XU are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 13.3 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432221XU its 115 mm width and 720 kN rating at the 105 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 118 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 115 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 2,100 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 720 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Open 4T-432221XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,600 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 720/1080 kN ratings and 118 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432221XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432221XU?",
        "a": "4T-432221XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 105 mm bore, 190 mm outside diameter and 115 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 720 kN, C0 1080 kN, Cu 118 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 13.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 105 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432221XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432221XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 115 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432221XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432221XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432221XU list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432221XU at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432221XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=195",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432221xu",
      "4t-432221xu",
      "432221XU",
      "4T-432221XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323122",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323122",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 330,
    "static_load_kN": 485,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 5540,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323122 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 110×180×56 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. With no letter suffix, 323122 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Catalogue mass of 4T-323122 is 5.54 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323122 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 110 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 110 mm size before ordering 4T-323122.",
    "applications": [
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 5.54 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323122 its 56 mm width and 330 kN rating at the 110 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 53 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 56 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 2,200 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 180 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323122 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 330/485 kN ratings and 53 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323122; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323122?",
        "a": "4T-323122 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 56 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 330 kN, C0 485 kN, Cu 53 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 5.54 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323122 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323122 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 56 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323122 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323122 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323122 list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323122 at 2,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323122",
      "323122",
      "4T-323122"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413122",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413122",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 253,
    "static_load_kN": 340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 37.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 4930,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 110 mm shaft position as 4T-413122: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 56 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413122 integrates both rows in one article: the 56 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 2.3 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 253 kN rating over the 110 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 56 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413122 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 110 mm size before ordering 4T-413122.",
    "applications": [
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 4.93 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413122 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 110 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413122 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Open 4T-413122 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,600 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 56 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413122 are unit-specific.",
      "The 253/340 kN ratings and 37.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413122; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413122?",
        "a": "4T-413122 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 56 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 253 kN, C0 340 kN, Cu 37.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 4.93 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413122 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413122 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 56 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413122 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413122 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413122 list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413122 at 2,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413122",
      "413122",
      "4T-413122"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423122",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423122",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 330,
    "static_load_kN": 485,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 6380,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-423122 denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 110 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 330 kN basic dynamic and 485 kN static. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423122 reads accordingly. Catalogue mass of 4T-423122 is 6.38 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423122 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 110 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 180 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal",
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 6.38 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423122 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 110 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 330 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423122 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 330 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 330/485 kN ratings and 53 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423122; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423122?",
        "a": "4T-423122 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 70 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 330 kN, C0 485 kN, Cu 53 kN, grease limiting speed 1,600 r/min, oil speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 6.38 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423122 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423122 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 70 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423122 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423122 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423122 list two speeds, 1,600 and 2,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,600 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423122 at 2,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423122",
      "423122",
      "4T-423122"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430222XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430222XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 92,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 615,
    "static_load_kN": 865,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 92.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 11400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430222XU is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 110×200×92 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Reading the designation: the last two digits 22 are the bore code, ×5 = 110 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 615 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-430222XU, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. The internal clearance of 4T-430222XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 92 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-430222XU's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 11.4 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430222XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 110 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 92 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430222XU are unit-specific.",
      "The 45.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430222XU or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 615 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 615/865 kN ratings and 92.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430222XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430222XU?",
        "a": "4T-430222XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 92 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 615 kN, C0 865 kN, Cu 92.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 11.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430222XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430222XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 92 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430222XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430222XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430222XU list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430222XU at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430222XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430222xu",
      "4t-430222xu",
      "430222XU",
      "4T-430222XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432222XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432222XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 121,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 800,
    "static_load_kN": 1210,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 130,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 15800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-432222XU denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 110 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 800 kN basic dynamic and 1210 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 22 are the bore code, ×5 = 110 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The 7.3 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 800 kN rating over the 110 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 121 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-432222XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 121 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mount 4T-432222XU as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 15.8 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432222XU its 121 mm width and 800 kN rating at the 110 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 130 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432222XU near 1,500 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 200 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 121 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432222XU are unit-specific.",
      "The 800/1210 kN ratings and 130 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432222XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432222XU?",
        "a": "4T-432222XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 121 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 800 kN, C0 1210 kN, Cu 130 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 15.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432222XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432222XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 121 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432222XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432222XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432222XU list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432222XU at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432222XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432222xu",
      "4t-432222xu",
      "432222XU",
      "4T-432222XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430322U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430322U",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 118,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 910,
    "static_load_kN": 1170,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 23900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-430322U at 110 mm bore, 240 mm OD and 118 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,400 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,800 r/min. Reading the designation: the last two digits 22 are the bore code, ×5 = 110 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Catalogue mass of 4T-430322U is 23.9 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430322U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 110 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 110 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "large mixer and agitator shafts",
      "heavy gearbox and mill drive shafts",
      "crusher and screening-plant main shafts",
      "large fan and blower shafts with thrust reversal"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 23.9 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430322U narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 110 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 910 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430322U near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 430322U code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 110 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 910/1170 kN ratings and 120 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430322U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430322U?",
        "a": "4T-430322U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 240 mm outside diameter and 118 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 910 kN, C0 1170 kN, Cu 120 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 23.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430322U belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430322U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 118 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430322U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430322U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430322U list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430322U at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430322U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430322u",
      "4t-430322u",
      "430322U",
      "4T-430322U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432322U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432322U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 181,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1340,
    "static_load_kN": 1940,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 199,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 37400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-432322U at 110 mm bore, 240 mm OD and 181 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,400 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,800 r/min. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 110 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,400 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,800 r/min with oil lubrication — a 400 r/min margin at this size. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432322U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 110 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-432322U; the double cup must seat square across its full 181 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "steel-plant roller table and conveyor drives",
      "marine winch and deck-machinery shafts",
      "bulk-handling stacker/reclaimer travel drives",
      "large mixer and agitator shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm unit by induction heating (max 120 °C); at 37.4 kg a cocked lift damages the cages and ribs before the bearing ever runs.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432322U its 181 mm width and 1340 kN rating at the 110 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 199 kN Cu.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-432322U feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-432322U units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,400 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432322U is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 1340/1940 kN ratings and 199 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432322U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432322U?",
        "a": "4T-432322U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 110 mm bore, 240 mm outside diameter and 181 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1340 kN, C0 1940 kN, Cu 199 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 37.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 110 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432322U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432322U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 181 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432322U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432322U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432322U list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432322U at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432322U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432322u",
      "4t-432322u",
      "432322U",
      "4T-432322U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323024",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323024",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 255,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 4080,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323024 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 120×180×46 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. With no letter suffix, 323024 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Grease relubrication at the 1,500 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 2,100 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323024 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 180 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-323024 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 255 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323024 its 46 mm width and 255 kN rating at the 120 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 40 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323024 near 1,500 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323024 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323024 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 255/375 kN ratings and 40 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323024; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323024?",
        "a": "4T-323024 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 46 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 255 kN, C0 375 kN, Cu 40 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 4.08 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323024 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323024 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 46 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323024 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323024 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323024 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323024 at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323024",
      "323024",
      "4T-323024"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413024",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413024",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 214,
    "static_load_kN": 298,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 3850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 120 mm shaft position as 4T-413024: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 46 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 120 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 214 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-413024, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413024 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 180 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-413024 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 214 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413024 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 214 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413024 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 180 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 214/298 kN ratings and 32 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413024; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413024?",
        "a": "4T-413024 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 46 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 214 kN, C0 298 kN, Cu 32 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 3.85 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413024 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413024 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 46 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413024 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413024 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413024 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413024 at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413024",
      "413024",
      "4T-413024"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423024",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423024",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 58,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 255,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2100,
    "weight_g": 4350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-423024 denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 120 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 255 kN basic dynamic and 375 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423024 integrates both rows in one article: the 58 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 2.1 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 255 kN rating over the 120 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 58 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423024 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. Mount 4T-423024 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-423024 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 255 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423024 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 58 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 2,100 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Order by the full 423024 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 120 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423024 near 1,500 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 255/375 kN ratings and 40 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423024; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423024?",
        "a": "4T-423024 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 180 mm outside diameter and 58 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 255 kN, C0 375 kN, Cu 40 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,100 r/min, mass about 4.35 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423024 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423024 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 58 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423024 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423024 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423024 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423024 at 2,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423024",
      "423024",
      "4T-423024"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323124",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323124",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 415,
    "static_load_kN": 610,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 7820,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 120 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323124, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 415 kN C and 610 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 120 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Selection: C 415 kN against C0 610 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.47; the two rows of 4T-323124 share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323124 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 120 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-323124.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-323124 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 415 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323124 its 62 mm width and 415 kN rating at the 120 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 64.5 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323124 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,500 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 40.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323124 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Open 4T-323124 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,500 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 415/610 kN ratings and 64.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323124; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323124?",
        "a": "4T-323124 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 62 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 415 kN, C0 610 kN, Cu 64.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 7.82 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323124 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323124 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 62 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323124 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323124 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323124 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323124 at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323124",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323124",
      "323124",
      "4T-323124"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413124",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413124",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 291,
    "static_load_kN": 435,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 46,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 7240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413124 at 120 mm bore, 200 mm OD and 62 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,500 r/min and an oil ceiling of 2,000 r/min. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413124 reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-413124 is 46 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413124 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 120 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-413124.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-413124 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 291 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413124 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413124 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 291 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 291 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 291/435 kN ratings and 46 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413124; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413124?",
        "a": "4T-413124 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 62 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 291 kN, C0 435 kN, Cu 46 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 7.24 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413124 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413124 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 62 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413124 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413124 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413124 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413124 at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413124",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413124",
      "413124",
      "4T-413124"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423124",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423124",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 415,
    "static_load_kN": 610,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 8690,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423124 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 120×200×78 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Reading the designation: the last two digits 24 are the bore code, ×5 = 120 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 415 kN against C0 610 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.47; the two rows of 4T-423124 share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423124 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-423124; the double cup must seat square across its full 78 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-423124 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 415 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423124 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423124 near 1,500 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 78 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423124 are unit-specific.",
      "The 40.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423124 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 415/610 kN ratings and 64.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423124; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423124?",
        "a": "4T-423124 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 78 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 415 kN, C0 610 kN, Cu 64.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,500 r/min, oil speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 8.69 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423124 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423124 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 78 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423124 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423124 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423124 list two speeds, 1,500 and 2,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423124 at 2,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423124",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423124",
      "423124",
      "4T-423124"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430224XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430224XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 97,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 660,
    "static_load_kN": 940,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 13800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430224XU is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 120×215×97 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430224XU integrates both rows in one article: the 97 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,400 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,900 r/min with oil lubrication — a 500 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430224XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 660 kN C the unit offers about 5.5 kN per millimetre of the 120 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,900 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-430224XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 660 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430224XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 215 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430224XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430224XU near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 660/940 kN ratings and 98.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430224XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430224XU?",
        "a": "4T-430224XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 215 mm outside diameter and 97 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 660 kN, C0 940 kN, Cu 98.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 13.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430224XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430224XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 97 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430224XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430224XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430224XU list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430224XU at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430224XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430224xu",
      "4t-430224xu",
      "430224XU",
      "4T-430224XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432224XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432224XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 132,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 875,
    "static_load_kN": 1360,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 19200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432224XU is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 120×215×132 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432224XU integrates both rows in one article: the 132 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-432224XU is 143 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432224XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 215 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-432224XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 875 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432224XU its 132 mm width and 875 kN rating at the 120 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 143 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 132 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432224XU are unit-specific.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432224XU near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 132 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,900 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 875/1360 kN ratings and 143 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432224XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432224XU?",
        "a": "4T-432224XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 215 mm outside diameter and 132 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 875 kN, C0 1360 kN, Cu 143 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 19.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432224XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432224XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 132 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432224XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432224XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432224XU list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432224XU at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432224XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432224xu",
      "4t-432224xu",
      "432224XU",
      "4T-432224XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430324XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430324XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1060,
    "static_load_kN": 1390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 139,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 30300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430324XU denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 120 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1060 kN basic dynamic and 1390 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 24 are the bore code, ×5 = 120 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 70.0 mm radial section over the 120 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 128 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-430324XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 128 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-430324XU's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-430324XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1060 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430324XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 120 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 1060 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 70.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430324XU or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 1060 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 1060/1390 kN ratings and 139 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430324XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430324XU?",
        "a": "4T-430324XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 260 mm outside diameter and 128 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1060 kN, C0 1390 kN, Cu 139 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 30.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430324XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430324XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 128 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430324XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430324XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430324XU list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430324XU at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430324XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430324xu",
      "4t-430324xu",
      "430324XU",
      "4T-430324XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432324U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432324U",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 188,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1550,
    "static_load_kN": 2270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 228,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 47000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432324U is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 120×260×188 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 432324U reads accordingly. Catalogue mass of 4T-432324U is 47 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432324U face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 120 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-432324U's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the 4T-432324U unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1550 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432324U its 188 mm width and 1550 kN rating at the 120 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 228 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432324U near 1,200 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 432324U code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 120 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 260 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 1550/2270 kN ratings and 228 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432324U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432324U?",
        "a": "4T-432324U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 120 mm bore, 260 mm outside diameter and 188 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1550 kN, C0 2270 kN, Cu 228 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 47 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 120 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432324U belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432324U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 188 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432324U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432324U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432324U list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432324U at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432324U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432324u",
      "4t-432324u",
      "432324U",
      "4T-432324U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323026",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323026",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 52,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 325,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 5740,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 130 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323026, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 325 kN C and 490 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 130 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 35.0 mm radial section over the 130 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 52 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323026 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 130 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-323026; the double cup must seat square across its full 52 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-323026 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 325 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323026 its 52 mm width and 325 kN rating at the 130 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 51.5 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 52 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323026 are unit-specific.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323026 near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323026 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 325/490 kN ratings and 51.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323026; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323026?",
        "a": "4T-323026 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 52 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 325 kN, C0 490 kN, Cu 51.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 5.74 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323026 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323026 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 52 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323026 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323026 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323026 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323026 at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323026",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323026",
      "323026",
      "4T-323026"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413026",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413026",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 52,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 249,
    "static_load_kN": 365,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 38.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 5550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413026 at 130 mm bore, 200 mm OD and 52 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,400 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,900 r/min. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413026 integrates both rows in one article: the 52 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,400 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,900 r/min with oil lubrication — a 500 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413026 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-413026; the double cup must seat square across its full 52 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-413026 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 249 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413026 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413026 near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 200 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413026 near 1,400 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 249/365 kN ratings and 38.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413026; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413026?",
        "a": "4T-413026 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 52 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 249 kN, C0 365 kN, Cu 38.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 5.55 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413026 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413026 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 52 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413026 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413026 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413026 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413026 at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413026",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413026",
      "413026",
      "4T-413026"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423026",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423026",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 65,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 325,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 6620,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423026 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 130×200×65 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423026 reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423026 is 51.5 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423026 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 130 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-423026's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-423026 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 325 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423026 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-423026 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,400 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Open 4T-423026 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,400 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Order by the full 423026 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 130 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 325/490 kN ratings and 51.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423026; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423026?",
        "a": "4T-423026 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 200 mm outside diameter and 65 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 325 kN, C0 490 kN, Cu 51.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 6.62 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423026 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423026 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 65 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423026 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423026 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423026 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423026 at 1,900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423026",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423026",
      "423026",
      "4T-423026"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323126",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323126",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 455,
    "static_load_kN": 675,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 70.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 8380,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323126 is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 130×210×64 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323126 integrates both rows in one article: the 64 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 3.5 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 455 kN rating over the 130 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 64 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323126 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 130 mm shaft. At 455 kN C the unit offers about 3.5 kN per millimetre of the 130 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,800 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-323126 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 455 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323126 its 64 mm width and 455 kN rating at the 130 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 70.5 kN Cu.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323126 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 64 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,800 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 210 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 455/675 kN ratings and 70.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323126; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323126?",
        "a": "4T-323126 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 64 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 455 kN, C0 675 kN, Cu 70.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 8.38 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323126 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323126 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 64 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323126 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323126 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323126 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323126 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323126",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323126",
      "323126",
      "4T-323126"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413126",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413126",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 350,
    "static_load_kN": 485,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 50.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 7830,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413126 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Reading the designation: the last two digits 26 are the bore code, ×5 = 130 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 350 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-413126, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413126 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 350 kN C the unit offers about 2.7 kN per millimetre of the 130 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,800 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-413126 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 350 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413126 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 40.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413126 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413126 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 40.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413126 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 350/485 kN ratings and 50.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413126; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413126?",
        "a": "4T-413126 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 64 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 350 kN, C0 485 kN, Cu 50.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 7.83 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413126 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413126 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 64 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413126 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413126 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413126 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413126 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413126",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413126",
      "413126",
      "4T-413126"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423126",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423126",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 455,
    "static_load_kN": 675,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 70.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 9400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 130 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423126, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 455 kN C and 675 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. With no letter suffix, 423126 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. The 3.5 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 455 kN rating over the 130 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 80 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423126 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 130 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-423126 are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-423126 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 455 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423126 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 80 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423126 are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423126 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423126 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 455/675 kN ratings and 70.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423126; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423126?",
        "a": "4T-423126 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 80 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 455 kN, C0 675 kN, Cu 70.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,400 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 9.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423126 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423126 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 80 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423126 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423126 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423126 list two speeds, 1,400 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,400 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423126 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423126",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423126",
      "423126",
      "4T-423126"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430226XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430226XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 710,
    "static_load_kN": 1010,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 103,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 15300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-430226XU at 130 mm bore, 230 mm OD and 98 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,300 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,700 r/min. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 130 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Selection: C 710 kN against C0 1010 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.42; the two rows of 4T-430226XU share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430226XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 130 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 130 mm size before ordering 4T-430226XU.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-430226XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 710 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430226XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430226XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-430226XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,300 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 98 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430226XU are unit-specific.",
      "The 710/1010 kN ratings and 103 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430226XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430226XU?",
        "a": "4T-430226XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 230 mm outside diameter and 98 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 710 kN, C0 1010 kN, Cu 103 kN, grease limiting speed 1,300 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 15.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430226XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430226XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 98 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430226XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430226XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430226XU list two speeds, 1,300 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430226XU at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430226XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430226xu",
      "4t-430226xu",
      "430226XU",
      "4T-430226XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432226XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432226XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 145,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1010,
    "static_load_kN": 1630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 167,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 24000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-432226XU at 130 mm bore, 230 mm OD and 145 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,300 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,700 r/min. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 130 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-432226XU locates the shaft in both directions with C0 1630 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. The internal clearance of 4T-432226XU is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 145 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-432226XU must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-432226XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1010 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432226XU its 145 mm width and 1010 kN rating at the 130 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 167 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432226XU is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 432226XU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 130 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Open 4T-432226XU units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,300 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 1010/1630 kN ratings and 167 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432226XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432226XU?",
        "a": "4T-432226XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 230 mm outside diameter and 145 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1010 kN, C0 1630 kN, Cu 167 kN, grease limiting speed 1,300 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 24 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432226XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432226XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 145 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432226XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432226XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432226XU list two speeds, 1,300 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432226XU at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432226XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432226xu",
      "4t-432226xu",
      "432226XU",
      "4T-432226XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430326XUUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430326XUUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 137,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1430,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 162,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 37900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430326XUUTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 130×280×137 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430326XUUTG reads accordingly. Grease relubrication at the 1,200 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,600 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-430326XUUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 137 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 280 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-430326XUUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1430 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430326XUUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 130 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 280 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 75.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430326XUUTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430326XUUTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 1430/1660 kN ratings and 162 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430326XUUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430326XUUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430326XUUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 137 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1430 kN, C0 1660 kN, Cu 162 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 37.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430326XUUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430326XUUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 137 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430326XUUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430326XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430326XUUTG list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430326XUUTG at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430326XUUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430326xuutg",
      "4t-430326xuutg",
      "＊430326xuutg",
      "430326XUUTG",
      "4T-430326XUUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432326UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432326UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 205,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1960,
    "static_load_kN": 2470,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 243,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 56600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432326UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-432326UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 205 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-432326UTG is 243 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432326UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 130 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-432326UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the 4T-432326UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1960 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432326UTG its 205 mm width and 1960 kN rating at the 130 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 243 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 280 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Open 4T-432326UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,200 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 205 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,600 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1960/2470 kN ratings and 243 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432326UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432326UTG?",
        "a": "4T-432326UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 130 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 205 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1960 kN, C0 2470 kN, Cu 243 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 56.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 130 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432326UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432326UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 205 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432326UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432326UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432326UTG list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432326UTG at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432326UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432326utg",
      "4t-432326utg",
      "＊432326utg",
      "432326UTG",
      "4T-432326UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323028",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323028",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 53,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 335,
    "static_load_kN": 535,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 6360,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323028 is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 140×210×53 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323028 integrates both rows in one article: the 53 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323028 locates the shaft in both directions with C0 535 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323028 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 140 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323028 are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-323028 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 335 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323028 its 53 mm width and 335 kN rating at the 140 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 55 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 210 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323028 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 53 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,800 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 335/535 kN ratings and 55 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323028; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323028?",
        "a": "4T-323028 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 53 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 335 kN, C0 535 kN, Cu 55 kN, grease limiting speed 1,300 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 6.36 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323028 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323028 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 53 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323028 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323028 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323028 list two speeds, 1,300 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323028 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323028",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323028",
      "323028",
      "4T-323028"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413028",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413028",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 53,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 291,
    "static_load_kN": 415,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 5730,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413028 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413028 reads accordingly. Grease relubrication at the 1,300 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,800 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413028 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-413028 are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-413028 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 291 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413028 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 53 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413028 are unit-specific.",
      "The 35.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413028 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Order by the full 413028 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 140 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 291/415 kN ratings and 43 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413028; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413028?",
        "a": "4T-413028 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 53 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 291 kN, C0 415 kN, Cu 43 kN, grease limiting speed 1,300 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 5.73 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413028 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413028 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 53 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413028 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413028 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413028 list two speeds, 1,300 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413028 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413028",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413028",
      "413028",
      "4T-413028"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423028",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423028",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 66,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 335,
    "static_load_kN": 535,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 7070,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 140 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423028, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 335 kN C and 535 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 28 are the bore code, ×5 = 140 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 335 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-423028, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423028 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 140 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-423028 must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-423028 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 335 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423028 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423028 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 335 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423028 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 335/535 kN ratings and 55 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423028; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423028?",
        "a": "4T-423028 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 210 mm outside diameter and 66 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 335 kN, C0 535 kN, Cu 55 kN, grease limiting speed 1,300 r/min, oil speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 7.07 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423028 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423028 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 66 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423028 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423028 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423028 list two speeds, 1,300 and 1,800 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423028 at 1,800 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423028",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423028",
      "423028",
      "4T-423028"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323128",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323128",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 68,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 435,
    "static_load_kN": 650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 66,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 9820,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 140 mm shaft position as 4T-323128: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 68 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323128 reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323128 is 66 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323128 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 140 mm shaft. Mount 4T-323128 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-323128 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 435 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323128 its 68 mm width and 435 kN rating at the 140 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 66 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323128 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 323128 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 140 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323128 near 1,200 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 435/650 kN ratings and 66 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323128; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323128?",
        "a": "4T-323128 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 68 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 435 kN, C0 650 kN, Cu 66 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 9.82 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323128 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323128 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 68 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323128 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323128 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323128 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323128 at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323128",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323128",
      "323128",
      "4T-323128"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413128",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413128",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 68,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 410,
    "static_load_kN": 580,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 59,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 9290,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413128 denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 140 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 410 kN basic dynamic and 580 kN static. With no letter suffix, 413128 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,200 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,700 r/min with oil lubrication — a 500 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413128 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-413128 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-413128 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 410 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413128 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 413128 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 140 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413128 near 1,200 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413128 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 410/580 kN ratings and 59 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413128; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413128?",
        "a": "4T-413128 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 68 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 410 kN, C0 580 kN, Cu 59 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 9.29 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413128 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413128 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 68 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413128 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413128 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413128 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413128 at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413128",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413128",
      "413128",
      "4T-413128"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423128",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423128",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 435,
    "static_load_kN": 650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 66,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 11100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423128 is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 140×225×84 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 140 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423128 is 66 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423128 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 140 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 140 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-423128 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 435 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423128 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 225 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 225 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Open 4T-423128 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,200 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 435/650 kN ratings and 66 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423128; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423128?",
        "a": "4T-423128 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 84 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 435 kN, C0 650 kN, Cu 66 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 11.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423128 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423128 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 84 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423128 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423128 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423128 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423128 at 1,700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423128",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423128",
      "423128",
      "4T-423128"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430228XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430228XU",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 800,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 19200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430228XU is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 140×250×102 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Reading the designation: the last two digits 28 are the bore code, ×5 = 140 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 5.7 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 800 kN rating over the 140 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 102 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430228XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-430228XU's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-430228XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 800 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430228XU narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 55.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430228XU or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 250 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 102 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,600 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 800/1140 kN ratings and 114 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430228XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430228XU?",
        "a": "4T-430228XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 250 mm outside diameter and 102 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 800 kN, C0 1140 kN, Cu 114 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 19.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430228XU belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430228XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 102 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430228XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430228XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430228XU list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430228XU at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430228XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430228xu",
      "4t-430228xu",
      "430228XU",
      "4T-430228XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432228XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432228XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 153,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1160,
    "static_load_kN": 1840,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 184,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 30000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-432228XU denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 140 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1160 kN basic dynamic and 1840 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 28 are the bore code, ×5 = 140 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Catalogue mass of 4T-432228XU is 30 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432228XU resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-432228XU as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-432228XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1160 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432228XU its 153 mm width and 1160 kN rating at the 140 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 184 kN Cu.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-432228XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-432228XU feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-432228XU with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 1160/1840 kN ratings and 184 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432228XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432228XU?",
        "a": "4T-432228XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 250 mm outside diameter and 153 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1160 kN, C0 1840 kN, Cu 184 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 30 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432228XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432228XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 153 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432228XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432228XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432228XU list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432228XU at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432228XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432228xu",
      "4t-432228xu",
      "432228XU",
      "4T-432228XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430328X",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430328X",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 145,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1220,
    "static_load_kN": 1560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 150,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 43200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-430328X at 140 mm bore, 300 mm OD and 145 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,100 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. Reading the designation: the last two digits 28 are the bore code, ×5 = 140 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Catalogue mass of 4T-430328X is 43.2 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430328X face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 140 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-430328X must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-430328X unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1220 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430328X narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430328X feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 300 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430328X with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 1220/1560 kN ratings and 150 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430328X; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430328X?",
        "a": "4T-430328X is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 145 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1220 kN, C0 1560 kN, Cu 150 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 43.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430328X belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430328X be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 145 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430328X mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430328X: X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430328X list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430328X at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430328X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430328x",
      "4t-430328x",
      "430328X",
      "4T-430328X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430328XUUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430328XUUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 145,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1620,
    "static_load_kN": 1900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 45300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 140 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-430328XUUTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 1620 kN C and 1900 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430328XUUTG reads accordingly. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 1620 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-430328XUUTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. The internal clearance of 4T-430328XUUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 145 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-430328XUUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-430328XUUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1620 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430328XUUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 140 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 145 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430328XUUTG are unit-specific.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 300 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430328XUUTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1620/1900 kN ratings and 183 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430328XUUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430328XUUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430328XUUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 145 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1620 kN, C0 1900 kN, Cu 183 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 45.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430328XUUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430328XUUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 145 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430328XUUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430328XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430328XUUTG list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430328XUUTG at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430328XUUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430328xuutg",
      "4t-430328xuutg",
      "＊430328xuutg",
      "430328XUUTG",
      "4T-430328XUUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432328UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432328UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 223,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2170,
    "static_load_kN": 2740,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 264,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 68900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 140 mm shaft position as 4T-432328UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 223 mm. Suffix reading on 432328UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 2170 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-432328UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. The internal clearance of 4T-432328UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 223 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 300 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the 4T-432328UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2170 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432328UTG its 223 mm width and 2170 kN rating at the 140 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 264 kN Cu.",
      "The 80.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432328UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432328UTG near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 223 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,500 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2170/2740 kN ratings and 264 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432328UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432328UTG?",
        "a": "4T-432328UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 140 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 223 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2170 kN, C0 2740 kN, Cu 264 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 68.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 140 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432328UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432328UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 223 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432328UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432328UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432328UTG list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432328UTG at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432328UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432328utg",
      "4t-432328utg",
      "＊432328utg",
      "432328UTG",
      "4T-432328UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323030",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323030",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 395,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 7630,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 150 mm shaft position as 4T-323030: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 56 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 30 are the bore code, ×5 = 150 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Grease relubrication at the 1,200 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,600 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323030 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 150 mm shaft. Mount 4T-323030 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-323030 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 395 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323030 its 56 mm width and 395 kN rating at the 150 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 64 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323030 near 1,200 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 56 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323030 are unit-specific.",
      "Order by the full 323030 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 150 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 395/630 kN ratings and 64 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323030; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323030?",
        "a": "4T-323030 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 56 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 395 kN, C0 630 kN, Cu 64 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 7.63 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323030 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323030 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 56 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323030 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323030 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323030 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323030 at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323030",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323030",
      "323030",
      "4T-323030"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413030",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413030",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 305,
    "static_load_kN": 430,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 6660,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413030 denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 150 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 305 kN basic dynamic and 430 kN static. With no letter suffix, 413030 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 305 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-413030, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413030 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-413030 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-413030 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 305 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413030 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 305 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 56 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,600 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Open 4T-413030 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,200 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 305/430 kN ratings and 43.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413030; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413030?",
        "a": "4T-413030 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 56 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 305 kN, C0 430 kN, Cu 43.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 6.66 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413030 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413030 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 56 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413030 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413030 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413030 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413030 at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413030",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413030",
      "413030",
      "4T-413030"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423030",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423030",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 395,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 8480,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423030 is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 150×225×70 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 150 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 2.6 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 395 kN rating over the 150 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 70 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423030 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 150 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 150 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-423030 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 395 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423030 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 70 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,600 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423030 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 225 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 395/630 kN ratings and 64 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423030; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423030?",
        "a": "4T-423030 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 225 mm outside diameter and 70 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 395 kN, C0 630 kN, Cu 64 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 8.48 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423030 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423030 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 70 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423030 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423030 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423030 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423030 at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423030",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423030",
      "423030",
      "4T-423030"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323130",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323130",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 670,
    "static_load_kN": 1040,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 103,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 15700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-323130 at 150 mm bore, 250 mm OD and 80 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,200 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,500 r/min. With no letter suffix, 323130 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Selection: C 670 kN against C0 1040 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.55; the two rows of 4T-323130 share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323130 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 150 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-323130; the double cup must seat square across its full 80 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-323130 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 670 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323130 its 80 mm width and 670 kN rating at the 150 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 103 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323130 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,200 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Open 4T-323130 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,200 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323130 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 670/1040 kN ratings and 103 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323130; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323130?",
        "a": "4T-323130 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 250 mm outside diameter and 80 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 670 kN, C0 1040 kN, Cu 103 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 15.7 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323130 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323130 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 80 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323130 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323130 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323130 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323130 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323130",
      "323130",
      "4T-323130"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413130",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413130",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 540,
    "static_load_kN": 805,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 79.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 14600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413130 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 150×250×80 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413130 integrates both rows in one article: the 80 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-413130 is 79.5 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413130 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-413130; the double cup must seat square across its full 80 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-413130 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 540 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413130 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413130 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413130 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 80 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413130 are unit-specific.",
      "The 540/805 kN ratings and 79.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413130; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413130?",
        "a": "4T-413130 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 250 mm outside diameter and 80 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 540 kN, C0 805 kN, Cu 79.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 14.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413130 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413130 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 80 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413130 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413130 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413130 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413130 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413130",
      "413130",
      "4T-413130"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423130",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423130",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 100,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 670,
    "static_load_kN": 1040,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 103,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 17600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 150 mm shaft position as 4T-423130: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 100 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423130 reads accordingly. Selection: C 670 kN against C0 1040 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.55; the two rows of 4T-423130 share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423130 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 150 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-423130's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-423130 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 670 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423130 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423130 near 1,200 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 50.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423130 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 670 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 670/1040 kN ratings and 103 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423130; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423130?",
        "a": "4T-423130 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 250 mm outside diameter and 100 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 670 kN, C0 1040 kN, Cu 103 kN, grease limiting speed 1,200 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 17.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423130 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423130 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 100 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423130 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423130 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423130 list two speeds, 1,200 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,200 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423130 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=196",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423130",
      "423130",
      "4T-423130"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430230U",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430230U",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 109,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 855,
    "static_load_kN": 1210,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 118,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 24100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 150 mm shaft position as 4T-430230U: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 109 mm. Suffix reading on 430230U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 60.0 mm radial section over the 150 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 109 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-430230U is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 109 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 150 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-430230U unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 855 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430230U narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430230U near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430230U feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 60.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430230U or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 855/1210 kN ratings and 118 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430230U; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430230U?",
        "a": "4T-430230U is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 270 mm outside diameter and 109 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 855 kN, C0 1210 kN, Cu 118 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 24.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430230U belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430230U be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 109 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430230U mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430230U: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430230U list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430230U at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430230U",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430230u",
      "4t-430230u",
      "430230U",
      "4T-430230U"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432230XU",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432230XU",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1330,
    "static_load_kN": 2140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 209,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 38000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 150 mm shaft position as 4T-432230XU: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 164 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 30 are the bore code, ×5 = 150 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 1330 kN against C0 2140 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.61; the two rows of 4T-432230XU share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-432230XU face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 150 mm shaft. At 1330 kN C the unit offers about 8.9 kN per millimetre of the 150 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,500 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-432230XU unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1330 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432230XU its 164 mm width and 1330 kN rating at the 150 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 209 kN Cu.",
      "Order by the full 432230XU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 150 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Order by the full 432230XU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 150 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Order by the full 432230XU code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 150 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1330/2140 kN ratings and 209 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432230XU; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432230XU?",
        "a": "4T-432230XU is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 270 mm outside diameter and 164 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1330 kN, C0 2140 kN, Cu 209 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 38 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432230XU belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432230XU be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 164 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432230XU mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432230XU: U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432230XU list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432230XU at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432230XU",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432230xu",
      "4t-432230xu",
      "432230XU",
      "4T-432230XU"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430330UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430330UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 154,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1810,
    "static_load_kN": 2140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 201,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 990,
    "max_rpm": 990,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 54600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430330UUTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 150×320×154 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430330UUTG reads accordingly. The 12.1 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1810 kN rating over the 150 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 154 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-430330UUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 154 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 150 mm size before ordering 4T-430330UUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the 4T-430330UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1810 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430330UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 150 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 85.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-430330UUTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430330UUTG near 990 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430330UUTG near 990 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 1810/2140 kN ratings and 201 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430330UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430330UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430330UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 150 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 154 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1810 kN, C0 2140 kN, Cu 201 kN, grease limiting speed 990 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 54.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 150 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430330UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430330UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 154 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430330UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430330UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430330UUTG list two speeds, 990 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 990 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430330UUTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430330UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430330uutg",
      "4t-430330uutg",
      "＊430330uutg",
      "430330UUTG",
      "4T-430330UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323032",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323032",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 60,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 475,
    "static_load_kN": 765,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 9420,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-323032 at 160 mm bore, 240 mm OD and 60 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,100 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,500 r/min. With no letter suffix, 323032 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. The 40.0 mm radial section over the 160 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 60 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323032 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 160 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-323032's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-323032 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 475 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323032 its 60 mm width and 475 kN rating at the 160 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 76 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 60 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323032 are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323032 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323032 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 475/765 kN ratings and 76 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323032; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323032?",
        "a": "4T-323032 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 240 mm outside diameter and 60 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 475 kN, C0 765 kN, Cu 76 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 9.42 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323032 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323032 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 60 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323032 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323032 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323032 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323032 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323032",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323032",
      "323032",
      "4T-323032"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413032",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413032",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 60,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 370,
    "static_load_kN": 535,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 8390,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413032 is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 160×240×60 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 160 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 1,100 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,500 r/min with oil lubrication — a 400 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413032 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-413032's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-413032 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 370 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413032 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413032 near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 413032 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 240 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 370/535 kN ratings and 53 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413032; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413032?",
        "a": "4T-413032 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 240 mm outside diameter and 60 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 370 kN, C0 535 kN, Cu 53 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 8.39 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413032 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413032 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 60 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413032 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413032 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413032 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413032 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413032",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413032",
      "413032",
      "4T-413032"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423032",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423032",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 475,
    "static_load_kN": 765,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 10700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 160 mm shaft position as 4T-423032: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 75 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423032 integrates both rows in one article: the 75 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423032 is 76 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423032 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 160 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 160 mm size before ordering 4T-423032.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-423032 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 475 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423032 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-423032 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,100 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423032 near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423032 near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 475/765 kN ratings and 76 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423032; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423032?",
        "a": "4T-423032 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 240 mm outside diameter and 75 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 475 kN, C0 765 kN, Cu 76 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 10.7 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423032 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423032 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 75 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423032 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423032 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423032 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423032 at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423032",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423032",
      "423032",
      "4T-423032"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323132UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323132UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 86,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 865,
    "static_load_kN": 1180,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 20000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 160 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323132UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 865 kN C and 1180 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Suffix reading on 323132UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 5.4 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 865 kN rating over the 160 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 86 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323132UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 160 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-323132UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-323132UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 865 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323132UTG its 86 mm width and 865 kN rating at the 160 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 114 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 270 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Order by the full 323132UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323132UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 865/1180 kN ratings and 114 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323132UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323132UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323132UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 270 mm outside diameter and 86 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 865 kN, C0 1180 kN, Cu 114 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 20 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323132UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323132UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 86 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323132UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323132UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323132UTG list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323132UTG at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323132UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323132utg",
      "4t-323132utg",
      "＊323132utg",
      "323132UTG",
      "4T-323132UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413132UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413132UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 86,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 760,
    "static_load_kN": 965,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 18200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 160 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-413132UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 760 kN C and 965 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413132UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 86 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 1,100 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,600 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413132UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 160 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-413132UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 760 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413132UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413132UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-413132UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,100 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 760 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 760/965 kN ratings and 93 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413132UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413132UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413132UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 270 mm outside diameter and 86 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 760 kN, C0 965 kN, Cu 93 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 18.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413132UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413132UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 86 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413132UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413132UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413132UTG list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413132UTG at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413132UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413132utg",
      "4t-413132utg",
      "＊413132utg",
      "413132UTG",
      "4T-413132UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423132UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423132UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 108,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 865,
    "static_load_kN": 1180,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 22500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423132UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 160×270×108 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423132UTG reads accordingly. The 5.4 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 865 kN rating over the 160 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 108 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-423132UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 108 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-423132UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-423132UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 865 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423132UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 865 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 108 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423132UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 270 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 865/1180 kN ratings and 114 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423132UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423132UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423132UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 270 mm outside diameter and 108 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 865 kN, C0 1180 kN, Cu 114 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 22.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423132UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423132UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 108 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423132UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423132UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423132UTG list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,600 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423132UTG at 1,600 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423132UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423132utg",
      "4t-423132utg",
      "＊423132utg",
      "423132UTG",
      "4T-423132UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430232UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430232UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 115,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1150,
    "static_load_kN": 1440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 29300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430232UUTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 160 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1150 kN basic dynamic and 1440 kN static. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430232UUTG reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-430232UUTG is 137 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430232UUTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 160 mm shaft. At 1150 kN C the unit offers about 7.2 kN per millimetre of the 160 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,400 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-430232UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1150 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430232UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 430232UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 115 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430232UUTG are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430232UUTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1150/1440 kN ratings and 137 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430232UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430232UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430232UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 290 mm outside diameter and 115 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1150 kN, C0 1440 kN, Cu 137 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 29.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430232UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430232UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 115 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430232UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430232UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430232UUTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430232UUTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430232UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430232uutg",
      "4t-430232uutg",
      "＊430232uutg",
      "430232UUTG",
      "4T-430232UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432232UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432232UUTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 178,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1960,
    "static_load_kN": 2840,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 272,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 49900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 160 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-432232UUTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 1960 kN C and 2840 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 160 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Grease relubrication at the 1,000 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,400 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432232UUTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 1960 kN C the unit offers about 12.3 kN per millimetre of the 160 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,400 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-432232UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1960 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432232UUTG its 178 mm width and 1960 kN rating at the 160 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 272 kN Cu.",
      "The 65.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432232UUTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Order by the full 432232UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Order by the full 432232UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1960/2840 kN ratings and 272 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432232UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432232UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-432232UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 290 mm outside diameter and 178 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1960 kN, C0 2840 kN, Cu 272 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 49.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432232UUTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432232UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 178 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432232UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432232UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432232UUTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432232UUTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432232UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432232uutg",
      "4t-432232uutg",
      "＊432232uutg",
      "432232UUTG",
      "4T-432232UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430332XUUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430332XUUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2010,
    "static_load_kN": 2390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 221,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 920,
    "max_rpm": 920,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 63800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430332XUUTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 160×340×160 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 430332XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 90.0 mm radial section over the 160 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 160 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-430332XUUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-430332XUUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the 4T-430332XUUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2010 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430332XUUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 160 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-430332XUUTG near 920 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 430332XUUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 160 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430332XUUTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 2010/2390 kN ratings and 221 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430332XUUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430332XUUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430332XUUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 160 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2010 kN, C0 2390 kN, Cu 221 kN, grease limiting speed 920 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 63.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 160 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430332XUUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430332XUUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430332XUUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430332XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430332XUUTG list two speeds, 920 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 920 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430332XUUTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430332XUUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430332xuutg",
      "4t-430332xuutg",
      "＊430332xuutg",
      "430332XUUTG",
      "4T-430332XUUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323034E1",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323034E1",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 67,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 545,
    "static_load_kN": 865,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 12800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 170 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323034E1, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 545 kN C and 865 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 170 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Catalogue mass of 4T-323034E1 is 12.8 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323034E1 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 170 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-323034E1 must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-323034E1 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 545 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323034E1 its 67 mm width and 545 kN rating at the 170 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 83.5 kN Cu.",
      "The 545 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 67 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,400 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 45.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323034E1 or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 545/865 kN ratings and 83.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323034E1; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323034E1?",
        "a": "4T-323034E1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 260 mm outside diameter and 67 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 545 kN, C0 865 kN, Cu 83.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 12.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323034E1 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323034E1 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 67 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323034E1 mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323034E1: E1 is an internal-design revision of the base number, not a seal or clearance code; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323034E1 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323034E1 at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323034E1",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323034e1",
      "4t-323034e1",
      "323034E1",
      "4T-323034E1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413034",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413034",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 67,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 405,
    "static_load_kN": 620,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 11600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 170 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-413034, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 405 kN C and 620 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413034 integrates both rows in one article: the 67 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 1,100 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,400 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413034 resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413034 must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-413034 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 405 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413034 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 170 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 67 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413034 are unit-specific.",
      "Open 4T-413034 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,100 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413034 near 1,100 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 405/620 kN ratings and 60 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413034; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413034?",
        "a": "4T-413034 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 260 mm outside diameter and 67 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 405 kN, C0 620 kN, Cu 60 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 11.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413034 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413034 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 67 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413034 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 413034 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413034 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413034 at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413034",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-413034",
      "413034",
      "4T-413034"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423034",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423034",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 545,
    "static_load_kN": 865,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 14300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423034 at 170 mm bore, 260 mm OD and 84 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,100 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423034 reads accordingly. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 545 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-423034, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423034 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 170 mm shaft. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 170 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-423034.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-423034 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 545 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423034 narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 170 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423034 with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423034 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 423034 code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 170 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 545/865 kN ratings and 83.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423034; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423034?",
        "a": "4T-423034 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 260 mm outside diameter and 84 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 545 kN, C0 865 kN, Cu 83.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,100 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 14.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423034 belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423034 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 84 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423034 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 423034 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423034 list two speeds, 1,100 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,100 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423034 at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423034",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-423034",
      "423034",
      "4T-423034"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323134UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323134UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 930,
    "static_load_kN": 1270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 21800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323134UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 170 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 930 kN basic dynamic and 1270 kN static. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323134UTG reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323134UTG is 122 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323134UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 170 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-323134UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-323134UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 930 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323134UTG its 88 mm width and 930 kN rating at the 170 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 122 kN Cu.",
      "The 55.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323134UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323134UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323134UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 930/1270 kN ratings and 122 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323134UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323134UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323134UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 88 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 930 kN, C0 1270 kN, Cu 122 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 21.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323134UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323134UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 88 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323134UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323134UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323134UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323134UTG at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323134UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323134utg",
      "4t-323134utg",
      "＊323134utg",
      "323134UTG",
      "4T-323134UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413134UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413134UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 705,
    "static_load_kN": 900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 19200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413134UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 170 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 705 kN basic dynamic and 900 kN static. Suffix reading on 413134UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 55.0 mm radial section over the 170 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 88 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-413134UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 88 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413134UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-413134UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 705 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413134UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 170 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 280 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413134UTG near 1,000 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 705 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 705/900 kN ratings and 86 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413134UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413134UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413134UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 88 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 705 kN, C0 900 kN, Cu 86 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 19.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413134UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413134UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 88 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413134UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413134UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413134UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413134UTG at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413134UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413134utg",
      "4t-413134utg",
      "＊413134utg",
      "413134UTG",
      "4T-413134UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423134UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423134UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 110,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 930,
    "static_load_kN": 1270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 24200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423134UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 170×280×110 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 170 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423134UTG is 122 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423134UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 170 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 170 mm size before ordering 4T-423134UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-423134UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 930 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423134UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 170 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423134UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 55.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423134UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 280 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 930/1270 kN ratings and 122 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423134UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423134UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423134UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 110 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 930 kN, C0 1270 kN, Cu 122 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 24.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423134UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423134UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 110 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423134UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423134UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423134UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423134UTG at 1,500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423134UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423134utg",
      "4t-423134utg",
      "＊423134utg",
      "423134UTG",
      "4T-423134UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430234UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430234UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 125,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1340,
    "static_load_kN": 1690,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 159,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 950,
    "max_rpm": 950,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 37100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430234UUTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 170 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1340 kN basic dynamic and 1690 kN static. Suffix reading on 430234UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-430234UUTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 1690 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430234UUTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 170 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 170 mm size before ordering 4T-430234UUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-430234UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1340 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430234UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 170 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-430234UUTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430234UUTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Open 4T-430234UUTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 950 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 1340/1690 kN ratings and 159 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430234UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430234UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430234UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 310 mm outside diameter and 125 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1340 kN, C0 1690 kN, Cu 159 kN, grease limiting speed 950 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 37.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430234UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430234UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 125 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430234UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430234UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430234UUTG list two speeds, 950 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 950 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430234UUTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430234UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430234uutg",
      "4t-430234uutg",
      "＊430234uutg",
      "430234UUTG",
      "4T-430234UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432234XUUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432234XUUTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 192,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2190,
    "static_load_kN": 3200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 950,
    "max_rpm": 950,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 61300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432234XUUTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 170×310×192 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 432234XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Catalogue mass of 4T-432234XUUTG is 61.3 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. The internal clearance of 4T-432234XUUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 192 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-432234XUUTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 192 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the 4T-432234XUUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2190 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432234XUUTG its 192 mm width and 2190 kN rating at the 170 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 300 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 192 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432234XUUTG are unit-specific.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 192 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-432234XUUTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 70.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-432234XUUTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 2190/3200 kN ratings and 300 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432234XUUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432234XUUTG?",
        "a": "4T-432234XUUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 170 mm bore, 310 mm outside diameter and 192 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2190 kN, C0 3200 kN, Cu 300 kN, grease limiting speed 950 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 61.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 170 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432234XUUTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432234XUUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 192 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432234XUUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432234XUUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; X marks the boundary-dimension revision of the base number (D and width differ from the plain number of the same bore); suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432234XUUTG list two speeds, 950 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 950 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432234XUUTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432234XUUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432234xuutg",
      "4t-432234xuutg",
      "＊432234xuutg",
      "432234XUUTG",
      "4T-432234XUUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323036UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323036UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 745,
    "static_load_kN": 1050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 99.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 16500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-323036UTG at 180 mm bore, 280 mm OD and 74 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,000 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. Reading the designation: the last two digits 36 are the bore code, ×5 = 180 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Grease relubrication at the 1,000 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,400 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-323036UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 74 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-323036UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-323036UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 745 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323036UTG its 74 mm width and 745 kN rating at the 180 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 99.5 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323036UTG near 1,000 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323036UTG near 1,000 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 50.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323036UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 745/1050 kN ratings and 99.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323036UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323036UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323036UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 74 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 745 kN, C0 1050 kN, Cu 99.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 16.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323036UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323036UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 74 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323036UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323036UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323036UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323036UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323036UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323036utg",
      "4t-323036utg",
      "＊323036utg",
      "323036UTG",
      "4T-323036UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413036UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413036UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 545,
    "static_load_kN": 735,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 69.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 15200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413036UTG at 180 mm bore, 280 mm OD and 74 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 1,000 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. Suffix reading on 413036UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-413036UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 735 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413036UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-413036UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-413036UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 545 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413036UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 180 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 74 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413036UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 74 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,400 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413036UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 545/735 kN ratings and 69.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413036UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413036UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413036UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 74 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 545 kN, C0 735 kN, Cu 69.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 15.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413036UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413036UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 74 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413036UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413036UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413036UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413036UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413036UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413036utg",
      "4t-413036utg",
      "＊413036utg",
      "413036UTG",
      "4T-413036UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423036UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423036UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 93,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 745,
    "static_load_kN": 1050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 99.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "max_rpm": 1000,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 19000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423036UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423036UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 93 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 1,000 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,400 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423036UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-423036UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-423036UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 745 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423036UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 180 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 50.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423036UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 93 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,400 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Open 4T-423036UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 1,000 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 745/1050 kN ratings and 99.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423036UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423036UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423036UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 280 mm outside diameter and 93 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 745 kN, C0 1050 kN, Cu 99.5 kN, grease limiting speed 1,000 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 19 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423036UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423036UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 93 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423036UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423036UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423036UTG list two speeds, 1,000 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 1,000 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423036UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423036UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423036utg",
      "4t-423036utg",
      "＊423036utg",
      "423036UTG",
      "4T-423036UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323136UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323136UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 96,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1130,
    "static_load_kN": 1530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 144,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 960,
    "max_rpm": 960,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 27200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-323136UTG at 180 mm bore, 300 mm OD and 96 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 960 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 180 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 6.3 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1130 kN rating over the 180 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 96 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323136UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-323136UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-323136UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1130 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323136UTG its 96 mm width and 1130 kN rating at the 180 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 144 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 96 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,400 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Open 4T-323136UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 960 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 300 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 1130/1530 kN ratings and 144 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323136UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323136UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323136UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 96 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1130 kN, C0 1530 kN, Cu 144 kN, grease limiting speed 960 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 27.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323136UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323136UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 96 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323136UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323136UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323136UTG list two speeds, 960 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 960 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323136UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323136UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323136utg",
      "4t-323136utg",
      "＊323136utg",
      "323136UTG",
      "4T-323136UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413136UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413136UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 96,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 910,
    "static_load_kN": 1190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 111,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 940,
    "max_rpm": 940,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 25000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413136UTG at 180 mm bore, 300 mm OD and 96 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 940 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,400 r/min. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413136UTG reads accordingly. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-413136UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 1190 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413136UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 180 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 180 mm size before ordering 4T-413136UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-413136UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 910 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413136UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 180 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 60.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413136UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413136UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 910 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 910/1190 kN ratings and 111 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413136UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413136UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413136UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 96 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 910 kN, C0 1190 kN, Cu 111 kN, grease limiting speed 940 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 25 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413136UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413136UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 96 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413136UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413136UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413136UTG list two speeds, 940 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 940 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413136UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413136UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413136utg",
      "4t-413136utg",
      "＊413136utg",
      "413136UTG",
      "4T-413136UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423136UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423136UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 120,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1130,
    "static_load_kN": 1530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 144,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 940,
    "max_rpm": 940,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 30100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423136UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Reading the designation: the last two digits 36 are the bore code, ×5 = 180 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 6.3 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1130 kN rating over the 180 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 120 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423136UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 180 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-423136UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-423136UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1130 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423136UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 180 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423136UTG near 940 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423136UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Order by the full 423136UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 180 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1130/1530 kN ratings and 144 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423136UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423136UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423136UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 300 mm outside diameter and 120 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1130 kN, C0 1530 kN, Cu 144 kN, grease limiting speed 940 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 30.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423136UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423136UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 120 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423136UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423136UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423136UTG list two speeds, 940 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 940 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423136UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423136UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423136utg",
      "4t-423136utg",
      "＊423136utg",
      "423136UTG",
      "4T-423136UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430236UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430236UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 127,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1380,
    "static_load_kN": 1780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 165,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 890,
    "max_rpm": 890,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 39100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430236UUTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 180 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1380 kN basic dynamic and 1780 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-430236UUTG integrates both rows in one article: the 127 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 1380 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-430236UUTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430236UUTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 180 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-430236UUTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-430236UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1380 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430236UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 180 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 127 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Order by the full 430236UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 180 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 127 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-430236UUTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1380/1780 kN ratings and 165 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430236UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430236UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430236UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 127 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1380 kN, C0 1780 kN, Cu 165 kN, grease limiting speed 890 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 39.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430236UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430236UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 127 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430236UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430236UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430236UUTG list two speeds, 890 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 890 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430236UUTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430236UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430236uutg",
      "4t-430236uutg",
      "＊430236uutg",
      "430236UUTG",
      "4T-430236UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432236UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432236UUTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 192,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2260,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 890,
    "max_rpm": 890,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 63800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 180 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-432236UUTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 2260 kN C and 3350 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Suffix reading on 432236UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 70.0 mm radial section over the 180 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 192 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432236UUTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-432236UUTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the 4T-432236UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2260 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432236UUTG its 192 mm width and 2260 kN rating at the 180 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 315 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 320 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432236UUTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 192 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2260/3350 kN ratings and 315 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432236UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432236UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-432236UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 180 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 192 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2260 kN, C0 3350 kN, Cu 315 kN, grease limiting speed 890 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 63.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 180 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432236UUTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432236UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 192 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432236UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432236UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432236UUTG list two speeds, 890 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 890 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432236UUTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432236UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432236uutg",
      "4t-432236uutg",
      "＊432236uutg",
      "432236UUTG",
      "4T-432236UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323038UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323038UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 790,
    "static_load_kN": 1110,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 104,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 950,
    "max_rpm": 950,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 17900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323038UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 190×290×75 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323038UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 75 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 50.0 mm radial section over the 190 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 75 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323038UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 190 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 190 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-323038UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 790 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323038UTG its 75 mm width and 790 kN rating at the 190 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 104 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323038UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323038UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 50.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323038UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 790/1110 kN ratings and 104 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323038UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323038UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323038UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 290 mm outside diameter and 75 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 790 kN, C0 1110 kN, Cu 104 kN, grease limiting speed 950 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 17.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323038UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323038UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 75 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323038UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323038UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323038UTG list two speeds, 950 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 950 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323038UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323038UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323038utg",
      "4t-323038utg",
      "＊323038utg",
      "323038UTG",
      "4T-323038UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413038UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413038UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 555,
    "static_load_kN": 740,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 69.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 940,
    "max_rpm": 940,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 15900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413038UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 190×290×75 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413038UTG reads accordingly. The 50.0 mm radial section over the 190 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 75 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413038UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-413038UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-413038UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 555 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413038UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 190 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413038UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 290 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 75 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413038UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 555/740 kN ratings and 69.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413038UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413038UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413038UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 290 mm outside diameter and 75 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 555 kN, C0 740 kN, Cu 69.5 kN, grease limiting speed 940 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 15.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413038UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413038UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 75 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413038UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413038UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413038UTG list two speeds, 940 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 940 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413038UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413038UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413038utg",
      "4t-413038utg",
      "＊413038utg",
      "413038UTG",
      "4T-413038UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423038UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423038UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 94,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 790,
    "static_load_kN": 1110,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 104,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 940,
    "max_rpm": 940,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 16100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 190 mm shaft position as 4T-423038UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 94 mm. Suffix reading on 423038UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 50.0 mm radial section over the 190 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 94 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-423038UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 94 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-423038UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-423038UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 790 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423038UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 190 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 94 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,400 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 790 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Open 4T-423038UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 940 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 790/1110 kN ratings and 104 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423038UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423038UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423038UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 290 mm outside diameter and 94 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 790 kN, C0 1110 kN, Cu 104 kN, grease limiting speed 940 r/min, oil speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 16.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423038UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423038UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 94 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423038UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423038UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423038UTG list two speeds, 940 and 1,400 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 940 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423038UTG at 1,400 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423038UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423038utg",
      "4t-423038utg",
      "＊423038utg",
      "423038UTG",
      "4T-423038UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323138UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323138UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1260,
    "static_load_kN": 1710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 157,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 33200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323138UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 190×320×104 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 38 are the bore code, ×5 = 190 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323138UTG is 157 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-323138UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 190 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-323138UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-323138UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1260 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323138UTG its 104 mm width and 1260 kN rating at the 190 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 157 kN Cu.",
      "Order by the full 323138UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 190 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323138UTG near 900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 320 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 1260/1710 kN ratings and 157 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323138UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323138UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323138UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 104 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1260 kN, C0 1710 kN, Cu 157 kN, grease limiting speed 900 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 33.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323138UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323138UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323138UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323138UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323138UTG list two speeds, 900 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323138UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323138UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323138utg",
      "4t-323138utg",
      "＊323138utg",
      "323138UTG",
      "4T-323138UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413138UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413138UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1000,
    "static_load_kN": 1280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 118,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 890,
    "max_rpm": 890,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 30300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413138UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 190×320×104 mm. Suffix reading on 413138UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 890 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,300 r/min with oil lubrication — a 410 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413138UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-413138UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-413138UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1000 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413138UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 190 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 1000 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 104 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1000 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 1000/1280 kN ratings and 118 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413138UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413138UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413138UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 104 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1000 kN, C0 1280 kN, Cu 118 kN, grease limiting speed 890 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 30.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413138UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413138UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413138UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413138UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413138UTG list two speeds, 890 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 890 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413138UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413138UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413138utg",
      "4t-413138utg",
      "＊413138utg",
      "413138UTG",
      "4T-413138UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423138UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423138UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 130,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1260,
    "static_load_kN": 1710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 157,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 890,
    "max_rpm": 890,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 37700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 190 mm shaft position as 4T-423138UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 130 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423138UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 130 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423138UTG is 157 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423138UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 190 mm size before ordering 4T-423138UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-423138UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1260 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423138UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 190 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423138UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 130 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Order by the full 423138UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 190 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1260/1710 kN ratings and 157 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423138UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423138UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423138UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 320 mm outside diameter and 130 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1260 kN, C0 1710 kN, Cu 157 kN, grease limiting speed 890 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 37.7 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423138UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423138UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 130 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423138UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423138UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423138UTG list two speeds, 890 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 890 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423138UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423138UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423138utg",
      "4t-423138utg",
      "＊423138utg",
      "423138UTG",
      "4T-423138UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430238UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430238UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 133,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1570,
    "static_load_kN": 2010,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 840,
    "max_rpm": 840,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 47000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-430238UUTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 190 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1570 kN basic dynamic and 2010 kN static. Suffix reading on 430238UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 1570 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-430238UUTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430238UUTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 190 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 340 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-430238UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1570 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430238UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 190 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-430238UUTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 840 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 340 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Order by the full 430238UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 190 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1570/2010 kN ratings and 183 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430238UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430238UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430238UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 133 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1570 kN, C0 2010 kN, Cu 183 kN, grease limiting speed 840 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 47 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430238UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430238UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 133 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430238UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430238UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430238UUTG list two speeds, 840 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 840 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430238UUTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430238UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430238uutg",
      "4t-430238uutg",
      "＊430238uutg",
      "430238UUTG",
      "4T-430238UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432238UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432238UUTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 204,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2530,
    "static_load_kN": 3700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 335,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 840,
    "max_rpm": 840,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 75600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 190 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-432238UUTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 2530 kN C and 3700 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 432238UUTG reads accordingly. The 75.0 mm radial section over the 190 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 204 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-432238UUTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 340 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the 4T-432238UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2530 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432238UUTG its 204 mm width and 2530 kN rating at the 190 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 335 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 204 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,200 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2530 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "An unloaded 4T-432238UUTG near 840 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 2530/3700 kN ratings and 335 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432238UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432238UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-432238UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 190 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 204 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2530 kN, C0 3700 kN, Cu 335 kN, grease limiting speed 840 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 75.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 190 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432238UUTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432238UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 204 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432238UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432238UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432238UUTG list two speeds, 840 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 840 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432238UUTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432238UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432238uutg",
      "4t-432238uutg",
      "＊432238uutg",
      "432238UUTG",
      "4T-432238UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323040UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323040UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 82,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 920,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 121,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 22300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323040UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×310×82 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 200 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323040UTG is 121 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323040UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 200 mm size before ordering 4T-323040UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-323040UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 920 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323040UTG its 82 mm width and 920 kN rating at the 200 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 121 kN Cu.",
      "The 55.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323040UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323040UTG near 900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323040UTG near 900 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 920/1320 kN ratings and 121 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323040UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323040UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323040UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 310 mm outside diameter and 82 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 920 kN, C0 1320 kN, Cu 121 kN, grease limiting speed 900 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 22.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323040UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323040UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 82 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323040UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323040UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323040UTG list two speeds, 900 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323040UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323040UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323040utg",
      "4t-323040utg",
      "＊323040utg",
      "323040UTG",
      "4T-323040UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413040UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413040UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 82,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 680,
    "static_load_kN": 940,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 87,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 20900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413040UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×310×82 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413040UTG reads accordingly. The 55.0 mm radial section over the 200 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 82 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-413040UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 82 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-413040UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-413040UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 680 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413040UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 200 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 310 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413040UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Open 4T-413040UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 900 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 680/940 kN ratings and 87 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413040UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413040UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413040UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 310 mm outside diameter and 82 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 680 kN, C0 940 kN, Cu 87 kN, grease limiting speed 900 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 20.9 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413040UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413040UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 82 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413040UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413040UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413040UTG list two speeds, 900 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413040UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413040UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413040utg",
      "4t-413040utg",
      "＊413040utg",
      "413040UTG",
      "4T-413040UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423040UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423040UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 103,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 920,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 121,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 26600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 200 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423040UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 920 kN C and 1320 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 40 are the bore code, ×5 = 200 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423040UTG is 121 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423040UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 200 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 200 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-423040UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 920 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423040UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 200 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423040UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 103 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,300 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423040UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 920/1320 kN ratings and 121 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423040UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423040UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423040UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 310 mm outside diameter and 103 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 920 kN, C0 1320 kN, Cu 121 kN, grease limiting speed 900 r/min, oil speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 26.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423040UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423040UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 103 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423040UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423040UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423040UTG list two speeds, 900 and 1,300 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 900 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423040UTG at 1,300 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423040UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423040utg",
      "4t-423040utg",
      "＊423040utg",
      "423040UTG",
      "4T-423040UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323140UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323140UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1400,
    "static_load_kN": 1910,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 173,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 850,
    "max_rpm": 850,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 41800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323140UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×340×112 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Reading the designation: the last two digits 40 are the bore code, ×5 = 200 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323140UTG is 173 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323140UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 200 mm shaft. At 1400 kN C the unit offers about 7.0 kN per millimetre of the 200 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,200 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-323140UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1400 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323140UTG its 112 mm width and 1400 kN rating at the 200 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 173 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323140UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 850 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Open 4T-323140UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 850 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323140UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 1400/1910 kN ratings and 173 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323140UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323140UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323140UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 112 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1400 kN, C0 1910 kN, Cu 173 kN, grease limiting speed 850 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 41.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323140UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323140UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 112 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323140UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323140UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323140UTG list two speeds, 850 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 850 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323140UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323140UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323140utg",
      "4t-323140utg",
      "＊323140utg",
      "323140UTG",
      "4T-323140UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413140UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413140UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1240,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 150,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 840,
    "max_rpm": 840,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 38600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413140UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×340×112 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 413140UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 840 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,200 r/min with oil lubrication — a 360 r/min margin at this size. The internal clearance of 4T-413140UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 112 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 340 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-413140UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1240 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413140UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 200 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413140UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413140UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 340 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 1240/1660 kN ratings and 150 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413140UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413140UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413140UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 112 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1240 kN, C0 1660 kN, Cu 150 kN, grease limiting speed 840 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 38.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413140UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413140UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 112 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413140UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413140UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413140UTG list two speeds, 840 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 840 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413140UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413140UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413140utg",
      "4t-413140utg",
      "＊413140utg",
      "413140UTG",
      "4T-413140UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423140UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423140UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 140,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1400,
    "static_load_kN": 1910,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 173,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 840,
    "max_rpm": 840,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 47300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423140UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×340×140 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423140UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 140 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423140UTG is 173 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423140UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 200 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-423140UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-423140UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1400 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423140UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 200 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 140 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423140UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423140UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423140UTG near 840 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 1400/1910 kN ratings and 173 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423140UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423140UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423140UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 140 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1400 kN, C0 1910 kN, Cu 173 kN, grease limiting speed 840 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 47.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423140UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423140UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 140 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423140UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423140UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423140UTG list two speeds, 840 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 840 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423140UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423140UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423140utg",
      "4t-423140utg",
      "＊423140utg",
      "423140UTG",
      "4T-423140UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430240UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430240UUTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 142,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1730,
    "static_load_kN": 2210,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 198,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 800,
    "max_rpm": 800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 55800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430240UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 430240UUTG reads accordingly. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 800 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,100 r/min with oil lubrication — a 300 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430240UUTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 200 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-430240UUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-430240UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1730 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430240UUTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 200 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-430240UUTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 800 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Order by the full 430240UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 200 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-430240UUTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1730/2210 kN ratings and 198 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430240UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430240UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-430240UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 360 mm outside diameter and 142 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1730 kN, C0 2210 kN, Cu 198 kN, grease limiting speed 800 r/min, oil speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 55.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430240UUTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430240UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 142 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430240UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430240UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430240UUTG list two speeds, 800 and 1,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430240UUTG at 1,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430240UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430240uutg",
      "4t-430240uutg",
      "＊430240uutg",
      "430240UUTG",
      "4T-430240UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432240UUTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432240UUTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 218,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2900,
    "static_load_kN": 4250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 800,
    "max_rpm": 800,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 91500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-432240UUTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 200×360×218 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 200 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-432240UUTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 4250 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. The internal clearance of 4T-432240UUTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 218 mm overall width is the finished dimension. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 200 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-432240UUTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the 4T-432240UUTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2900 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432240UUTG its 218 mm width and 2900 kN rating at the 200 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 380 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 218 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,100 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-432240UUTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 432240UUTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 200 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 2900/4250 kN ratings and 380 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432240UUTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432240UUTG?",
        "a": "4T-432240UUTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 200 mm bore, 360 mm outside diameter and 218 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2900 kN, C0 4250 kN, Cu 380 kN, grease limiting speed 800 r/min, oil speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 91.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 200 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432240UUTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432240UUTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 218 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432240UUTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432240UUTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; U marks the uprated/reinforced internal design, a separate order number with higher capacity than the basic execution; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432240UUTG list two speeds, 800 and 1,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 800 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432240UUTG at 1,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432240UUTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=197",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432240uutg",
      "4t-432240uutg",
      "＊432240uutg",
      "432240UUTG",
      "4T-432240UUTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323044UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323044UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 90,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1130,
    "static_load_kN": 1650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 148,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 810,
    "max_rpm": 810,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 29800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 220 mm shaft position as 4T-323044UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 90 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323044UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 90 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323044UTG is 148 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-323044UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 90 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 220 mm size before ordering 4T-323044UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-323044UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1130 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323044UTG its 90 mm width and 1130 kN rating at the 220 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 148 kN Cu.",
      "Order by the full 323044UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 220 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323044UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323044UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1130/1650 kN ratings and 148 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323044UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323044UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323044UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 90 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1130 kN, C0 1650 kN, Cu 148 kN, grease limiting speed 810 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 29.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323044UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323044UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 90 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323044UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323044UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323044UTG list two speeds, 810 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 810 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323044UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323044UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323044utg",
      "4t-323044utg",
      "＊323044utg",
      "323044UTG",
      "4T-323044UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413044UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413044UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 90,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 765,
    "static_load_kN": 1060,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 94.5,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 810,
    "max_rpm": 810,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 27100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 220 mm shaft position as 4T-413044UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 90 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413044UTG reads accordingly. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 810 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,200 r/min with oil lubrication — a 390 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413044UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413044UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-413044UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 765 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413044UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 220 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 765 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Order by the full 413044UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 220 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Open 4T-413044UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 810 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 765/1060 kN ratings and 94.5 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413044UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413044UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413044UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 90 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 765 kN, C0 1060 kN, Cu 94.5 kN, grease limiting speed 810 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 27.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413044UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413044UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 90 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413044UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413044UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413044UTG list two speeds, 810 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 810 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413044UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413044UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413044utg",
      "4t-413044utg",
      "＊413044utg",
      "413044UTG",
      "4T-413044UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423044UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423044UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 113,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1130,
    "static_load_kN": 1650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 148,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 810,
    "max_rpm": 810,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 33000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423044UTG at 220 mm bore, 340 mm OD and 113 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 810 r/min and an oil ceiling of 1,200 r/min. Suffix reading on 423044UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423044UTG is 148 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423044UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 220 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-423044UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1130 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423044UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 220 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423044UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 423044UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 220 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 113 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,200 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1130/1650 kN ratings and 148 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423044UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423044UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423044UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 340 mm outside diameter and 113 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1130 kN, C0 1650 kN, Cu 148 kN, grease limiting speed 810 r/min, oil speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 33 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423044UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423044UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 113 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423044UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423044UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423044UTG list two speeds, 810 and 1,200 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 810 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423044UTG at 1,200 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423044UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423044utg",
      "4t-423044utg",
      "＊423044utg",
      "423044UTG",
      "4T-423044UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323144UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323144UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 370,
    "B_mm": 120,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1570,
    "static_load_kN": 2260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 199,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 770,
    "max_rpm": 770,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 52200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 220 mm shaft position as 4T-323144UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 120 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 44 are the bore code, ×5 = 220 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 1570 kN against C0 2260 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.44; the two rows of 4T-323144UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-323144UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 120 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mount 4T-323144UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-323144UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1570 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323144UTG its 120 mm width and 1570 kN rating at the 220 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 199 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 120 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323144UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323144UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323144UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 1570/2260 kN ratings and 199 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323144UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323144UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323144UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 370 mm outside diameter and 120 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1570 kN, C0 2260 kN, Cu 199 kN, grease limiting speed 770 r/min, oil speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 52.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323144UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323144UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 120 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323144UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323144UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323144UTG list two speeds, 770 and 1,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 770 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323144UTG at 1,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323144UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323144utg",
      "4t-323144utg",
      "＊323144utg",
      "323144UTG",
      "4T-323144UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413144UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413144UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 370,
    "B_mm": 120,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1420,
    "static_load_kN": 1920,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 169,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 760,
    "max_rpm": 760,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 47800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413144UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 220×370×120 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 220 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 760 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,100 r/min with oil lubrication — a 340 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413144UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 220 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-413144UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-413144UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1420 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413144UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 220 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413144UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 370 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 75.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413144UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 1420/1920 kN ratings and 169 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413144UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413144UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413144UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 370 mm outside diameter and 120 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1420 kN, C0 1920 kN, Cu 169 kN, grease limiting speed 760 r/min, oil speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 47.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413144UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413144UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 120 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413144UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413144UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413144UTG list two speeds, 760 and 1,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 760 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413144UTG at 1,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413144UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413144utg",
      "4t-413144utg",
      "＊413144utg",
      "413144UTG",
      "4T-413144UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423144UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423144UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 370,
    "B_mm": 150,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1570,
    "static_load_kN": 2260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 199,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 760,
    "max_rpm": 760,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 58100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 220 mm shaft position as 4T-423144UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 150 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423144UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 150 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Selection: C 1570 kN against C0 2260 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.44; the two rows of 4T-423144UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-423144UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 150 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 370 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-423144UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1570 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423144UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 220 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 423144UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 220 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1570 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423144UTG near 760 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 1570/2260 kN ratings and 199 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423144UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423144UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423144UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 370 mm outside diameter and 150 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1570 kN, C0 2260 kN, Cu 199 kN, grease limiting speed 760 r/min, oil speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 58.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423144UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423144UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 150 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423144UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423144UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423144UTG list two speeds, 760 and 1,100 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 760 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423144UTG at 1,100 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423144UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423144utg",
      "4t-423144utg",
      "＊423144utg",
      "423144UTG",
      "4T-423144UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430244UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430244UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 158,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1790,
    "static_load_kN": 2440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 212,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 710,
    "max_rpm": 710,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 77000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-430244UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 220×400×158 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 430244UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-430244UTG is 212 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-430244UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-430244UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the 4T-430244UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1790 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430244UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 220 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 430244UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 220 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 400 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 158 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,000 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1790/2440 kN ratings and 212 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430244UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430244UTG?",
        "a": "4T-430244UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 220 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 158 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1790 kN, C0 2440 kN, Cu 212 kN, grease limiting speed 710 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 77 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 220 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430244UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430244UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 158 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430244UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430244UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430244UTG list two speeds, 710 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 710 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430244UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430244UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430244utg",
      "4t-430244utg",
      "＊430244utg",
      "430244UTG",
      "4T-430244UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323048UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323048UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 92,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1170,
    "static_load_kN": 1770,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 155,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 730,
    "max_rpm": 730,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 32500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323048UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 240 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1170 kN basic dynamic and 1770 kN static. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323048UTG reads accordingly. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 730 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,000 r/min with oil lubrication — a 270 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323048UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 240 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-323048UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-323048UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1170 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323048UTG its 92 mm width and 1170 kN rating at the 240 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 155 kN Cu.",
      "The 1170 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Order by the full 323048UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 240 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323048UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1170/1770 kN ratings and 155 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323048UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323048UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323048UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 360 mm outside diameter and 92 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1170 kN, C0 1770 kN, Cu 155 kN, grease limiting speed 730 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 32.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323048UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323048UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 92 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323048UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323048UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323048UTG list two speeds, 730 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 730 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323048UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323048UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323048utg",
      "4t-323048utg",
      "＊323048utg",
      "323048UTG",
      "4T-323048UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413048UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413048UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 92,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 840,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 101,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 730,
    "max_rpm": 730,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 29100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413048UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 240 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 840 kN basic dynamic and 1160 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 48 are the bore code, ×5 = 240 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 730 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,000 r/min with oil lubrication — a 270 r/min margin at this size. The internal clearance of 4T-413048UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 92 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413048UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-413048UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 840 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413048UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 240 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413048UTG near 730 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Open 4T-413048UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 730 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413048UTG near 730 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 840/1160 kN ratings and 101 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413048UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413048UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413048UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 360 mm outside diameter and 92 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 840 kN, C0 1160 kN, Cu 101 kN, grease limiting speed 730 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 29.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413048UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413048UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 92 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413048UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413048UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413048UTG list two speeds, 730 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 730 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413048UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413048UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413048utg",
      "4t-413048utg",
      "＊413048utg",
      "413048UTG",
      "4T-413048UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423048UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423048UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 115,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1170,
    "static_load_kN": 1770,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 155,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 730,
    "max_rpm": 730,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 36300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423048UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 240×360×115 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 240 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 730 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 1,000 r/min with oil lubrication — a 270 r/min margin at this size. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423048UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 240 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 240 mm size before ordering 4T-423048UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-423048UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1170 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423048UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 240 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423048UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 115 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423048UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 115 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 1,000 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 1170/1770 kN ratings and 155 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423048UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423048UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423048UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 360 mm outside diameter and 115 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1170 kN, C0 1770 kN, Cu 155 kN, grease limiting speed 730 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 36.3 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423048UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423048UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 115 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423048UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423048UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423048UTG list two speeds, 730 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 730 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423048UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423048UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423048utg",
      "4t-423048utg",
      "＊423048utg",
      "423048UTG",
      "4T-423048UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323148UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323148UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1790,
    "static_load_kN": 2600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 223,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 700,
    "max_rpm": 700,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 63400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323148UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 240 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1790 kN basic dynamic and 2600 kN static. Suffix reading on 323148UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Selection: C 1790 kN against C0 2600 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.45; the two rows of 4T-323148UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323148UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 240 mm shaft. Mount 4T-323148UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-323148UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1790 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323148UTG its 128 mm width and 1790 kN rating at the 240 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 223 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 400 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 400 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 128 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323148UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1790/2600 kN ratings and 223 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323148UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323148UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323148UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 128 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1790 kN, C0 2600 kN, Cu 223 kN, grease limiting speed 700 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 63.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323148UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323148UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 128 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323148UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323148UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323148UTG list two speeds, 700 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 700 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323148UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323148UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323148utg",
      "4t-323148utg",
      "＊323148utg",
      "323148UTG",
      "4T-323148UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413148UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413148UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1580,
    "static_load_kN": 2130,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 690,
    "max_rpm": 690,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 58500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413148UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413148UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 128 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 80.0 mm radial section over the 240 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 128 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413148UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 240 mm shaft. At 1580 kN C the unit offers about 6.6 kN per millimetre of the 240 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 1,000 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-413148UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1580 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413148UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 240 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413148UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413148UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 80.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413148UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 1580/2130 kN ratings and 183 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413148UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413148UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413148UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 128 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1580 kN, C0 2130 kN, Cu 183 kN, grease limiting speed 690 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 58.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413148UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413148UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 128 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413148UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413148UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413148UTG list two speeds, 690 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 690 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413148UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413148UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413148utg",
      "4t-413148utg",
      "＊413148utg",
      "413148UTG",
      "4T-413148UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423148UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423148UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1790,
    "static_load_kN": 2600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 223,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 690,
    "max_rpm": 690,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 71400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-423148UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 240 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1790 kN basic dynamic and 2600 kN static. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423148UTG reads accordingly. Selection: C 1790 kN against C0 2600 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.45; the two rows of 4T-423148UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423148UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 240 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 400 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-423148UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1790 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423148UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 240 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 1790 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423148UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423148UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1790/2600 kN ratings and 223 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423148UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423148UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423148UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1790 kN, C0 2600 kN, Cu 223 kN, grease limiting speed 690 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 71.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423148UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423148UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423148UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423148UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423148UTG list two speeds, 690 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 690 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423148UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423148UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423148utg",
      "4t-423148utg",
      "＊423148utg",
      "423148UTG",
      "4T-423148UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "430248UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-430248UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 165,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2150,
    "static_load_kN": 2960,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 250,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 640,
    "max_rpm": 640,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 900,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 240 mm shaft position as 4T-430248UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 165 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 240 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 640 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 900 r/min with oil lubrication — a 260 r/min margin at this size. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-430248UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 240 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-430248UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-430248UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2150 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-430248UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 240 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 2150 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-430248UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 165 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 900 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2150/2960 kN ratings and 250 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-430248UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-430248UTG?",
        "a": "4T-430248UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 440 mm outside diameter and 165 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2150 kN, C0 2960 kN, Cu 250 kN, grease limiting speed 640 r/min, oil speed 900 r/min, mass about 100 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-430248UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-430248UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 165 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 430248UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 430248UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-430248UTG list two speeds, 640 and 900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 640 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-430248UTG at 900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "430248UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "430248utg",
      "4t-430248utg",
      "＊430248utg",
      "430248UTG",
      "4T-430248UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "432248UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-432248UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 266,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3750,
    "static_load_kN": 5500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 640,
    "max_rpm": 640,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 900,
    "weight_g": 160000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 240 mm shaft position as 4T-432248UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 266 mm. Suffix reading on 432248UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 15.6 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 3750 kN rating over the 240 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 266 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-432248UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 266 mm overall width is the finished dimension. At 3750 kN C the unit offers about 15.6 kN per millimetre of the 240 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 900 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the 4T-432248UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3750 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-432248UTG its 266 mm width and 3750 kN rating at the 240 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 465 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 440 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 266 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 900 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 440 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 3750/5500 kN ratings and 465 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-432248UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-432248UTG?",
        "a": "4T-432248UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 240 mm bore, 440 mm outside diameter and 266 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3750 kN, C0 5500 kN, Cu 465 kN, grease limiting speed 640 r/min, oil speed 900 r/min, mass about 160 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 240 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-432248UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-432248UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 266 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 432248UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 432248UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-432248UTG list two speeds, 640 and 900 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 640 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-432248UTG at 900 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "432248UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "432248utg",
      "4t-432248utg",
      "＊432248utg",
      "432248UTG",
      "4T-432248UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323052UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323052UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1470,
    "static_load_kN": 2190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 187,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 670,
    "max_rpm": 670,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 47700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323052UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 260×400×104 mm. Suffix reading on 323052UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Catalogue mass of 4T-323052UTG is 47.7 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. The internal clearance of 4T-323052UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 400 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-323052UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1470 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323052UTG its 104 mm width and 1470 kN rating at the 260 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 187 kN Cu.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323052UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 104 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323052UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323052UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 1470/2190 kN ratings and 187 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323052UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323052UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323052UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 104 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1470 kN, C0 2190 kN, Cu 187 kN, grease limiting speed 670 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 47.7 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323052UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323052UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323052UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323052UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323052UTG list two speeds, 670 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 670 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323052UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323052UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323052utg",
      "4t-323052utg",
      "＊323052utg",
      "323052UTG",
      "4T-323052UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413052UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413052UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1070,
    "static_load_kN": 1540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 131,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 670,
    "max_rpm": 670,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 43400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 260 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-413052UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 1070 kN C and 1540 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413052UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 104 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 670 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 1,000 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-413052UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-413052UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-413052UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1070 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413052UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 260 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 104 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413052UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Open 4T-413052UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 670 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 400 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 1070/1540 kN ratings and 131 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413052UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413052UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413052UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 104 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1070 kN, C0 1540 kN, Cu 131 kN, grease limiting speed 670 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 43.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413052UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413052UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 104 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413052UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413052UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413052UTG list two speeds, 670 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 670 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413052UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413052UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413052utg",
      "4t-413052utg",
      "＊413052utg",
      "413052UTG",
      "4T-413052UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423052UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423052UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 130,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1470,
    "static_load_kN": 2190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 187,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 670,
    "max_rpm": 670,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 1000,
    "weight_g": 53000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423052UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 260×400×130 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423052UTG reads accordingly. Catalogue mass of 4T-423052UTG is 53 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. The internal clearance of 4T-423052UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 130 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 260 mm size before ordering 4T-423052UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-423052UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1470 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423052UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 260 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-423052UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 670 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Open 4T-423052UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 670 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 130 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423052UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1470/2190 kN ratings and 187 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423052UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423052UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423052UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 400 mm outside diameter and 130 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1470 kN, C0 2190 kN, Cu 187 kN, grease limiting speed 670 r/min, oil speed 1,000 r/min, mass about 53 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423052UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423052UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 130 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423052UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423052UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423052UTG list two speeds, 670 and 1,000 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 670 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423052UTG at 1,000 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423052UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423052utg",
      "4t-423052utg",
      "＊423052utg",
      "423052UTG",
      "4T-423052UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323152UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323152UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2510,
    "static_load_kN": 3750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 310,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 640,
    "max_rpm": 640,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 910,
    "weight_g": 90500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 260 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323152UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 2510 kN C and 3750 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323152UTG reads accordingly. The 9.7 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 2510 kN rating over the 260 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 144 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323152UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 260 mm shaft. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-323152UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-323152UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2510 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323152UTG its 144 mm width and 2510 kN rating at the 260 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 310 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 144 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 910 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 440 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 144 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 910 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2510/3750 kN ratings and 310 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323152UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323152UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323152UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 440 mm outside diameter and 144 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2510 kN, C0 3750 kN, Cu 310 kN, grease limiting speed 640 r/min, oil speed 910 r/min, mass about 90.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323152UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323152UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 144 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323152UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323152UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323152UTG list two speeds, 640 and 910 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 640 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323152UTG at 910 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323152UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323152utg",
      "4t-323152utg",
      "＊323152utg",
      "323152UTG",
      "4T-323152UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413152UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413152UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1920,
    "static_load_kN": 2630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 630,
    "max_rpm": 630,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 910,
    "weight_g": 82000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 260 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-413152UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 1920 kN C and 2630 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 52 are the bore code, ×5 = 260 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 7.4 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1920 kN rating over the 260 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 144 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413152UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-413152UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 144 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-413152UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1920 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413152UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 260 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-413152UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 630 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413152UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413152UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 1920/2630 kN ratings and 220 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413152UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413152UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413152UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 440 mm outside diameter and 144 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1920 kN, C0 2630 kN, Cu 220 kN, grease limiting speed 630 r/min, oil speed 910 r/min, mass about 82 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413152UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413152UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 144 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413152UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413152UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413152UTG list two speeds, 630 and 910 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 630 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413152UTG at 910 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413152UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413152utg",
      "4t-413152utg",
      "＊413152utg",
      "413152UTG",
      "4T-413152UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423152UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423152UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 180,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2510,
    "static_load_kN": 3750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 310,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 630,
    "max_rpm": 630,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 910,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423152UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 260×440×180 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 260 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 9.7 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 2510 kN rating over the 260 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 180 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-423152UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 180 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mount 4T-423152UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the 4T-423152UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2510 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423152UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 260 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423152UTG near 630 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423152UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 2510 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 2510/3750 kN ratings and 310 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423152UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423152UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423152UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 260 mm bore, 440 mm outside diameter and 180 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2510 kN, C0 3750 kN, Cu 310 kN, grease limiting speed 630 r/min, oil speed 910 r/min, mass about 100 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 260 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423152UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423152UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 180 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423152UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423152UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423152UTG list two speeds, 630 and 910 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 630 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423152UTG at 910 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423152UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423152utg",
      "4t-423152utg",
      "＊423152utg",
      "423152UTG",
      "4T-423152UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323056UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323056UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 106,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1540,
    "static_load_kN": 2340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 196,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 610,
    "max_rpm": 610,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 880,
    "weight_g": 50500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323056UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 280 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 5.5 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1540 kN rating over the 280 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 106 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323056UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-323056UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 106 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-323056UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1540 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323056UTG its 106 mm width and 1540 kN rating at the 280 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 196 kN Cu.",
      "The 70.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323056UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Open 4T-323056UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 610 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323056UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 1540/2340 kN ratings and 196 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323056UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323056UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323056UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 420 mm outside diameter and 106 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1540 kN, C0 2340 kN, Cu 196 kN, grease limiting speed 610 r/min, oil speed 880 r/min, mass about 50.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323056UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323056UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 106 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323056UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323056UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323056UTG list two speeds, 610 and 880 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 610 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323056UTG at 880 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323056UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=201",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323056utg",
      "4t-323056utg",
      "＊323056utg",
      "323056UTG",
      "4T-323056UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413056UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413056UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 106,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1140,
    "static_load_kN": 1630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 620,
    "max_rpm": 620,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 880,
    "weight_g": 46000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413056UTG at 280 mm bore, 420 mm OD and 106 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 620 r/min and an oil ceiling of 880 r/min. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413056UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 106 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 4.1 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1140 kN rating over the 280 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 106 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413056UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 280 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-413056UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-413056UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1140 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413056UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 280 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 413056UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 280 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1140 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Order by the full 413056UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 280 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 1140/1630 kN ratings and 137 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413056UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413056UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413056UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 420 mm outside diameter and 106 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1140 kN, C0 1630 kN, Cu 137 kN, grease limiting speed 620 r/min, oil speed 880 r/min, mass about 46 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413056UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413056UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 106 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413056UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413056UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413056UTG list two speeds, 620 and 880 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 620 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413056UTG at 880 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413056UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413056utg",
      "4t-413056utg",
      "＊413056utg",
      "413056UTG",
      "4T-413056UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423056UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423056UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 133,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1540,
    "static_load_kN": 2340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 196,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 620,
    "max_rpm": 620,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 880,
    "weight_g": 56800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423056UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Reading the designation: the last two digits 56 are the bore code, ×5 = 280 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 5.5 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1540 kN rating over the 280 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 133 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423056UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 280 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-423056UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-423056UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1540 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423056UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 280 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423056UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423056UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 133 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423056UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1540/2340 kN ratings and 196 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423056UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423056UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423056UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 420 mm outside diameter and 133 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1540 kN, C0 2340 kN, Cu 196 kN, grease limiting speed 620 r/min, oil speed 880 r/min, mass about 56.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423056UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423056UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 133 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423056UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423056UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423056UTG list two speeds, 620 and 880 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 620 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423056UTG at 880 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423056UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423056utg",
      "4t-423056utg",
      "＊423056utg",
      "423056UTG",
      "4T-423056UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323156UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323156UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 146,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2480,
    "static_load_kN": 3650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 590,
    "max_rpm": 590,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 830,
    "weight_g": 93600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-323156UTG at 280 mm bore, 460 mm OD and 146 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 590 r/min and an oil ceiling of 830 r/min. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323156UTG reads accordingly. The 90.0 mm radial section over the 280 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 146 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323156UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-323156UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-323156UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2480 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323156UTG its 146 mm width and 2480 kN rating at the 280 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 300 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323156UTG near 590 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323156UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 2480 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 2480/3650 kN ratings and 300 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323156UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323156UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323156UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 146 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2480 kN, C0 3650 kN, Cu 300 kN, grease limiting speed 590 r/min, oil speed 830 r/min, mass about 93.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323156UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323156UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 146 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323156UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323156UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323156UTG list two speeds, 590 and 830 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 590 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323156UTG at 830 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323156UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323156utg",
      "4t-323156utg",
      "＊323156utg",
      "323156UTG",
      "4T-323156UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413156UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413156UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 146,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2100,
    "static_load_kN": 2900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 239,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 580,
    "max_rpm": 580,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 830,
    "weight_g": 85500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413156UTG at 280 mm bore, 460 mm OD and 146 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 580 r/min and an oil ceiling of 830 r/min. Suffix reading on 413156UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 2100 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-413156UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413156UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 280 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-413156UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-413156UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2100 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413156UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 280 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413156UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413156UTG near 580 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413156UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 2100/2900 kN ratings and 239 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413156UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413156UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413156UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 146 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2100 kN, C0 2900 kN, Cu 239 kN, grease limiting speed 580 r/min, oil speed 830 r/min, mass about 85.5 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413156UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413156UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 146 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413156UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413156UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413156UTG list two speeds, 580 and 830 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 580 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413156UTG at 830 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413156UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413156utg",
      "4t-413156utg",
      "＊413156utg",
      "413156UTG",
      "4T-413156UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423156UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423156UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 183,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2480,
    "static_load_kN": 3650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 580,
    "max_rpm": 580,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 830,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423156UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 280 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 90.0 mm radial section over the 280 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 183 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423156UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 280 mm shaft. Mount 4T-423156UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the 4T-423156UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2480 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423156UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 280 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423156UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423156UTG near 580 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423156UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 2480/3650 kN ratings and 300 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423156UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423156UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423156UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 280 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 183 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2480 kN, C0 3650 kN, Cu 300 kN, grease limiting speed 580 r/min, oil speed 830 r/min, mass about 110 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 280 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423156UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423156UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 183 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423156UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423156UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423156UTG list two speeds, 580 and 830 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 580 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423156UTG at 830 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423156UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423156utg",
      "4t-423156utg",
      "＊423156utg",
      "423156UTG",
      "4T-423156UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323060UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323060UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 118,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2070,
    "static_load_kN": 3150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 257,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 570,
    "max_rpm": 570,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 810,
    "weight_g": 69200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323060UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 300×460×118 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323060UTG reads accordingly. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323060UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 3150 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323060UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323060UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-323060UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2070 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323060UTG its 118 mm width and 2070 kN rating at the 300 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 257 kN Cu.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323060UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Open 4T-323060UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 570 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 80.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323060UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 2070/3150 kN ratings and 257 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323060UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323060UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323060UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 118 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2070 kN, C0 3150 kN, Cu 257 kN, grease limiting speed 570 r/min, oil speed 810 r/min, mass about 69.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323060UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323060UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 118 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323060UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323060UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323060UTG list two speeds, 570 and 810 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 570 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323060UTG at 810 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323060UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323060utg",
      "4t-323060utg",
      "＊323060utg",
      "323060UTG",
      "4T-323060UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413060UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413060UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 118,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1370,
    "static_load_kN": 1990,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 163,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 570,
    "max_rpm": 570,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 810,
    "weight_g": 65600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413060UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 300×460×118 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 413060UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-413060UTG is 163 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-413060UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 118 mm overall width is the finished dimension. At 1370 kN C the unit offers about 4.6 kN per millimetre of the 300 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 810 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-413060UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1370 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413060UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 300 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 1370 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 1370 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 118 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413060UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1370/1990 kN ratings and 163 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413060UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413060UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413060UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 118 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1370 kN, C0 1990 kN, Cu 163 kN, grease limiting speed 570 r/min, oil speed 810 r/min, mass about 65.6 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413060UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413060UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 118 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413060UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413060UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413060UTG list two speeds, 570 and 810 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 570 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413060UTG at 810 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413060UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413060utg",
      "4t-413060utg",
      "＊413060utg",
      "413060UTG",
      "4T-413060UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423060UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423060UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 148,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2070,
    "static_load_kN": 3150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 257,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 570,
    "max_rpm": 570,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 810,
    "weight_g": 77800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 300 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423060UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 2070 kN C and 3150 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 300 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-423060UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 3150 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423060UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 300 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-423060UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 148 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-423060UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2070 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423060UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 300 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 460 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423060UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-423060UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 570 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 2070/3150 kN ratings and 257 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423060UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423060UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423060UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 460 mm outside diameter and 148 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2070 kN, C0 3150 kN, Cu 257 kN, grease limiting speed 570 r/min, oil speed 810 r/min, mass about 77.8 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423060UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423060UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 148 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423060UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423060UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423060UTG list two speeds, 570 and 810 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 570 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423060UTG at 810 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423060UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423060utg",
      "4t-423060utg",
      "＊423060utg",
      "423060UTG",
      "4T-423060UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323160UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323160UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2690,
    "static_load_kN": 4050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 325,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 540,
    "max_rpm": 540,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 770,
    "weight_g": 130000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323160UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 300×500×160 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 300 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323160UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 4050 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323160UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 300 mm shaft. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 300 mm size before ordering 4T-323160UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-323160UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2690 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323160UTG its 160 mm width and 2690 kN rating at the 300 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 325 kN Cu.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 160 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323160UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 100.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323160UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 500 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 2690/4050 kN ratings and 325 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323160UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323160UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323160UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 500 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2690 kN, C0 4050 kN, Cu 325 kN, grease limiting speed 540 r/min, oil speed 770 r/min, mass about 130 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323160UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323160UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323160UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323160UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323160UTG list two speeds, 540 and 770 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 540 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323160UTG at 770 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323160UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323160utg",
      "4t-323160utg",
      "＊323160utg",
      "323160UTG",
      "4T-323160UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413160UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413160UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2580,
    "static_load_kN": 3600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 290,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 530,
    "max_rpm": 530,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 770,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413160UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 300×500×160 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413160UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 160 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Selection: C 2580 kN against C0 3600 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.40; the two rows of 4T-413160UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-413160UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413160UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-413160UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2580 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413160UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 300 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 500 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413160UTG near 530 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 2580 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 2580/3600 kN ratings and 290 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413160UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413160UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413160UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 500 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2580 kN, C0 3600 kN, Cu 290 kN, grease limiting speed 530 r/min, oil speed 770 r/min, mass about 110 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413160UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413160UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 160 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413160UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413160UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413160UTG list two speeds, 530 and 770 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 530 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413160UTG at 770 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413160UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413160utg",
      "4t-413160utg",
      "＊413160utg",
      "413160UTG",
      "4T-413160UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423160UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423160UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2690,
    "static_load_kN": 4050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 325,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 530,
    "max_rpm": 530,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 770,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 300 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423160UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 2690 kN C and 4050 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 60 are the bore code, ×5 = 300 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-423160UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 4050 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. The internal clearance of 4T-423160UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 200 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 300 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the 4T-423160UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2690 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423160UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 300 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 423160UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 300 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423160UTG near 530 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 423160UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 300 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 2690/4050 kN ratings and 325 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423160UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423160UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423160UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 300 mm bore, 500 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2690 kN, C0 4050 kN, Cu 325 kN, grease limiting speed 530 r/min, oil speed 770 r/min, mass about 140 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 300 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423160UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423160UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 200 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423160UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423160UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423160UTG list two speeds, 530 and 770 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 530 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423160UTG at 770 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423160UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423160utg",
      "4t-423160utg",
      "＊423160utg",
      "423160UTG",
      "4T-423160UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323064UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323064UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 121,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2030,
    "static_load_kN": 3100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 247,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 530,
    "max_rpm": 530,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 750,
    "weight_g": 73400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 320 mm shaft position as 4T-323064UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 121 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 64 are the bore code, ×5 = 320 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323064UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 3100 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. The internal clearance of 4T-323064UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 121 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323064UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-323064UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2030 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323064UTG its 121 mm width and 2030 kN rating at the 320 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 247 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323064UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 2030 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Open 4T-323064UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 530 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 2030/3100 kN ratings and 247 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323064UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323064UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323064UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 480 mm outside diameter and 121 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2030 kN, C0 3100 kN, Cu 247 kN, grease limiting speed 530 r/min, oil speed 750 r/min, mass about 73.4 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323064UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323064UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 121 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323064UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323064UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323064UTG list two speeds, 530 and 750 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 530 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323064UTG at 750 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323064UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323064utg",
      "4t-323064utg",
      "＊323064utg",
      "323064UTG",
      "4T-323064UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413064UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413064UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 121,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1520,
    "static_load_kN": 2250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 181,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 530,
    "max_rpm": 530,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 750,
    "weight_g": 69200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 320 mm shaft position as 4T-413064UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 121 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 320 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 530 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 750 r/min with oil lubrication — a 220 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413064UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-413064UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-413064UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1520 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413064UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 320 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413064UTG near 530 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 480 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 121 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413064UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 1520/2250 kN ratings and 181 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413064UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413064UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413064UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 480 mm outside diameter and 121 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1520 kN, C0 2250 kN, Cu 181 kN, grease limiting speed 530 r/min, oil speed 750 r/min, mass about 69.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413064UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413064UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 121 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413064UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413064UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413064UTG list two speeds, 530 and 750 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 530 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413064UTG at 750 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413064UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413064utg",
      "4t-413064utg",
      "＊413064utg",
      "413064UTG",
      "4T-413064UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423064UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423064UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 151,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2030,
    "static_load_kN": 3100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 247,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 530,
    "max_rpm": 530,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 750,
    "weight_g": 82000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423064UTG at 320 mm bore, 480 mm OD and 151 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 530 r/min and an oil ceiling of 750 r/min. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423064UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 151 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-423064UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 3100 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423064UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-423064UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 151 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-423064UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2030 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423064UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 320 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 151 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 750 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 480 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423064UTG near 530 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 2030/3100 kN ratings and 247 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423064UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423064UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423064UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 480 mm outside diameter and 151 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2030 kN, C0 3100 kN, Cu 247 kN, grease limiting speed 530 r/min, oil speed 750 r/min, mass about 82 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423064UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423064UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 151 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423064UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423064UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423064UTG list two speeds, 530 and 750 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 530 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423064UTG at 750 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423064UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423064utg",
      "4t-423064utg",
      "＊423064utg",
      "423064UTG",
      "4T-423064UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323164UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323164UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 176,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3200,
    "static_load_kN": 4900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 385,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 500,
    "max_rpm": 500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 710,
    "weight_g": 170000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 320 mm shaft position as 4T-323164UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 176 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323164UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 176 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323164UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 4900 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323164UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 320 mm size before ordering 4T-323164UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-323164UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3200 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323164UTG its 176 mm width and 3200 kN rating at the 320 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 385 kN Cu.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 540 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 176 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 710 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Order by the full 323164UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 320 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 3200/4900 kN ratings and 385 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323164UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323164UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323164UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 176 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3200 kN, C0 4900 kN, Cu 385 kN, grease limiting speed 500 r/min, oil speed 710 r/min, mass about 170 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323164UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323164UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 176 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323164UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323164UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323164UTG list two speeds, 500 and 710 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323164UTG at 710 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323164UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323164utg",
      "4t-323164utg",
      "＊323164utg",
      "323164UTG",
      "4T-323164UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413164UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413164UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 176,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2870,
    "static_load_kN": 4100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 320,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 500,
    "max_rpm": 500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 710,
    "weight_g": 150000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 320 mm shaft position as 4T-413164UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 176 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413164UTG reads accordingly. Selection: C 2870 kN against C0 4100 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.43; the two rows of 4T-413164UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413164UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 320 mm shaft. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413164UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-413164UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2870 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413164UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 320 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 176 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 710 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413164UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413164UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 2870/4100 kN ratings and 320 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413164UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413164UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413164UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 176 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2870 kN, C0 4100 kN, Cu 320 kN, grease limiting speed 500 r/min, oil speed 710 r/min, mass about 150 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413164UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413164UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 176 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413164UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413164UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413164UTG list two speeds, 500 and 710 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413164UTG at 710 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413164UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413164utg",
      "4t-413164utg",
      "＊413164utg",
      "413164UTG",
      "4T-413164UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423164UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423164UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 220,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3200,
    "static_load_kN": 4900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 385,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 500,
    "max_rpm": 500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 710,
    "weight_g": 190000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423164UTG at 320 mm bore, 540 mm OD and 220 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 500 r/min and an oil ceiling of 710 r/min. Suffix reading on 423164UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-423164UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 4900 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423164UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 320 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 320 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 320 mm bore the 4T-423164UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3200 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423164UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 320 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 3200 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423164UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423164UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 3200/4900 kN ratings and 385 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423164UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423164UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423164UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 320 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 220 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3200 kN, C0 4900 kN, Cu 385 kN, grease limiting speed 500 r/min, oil speed 710 r/min, mass about 190 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 320 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423164UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423164UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 220 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423164UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423164UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423164UTG list two speeds, 500 and 710 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423164UTG at 710 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423164UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423164utg",
      "4t-423164utg",
      "＊423164utg",
      "423164UTG",
      "4T-423164UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323068UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323068UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 520,
    "B_mm": 133,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2420,
    "static_load_kN": 3750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 295,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 490,
    "max_rpm": 490,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 700,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323068UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 340 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 2420 kN basic dynamic and 3750 kN static. Suffix reading on 323068UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Selection: C 2420 kN against C0 3750 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.55; the two rows of 4T-323068UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323068UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 340 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-323068UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2420 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323068UTG its 133 mm width and 2420 kN rating at the 340 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 295 kN Cu.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323068UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 520 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Open 4T-323068UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 490 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 2420/3750 kN ratings and 295 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323068UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323068UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323068UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 520 mm outside diameter and 133 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2420 kN, C0 3750 kN, Cu 295 kN, grease limiting speed 490 r/min, oil speed 700 r/min, mass about 100 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323068UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323068UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 133 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323068UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323068UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323068UTG list two speeds, 490 and 700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 490 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323068UTG at 700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323068UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323068utg",
      "4t-323068utg",
      "＊323068utg",
      "323068UTG",
      "4T-323068UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413068UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413068UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 520,
    "B_mm": 133,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1890,
    "static_load_kN": 2870,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 226,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 500,
    "max_rpm": 500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 700,
    "weight_g": 93100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413068UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 340 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 1890 kN basic dynamic and 2870 kN static. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 340 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Selection: C 1890 kN against C0 2870 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.52; the two rows of 4T-413068UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-413068UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 133 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mount 4T-413068UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-413068UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1890 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413068UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 340 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413068UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413068UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413068UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 1890/2870 kN ratings and 226 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413068UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413068UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413068UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 520 mm outside diameter and 133 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1890 kN, C0 2870 kN, Cu 226 kN, grease limiting speed 500 r/min, oil speed 700 r/min, mass about 93.1 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413068UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413068UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 133 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413068UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413068UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413068UTG list two speeds, 500 and 700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413068UTG at 700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413068UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413068utg",
      "4t-413068utg",
      "＊413068utg",
      "413068UTG",
      "4T-413068UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423068UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423068UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 520,
    "B_mm": 165,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2420,
    "static_load_kN": 3750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 295,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 500,
    "max_rpm": 500,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 700,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423068UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 340×520×165 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423068UTG reads accordingly. Selection: C 2420 kN against C0 3750 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.55; the two rows of 4T-423068UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423068UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 340 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-423068UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-423068UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2420 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423068UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 340 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-423068UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 500 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423068UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423068UTG near 500 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 2420/3750 kN ratings and 295 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423068UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423068UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423068UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 520 mm outside diameter and 165 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2420 kN, C0 3750 kN, Cu 295 kN, grease limiting speed 500 r/min, oil speed 700 r/min, mass about 110 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423068UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423068UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 165 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423068UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423068UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423068UTG list two speeds, 500 and 700 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 500 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423068UTG at 700 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423068UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423068utg",
      "4t-423068utg",
      "＊423068utg",
      "423068UTG",
      "4T-423068UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323168UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323168UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 580,
    "B_mm": 190,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4300,
    "static_load_kN": 6500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 210000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323168UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 340 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 4300 kN basic dynamic and 6500 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323168UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 190 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 460 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 660 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323168UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 340 mm shaft. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 340 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-323168UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-323168UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4300 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323168UTG its 190 mm width and 4300 kN rating at the 340 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 500 kN Cu.",
      "The 4300 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323168UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 323168UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 340 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 4300/6500 kN ratings and 500 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323168UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323168UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323168UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 580 mm outside diameter and 190 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4300 kN, C0 6500 kN, Cu 500 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 210 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323168UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323168UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 190 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323168UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323168UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323168UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323168UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323168UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323168utg",
      "4t-323168utg",
      "＊323168utg",
      "323168UTG",
      "4T-323168UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413168UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413168UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 580,
    "B_mm": 190,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3450,
    "static_load_kN": 4900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 190000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413168UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 340 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 3450 kN basic dynamic and 4900 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 68 are the bore code, ×5 = 340 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 3450 kN against C0 4900 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.42; the two rows of 4T-413168UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413168UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-413168UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-413168UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3450 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413168UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 340 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Open 4T-413168UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 460 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 190 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413168UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 580 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 3450/4900 kN ratings and 380 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413168UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413168UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413168UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 580 mm outside diameter and 190 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3450 kN, C0 4900 kN, Cu 380 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 190 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413168UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413168UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 190 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413168UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413168UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413168UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413168UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413168UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413168utg",
      "4t-413168utg",
      "＊413168utg",
      "413168UTG",
      "4T-413168UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423168UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423168UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 580,
    "B_mm": 238,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4300,
    "static_load_kN": 6500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 240000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423168UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 340×580×238 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 423168UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 460 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 660 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-423168UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 238 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 340 mm size before ordering 4T-423168UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 340 mm bore the 4T-423168UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4300 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423168UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 340 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423168UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Order by the full 423168UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 340 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423168UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 4300/6500 kN ratings and 500 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423168UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423168UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423168UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 340 mm bore, 580 mm outside diameter and 238 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4300 kN, C0 6500 kN, Cu 500 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 240 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 340 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423168UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423168UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 238 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423168UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423168UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423168UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423168UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423168UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=198",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423168utg",
      "4t-423168utg",
      "＊423168utg",
      "423168UTG",
      "4T-423168UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323072UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323072UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 134,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2630,
    "static_load_kN": 4200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 325,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323072UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 360×540×134 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323072UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 134 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 460 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 660 r/min with oil lubrication — a 200 r/min margin at this size. The internal clearance of 4T-323072UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 134 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The open unit carries no seals; the housing of 4T-323072UTG must provide sealing and the grease fill or oil feed to both rows.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-323072UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2630 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323072UTG its 134 mm width and 2630 kN rating at the 360 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 325 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323072UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 460 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323072UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 134 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 660 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 2630/4200 kN ratings and 325 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323072UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323072UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323072UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 134 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2630 kN, C0 4200 kN, Cu 325 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 110 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323072UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323072UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 134 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323072UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323072UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323072UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323072UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323072UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323072utg",
      "4t-323072utg",
      "＊323072utg",
      "323072UTG",
      "4T-323072UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413072UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413072UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 134,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1880,
    "static_load_kN": 2810,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 218,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 98200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413072UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 360×540×134 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 72 are the bore code, ×5 = 360 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 5.2 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 1880 kN rating over the 360 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 134 mm width. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413072UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 360 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-413072UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 1880 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413072UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 360 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 413072UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 360 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413072UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413072UTG near 460 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 1880/2810 kN ratings and 218 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413072UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413072UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413072UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 134 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 1880 kN, C0 2810 kN, Cu 218 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 98.2 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413072UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413072UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 134 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413072UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413072UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413072UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413072UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413072UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413072utg",
      "4t-413072utg",
      "＊413072utg",
      "413072UTG",
      "4T-413072UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423072UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423072UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 169,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2630,
    "static_load_kN": 4200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 325,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 460,
    "max_rpm": 460,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 660,
    "weight_g": 120000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 360 mm shaft position as 4T-423072UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 169 mm. Suffix reading on 423072UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 460 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 660 r/min with oil lubrication — a 200 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423072UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-423072UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-423072UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2630 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423072UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 360 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 169 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423072UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 90.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423072UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 2630 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 2630/4200 kN ratings and 325 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423072UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423072UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423072UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 540 mm outside diameter and 169 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2630 kN, C0 4200 kN, Cu 325 kN, grease limiting speed 460 r/min, oil speed 660 r/min, mass about 120 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423072UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423072UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 169 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423072UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423072UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423072UTG list two speeds, 460 and 660 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 460 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423072UTG at 660 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423072UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423072utg",
      "4t-423072utg",
      "＊423072utg",
      "423072UTG",
      "4T-423072UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323172UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323172UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 192,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4100,
    "static_load_kN": 6500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 495,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 430,
    "max_rpm": 430,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 620,
    "weight_g": 220000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 360 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-323172UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 4100 kN C and 6500 kN C0 in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Suffix reading on 323172UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 120.0 mm radial section over the 360 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 192 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323172UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 360 mm shaft. At 4100 kN C the unit offers about 11.4 kN per millimetre of the 360 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 620 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-323172UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4100 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323172UTG its 192 mm width and 4100 kN rating at the 360 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 495 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323172UTG near 430 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323172UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323172UTG near 430 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 4100/6500 kN ratings and 495 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323172UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323172UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323172UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 192 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4100 kN, C0 6500 kN, Cu 495 kN, grease limiting speed 430 r/min, oil speed 620 r/min, mass about 220 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323172UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323172UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 192 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323172UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323172UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323172UTG list two speeds, 430 and 620 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 430 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323172UTG at 620 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323172UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323172utg",
      "4t-323172utg",
      "＊323172utg",
      "323172UTG",
      "4T-323172UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413172UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413172UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 192,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3500,
    "static_load_kN": 5050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 385,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 430,
    "max_rpm": 430,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 620,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 360 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-413172UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 3500 kN C and 5050 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 360 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 120.0 mm radial section over the 360 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 192 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413172UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-413172UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-413172UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3500 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413172UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 360 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 192 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413172UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 192 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413172UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Open 4T-413172UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 430 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 3500/5050 kN ratings and 385 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413172UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413172UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413172UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 192 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3500 kN, C0 5050 kN, Cu 385 kN, grease limiting speed 430 r/min, oil speed 620 r/min, mass about 200 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413172UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413172UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 192 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413172UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413172UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413172UTG list two speeds, 430 and 620 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 430 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413172UTG at 620 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413172UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413172utg",
      "4t-413172utg",
      "＊413172utg",
      "413172UTG",
      "4T-413172UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423172UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423172UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 240,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4100,
    "static_load_kN": 6500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 495,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 430,
    "max_rpm": 430,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 620,
    "weight_g": 250000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423172UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 360×600×240 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423172UTG reads accordingly. The 120.0 mm radial section over the 360 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 240 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-423172UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 240 mm overall width is the finished dimension. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 360 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-423172UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 360 mm bore the 4T-423172UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4100 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423172UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 360 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 120.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423172UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Order by the full 423172UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 360 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423172UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 4100/6500 kN ratings and 495 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423172UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423172UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423172UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 360 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 240 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4100 kN, C0 6500 kN, Cu 495 kN, grease limiting speed 430 r/min, oil speed 620 r/min, mass about 250 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 360 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423172UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423172UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 240 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423172UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423172UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423172UTG list two speeds, 430 and 620 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 430 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423172UTG at 620 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423172UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423172utg",
      "4t-423172utg",
      "＊423172utg",
      "423172UTG",
      "4T-423172UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323076",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323076",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 135,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2310,
    "static_load_kN": 4350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 335,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 440,
    "max_rpm": 440,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323076 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. With no letter suffix, 323076 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 2310 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-323076, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323076 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 380 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323076 are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-323076 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2310 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323076 its 135 mm width and 2310 kN rating at the 380 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 335 kN Cu.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323076 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323076 feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323076 is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 2310/4350 kN ratings and 335 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323076; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323076?",
        "a": "4T-323076 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 560 mm outside diameter and 135 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2310 kN, C0 4350 kN, Cu 335 kN, grease limiting speed 440 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 110 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323076 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323076 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 135 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323076 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323076 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323076 list two speeds, 440 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 440 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323076 at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323076",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323076",
      "323076",
      "4T-323076"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413076UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413076UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 135,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2170,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 440,
    "max_rpm": 440,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 620,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413076UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Suffix reading on 413076UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The 5.7 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 2170 kN rating over the 380 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 135 mm width. The internal clearance of 4T-413076UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 135 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 380 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-413076UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2170 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413076UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 380 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 2170 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 135 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 620 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413076UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 2170/3350 kN ratings and 255 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413076UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413076UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413076UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 560 mm outside diameter and 135 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2170 kN, C0 3350 kN, Cu 255 kN, grease limiting speed 440 r/min, oil speed 620 r/min, mass about 100 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413076UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413076UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 135 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413076UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413076UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413076UTG list two speeds, 440 and 620 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 440 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413076UTG at 620 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413076UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413076utg",
      "4t-413076utg",
      "＊413076utg",
      "413076UTG",
      "4T-413076UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423076UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423076UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 171,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2670,
    "static_load_kN": 4350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 335,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 440,
    "max_rpm": 440,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 620,
    "weight_g": 130000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423076UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 380 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 90.0 mm radial section over the 380 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 171 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423076UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 380 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-423076UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2670 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423076UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 380 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 560 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423076UTG near 440 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Order by the full 423076UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 380 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 2670/4350 kN ratings and 335 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423076UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423076UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423076UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 560 mm outside diameter and 171 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2670 kN, C0 4350 kN, Cu 335 kN, grease limiting speed 440 r/min, oil speed 620 r/min, mass about 130 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423076UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423076UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 171 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423076UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423076UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423076UTG list two speeds, 440 and 620 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 440 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423076UTG at 620 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423076UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423076utg",
      "4t-423076utg",
      "＊423076utg",
      "423076UTG",
      "4T-423076UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323176",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323176",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 194,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3700,
    "static_load_kN": 6700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 505,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 540,
    "weight_g": 230000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323176 denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 380 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 3700 kN basic dynamic and 6700 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323176 integrates both rows in one article: the 194 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323176 is 505 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323176 face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 380 mm shaft. Mount 4T-323176 as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-323176 unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3700 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323176 its 194 mm width and 3700 kN rating at the 380 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 505 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323176 units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 410 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 3700 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 194 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 540 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 3700/6700 kN ratings and 505 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323176; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323176?",
        "a": "4T-323176 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 194 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3700 kN, C0 6700 kN, Cu 505 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 540 r/min, mass about 230 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323176 belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323176 be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 194 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323176 mean?",
        "a": "With no letter suffix, 323176 is the basic open double-row execution: steel cages, factory-set internal clearance, no feature suffix in the order code."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323176 list two speeds, 410 and 540 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323176 at 540 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323176",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4t-323176",
      "323176",
      "4T-323176"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413176UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413176UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 194,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3650,
    "static_load_kN": 5250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 395,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 210000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-413176UTG at 380 mm bore, 620 mm OD and 194 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 410 r/min and an oil ceiling of 580 r/min. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413176UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 194 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Catalogue mass of 4T-413176UTG is 210 kg; lifting and fitting tackle must be rated for the whole preset unit, not for single-ring handling. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413176UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 380 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 620 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-413176UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3650 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413176UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 380 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 620 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Open 4T-413176UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 410 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Open 4T-413176UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 410 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 3650/5250 kN ratings and 395 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413176UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413176UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413176UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 194 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3650 kN, C0 5250 kN, Cu 395 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 210 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413176UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413176UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 194 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413176UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413176UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413176UTG list two speeds, 410 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413176UTG at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413176UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413176utg",
      "4t-413176utg",
      "＊413176utg",
      "413176UTG",
      "4T-413176UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423176UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423176UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 243,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4250,
    "static_load_kN": 6700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 505,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 260000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423176UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Reading the designation: the last two digits 76 are the bore code, ×5 = 380 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 120.0 mm radial section over the 380 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 243 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423176UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 380 mm shaft. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 380 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-423176UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 380 mm bore the 4T-423176UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4250 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423176UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 380 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 423176UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 380 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Open 4T-423176UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 410 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 243 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 580 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 4250/6700 kN ratings and 505 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423176UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423176UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423176UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 380 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 243 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4250 kN, C0 6700 kN, Cu 505 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 260 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 380 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423176UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423176UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 243 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423176UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423176UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423176UTG list two speeds, 410 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423176UTG at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423176UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423176utg",
      "4t-423176utg",
      "＊423176utg",
      "423176UTG",
      "4T-423176UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323080UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323080UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 148,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3250,
    "static_load_kN": 5450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 410,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 150000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323080UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 400×600×148 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 400 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-323080UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 5450 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323080UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 600 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-323080UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3250 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323080UTG its 148 mm width and 3250 kN rating at the 400 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 410 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323080UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 100.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323080UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323080UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 3250/5450 kN ratings and 410 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323080UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323080UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323080UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 148 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3250 kN, C0 5450 kN, Cu 410 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 150 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323080UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323080UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 148 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323080UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323080UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323080UTG list two speeds, 410 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323080UTG at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323080UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323080utg",
      "4t-323080utg",
      "＊323080utg",
      "323080UTG",
      "4T-323080UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413080UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413080UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 148,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2390,
    "static_load_kN": 3700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 276,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 130000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413080UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 400×600×148 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413080UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 148 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-413080UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 3700 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. The internal clearance of 4T-413080UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 148 mm overall width is the finished dimension. The preset clearance suits the standard temperature range; unusual thermal gradients between shaft and housing call for a clearance review against the 400 mm size before ordering 4T-413080UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-413080UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2390 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413080UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 400 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413080UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 148 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 580 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Order by the full 413080UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 400 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 2390/3700 kN ratings and 276 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413080UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413080UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413080UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 148 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2390 kN, C0 3700 kN, Cu 276 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 130 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413080UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413080UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 148 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413080UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413080UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413080UTG list two speeds, 410 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413080UTG at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413080UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413080utg",
      "4t-413080utg",
      "＊413080utg",
      "413080UTG",
      "4T-413080UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423080UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423080UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 600,
    "B_mm": 185,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3250,
    "static_load_kN": 5450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 410,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 410,
    "max_rpm": 410,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 580,
    "weight_g": 170000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 400 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423080UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 3250 kN C and 5450 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Reading the designation: the last two digits 80 are the bore code, ×5 = 400 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-423080UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 5450 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423080UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 400 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-423080UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-423080UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3250 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423080UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 400 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 185 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 580 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423080UTG near 410 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 185 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423080UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 3250/5450 kN ratings and 410 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423080UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423080UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423080UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 600 mm outside diameter and 185 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3250 kN, C0 5450 kN, Cu 410 kN, grease limiting speed 410 r/min, oil speed 580 r/min, mass about 170 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423080UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423080UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 185 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423080UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423080UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423080UTG list two speeds, 410 and 580 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 410 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423080UTG at 580 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423080UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423080utg",
      "4t-423080utg",
      "＊423080utg",
      "423080UTG",
      "4T-423080UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323180UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323180UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4800,
    "static_load_kN": 7850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 580,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 380,
    "max_rpm": 380,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 540,
    "weight_g": 260000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323180UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 400×650×200 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323180UTG reads accordingly. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 4800 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-323180UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323180UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 400 mm shaft. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323180UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-323180UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4800 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323180UTG its 200 mm width and 4800 kN rating at the 400 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 580 kN Cu.",
      "Order by the full 323180UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 400 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 200 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323180UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 4800 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 4800/7850 kN ratings and 580 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323180UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323180UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323180UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4800 kN, C0 7850 kN, Cu 580 kN, grease limiting speed 380 r/min, oil speed 540 r/min, mass about 260 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323180UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323180UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 200 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323180UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323180UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323180UTG list two speeds, 380 and 540 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 380 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323180UTG at 540 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323180UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323180utg",
      "4t-323180utg",
      "＊323180utg",
      "323180UTG",
      "4T-323180UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413180UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413180UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3850,
    "static_load_kN": 5800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 380,
    "max_rpm": 380,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 540,
    "weight_g": 240000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413180UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 400×650×200 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 413180UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-413180UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 5800 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413180UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 3850 kN C the unit offers about 9.6 kN per millimetre of the 400 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 540 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-413180UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3850 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413180UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 400 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 200 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 540 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413180UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 200 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 540 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 3850/5800 kN ratings and 430 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413180UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413180UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413180UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3850 kN, C0 5800 kN, Cu 430 kN, grease limiting speed 380 r/min, oil speed 540 r/min, mass about 240 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413180UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413180UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 200 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413180UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413180UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413180UTG list two speeds, 380 and 540 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 380 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413180UTG at 540 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413180UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413180utg",
      "4t-413180utg",
      "＊413180utg",
      "413180UTG",
      "4T-413180UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423180UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423180UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 400,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 250,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4800,
    "static_load_kN": 7850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 580,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 380,
    "max_rpm": 380,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 540,
    "weight_g": 290000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 400 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-423180UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 4800 kN C and 7850 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 400 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 4800 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-423180UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. The internal clearance of 4T-423180UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 250 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-423180UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 250 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 400 mm bore the 4T-423180UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4800 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423180UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 400 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423180UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Open 4T-423180UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 380 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423180UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 4800/7850 kN ratings and 580 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423180UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423180UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423180UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 400 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 250 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4800 kN, C0 7850 kN, Cu 580 kN, grease limiting speed 380 r/min, oil speed 540 r/min, mass about 290 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 400 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423180UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423180UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 250 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423180UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423180UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423180UTG list two speeds, 380 and 540 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 380 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423180UTG at 540 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423180UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423180utg",
      "4t-423180utg",
      "＊423180utg",
      "423180UTG",
      "4T-423180UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323084UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323084UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 150,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3400,
    "static_load_kN": 5900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 435,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 390,
    "max_rpm": 390,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 550,
    "weight_g": 150000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 420 mm shaft position as 4T-323084UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 150 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 420 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 3400 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-323084UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. The internal clearance of 4T-323084UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 150 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 620 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-323084UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3400 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323084UTG its 150 mm width and 3400 kN rating at the 420 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 435 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 150 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 550 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 150 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 550 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 150 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323084UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 3400/5900 kN ratings and 435 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323084UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323084UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323084UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 150 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3400 kN, C0 5900 kN, Cu 435 kN, grease limiting speed 390 r/min, oil speed 550 r/min, mass about 150 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323084UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323084UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 150 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323084UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323084UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323084UTG list two speeds, 390 and 550 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 390 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323084UTG at 550 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323084UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323084utg",
      "4t-323084utg",
      "＊323084utg",
      "323084UTG",
      "4T-323084UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413084UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413084UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 150,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2710,
    "static_load_kN": 4250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 390,
    "max_rpm": 390,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 550,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 420 mm shaft position as 4T-413084UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 150 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 413084UTG reads accordingly. Selection: C 2710 kN against C0 4250 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.57; the two rows of 4T-413084UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413084UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 420 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-413084UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-413084UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 2710 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413084UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 420 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 100.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413084UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413084UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 413084UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 420 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 2710/4250 kN ratings and 315 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413084UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413084UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413084UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 150 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 2710 kN, C0 4250 kN, Cu 315 kN, grease limiting speed 390 r/min, oil speed 550 r/min, mass about 140 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413084UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413084UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 150 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413084UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413084UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413084UTG list two speeds, 390 and 550 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 390 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413084UTG at 550 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413084UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413084utg",
      "4t-413084utg",
      "＊413084utg",
      "413084UTG",
      "4T-413084UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423084UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423084UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 620,
    "B_mm": 188,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3400,
    "static_load_kN": 5900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 435,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 390,
    "max_rpm": 390,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 550,
    "weight_g": 180000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423084UTG at 420 mm bore, 620 mm OD and 188 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 390 r/min and an oil ceiling of 550 r/min. Reading the designation: the last two digits 84 are the bore code, ×5 = 420 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 3400 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-423084UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423084UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-423084UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-423084UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3400 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423084UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 420 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423084UTG near 390 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423084UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 100.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423084UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 3400/5900 kN ratings and 435 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423084UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423084UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423084UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 620 mm outside diameter and 188 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3400 kN, C0 5900 kN, Cu 435 kN, grease limiting speed 390 r/min, oil speed 550 r/min, mass about 180 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423084UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423084UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 188 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423084UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423084UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423084UTG list two speeds, 390 and 550 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 390 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423084UTG at 550 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423084UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423084utg",
      "4t-423084utg",
      "＊423084utg",
      "423084UTG",
      "4T-423084UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323184UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323184UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 224,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6150,
    "static_load_kN": 9700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 705,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 360,
    "max_rpm": 360,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 510,
    "weight_g": 350000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 420 mm shaft position as 4T-323184UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 224 mm. Reading the designation: the last two digits 84 are the bore code, ×5 = 420 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 6150 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-323184UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323184UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-323184UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-323184UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6150 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323184UTG its 224 mm width and 6150 kN rating at the 420 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 705 kN Cu.",
      "The 6150 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-323184UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323184UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 6150/9700 kN ratings and 705 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323184UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323184UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323184UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 224 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6150 kN, C0 9700 kN, Cu 705 kN, grease limiting speed 360 r/min, oil speed 510 r/min, mass about 350 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323184UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323184UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 224 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323184UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323184UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323184UTG list two speeds, 360 and 510 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 360 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323184UTG at 510 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323184UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323184utg",
      "4t-323184utg",
      "＊323184utg",
      "323184UTG",
      "4T-323184UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413184UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413184UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 224,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4750,
    "static_load_kN": 7200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 525,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 360,
    "max_rpm": 360,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 510,
    "weight_g": 320000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 420 mm shaft position as 4T-413184UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 224 mm. Suffix reading on 413184UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 360 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 510 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-413184UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 420 mm shaft. Mount 4T-413184UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-413184UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 4750 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413184UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 420 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-413184UTG near 360 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 4750 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 224 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 510 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "The 4750/7200 kN ratings and 525 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413184UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413184UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413184UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 224 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 4750 kN, C0 7200 kN, Cu 525 kN, grease limiting speed 360 r/min, oil speed 510 r/min, mass about 320 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413184UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413184UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 224 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413184UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413184UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413184UTG list two speeds, 360 and 510 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 360 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413184UTG at 510 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413184UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413184utg",
      "4t-413184utg",
      "＊413184utg",
      "413184UTG",
      "4T-413184UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423184UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423184UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 420,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 280,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6150,
    "static_load_kN": 9700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 705,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 360,
    "max_rpm": 360,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 510,
    "weight_g": 380000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-423184UTG at 420 mm bore, 700 mm OD and 280 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 360 r/min and an oil ceiling of 510 r/min. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-423184UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 280 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Double-row capacity is not twice a single-row bearing: the printed 6150 kN C already accounts for load sharing between the two rows of 4T-423184UTG, so apply it directly in the L10 calculation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423184UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 420 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-423184UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 280 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 420 mm bore the 4T-423184UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6150 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423184UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 420 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423184UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 6150 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 700 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 6150/9700 kN ratings and 705 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423184UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423184UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423184UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 420 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 280 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6150 kN, C0 9700 kN, Cu 705 kN, grease limiting speed 360 r/min, oil speed 510 r/min, mass about 380 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 420 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423184UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423184UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 280 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423184UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423184UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423184UTG list two speeds, 360 and 510 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 360 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423184UTG at 510 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423184UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423184utg",
      "4t-423184utg",
      "＊423184utg",
      "423184UTG",
      "4T-423184UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323088UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323088UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 157,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3350,
    "static_load_kN": 5450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 370,
    "max_rpm": 370,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 520,
    "weight_g": 180000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323088UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 440 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 3350 kN basic dynamic and 5450 kN static. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323088UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 157 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 370 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 520 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323088UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-323088UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 157 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-323088UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3350 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323088UTG its 157 mm width and 3350 kN rating at the 440 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 400 kN Cu.",
      "Open 4T-323088UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 370 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323088UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 157 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323088UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 3350/5450 kN ratings and 400 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323088UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323088UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323088UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 157 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3350 kN, C0 5450 kN, Cu 400 kN, grease limiting speed 370 r/min, oil speed 520 r/min, mass about 180 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323088UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323088UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 157 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323088UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323088UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323088UTG list two speeds, 370 and 520 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 370 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323088UTG at 520 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323088UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323088utg",
      "4t-323088utg",
      "＊323088utg",
      "323088UTG",
      "4T-323088UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413088UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413088UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 157,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3150,
    "static_load_kN": 5150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 370,
    "max_rpm": 370,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 520,
    "weight_g": 160000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413088UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 440 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 3150 kN basic dynamic and 5150 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 88 are the bore code, ×5 = 440 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Selection: C 3150 kN against C0 5150 kN gives a C0/C ratio of 1.63; the two rows of 4T-413088UTG share the combined load as one bearing position. The internal clearance of 4T-413088UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 157 mm overall width is the finished dimension. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 440 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-413088UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-413088UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3150 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413088UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 440 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 413088UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 440 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 157 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413088UTG are unit-specific.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413088UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 3150/5150 kN ratings and 375 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413088UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413088UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413088UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 157 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3150 kN, C0 5150 kN, Cu 375 kN, grease limiting speed 370 r/min, oil speed 520 r/min, mass about 160 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413088UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413088UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 157 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413088UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413088UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413088UTG list two speeds, 370 and 520 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 370 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413088UTG at 520 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413088UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413088utg",
      "4t-413088utg",
      "＊413088utg",
      "413088UTG",
      "4T-413088UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423088UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423088UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 650,
    "B_mm": 196,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3350,
    "static_load_kN": 5450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 370,
    "max_rpm": 370,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 520,
    "weight_g": 190000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423088UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 440×650×196 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Suffix reading on 423088UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 370 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 520 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423088UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 440 mm shaft. Axial clamping of the double cup must be uniform around the 650 mm OD; a cocked end cover pinches one row and destroys the factory clearance setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-423088UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3350 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423088UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 440 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 196 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423088UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Order by the full 423088UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 440 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 105.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423088UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 3350/5450 kN ratings and 400 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423088UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423088UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423088UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 650 mm outside diameter and 196 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3350 kN, C0 5450 kN, Cu 400 kN, grease limiting speed 370 r/min, oil speed 520 r/min, mass about 190 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423088UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423088UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 196 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423088UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423088UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423088UTG list two speeds, 370 and 520 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 370 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423088UTG at 520 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423088UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423088utg",
      "4t-423088utg",
      "＊423088utg",
      "423088UTG",
      "4T-423088UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323188UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323188UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 226,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6400,
    "static_load_kN": 10300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 740,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 340,
    "max_rpm": 340,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 480,
    "weight_g": 360000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-323188UTG denotes the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series — a 440 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 6400 kN basic dynamic and 10300 kN static. Suffix reading on 323188UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 340 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 480 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323188UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 440 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 440 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-323188UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6400 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323188UTG its 226 mm width and 6400 kN rating at the 440 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 740 kN Cu.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323188UTG near 340 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 6400 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323188UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 6400/10300 kN ratings and 740 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323188UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323188UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323188UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 226 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6400 kN, C0 10300 kN, Cu 740 kN, grease limiting speed 340 r/min, oil speed 480 r/min, mass about 360 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323188UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323188UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 226 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323188UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323188UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323188UTG list two speeds, 340 and 480 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 340 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323188UTG at 480 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323188UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323188utg",
      "4t-323188utg",
      "＊323188utg",
      "323188UTG",
      "4T-323188UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413188UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413188UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 226,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 5150,
    "static_load_kN": 7800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 560,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 340,
    "max_rpm": 340,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 480,
    "weight_g": 330000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-413188UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 440 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 5150 kN basic dynamic and 7800 kN static. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 440 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Grease relubrication at the 340 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 480 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413188UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Mount 4T-413188UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-413188UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 5150 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413188UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 440 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 226 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413188UTG are unit-specific.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-413188UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 5150 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "The 5150/7800 kN ratings and 560 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413188UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413188UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413188UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 226 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 5150 kN, C0 7800 kN, Cu 560 kN, grease limiting speed 340 r/min, oil speed 480 r/min, mass about 330 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413188UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413188UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 226 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413188UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413188UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413188UTG list two speeds, 340 and 480 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 340 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413188UTG at 480 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413188UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413188utg",
      "4t-413188utg",
      "＊413188utg",
      "413188UTG",
      "4T-413188UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423188UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423188UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 440,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 283,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6400,
    "static_load_kN": 10300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 740,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 340,
    "max_rpm": 340,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 480,
    "weight_g": 460000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423188UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 440×720×283 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423188UTG reads accordingly. Grease relubrication at the 340 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 480 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-423188UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 283 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Do not separate the cones from the double cup at inspection unless re-matching is guaranteed — the rows of 4T-423188UTG are ground as a unit.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 440 mm bore the 4T-423188UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6400 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423188UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 440 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 140.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423188UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 720 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 720 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 6400/10300 kN ratings and 740 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423188UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423188UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423188UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 440 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 283 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6400 kN, C0 10300 kN, Cu 740 kN, grease limiting speed 340 r/min, oil speed 480 r/min, mass about 460 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 440 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423188UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423188UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 283 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423188UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423188UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423188UTG list two speeds, 340 and 480 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 340 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423188UTG at 480 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423188UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423188utg",
      "4t-423188utg",
      "＊423188utg",
      "423188UTG",
      "4T-423188UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323092UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323092UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 460,
    "D_mm": 680,
    "B_mm": 163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3950,
    "static_load_kN": 6750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 485,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 350,
    "max_rpm": 350,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 500,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323092UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 460×680×163 mm. Suffix reading on 323092UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 350 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 500 r/min with oil lubrication — a 150 r/min margin at this size. The internal clearance of 4T-323092UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 163 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mount 4T-323092UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 460 mm bore the 4T-323092UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3950 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323092UTG its 163 mm width and 3950 kN rating at the 460 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 485 kN Cu.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323092UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Order by the full 323092UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 460 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323092UTG near 350 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 3950/6750 kN ratings and 485 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323092UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323092UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323092UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 460 mm bore, 680 mm outside diameter and 163 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3950 kN, C0 6750 kN, Cu 485 kN, grease limiting speed 350 r/min, oil speed 500 r/min, mass about 200 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 460 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323092UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323092UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 163 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323092UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323092UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323092UTG list two speeds, 350 and 500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 350 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323092UTG at 500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323092UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323092utg",
      "4t-323092utg",
      "＊323092utg",
      "323092UTG",
      "4T-323092UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413092UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413092UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 460,
    "D_mm": 680,
    "B_mm": 163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3350,
    "static_load_kN": 5350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 350,
    "max_rpm": 350,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 500,
    "weight_g": 180000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413092UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 460×680×163 mm. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 460 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 110.0 mm radial section over the 460 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 163 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-413092UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-413092UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 163 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 460 mm bore the 4T-413092UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3350 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413092UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 460 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-413092UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 163 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-413092UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 110.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-413092UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 3350/5350 kN ratings and 390 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413092UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413092UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413092UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 460 mm bore, 680 mm outside diameter and 163 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3350 kN, C0 5350 kN, Cu 390 kN, grease limiting speed 350 r/min, oil speed 500 r/min, mass about 180 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 460 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413092UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413092UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 163 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413092UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413092UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413092UTG list two speeds, 350 and 500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 350 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413092UTG at 500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413092UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413092utg",
      "4t-413092utg",
      "＊413092utg",
      "413092UTG",
      "4T-413092UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423092UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423092UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 460,
    "D_mm": 680,
    "B_mm": 204,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3950,
    "static_load_kN": 6750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 485,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 350,
    "max_rpm": 350,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 500,
    "weight_g": 230000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "NTN supplies this 460 mm shaft position as 4T-423092UTG: a factory-adjusted double-row tapered roller bearing whose two roller rows share one double cup, overall width 204 mm. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 423092UTG reads accordingly. Speed planning uses both catalogue columns: grease 350 r/min is the mechanical ceiling, oil 500 r/min with oil lubrication — a 150 r/min margin at this size. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-423092UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 3950 kN C the unit offers about 8.6 kN per millimetre of the 460 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 500 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 460 mm bore the 4T-423092UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3950 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423092UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 460 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 680 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 204 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-423092UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423092UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 3950/6750 kN ratings and 485 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423092UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423092UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423092UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 460 mm bore, 680 mm outside diameter and 204 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3950 kN, C0 6750 kN, Cu 485 kN, grease limiting speed 350 r/min, oil speed 500 r/min, mass about 230 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 460 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423092UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423092UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 204 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423092UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423092UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423092UTG list two speeds, 350 and 500 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 350 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423092UTG at 500 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423092UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423092utg",
      "4t-423092utg",
      "＊423092utg",
      "423092UTG",
      "4T-423092UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323192UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323192UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 460,
    "D_mm": 760,
    "B_mm": 240,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6300,
    "static_load_kN": 10300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 725,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 320,
    "max_rpm": 320,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 450,
    "weight_g": 430000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323192UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 460×760×240 mm. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-323192UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 240 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323192UTG is 725 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-323192UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 240 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-323192UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 460 mm bore the 4T-323192UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6300 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323192UTG its 240 mm width and 6300 kN rating at the 460 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 725 kN Cu.",
      "The 150.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-323192UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 6300 kN C already includes two-row load sharing — do not double it when pairing the unit with a floating bearing in the L10 calculation.",
      "Order by the full 323192UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 460 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 6300/10300 kN ratings and 725 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323192UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323192UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323192UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 460 mm bore, 760 mm outside diameter and 240 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6300 kN, C0 10300 kN, Cu 725 kN, grease limiting speed 320 r/min, oil speed 450 r/min, mass about 430 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 460 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323192UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323192UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 240 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323192UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323192UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323192UTG list two speeds, 320 and 450 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 320 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323192UTG at 450 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323192UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323192utg",
      "4t-323192utg",
      "＊323192utg",
      "323192UTG",
      "4T-323192UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423192UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423192UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 460,
    "D_mm": 760,
    "B_mm": 300,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6300,
    "static_load_kN": 10300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 725,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 320,
    "max_rpm": 320,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 450,
    "weight_g": 480000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423192UTG is an NTN double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: two cone assemblies against one double cup, supplied as a preset unit of 460×760×300 mm. Suffix reading on 423192UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423192UTG is 725 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. The internal clearance of 4T-423192UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 300 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 460 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 460 mm bore the 4T-423192UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6300 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423192UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 460 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-423192UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 760 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "Open 4T-423192UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 320 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 6300/10300 kN ratings and 725 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423192UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423192UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423192UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 460 mm bore, 760 mm outside diameter and 300 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6300 kN, C0 10300 kN, Cu 725 kN, grease limiting speed 320 r/min, oil speed 450 r/min, mass about 480 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 460 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423192UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423192UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 300 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423192UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423192UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423192UTG list two speeds, 320 and 450 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 320 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423192UTG at 450 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423192UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423192utg",
      "4t-423192utg",
      "＊423192utg",
      "423192UTG",
      "4T-423192UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323096UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323096UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 480,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 165,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3900,
    "static_load_kN": 6700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 480,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 330,
    "max_rpm": 330,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 470,
    "weight_g": 210000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323096UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 480 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The 110.0 mm radial section over the 480 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 165 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-323096UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Moment loads are reacted by the wide row spread of the TDO unit; if the shaft also carries a floating bearing, keep the float clear of 4T-323096UTG's locating position.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 480 mm bore the 4T-323096UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3900 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323096UTG its 165 mm width and 3900 kN rating at the 480 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 480 kN Cu.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-323096UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 165 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-323096UTG are unit-specific.",
      "An unloaded 4T-323096UTG near 330 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 3900/6700 kN ratings and 480 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323096UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323096UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323096UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 480 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 165 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3900 kN, C0 6700 kN, Cu 480 kN, grease limiting speed 330 r/min, oil speed 470 r/min, mass about 210 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 480 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323096UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323096UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 165 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323096UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323096UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323096UTG list two speeds, 330 and 470 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 330 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323096UTG at 470 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323096UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323096utg",
      "4t-323096utg",
      "＊323096utg",
      "323096UTG",
      "4T-323096UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "413096UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-413096UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 480,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 165,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3200,
    "static_load_kN": 5000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 360,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 330,
    "max_rpm": 330,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 470,
    "weight_g": 190000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-413096UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-413096UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 165 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. The 110.0 mm radial section over the 480 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 165 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. The internal clearance of 4T-413096UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 165 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-413096UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 165 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 480 mm bore the 4T-413096UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3200 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-413096UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 480 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413096UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-413096UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-413096UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 330 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 3200/5000 kN ratings and 360 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-413096UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-413096UTG?",
        "a": "4T-413096UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 480 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 165 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3200 kN, C0 5000 kN, Cu 360 kN, grease limiting speed 330 r/min, oil speed 470 r/min, mass about 190 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 480 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-413096UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-413096UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 165 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 413096UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 413096UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-413096UTG list two speeds, 330 and 470 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 330 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-413096UTG at 470 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "413096UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "413096utg",
      "4t-413096utg",
      "＊413096utg",
      "413096UTG",
      "4T-413096UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423096UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423096UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 480,
    "D_mm": 700,
    "B_mm": 206,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3900,
    "static_load_kN": 6700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 480,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 330,
    "max_rpm": 330,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 470,
    "weight_g": 240000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E, the order number 4T-423096UTG denotes the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series — a 480 mm bore double-row tapered unit rated 3900 kN basic dynamic and 6700 kN static. Reading the designation: the last two digits 96 are the bore code, ×5 = 480 mm (codes 00–03 use the 10/12/15/17 exception table); the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The 110.0 mm radial section over the 480 mm bore carries two roller rows across the 206 mm width; abutment shoulders must clear both cone bores and the double-cup OD. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423096UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 480 mm shaft. Mount 4T-423096UTG as one article: lift on the double cup, never on a single cone, or the preset alignment of the two rows is disturbed.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 480 mm bore the 4T-423096UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3900 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423096UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 480 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 206 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 470 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "Open 4T-423096UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 330 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-423096UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 3900/6700 kN ratings and 480 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423096UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423096UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423096UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 480 mm bore, 700 mm outside diameter and 206 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3900 kN, C0 6700 kN, Cu 480 kN, grease limiting speed 330 r/min, oil speed 470 r/min, mass about 240 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 480 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423096UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423096UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 206 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423096UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423096UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423096UTG list two speeds, 330 and 470 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 330 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423096UTG at 470 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423096UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423096utg",
      "4t-423096utg",
      "＊423096utg",
      "423096UTG",
      "4T-423096UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "323196UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-323196UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 480,
    "D_mm": 790,
    "B_mm": 248,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6750,
    "static_load_kN": 11100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 775,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 300,
    "max_rpm": 300,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 430,
    "weight_g": 480000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-323196UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 323196UTG reads accordingly. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-323196UTG is 775 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-323196UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 480 mm shaft. Re-lubrication holes and grooves of the housing should line up with the cup's mid-width so fresh grease reaches both roller rows of 4T-323196UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 480 mm bore the 4T-323196UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6750 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-323196UTG its 248 mm width and 6750 kN rating at the 480 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 775 kN Cu.",
      "Order by the full 323196UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 480 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323196UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-323196UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "The 6750/11100 kN ratings and 775 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-323196UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-323196UTG?",
        "a": "4T-323196UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 480 mm bore, 790 mm outside diameter and 248 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6750 kN, C0 11100 kN, Cu 775 kN, grease limiting speed 300 r/min, oil speed 430 r/min, mass about 480 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 480 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-323196UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-323196UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 248 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 323196UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 323196UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-323196UTG list two speeds, 300 and 430 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 300 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-323196UTG at 430 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "323196UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "323196utg",
      "4t-323196utg",
      "＊323196utg",
      "323196UTG",
      "4T-323196UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "423196UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-423196UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 480,
    "D_mm": 790,
    "B_mm": 310,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6750,
    "static_load_kN": 11100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 775,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 310,
    "max_rpm": 310,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 430,
    "weight_g": 540000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-423196UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 480 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-423196UTG is 775 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-423196UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 480 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 480 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 480 mm bore the 4T-423196UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6750 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-423196UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 480 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-423196UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "The 155.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-423196UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "An unloaded 4T-423196UTG near 310 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The 6750/11100 kN ratings and 775 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-423196UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-423196UTG?",
        "a": "4T-423196UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 480 mm bore, 790 mm outside diameter and 310 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6750 kN, C0 11100 kN, Cu 775 kN, grease limiting speed 310 r/min, oil speed 430 r/min, mass about 540 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 480 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-423196UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-423196UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 310 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 423196UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 423196UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-423196UTG list two speeds, 310 and 430 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 310 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-423196UTG at 430 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "423196UTG",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "423196utg",
      "4t-423196utg",
      "＊423196utg",
      "423196UTG",
      "4T-423196UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3230-500UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-3230/500UTG",
    "series": "4t-432-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 500,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 167,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3950,
    "static_load_kN": 6900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 485,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 320,
    "max_rpm": 320,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 450,
    "weight_g": 220000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-3230/500UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 500×720×167 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. Large sizes continue the plans under different leading digits: 4130/4131 and 4230/4231 belong to the 430-family dimension plan, while 3230/3231 continue the 432 heavy plan — 3230/500UTG reads accordingly. The 7.9 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore summarises the 3950 kN rating over the 500 mm bore — compare substitution candidates on this ratio and on the 167 mm width. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-3230/500UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 500 mm shaft. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-3230/500UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 167 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "false brinelling on a stored or standby unit exposed to vibration"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 500 mm bore the 4T-3230/500UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3950 kN C level.",
      "The 432 heavy plan gives 4T-3230/500UTG its 167 mm width and 3950 kN rating at the 500 mm bore; do not downgrade to a 430-family unit of the same bore without re-checking C, C0 and the 485 kN Cu.",
      "Grease packs must leave free volume across the 167 mm width; over-greasing a unit churning near the 450 r/min oil-band speed raises temperature and expels the grease.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-3230/500UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Order by the full 3230/500UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 500 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 3950/6900 kN ratings and 485 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-3230/500UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-3230/500UTG?",
        "a": "4T-3230/500UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 500 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 167 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3950 kN, C0 6900 kN, Cu 485 kN, grease limiting speed 320 r/min, oil speed 450 r/min, mass about 220 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 500 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-3230/500UTG belongs to the heavy-duty 432-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-3230/500UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 167 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 3230/500UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 3230/500UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-3230/500UTG list two speeds, 320 and 450 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 320 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-3230/500UTG at 450 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3230",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=202",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3230-500utg",
      "4t-3230-500utg",
      "＊3230-500utg",
      "3230-500UTG",
      "4T-3230-500UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4130-500UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-4130/500UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 500,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 167,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3350,
    "static_load_kN": 5400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 320,
    "max_rpm": 320,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 450,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-4130/500UTG at 500 mm bore, 720 mm OD and 167 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 320 r/min and an oil ceiling of 450 r/min. Reading the designation: the figure after the slash prints the 500 mm bore directly in NTN's slash-size convention for large double-row bearings; the leading digits place the bearing in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. The fatigue load limit Cu printed for 4T-4130/500UTG is 380 kN — the equivalent-load floor below which high reliability is expected even under contamination in the adjusted-life equation. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-4130/500UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-4130/500UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 167 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "thermal distress when the oil supply sized for one row starves the second row"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 500 mm bore the 4T-4130/500UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3350 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-4130/500UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 500 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "The 110.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-4130/500UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 167 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-4130/500UTG are unit-specific.",
      "The 110.0 mm section leaves little room for oversized shaft fillets; follow the 2203E chamfer table for 4T-4130/500UTG or the cones bottom out on the radius.",
      "The 3350/5400 kN ratings and 380 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-4130/500UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-4130/500UTG?",
        "a": "4T-4130/500UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 500 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 167 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3350 kN, C0 5400 kN, Cu 380 kN, grease limiting speed 320 r/min, oil speed 450 r/min, mass about 200 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 500 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-4130/500UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-4130/500UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 167 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 4130/500UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 4130/500UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-4130/500UTG list two speeds, 320 and 450 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 320 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-4130/500UTG at 450 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4130-500utg",
      "4t-4130-500utg",
      "＊4130-500utg",
      "4130-500UTG",
      "4T-4130-500UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4230-500UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-4230/500UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 500,
    "D_mm": 720,
    "B_mm": 209,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3950,
    "static_load_kN": 6900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 485,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 320,
    "max_rpm": 320,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 450,
    "weight_g": 250000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-4230/500UTG is the NTN 4T catalogue entry for a 500×720×209 mm double-row tapered roller bearing — the TDO arrangement reacts radial load plus thrust in both directions without a second bearing. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 500 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Grease relubrication at the 320 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 450 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-4230/500UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 209 mm overall width is the finished dimension. With a rotating shaft a m6/n6 seat on the 500 mm journal and a located cup in the housing are typical practice for 4T-4230/500UTG.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives",
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose cone seat that creeps under rotating load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 500 mm bore the 4T-4230/500UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3950 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-4230/500UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 500 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-4230/500UTG near 320 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "The internal clearance of 4T-4230/500UTG is factory-set: no end-play adjustment exists at mounting, and any attempt to set preload with a shaft nut overloads one row.",
      "Order by the full 4230/500UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 500 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "The 3950/6900 kN ratings and 485 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-4230/500UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-4230/500UTG?",
        "a": "4T-4230/500UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 500 mm bore, 720 mm outside diameter and 209 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3950 kN, C0 6900 kN, Cu 485 kN, grease limiting speed 320 r/min, oil speed 450 r/min, mass about 250 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 500 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-4230/500UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-4230/500UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 209 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 4230/500UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 4230/500UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-4230/500UTG list two speeds, 320 and 450 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 320 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-4230/500UTG at 450 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4230",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4230-500utg",
      "4t-4230-500utg",
      "＊4230-500utg",
      "4230-500UTG",
      "4T-4230-500UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4131-500UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-4131/500UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 500,
    "D_mm": 830,
    "B_mm": 264,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 6700,
    "static_load_kN": 10500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 725,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 290,
    "max_rpm": 290,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 410,
    "weight_g": 530000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "4T-4131/500UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series of NTN double-row tapered roller bearings; the unit is mounted as one article and its internal clearance is set at the factory, not on the shaft. Suffix reading on 4131/500UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles. Grease relubrication at the 290 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 410 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. Because the unit is preset, mounting 4T-4131/500UTG resembles mounting a double-row spherical or cylindrical bearing: seat the unit, clamp axially to the stated end cover torque, and verify rotation — no end-play measurement is required. At 6700 kN C the unit offers about 13.4 kN per millimetre of the 500 mm bore — heavy-section TDO rows of this class run warm, so confirm oil availability before working near 410 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage damage when the unit is lifted by one cone instead of the double cup during fitting",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the catalogue L10 life at the actual combined load"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 500 mm bore the 4T-4131/500UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 6700 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-4131/500UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 500 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-4131/500UTG near 290 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "Never interchange a TDO double-row unit with two single-row bearings of similar size: the 264 mm width, load spread and clearance logic of 4T-4131/500UTG are unit-specific.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-4131/500UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "The 6700/10500 kN ratings and 725 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-4131/500UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-4131/500UTG?",
        "a": "4T-4131/500UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 500 mm bore, 830 mm outside diameter and 264 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 6700 kN, C0 10500 kN, Cu 725 kN, grease limiting speed 290 r/min, oil speed 410 r/min, mass about 530 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 500 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-4131/500UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-4131/500UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 264 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 4131/500UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 4131/500UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-4131/500UTG list two speeds, 290 and 410 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 290 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-4131/500UTG at 410 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4131",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=199",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4131-500utg",
      "4t-4131-500utg",
      "＊4131-500utg",
      "4131-500UTG",
      "4T-4131-500UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4130-530UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-4130/530UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 530,
    "D_mm": 780,
    "B_mm": 185,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3750,
    "static_load_kN": 5900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 410,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 290,
    "max_rpm": 290,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 420,
    "weight_g": 270000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 530 mm shaft needing a compact two-direction thrust location, NTN lists 4T-4130/530UTG, a TDO double-row 4T unit of 3750 kN C and 5900 kN C0 in the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Unlike a pair of single-row bearings, the TDO unit of 4T-4130/530UTG integrates both rows in one article: the 185 mm overall width and the internal clearance are ground and set by NTN, so there is no field adjustment dimension. Grease relubrication at the 290 r/min limiting speed must reach both roller rows; sustaining 420 r/min needs an oil supply with defined flow through the double cup. The internal clearance of 4T-4130/530UTG is set at the factory by the double cup and spacer-less grinding; do not attempt to re-adjust it with shaft nuts — the 185 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Fillet radii and shoulder heights must follow the 2203E mounting table for 4T-4130/530UTG; the double cup must seat square across its full 185 mm width.",
    "applications": [
      "large shredder and recycler main shafts",
      "power-plant mill and fan shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck and pinion-stand positions",
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "edge loading on one row when the housing seats the double cup cocked across its width",
      "overheated running after a field attempt to \"tighten up\" the factory-set internal clearance",
      "one-row flaking when a bent shaft concentrates the combined load on a single row of the pair",
      "cage fatigue after continuous running near the grease limiting speed without oil cooling",
      "indentation of both raceways by hard particles in an open, unsealed arrangement"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 530 mm bore the 4T-4130/530UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 3750 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-4130/530UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 530 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "Order by the full 4130/530UTG code including suffixes — U, X, DX, E1 and UTG variants share the 530 mm bore but are different articles with different internal geometry.",
      "Lubricant must reach both rows: a housing groove aligned to the cup mid-width of 4T-4130/530UTG feeds the two roller complements evenly; a single-side feed starves the far row.",
      "Open 4T-4130/530UTG units have no seals: the housing must seal both rows or the 290 r/min grease figure is meaningless once contamination enters.",
      "The 3750/5900 kN ratings and 410 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-4130/530UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-4130/530UTG?",
        "a": "4T-4130/530UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 530 mm bore, 780 mm outside diameter and 185 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 3750 kN, C0 5900 kN, Cu 410 kN, grease limiting speed 290 r/min, oil speed 420 r/min, mass about 270 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 530 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-4130/530UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-4130/530UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 185 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 4130/530UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 4130/530UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-4130/530UTG list two speeds, 290 and 420 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 290 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-4130/530UTG at 420 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=200",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4130-530utg",
      "4t-4130-530utg",
      "＊4130-530utg",
      "4130-530UTG",
      "4T-4130-530UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4130-600UTG",
    "brand": "NTN",
    "manufacturer_designation": "NTN 4T-4130/600UTG",
    "series": "4t-430-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 600,
    "D_mm": 870,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 5000,
    "static_load_kN": 8550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 570,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 250,
    "max_rpm": 250,
    "speed_oil_rpm": 360,
    "weight_g": 350000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The NTN 2203E double-row table prints 4T-4130/600UTG at 600 mm bore, 870 mm OD and 200 mm overall width, with a grease limiting speed of 250 r/min and an oil ceiling of 360 r/min. The 4T- prefix is NTN's tapered roller quality mark; 430 numbers the light TDO plan and 432 the heavy TDO plan — at the same 600 mm bore the 432 execution carries a wider, heavier section than the 430. Axial capacity is bidirectional because the rows are opposed: 4T-4130/600UTG locates the shaft in both directions with C0 8550 kN behind the static check of the more heavily loaded row. TDO construction means the two cone assemblies of 4T-4130/600UTG face away from each other inside one double cup: the load lines diverge outward, giving a wide effective spread and high moment stiffness for the 600 mm shaft. Induction heating to max 120 °C is the standard fitting method at this 600 mm bore; driving the unit home through the rollers brinells both rows at once.",
    "applications": [
      "mine hoist and dragline drum shafts",
      "cement-plant mill and kiln drive trains",
      "port-crane hoist and luffing gearboxes",
      "heavy press and forging-machine drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone ribs when one row of the unit runs starved of lubricant",
      "brinelling of both rows from a mounting blow transmitted through the roller complements",
      "preload loss and hammering noise when the cup clamping loosens and the unit gains axial float",
      "pressed-steel cage pocket wear from roller skid at light load and high speed",
      "water-induced pitting when washdown reaches the open unit without external seals"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 600 mm bore the 4T-4130/600UTG unit needs hydraulic or crane-assisted fitting and a verified oil supply; manual methods cannot control seating at the 5000 kN C level.",
      "The 430 light plan keeps 4T-4130/600UTG narrower and faster than the 432 heavy execution of the same 600 mm bore; where shock or a high thrust share dominates, verify whether the heavier 432-family row is the intended position.",
      "An unloaded 4T-4130/600UTG near 250 r/min lets rollers skid; ensure a minimum load or light spring preload on high-speed positions.",
      "At inspection do not mix the cone assemblies of 4T-4130/600UTG with another unit; rows are ground together and re-matching is not guaranteed in the field.",
      "Clamping the double cup with a cocked end cover pinches one row: tighten the 870 mm OD clamping uniformly around the circumference.",
      "The 5000/8550 kN ratings and 570 kN Cu here are NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E figures for 4T-4130/600UTG; internal geometry legitimately differs between manufacturers, so re-verify ratings, clearance class and suffix before substituting another make on a rated drive."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue ratings of NTN 4T-4130/600UTG?",
        "a": "4T-4130/600UTG is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO (back-to-back) construction: 600 mm bore, 870 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width. From NTN Ball and Roller Bearings CAT.No.2203E: C 5000 kN, C0 8550 kN, Cu 570 kN, grease limiting speed 250 r/min, oil speed 360 r/min, mass about 350 kg. It is an open, preset-clearance unit with pressed-steel cages."
      },
      {
        "q": "What is the difference between the NTN 430 and 432 double-row series at 600 mm bore?",
        "a": "Both are TDO double-row tapered roller units, but 430 is the light plan and 432 the heavy plan: at the same bore the 432 execution is wider and heavier with higher load ratings. 4T-4130/600UTG belongs to the light-duty 430-family TDO double-row series. Large sizes continue the plans as 4130/4131/4230/4231 (430 family) and 3230/3231 (432 family)."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can the internal clearance of 4T-4130/600UTG be adjusted at mounting?",
        "a": "No. The TDO unit — two cone assemblies against one double cup — is ground and set by NTN at the factory, and the 200 mm overall width is the finished dimension. Mounting sets no end play: seat the unit square, clamp the cup uniformly and verify free rotation. Field re-adjustment overloads one row."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the suffix letters on 4130/600UTG mean?",
        "a": "Suffix reading on 4130/600UTG: UTG marks the ULTAGE specification for large NTN tapered rollers — upgraded material and internal design, printed with the ＊ symbol ahead of the order number; suffixed variants are separate order numbers and are not interchangeable articles."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does 4T-4130/600UTG list two speeds, 250 and 360 r/min?",
        "a": "The lower figure, 250 r/min, is the grease-lubricated limiting speed for the two rows and their cages. With oil lubrication NTN rates 4T-4130/600UTG at 360 r/min because oil removes heat from both roller rows better — the housing feed must reach both rows through the double cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://www.ntnglobal.com/en/products/catalog/pdf/2203E_b02.pdf#page=200",
    "catalog_ver": "NTN 2203E 2026-09-25",
    "extracted_at": "2026-10-01",
    "last_verified": "2026-10-01",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4130-600utg",
      "4t-4130-600utg",
      "＊4130-600utg",
      "4130-600UTG",
      "4T-4130-600UTG"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30204",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30204",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 20,
    "D_mm": 47,
    "B_mm": 15.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 120,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 34.1,
    "static_load_kN": 28,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "max_rpm": 15000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 20 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30204 under catalogue execution SKF 30204: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 0 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 20 mm bore; the 47 mm OD and 15.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.82 (static 28 kN against dynamic 34.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 3 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for 30204: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 20 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 20 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30204 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 302 series at 20 mm bore (47×15.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32204 or 32304 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30204 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "A single 30204 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 15.25 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 34.1/28 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30204 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30204 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30204?",
        "a": "The SKF 30204 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 20 mm bore, 47 mm outer diameter and 15.25 mm width (0.787 × 1.85 × 0.6 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 34.1 kN, C0 28 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3 kN, reference speed 12,000 r/min, limiting speed 15,000 r/min, mass about 120 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30204 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30204 are bore code 04, so 04 × 5 = 20 mm bore. The 47 mm OD and 15.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30204 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30204 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30204 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30204 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30204-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 20×47×15.25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30204",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30204"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30205",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30205",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 16.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 38.1,
    "static_load_kN": 33.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.45,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30205 (SKF 30205) is the standard section tapered roller choice for a 25 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 52×16.25 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 30205 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), standard section series 0, and bore reference 05 resolving to 25 mm; 52 mm OD and 16.25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 13.5 mm radial section height ((52−25)/2) and 150 g catalogue mass frame a 25 mm bore bearing rated at 38.1 kN C — roughly 1.52 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30205 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30205 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 302 series at 25 mm bore (52×16.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32205 or 32305 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30205 mounting error.",
      "At the 38.1 kN rating of 30205, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 13,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 11,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 13,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 38.1/33.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30205 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30205 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30205?",
        "a": "The SKF 30205 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 16.25 mm width (0.984 × 2.047 × 0.64 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 38.1 kN, C0 33.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3.45 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30205 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30205 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 52 mm OD and 16.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30205 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30205 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30205 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30205 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30205-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30205",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30205"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30206",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30206",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 17.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 50,
    "static_load_kN": 44,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.8,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30206 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 30 mm shaft, standard section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30206 means tapered-roller type 3, standard section series 0, 30 mm bore — which is why the 62×17.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 230 g for the 30×62×17.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single 30206 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30206 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 30 mm bore (62×17.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32206 or 32306 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30206 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30206 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 30206 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 50/44 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30206 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30206 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30206?",
        "a": "The SKF 30206 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 17.25 mm width (1.181 × 2.441 × 0.679 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 50 kN, C0 44 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.8 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30206 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30206 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 17.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30206 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30206 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30206 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30206 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30206-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30206",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30206"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30207",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30207",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 18.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 330,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 63.2,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "30207 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 30207 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 0 for the standard section, final digits 07 for the 35 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 8,000 r/min reference speed the 18.5 mm-section 30207 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 9,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30207 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30207 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 35 mm bore (72×18.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32207 or 32307 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30207 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30207 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 72 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 63.2/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30207 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30207 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30207?",
        "a": "The SKF 30207 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 18.25 mm width (1.378 × 2.835 × 0.719 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 63.2 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.1 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 330 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30207 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30207 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 18.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30207 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30207 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30207 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30207 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30207-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30207",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30207"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30208",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30208",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 19.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 420,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 75.8,
    "static_load_kN": 68,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30208 is a 40×80×19.75 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the standard section entry in the 30200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 0 (the standard section), and bore code 08 = 40 mm; dimensions 40×80×19.75 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 7,000 r/min thermal reference and 8,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30208 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30208 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 40 mm bore (80×19.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32208 or 32308 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "A single 30208 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30208 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 75.8/68 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30208 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30208 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30208?",
        "a": "The SKF 30208 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 19.75 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.778 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 75.8 kN, C0 68 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 420 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30208 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30208 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 19.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30208 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30208 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30208 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30208 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 40×80×19.75 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208R",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30208"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30209",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30209",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 20.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 470,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 81.6,
    "static_load_kN": 76.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.65,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30209 appears as SKF 30209: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 0 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 45 mm bore; the 85 mm OD and 20.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 81.6 kN and C0 76.5 kN, the 30209 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,000 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30209 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 45 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30209 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 45 mm bore (85×20.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32209 or 32309 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "At the 81.6 kN rating of 30209, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30209 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 470 g mass and 20.75 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30209.",
      "The 81.6/76.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30209 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30209 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30209?",
        "a": "The SKF 30209 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 20.75 mm width (1.772 × 3.346 × 0.817 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 81.6 kN, C0 76.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.65 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 470 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30209 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30209 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 85 mm OD and 20.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30209 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30209 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30209 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30209 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30209-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30209",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30209"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30210",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 21.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 540,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 93.1,
    "static_load_kN": 91.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30210 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in the 30200 series, dimensioned 90 mm OD and 21.75 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 30210 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 0 for the standard section, final digits 10 for the 50 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.98 (static 91.5 kN against dynamic 93.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 10.4 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 30210 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30210 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 50 mm bore (90×21.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32210 or 32310 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "At the 93.1 kN rating of 30210, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30210 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 7,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 93.1/91.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30210 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30210?",
        "a": "The SKF 30210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 21.75 mm width (1.969 × 3.543 × 0.856 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 93.1 kN, C0 91.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.4 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 540 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30210 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30210 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 21.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30210 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30210 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30210 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30210 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30210",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30211",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30211",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 22.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 111,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 55 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30211 under catalogue execution SKF 30211: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 0 (the standard section), and bore code 11 = 55 mm; dimensions 55×100×22.75 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 22.5 mm radial section height ((100−55)/2) and 700 g catalogue mass frame a 55 mm bore bearing rated at 111 kN C — roughly 2.02 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30211 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30211 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 55 mm bore (100×22.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32211 or 32311 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30211 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30211 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 30211 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 111/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30211 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30211 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30211?",
        "a": "The SKF 30211 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 22.75 mm width (2.165 × 3.937 × 0.896 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 111 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30211 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30211 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 22.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30211 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30211 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30211 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30211 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30211-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30211",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30211"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30212",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30212",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 23.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 880,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 120,
    "static_load_kN": 114,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.2,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30212 (SKF 30212) is the standard section tapered roller choice for a 60 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 110×23.75 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 0 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 60 mm bore; the 110 mm OD and 23.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 880 g for the 60×110×23.75 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30212 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 30212 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 60 mm bore (110×23.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32212 or 32312 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30212 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30212 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 110 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 120/114 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30212 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30212 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30212?",
        "a": "The SKF 30212 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 23.75 mm width (2.362 × 4.331 × 0.935 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 120 kN, C0 114 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.2 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 880 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30212 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30212 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 23.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30212 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30212 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30212 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30212 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30212-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30212",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30212"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30213",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30213",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 24.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 141,
    "static_load_kN": 134,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.3,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30213 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 65 mm shaft, standard section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 30213 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), standard section series 0, and bore reference 13 resolving to 65 mm; 120 mm OD and 24.75 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 4,500 r/min reference speed the 27.5 mm-section 30213 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30213 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 65 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 30213 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 65 mm bore (120×24.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32213 or 32313 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30213 mounting error.",
      "A single 30213 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 141/134 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30213 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30213 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30213?",
        "a": "The SKF 30213 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 24.75 mm width (2.559 × 4.724 × 0.974 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 141 kN, C0 134 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16.3 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30213 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30213 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 24.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30213 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30213 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30213 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30213 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30213-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30213",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30213"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30214",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30214",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 26.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 155,
    "static_load_kN": 156,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "30214 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30214 means tapered-roller type 3, standard section series 0, 70 mm bore — which is why the 125×26.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,300 r/min thermal reference and 5,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 70 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30214 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 30214 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 70 mm bore (125×26.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32214 or 32314 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30214 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 155 kN rating of 30214, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 1250 g mass and 26.25 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30214.",
      "The 155/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30214 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30214 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30214?",
        "a": "The SKF 30214 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 26.25 mm width (2.756 × 4.921 × 1.033 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 155 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30214 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30214 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 26.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30214 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30214 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30214 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30214 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30214-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30214",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30214"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30215",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30215",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 27.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 171,
    "static_load_kN": 176,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20.4,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30215 is a 75×130×27.25 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the standard section entry in the 30200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 30215 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 0 for the standard section, final digits 15 for the 75 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 171 kN and C0 176 kN, the 30215 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 5,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 30215: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 75 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 30215 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 75 mm bore (130×27.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32215 or 32315 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30215 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30215 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 30215 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 171/176 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30215 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30215 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30215?",
        "a": "The SKF 30215 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 27.25 mm width (2.953 × 5.118 × 1.073 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 171 kN, C0 176 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 20.4 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30215 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30215 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 27.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30215 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30215 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30215 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30215 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30215-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 75×130×27.25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30215",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30215"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30216",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30216",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 28.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 184,
    "static_load_kN": 183,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30216 appears as SKF 30216: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 0 (the standard section), and bore code 16 = 80 mm; dimensions 80×140×28.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 21.2 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.99 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30216 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 30216 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 80 mm bore (140×28.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32216 or 32316 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "A single 30216 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30216 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 28.25 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 184/183 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30216 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30216 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30216?",
        "a": "The SKF 30216 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 28.25 mm width (3.15 × 5.512 × 1.112 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 184 kN, C0 183 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.2 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 1600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30216 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30216 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 28.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30216 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30216 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30216 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30216 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30216",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30216"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30217",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30217",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 30.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 2050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 216,
    "static_load_kN": 220,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30217 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in the 30200 series, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 30.5 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 0 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 85 mm bore; the 150 mm OD and 30.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.02 (static 220 kN against dynamic 216 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 25.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 30217 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 30217 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 85 mm bore (150×30.5 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32217 or 32317 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "At the 216 kN rating of 30217, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30217 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,600 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 216/220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30217 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30217 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30217?",
        "a": "The SKF 30217 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 30.5 mm width (3.346 × 5.906 × 1.201 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 216 kN, C0 220 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 25.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30217 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30217 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 30.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30217 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30217 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30217 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30217 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30217",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30217"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30218",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30218",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 32.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 2500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 240,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 90 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30218 under catalogue execution SKF 30218: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 family.Digit by digit, 30218 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), standard section series 0, and bore reference 18 resolving to 90 mm; 160 mm OD and 32.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 35.0 mm radial section height ((160−90)/2) and 2500 g catalogue mass frame a 90 mm bore bearing rated at 240 kN C — roughly 2.67 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30218 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 30218 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 90 mm bore (160×32.5 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32218 or 32318 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30218 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30218 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 30218 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 240/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30218 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30218 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30218?",
        "a": "The SKF 30218 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 32.5 mm width (3.543 × 6.299 × 1.28 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 240 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 2500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30218 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30218 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 32.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30218 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30218 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30218 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30218 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30218",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30218"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30219",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30219",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 34.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 3000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 266,
    "static_load_kN": 275,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30219 (SKF 30219) is the standard section tapered roller choice for a 95 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 170×34.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30219 means tapered-roller type 3, standard section series 0, 95 mm bore — which is why the 170×34.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 3000 g for the 95×170×34.5 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30219 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 30219 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 95 mm bore (170×34.5 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32219 or 32319 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30219 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30219 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 170 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 266/275 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30219 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30219 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30219?",
        "a": "The SKF 30219 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 34.5 mm width (3.74 × 6.693 × 1.358 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 266 kN, C0 275 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 3000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30219 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30219 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 34.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30219 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30219 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30219 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30219 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30219",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30219"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30220",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30220",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 37,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 3650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 304,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 36,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30220 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 100 mm shaft, standard section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 0 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 100 mm bore; the 180 mm OD and 37 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,000 r/min thermal reference and 3,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30220 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 30220 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 100 mm bore (180×37 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32220 or 32320 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30220 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30220 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open 30220 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 304/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30220 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30220 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30220?",
        "a": "The SKF 30220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 37 mm width (3.937 × 7.087 × 1.457 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 304 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 36 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 3650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30220 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30220 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 37 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30220 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30220 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30220 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30220 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30220",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30220"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30221",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30221",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 39,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 4300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 333,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "30221 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 30221 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), standard section series 0, and bore reference 21 resolving to 105 mm; 190 mm OD and 39 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 333 kN and C0 355 kN, the 30221 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,400 r/min. A single 30221 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 30221 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 105 mm bore (190×39 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32221 or 32321 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30221 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30221 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 39 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 333/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30221 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30221 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30221?",
        "a": "The SKF 30221 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 39 mm width (4.134 × 7.48 × 1.535 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 333 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 4300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30221 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30221 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 39 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30221 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30221 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30221 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30221 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30221",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30221"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30222",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30222",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 41,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 5050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 327,
    "static_load_kN": 405,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30222 is a 110×200×41 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the standard section entry in the 30200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30222 means tapered-roller type 3, standard section series 0, 110 mm bore — which is why the 200×41 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 43 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.24 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30222 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 30222 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 302 series at 110 mm bore (200×41 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32222 or 32322 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30222 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 30222 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,600 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,200 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 327/405 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30222 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30222 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30222?",
        "a": "The SKF 30222 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 41 mm width (4.331 × 7.874 × 1.614 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 327 kN, C0 405 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 43 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 5050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30222 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30222 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 41 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30222 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 0 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30222 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30222 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30222 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30222",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30222"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32304",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32304",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 20,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 22.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 54.3,
    "static_load_kN": 45.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000,
    "max_rpm": 14000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32304 appears as SKF 32304: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 32304 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 2 for the extra-heavy section, final digits 04 for the 20 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 54.3 kN and C0 45.5 kN, the 32304 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 14,000 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32304 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 20 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 32304 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 323 series at 20 mm bore (52×22.25 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30204, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32304 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32304 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 22.25 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 54.3/45.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32304 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32304 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32304?",
        "a": "The SKF 32304 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 20 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 22.25 mm width (0.787 × 2.047 × 0.876 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 54.3 kN, C0 45.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 5 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 14,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32304 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32304 are bore code 04, so 04 × 5 = 20 mm bore. The 52 mm OD and 22.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32304 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32304 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32304 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32304 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32304-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32304",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32304"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32305",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32305",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 25.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 360,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 74.1,
    "static_load_kN": 63,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.1,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32305 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 25 mm bore entry in the 32300 series, dimensioned 62 mm OD and 25.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 2 (the extra-heavy section), and bore code 05 = 25 mm; dimensions 25×62×25.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 7.1 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.85 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single 32305 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 32305 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 323 series at 25 mm bore (62×25.25 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30205, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32305 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32305 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 9,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 12,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 74.1/63 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32305 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32305 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32305?",
        "a": "The SKF 32305 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 25.25 mm width (0.984 × 2.441 × 0.994 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 74.1 kN, C0 63 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.1 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 360 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32305 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32305 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 25.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32305 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32305 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32305 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32305 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32305-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32305",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32305"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32306",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32306",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 28.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 95,
    "static_load_kN": 85,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 30 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32306 under catalogue execution SKF 32306: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 2 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (extra-heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 30 mm bore; the 72 mm OD and 28.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.89 (static 85 kN against dynamic 95 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 9.65 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32306 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32306 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 30 mm bore (72×28.75 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30206, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32306 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32306 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 32306 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 95/85 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32306 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32306 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32306?",
        "a": "The SKF 32306 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 28.75 mm width (1.181 × 2.835 × 1.132 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 95 kN, C0 85 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32306 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32306 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 28.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32306 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32306 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32306 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32306 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32306-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32306",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32306"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32307",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32307",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 32.75,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 117,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.2,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32307 (SKF 32307) is the extra-heavy section tapered roller choice for a 35 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 80×32.75 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 32307 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), extra-heavy section series 2, and bore reference 07 resolving to 35 mm; 80 mm OD and 32.75 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 22.5 mm radial section height ((80−35)/2) and 750 g catalogue mass frame a 35 mm bore bearing rated at 117 kN C — roughly 3.34 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32307 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32307 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 35 mm bore (80×32.75 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30207, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32307 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32307 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 80 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 117/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32307 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32307 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32307?",
        "a": "The SKF 32307 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 32.75 mm width (1.378 × 3.15 × 1.289 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 117 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.2 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32307 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32307 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 32.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32307 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32307 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32307 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32307 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32307-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32307",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32307"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32308",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32308",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 35.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 143,
    "static_load_kN": 140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32308 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 40 mm shaft, extra-heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32308 means tapered-roller type 3, extra-heavy section series 2, 40 mm bore — which is why the 90×35.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 1050 g for the 40×90×35.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32308 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 40 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32308 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 40 mm bore (90×35.25 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30208, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32308 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 32308 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 143/140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32308 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32308 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32308?",
        "a": "The SKF 32308 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 35.25 mm width (1.575 × 3.543 × 1.388 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 143 kN, C0 140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 1050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32308 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32308 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 35.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32308 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32308 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32308 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32308 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32308",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32308"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32309",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32309",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 38.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 173,
    "static_load_kN": 170,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20.4,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "32309 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 32309 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 2 for the extra-heavy section, final digits 09 for the 45 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 5,300 r/min reference speed the 27.5 mm-section 32309 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 45 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32309 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32309 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 45 mm bore (100×38.25 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30209, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "A single 32309 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 173 kN rating of 32309, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 1400 g mass and 38.25 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32309.",
      "The 173/170 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32309 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32309 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32309?",
        "a": "The SKF 32309 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 38.25 mm width (1.772 × 3.937 × 1.506 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 170 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 20.4 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32309 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32309 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 38.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32309 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32309 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32309 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32309 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32309",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32309BR",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32309"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32310",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 42.25,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 211,
    "static_load_kN": 212,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32310 is a 50×110×42.25 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the extra-heavy section entry in the 32300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 32310 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), extra-heavy section series 2, and bore reference 10 resolving to 50 mm; 110 mm OD and 42.25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 211 kN and C0 212 kN, the 32310 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 6,300 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32310 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32310 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 50 mm bore (110×42.25 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30210, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "A single 32310 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 32310 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 6,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 211/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32310 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32310?",
        "a": "The SKF 32310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 42.25 mm width (1.969 × 4.331 × 1.663 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 211 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32310 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32310 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 42.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32310 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32310 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32310 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32310 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32310",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32311",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32311",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 2350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 245,
    "static_load_kN": 250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32311 appears as SKF 32311: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32311 means tapered-roller type 3, extra-heavy section series 2, 55 mm bore — which is why the 120×45.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 28.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.02 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32311 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32311 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 323 series at 55 mm bore (120×45.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30211, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "At the 245 kN rating of 32311, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 245 kN rating of 32311, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 32311 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 245/250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32311 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32311 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32311?",
        "a": "The SKF 32311 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.791 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 245 kN, C0 250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 2350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32311 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32311 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 45.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32311 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32311 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32311 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32311 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32311",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32311BR",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32311"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32312",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32312",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 48.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 2900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 282,
    "static_load_kN": 290,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32312 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 60 mm bore entry in the 32300 series, dimensioned 130 mm OD and 48.5 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 32312 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 2 for the extra-heavy section, final digits 12 for the 60 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.03 (static 290 kN against dynamic 282 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 34 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32312 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 60 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 32312 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 60 mm bore (130×48.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30212, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32312 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32312 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 130 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 282/290 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32312 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32312 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32312?",
        "a": "The SKF 32312 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 48.5 mm width (2.362 × 5.118 × 1.909 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 282 kN, C0 290 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32312 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32312 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 48.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32312 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32312 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32312 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32312 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32312"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32313",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32313",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 51,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 3500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 323,
    "static_load_kN": 335,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 65 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32313 under catalogue execution SKF 32313: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 2 (the extra-heavy section), and bore code 13 = 65 mm; dimensions 65×140×51 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 37.5 mm radial section height ((140−65)/2) and 3500 g catalogue mass frame a 65 mm bore bearing rated at 323 kN C — roughly 4.97 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. For a 65 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32313 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 32313 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 65 mm bore (140×51 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30213, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32313 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32313 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 323/335 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32313 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32313 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32313?",
        "a": "The SKF 32313 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 51 mm width (2.559 × 5.512 × 2.008 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 323 kN, C0 335 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 3500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32313 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32313 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 51 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32313 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32313 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32313 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32313 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32313",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32313"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32314",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32314",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 54,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 4300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 363,
    "static_load_kN": 380,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32314 (SKF 32314) is the extra-heavy section tapered roller choice for a 70 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 150×54 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 2 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (extra-heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 70 mm bore; the 150 mm OD and 54 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 4300 g for the 70×150×54 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Mounting practice for 32314: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 70 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 32314 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 70 mm bore (150×54 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30214, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32314 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32314 mounting error.",
      "The 4300 g mass and 54 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32314.",
      "The 363/380 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32314 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32314 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32314?",
        "a": "The SKF 32314 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 54 mm width (2.756 × 5.906 × 2.126 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 363 kN, C0 380 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 4300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32314 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32314 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 54 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32314 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32314 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32314 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32314 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32314",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32314"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32315",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32315",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 58,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 5200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 416,
    "static_load_kN": 440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32315 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 75 mm shaft, extra-heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 32315 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), extra-heavy section series 2, and bore reference 15 resolving to 75 mm; 160 mm OD and 58 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 3,200 r/min reference speed the 42.5 mm-section 32315 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32315 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 32315 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 75 mm bore (160×58 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30215, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32315 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32315 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open 32315 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 416/440 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32315 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32315 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32315?",
        "a": "The SKF 32315 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 58 mm width (2.953 × 6.299 × 2.283 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 416 kN, C0 440 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 5200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32315 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32315 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 58 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32315 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32315 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32315 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32315 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32315",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32315"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32316",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32316",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 61.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 6200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 404,
    "static_load_kN": 500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 56,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "32316 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32316 means tapered-roller type 3, extra-heavy section series 2, 80 mm bore — which is why the 170×61.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,200 r/min thermal reference and 4,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single 32316 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 32316 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 80 mm bore (170×61.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30216, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32316 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32316 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 61.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 404/500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32316 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32316 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32316?",
        "a": "The SKF 32316 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 61.5 mm width (3.15 × 6.693 × 2.421 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 404 kN, C0 500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 56 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 6200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32316 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32316 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 61.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32316 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32316 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32316 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32316 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32316",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32316"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32317",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32317",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 63.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 7100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 435,
    "static_load_kN": 530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32317 is a 85×180×63.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the extra-heavy section entry in the 32300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 32317 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 2 for the extra-heavy section, final digits 17 for the 85 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 435 kN and C0 530 kN, the 32317 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,800 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32317 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 32317 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 85 mm bore (180×63.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30217, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "A single 32317 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 32317 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,800 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 435/530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32317 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32317 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32317?",
        "a": "The SKF 32317 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 63.5 mm width (3.346 × 7.087 × 2.5 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 435 kN, C0 530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 60 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 7100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32317 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32317 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 63.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32317 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32317 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32317 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32317 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32317",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32317"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32318",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32318",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 67.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 8400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 487,
    "static_load_kN": 610,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32318 appears as SKF 32318: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 2 (the extra-heavy section), and bore code 18 = 90 mm; dimensions 90×190×67.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 65.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.25 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32318 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 32318 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 90 mm bore (190×67.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30218, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "At the 487 kN rating of 32318, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 487 kN rating of 32318, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 32318 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 487/610 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32318 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32318 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32318?",
        "a": "The SKF 32318 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 67.5 mm width (3.543 × 7.48 × 2.657 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 487 kN, C0 610 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 8400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32318 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32318 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 67.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32318 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32318 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32318 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32318 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32318",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32318"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32319",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32319",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 71.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 9800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 535,
    "static_load_kN": 670,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32319 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 95 mm bore entry in the 32300 series, dimensioned 200 mm OD and 71.5 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 2 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (extra-heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 95 mm bore; the 200 mm OD and 71.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.25 (static 670 kN against dynamic 535 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 72 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32319 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 95 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 32319 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 95 mm bore (200×71.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30219, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32319 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32319 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 200 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 535/670 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32319 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32319 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32319?",
        "a": "The SKF 32319 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 71.5 mm width (3.74 × 7.874 × 2.815 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 535 kN, C0 670 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 9800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32319 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32319 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 71.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32319 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32319 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32319 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32319 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32319",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32319"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32320",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 77.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 12500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 617,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 100 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32320 under catalogue execution SKF 32320: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the extra-heavy section of the 32300 family.On the SKF nameplate, 32320 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 2 for the extra-heavy section, final digits 20 for the 100 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 12500 g for the 100×215×77.5 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single 32320 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 32320 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 100 mm bore (215×77.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30220, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32320 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 617 kN rating of 32320, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 32320 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 617/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32320 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32320?",
        "a": "The SKF 32320 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 77.5 mm width (3.937 × 8.465 × 3.051 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 617 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 83 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 12500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32320 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32320 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 215 mm OD and 77.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32320 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32320 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32320 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32320 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32320",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32321",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32321",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 81.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 645,
    "static_load_kN": 815,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32321 (SKF 32321) is the extra-heavy section tapered roller choice for a 105 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 225×81.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 2 (the extra-heavy section), and bore code 21 = 105 mm; dimensions 105×225×81.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 2,000 r/min reference speed the 60.0 mm-section 32321 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32321 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 32321 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 105 mm bore (225×81.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30221, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32321 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32321 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 81.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 645/815 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32321 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32321 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32321?",
        "a": "The SKF 32321 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 81.5 mm width (4.134 × 8.858 × 3.209 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 645 kN, C0 815 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 14000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32321 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32321 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 225 mm OD and 81.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32321 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32321 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32321 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32321 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32321",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32321"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32322",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32322",
    "series": "32300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 84.5,
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "material": "GCr15",
    "weight_g": 16500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 675,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32322 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 110 mm shaft, extra-heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 2 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (extra-heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 110 mm bore; the 240 mm OD and 84.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,900 r/min thermal reference and 2,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32322 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 32322 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 323 series at 110 mm bore (240×84.5 mm) is the heavy-duty section of the tapered family; it runs hotter at the same speed than a 30222, so recalculate dn and lubricant film before substitution.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32322 mounting error.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32322 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,900 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,800 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 675/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32322 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32322 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32322?",
        "a": "The SKF 32322 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 84.5 mm width (4.331 × 9.449 × 3.327 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 675 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 16500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32322 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32322 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 240 mm OD and 84.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32322 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 2 is the ISO 355 series (extra-heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32322 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32322 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32322 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32322",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32322"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30302",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30302",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 15,
    "D_mm": 42,
    "B_mm": 14.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 27.7,
    "static_load_kN": 20,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.08,
    "max_rpm": 18000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 18000,
    "weight_g": 94,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 15 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30302 under catalogue execution SKF 30302: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 03 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy-OD section), and the last two digits encode the 15 mm bore; the 42 mm OD and 14.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.72 (static 20 kN against dynamic 27.7 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 2.08 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 30302 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 15 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30302 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 303 series at 15 mm bore (42×14.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30202 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 18,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30302 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 27.7 kN rating of 30302, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 18,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 30302 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 27.7/20 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30302 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30302 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30302?",
        "a": "The SKF 30302 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 15 mm bore, 42 mm outer diameter and 14.25 mm width (0.591 × 1.654 × 0.561 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 27.7 kN, C0 20 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2.08 kN, reference speed 15,000 r/min, limiting speed 18,000 r/min, mass about 94 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30302 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30302 are bore code 02, one of the small special codes: 00 = 10 mm, 01 = 12 mm, 02 = 15 mm, 03 = 17 mm — here 02 = 15 mm bore. The 42 mm OD and 14.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30302 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30302 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30302 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30302 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30302-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30302",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30302"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30303",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30303",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 17,
    "D_mm": 47,
    "B_mm": 15.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 34.2,
    "static_load_kN": 25,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.7,
    "max_rpm": 16000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 16000,
    "weight_g": 130,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30303 (SKF 30303) is the heavy-OD section tapered roller choice for a 17 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 47×15.25 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 30303 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 03 resolving to 17 mm; 47 mm OD and 15.25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 15.0 mm radial section height ((47−17)/2) and 130 g catalogue mass frame a 17 mm bore bearing rated at 34.2 kN C — roughly 2.01 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30303 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 17 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30303 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 303 series at 17 mm bore (47×15.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30203 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 16,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "A single 30303 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30303 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 15.25 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 34.2/25 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30303 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30303 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30303?",
        "a": "The SKF 30303 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 17 mm bore, 47 mm outer diameter and 15.25 mm width (0.669 × 1.85 × 0.6 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 34.2 kN, C0 25 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2.7 kN, reference speed 13,000 r/min, limiting speed 16,000 r/min, mass about 130 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30303 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30303 are bore code 03, one of the small special codes: 00 = 10 mm, 01 = 12 mm, 02 = 15 mm, 03 = 17 mm — here 03 = 17 mm bore. The 47 mm OD and 15.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30303 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30303 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30303 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30303 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30303-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30303",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30303"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30304",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30304",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 20,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 16.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 41.9,
    "static_load_kN": 32.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.55,
    "max_rpm": 14000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000,
    "weight_g": 170,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30304 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 20 mm shaft, heavy-OD section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30304 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy-OD section series 03, 20 mm bore — which is why the 52×16.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 170 g for the 20×52×16.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30304 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 20 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30304 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 303 series at 20 mm bore (52×16.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30204 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 14,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "At the 41.9 kN rating of 30304, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 14,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30304 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 12,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 14,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 41.9/32.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30304 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30304 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30304?",
        "a": "The SKF 30304 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 20 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 16.25 mm width (0.787 × 2.047 × 0.64 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 41.9 kN, C0 32.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3.55 kN, reference speed 12,000 r/min, limiting speed 14,000 r/min, mass about 170 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30304 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30304 are bore code 04, so 04 × 5 = 20 mm bore. The 52 mm OD and 16.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30304 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30304 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30304 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30304 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30304",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30304"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30305",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30305",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 18.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 55.3,
    "static_load_kN": 43,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.75,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 260,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30305 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 30305 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 05 for the 25 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 9,500 r/min reference speed the 18.5 mm-section 30305 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 12,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30305 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 25 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30305 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 303 series at 25 mm bore (62×18.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30205 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 12,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30305 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30305 mounting error.",
      "The 30305 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 55.3/43 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30305 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30305 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30305?",
        "a": "The SKF 30305 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 18.25 mm width (0.984 × 2.441 × 0.719 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 55.3 kN, C0 43 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.75 kN, reference speed 9,500 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 260 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30305 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30305 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 18.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30305 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30305 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30305 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30305 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30305-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30305",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30305"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30306",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30306",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 20.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 69.2,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.4,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 380,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30306 is a 30×72×20.75 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy-OD section entry in the 30300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 03 (the heavy-OD section), and bore code 06 = 30 mm; dimensions 30×72×20.75 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 8,000 r/min thermal reference and 10,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 30 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30306 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30306 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 30 mm bore (72×20.75 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30206 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 10,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30306 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30306 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 72 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 69.2/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30306 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30306 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30306?",
        "a": "The SKF 30306 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 20.75 mm width (1.181 × 2.835 × 0.817 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 69.2 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.4 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 380 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30306 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30306 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 20.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30306 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30306 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30306 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30306 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30306-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30306",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30306"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30307",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30307",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 22.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 88.9,
    "static_load_kN": 73.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.3,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 510,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30307 appears as SKF 30307: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 03 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy-OD section), and the last two digits encode the 35 mm bore; the 80 mm OD and 22.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 88.9 kN and C0 73.5 kN, the 30307 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 9,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 30307: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 35 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30307 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 35 mm bore (80×22.75 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30207 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 9,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30307 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30307 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 88.9/73.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30307 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30307 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30307?",
        "a": "The SKF 30307 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 22.75 mm width (1.378 × 3.15 × 0.896 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 88.9 kN, C0 73.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.3 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 510 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30307 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30307 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 22.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30307 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30307 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30307 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30307 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307R",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30307"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30308",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30308",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 25.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 106,
    "static_load_kN": 95,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 730,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30308 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 40 mm bore entry in the 30300 series, dimensioned 90 mm OD and 25.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Digit by digit, 30308 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 08 resolving to 40 mm; 90 mm OD and 25.25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 10.8 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.90 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30308 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30308 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 40 mm bore (90×25.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30208 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 8,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30308 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 30308 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 730 g mass and 25.25 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30308.",
      "The 106/95 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30308 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30308 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30308?",
        "a": "The SKF 30308 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 25.25 mm width (1.575 × 3.543 × 0.994 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 106 kN, C0 95 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.8 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 730 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30308 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30308 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 25.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30308 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30308 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30308 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30308 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30308-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30308",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30308"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30309",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30309",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 27.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 132,
    "static_load_kN": 120,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.3,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 970,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 45 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30309 under catalogue execution SKF 30309: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 family.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30309 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy-OD section series 03, 45 mm bore — which is why the 100×27.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.91 (static 120 kN against dynamic 132 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 14.3 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 30309 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30309 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 45 mm bore (100×27.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30209 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 7,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30309 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 132 kN rating of 30309, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 30309 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 132/120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30309 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30309 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30309?",
        "a": "The SKF 30309 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 27.25 mm width (1.772 × 3.937 × 1.073 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 132 kN, C0 120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 14.3 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 970 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30309 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30309 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 27.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30309 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30309 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30309 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30309 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30309-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30309",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30309"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30310",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 29.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 154,
    "static_load_kN": 140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30310 (SKF 30310) is the heavy-OD section tapered roller choice for a 50 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 110×29.25 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 03 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy-OD section), and the last two digits encode the 50 mm bore; the 110 mm OD and 29.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 1250 g for the 50×110×29.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 50 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30310 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30310 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 50 mm bore (110×29.25 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30210 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 6,300 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30310 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 30310 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 30310 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 154/140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30310 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30310?",
        "a": "The SKF 30310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 29.25 mm width (1.969 × 4.331 × 1.152 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 154 kN, C0 140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30310 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30310 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 29.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30310 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30310 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30310 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30310 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30310-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30310",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30311",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30311",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 31.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 176,
    "static_load_kN": 163,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.3,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30311 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 55 mm shaft, heavy-OD section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 30311 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 11 resolving to 55 mm; 120 mm OD and 31.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 4,800 r/min reference speed the 32.5 mm-section 30311 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 30311: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 30311 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 303 series at 55 mm bore (120×31.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30211 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 5,600 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "A single 30311 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 176 kN rating of 30311, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 120 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 176/163 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30311 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30311 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30311?",
        "a": "The SKF 30311 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 31.5 mm width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.24 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 176 kN, C0 163 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.3 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30311 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30311 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 31.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30311 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30311 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30311 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30311 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30311-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30311",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30311"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30312",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30312",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 33.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 208,
    "static_load_kN": 196,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30312 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30312 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy-OD section series 03, 60 mm bore — which is why the 130×33.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2FB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,300 r/min thermal reference and 5,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30312 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 30312 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 60 mm bore (130×33.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30212 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 5,300 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "At the 208 kN rating of 30312, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30312 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 208/196 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30312 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30312 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30312?",
        "a": "The SKF 30312 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 33.5 mm width (2.362 × 5.118 × 1.319 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 208 kN, C0 196 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30312 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30312 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 33.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30312 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30312 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30312 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30312 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30312"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30313",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30313",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 240,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27.5,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30313 is a 65×140×36 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy-OD section entry in the 30300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 30313 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 13 for the 65 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 240 kN and C0 228 kN, the 30313 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,800 r/min. A single 30313 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 30313 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 65 mm bore (140×36 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30213 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 4,800 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30313 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30313 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 2400 g mass and 36 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30313.",
      "The 240/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30313 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30313 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30313?",
        "a": "The SKF 30313 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 36 mm width (2.559 × 5.512 × 1.417 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 240 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30313 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30313 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 36 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30313 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30313 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30313 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30313 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30313",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30313R",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30313"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30314",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30314",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 271,
    "static_load_kN": 260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30314 appears as SKF 30314: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 03 (the heavy-OD section), and bore code 14 = 70 mm; dimensions 70×150×38 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 31 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.96 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 30314 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 30314 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 70 mm bore (150×38 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30214 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 4,500 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30314 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30314 mounting error.",
      "Open 30314 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 271/260 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30314 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30314 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30314?",
        "a": "The SKF 30314 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (2.756 × 5.906 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 271 kN, C0 260 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30314 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30314 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30314 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30314 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30314 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30314 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30314",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30314"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30315",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30315",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 40,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 301,
    "static_load_kN": 290,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30315 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 75 mm bore entry in the 30300 series, dimensioned 160 mm OD and 40 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 03 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy-OD section), and the last two digits encode the 75 mm bore; the 160 mm OD and 40 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.96 (static 290 kN against dynamic 301 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 34 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30315 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 30315 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 75 mm bore (160×40 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30215 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 4,300 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30315 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30315 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 40 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 301/290 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30315 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30315 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30315?",
        "a": "The SKF 30315 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 40 mm width (2.953 × 6.299 × 1.575 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 301 kN, C0 290 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30315 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30315 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 40 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30315 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30315 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30315 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30315 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30315",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30315"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30316",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30316",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 42.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 333,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 36.5,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 80 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30316 under catalogue execution SKF 30316: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 family.Digit by digit, 30316 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 16 resolving to 80 mm; 170 mm OD and 42.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 45.0 mm radial section height ((170−80)/2) and 4150 g catalogue mass frame a 80 mm bore bearing rated at 333 kN C — roughly 4.16 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30316 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 80 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 30316 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 80 mm bore (170×42.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30216 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 4,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30316 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30316 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 333/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30316 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30316 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30316?",
        "a": "The SKF 30316 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 42.5 mm width (3.15 × 6.693 × 1.673 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 333 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 36.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30316 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30316 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 42.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30316 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30316 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30316 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30316 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30316",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30316"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30317",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30317",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 44.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 372,
    "static_load_kN": 365,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40.5,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 4850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30317 (SKF 30317) is the heavy-OD section tapered roller choice for a 85 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 180×44.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30317 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy-OD section series 03, 85 mm bore — which is why the 180×44.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 4850 g for the 85×180×44.5 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30317 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 30317 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 85 mm bore (180×44.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30217 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 3,800 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30317 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 30317 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 30317 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 372/365 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30317 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30317 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30317?",
        "a": "The SKF 30317 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 44.5 mm width (3.346 × 7.087 × 1.752 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 372 kN, C0 365 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40.5 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 4850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30317 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30317 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 44.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30317 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30317 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30317 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30317 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30317",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30317"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30318",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30318",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 46.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 44,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 5650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30318 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 90 mm shaft, heavy-OD section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.On the SKF nameplate, 30318 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 18 for the 90 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 2,600 r/min reference speed the 50.0 mm-section 30318 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 30318: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 90 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 30318 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 90 mm bore (190×46.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30218 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 3,600 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "A single 30318 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 353 kN rating of 30318, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 190 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 353/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30318 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30318 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30318?",
        "a": "The SKF 30318 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 46.5 mm width (3.543 × 7.48 × 1.831 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 44 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 5650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30318 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30318 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 46.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30318 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30318 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30318 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30318 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30318",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30318"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30319",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30319",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 49.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 6450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30319 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 03 (the heavy-OD section), and bore code 19 = 95 mm; dimensions 95×200×49.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,600 r/min thermal reference and 3,400 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30319 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 30319 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 95 mm bore (200×49.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30219 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 3,400 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "At the 353 kN rating of 30319, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30319 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 353/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30319 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30319 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30319?",
        "a": "The SKF 30319 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 49.5 mm width (3.74 × 7.874 × 1.949 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 6450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30319 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30319 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 49.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30319 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30319 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30319 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30319 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30319",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30319"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30320",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 51.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 431,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 7950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30320 is a 100×215×51.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy-OD section entry in the 30300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30320 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy-OD section series 03, 100 mm bore — which is why the 215×51.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 53 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.14 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30320 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 100 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 30320 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 100 mm bore (215×51.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30220 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 3,200 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "At the 431 kN rating of 30320, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 431 kN rating of 30320, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 51.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 431/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30320 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30320?",
        "a": "The SKF 30320 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 51.5 mm width (3.937 × 8.465 × 2.028 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 431 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 53 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 7950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30320 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30320 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 215 mm OD and 51.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30320 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30320 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30320 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30320 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30320",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30321",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30321",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 53.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 462,
    "static_load_kN": 530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 9100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30321 appears as SKF 30321: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 30321 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 21 for the 105 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.15 (static 530 kN against dynamic 462 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 57 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 105 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30321 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 30321 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 105 mm bore (225×53.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30221 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 3,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30321 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30321 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 462/530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30321 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30321 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30321?",
        "a": "The SKF 30321 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 53.5 mm width (4.134 × 8.858 × 2.106 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 462 kN, C0 530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 9100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30321 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30321 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 225 mm OD and 53.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30321 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30321 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30321 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30321 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30321",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30321"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30322",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30322",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 54.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 507,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30322 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 110 mm bore entry in the 30300 series, dimensioned 240 mm OD and 54.5 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 03 (the heavy-OD section), and bore code 22 = 110 mm; dimensions 110×240×54.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 65.0 mm radial section height ((240−110)/2) and 11000 g catalogue mass frame a 110 mm bore bearing rated at 507 kN C — roughly 4.61 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Mounting practice for 30322: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 110 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 30322 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 303 series at 110 mm bore (240×54.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30222 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,800 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30322 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30322 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 30322 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 507/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30322 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30322 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30322?",
        "a": "The SKF 30322 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 54.5 mm width (4.331 × 9.449 × 2.146 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 507 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30322 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30322 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 240 mm OD and 54.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30322 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30322 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30322 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30322 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30322",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30322"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30324",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30324",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 59.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 601,
    "static_load_kN": 710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 73.5,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 13500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30324 (SKF 30324) is the heavy-OD section tapered roller choice for a 120 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 260×59.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 30324 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 24 resolving to 120 mm; 260 mm OD and 59.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 2,000 r/min reference speed the 70.0 mm-section 30324 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 2,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single 30324 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 120 mm bore (260×59.5 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30224 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,600 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30324 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30324 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 601/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30324 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30324 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30324?",
        "a": "The SKF 30324 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 59.5 mm width (4.724 × 10.236 × 2.343 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 601 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 73.5 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 13500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30324 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30324 are bore code 24, so 24 × 5 = 120 mm bore. The 260 mm OD and 59.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30324 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30324 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30324 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30324 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30324",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30324"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30326",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30326",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 63.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 679,
    "static_load_kN": 800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 81.5,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 17000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30326 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 30300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 30326 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 26 for the 130 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 679 kN and C0 800 kN, the 30326 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,400 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30326 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 130 mm bore (280×63.75 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30226 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,400 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "A single 30326 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 30326 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Open 30326 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 679/800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30326 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30326 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30326?",
        "a": "The SKF 30326 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 63.75 mm width (5.118 × 11.024 × 2.51 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 679 kN, C0 800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 81.5 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 17000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30326 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30326 are bore code 26, so 26 × 5 = 130 mm bore. The 280 mm OD and 63.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30326 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30326 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30326 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30326 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30326",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30326"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30328",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30328",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 67.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 787,
    "static_load_kN": 950,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 20500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30328 appears as SKF 30328: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 03 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy-OD section), and the last two digits encode the 140 mm bore; the 300 mm OD and 67.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.21 (static 950 kN against dynamic 787 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 93 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 140 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30328 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 140 mm bore (300×67.75 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30228 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,200 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30328 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30328 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,200 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 787/950 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30328 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30328 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30328?",
        "a": "The SKF 30328 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 140 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 67.75 mm width (5.512 × 11.811 × 2.667 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 787 kN, C0 950 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 93 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 20500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30328 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30328 are bore code 28, so 28 × 5 = 140 mm bore. The 300 mm OD and 67.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30328 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30328 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30328 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30328 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30328",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30328"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30330",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30330",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 72,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 879,
    "static_load_kN": 1060,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 104,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 25000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 150 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 30330 under catalogue execution SKF 30330: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy-OD section of the 30300 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 03 (the heavy-OD section), and bore code 30 = 150 mm; dimensions 150×320×72 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 1,600 r/min reference speed the 85.0 mm-section 30330 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 2,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 30330 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 150 mm bore (320×72 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30230 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 30330 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30330 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 25000 g mass and 72 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30330.",
      "The 879/1060 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30330 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30330 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30330?",
        "a": "The SKF 30330 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 72 mm width (5.906 × 12.598 × 2.835 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 879 kN, C0 1060 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 104 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 25000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30330 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30330 are bore code 30, so 30 × 5 = 150 mm bore. The 320 mm OD and 72 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30330 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30330 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30330 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30330 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30330",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30330"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30332",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30332",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 970,
    "static_load_kN": 1180,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 29000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 30332 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 160 mm shaft, heavy-OD section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 30332 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy-OD section series 03, and bore reference 32 resolving to 160 mm; 340 mm OD and 75 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 970 kN and C0 1180 kN, the 30332 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,000 r/min. For a 160 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30332 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 160 mm bore (340×75 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30232 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 2,000 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30332 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 30332 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 75 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 970/1180 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30332 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30332 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30332?",
        "a": "The SKF 30332 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 160 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 75 mm width (6.299 × 13.386 × 2.953 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 970 kN, C0 1180 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 114 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 29000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30332 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30332 are bore code 32, so 32 × 5 = 160 mm bore. The 340 mm OD and 75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30332 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30332 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30332 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30332 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30332",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30332"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30334",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30334",
    "series": "30300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1103,
    "static_load_kN": 1340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 129,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 34500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30334 is a 170×360×80 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy-OD section entry in the 30300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 30334 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 03 for the heavy-OD section, final digits 34 for the 170 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2GB); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.21 (static 1340 kN against dynamic 1103 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 129 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 30334 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 303 series at 170 mm bore (360×80 mm) carries a larger OD and higher capacity than 30234 at the same bore; the bigger section runs hotter, so re-check the 1,800 r/min speed ceiling and shoulder diameters before substituting.",
      "A single 30334 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30334 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 30334 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 1103/1340 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30334 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30334 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30334?",
        "a": "The SKF 30334 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 170 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 80 mm width (6.693 × 14.173 × 3.15 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1103 kN, C0 1340 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 129 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 34500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30334 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30334 are bore code 34, so 34 × 5 = 170 mm bore. The 360 mm OD and 80 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30334 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 03 is the ISO 355 series (heavy-OD section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30334 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30334 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30334 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30334",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30334"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31305",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31305",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 18.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 46.6,
    "static_load_kN": 40,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.4,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 270,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31305 (SKF 31305) is the steep-angle heavy section tapered roller choice for a 25 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 62×18.25 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 31305 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), steep-angle heavy section series 13, and bore reference 05 resolving to 25 mm; 62 mm OD and 18.25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 8,500 r/min reference speed the 18.5 mm-section 31305 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 11,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 31305 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 25 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 31305 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 313 series at 25 mm bore (62×18.25 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30305 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 31305 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 31305 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open 31305 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 46.6/40 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31305 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31305 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31305?",
        "a": "The SKF 31305 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 18.25 mm width (0.984 × 2.441 × 0.719 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 46.6 kN, C0 40 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.4 kN, reference speed 8,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 270 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31305 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31305 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 18.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31305 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31305 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31305 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31305 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31305",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31305"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31306",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31306",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 20.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 58.3,
    "static_load_kN": 50,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.7,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 390,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 31306 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 30 mm shaft, steep-angle heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 31306 means tapered-roller type 3, steep-angle heavy section series 13, 30 mm bore — which is why the 72×20.75 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 7,500 r/min thermal reference and 9,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 30 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 31306 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31306 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 30 mm bore (72×20.75 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30306 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "A single 31306 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 31306 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 20.75 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 58.3/50 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31306 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31306 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31306?",
        "a": "The SKF 31306 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 20.75 mm width (1.181 × 2.835 × 0.817 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 58.3 kN, C0 50 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 5.7 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 390 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31306 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31306 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 20.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31306 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31306 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31306 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31306 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31306",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31306"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31307",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31307",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 22.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 75.4,
    "static_load_kN": 67,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 520,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "31307 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 31300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 31307 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 13 for the steep-angle heavy section, final digits 07 for the 35 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 75.4 kN and C0 67 kN, the 31307 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,500 r/min. Mounting practice for 31307: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 35 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31307 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 35 mm bore (80×22.75 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30307 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "At the 75.4 kN rating of 31307, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 31307 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 75.4/67 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31307 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31307 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31307?",
        "a": "The SKF 31307 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 22.75 mm width (1.378 × 3.15 × 0.896 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 75.4 kN, C0 67 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.8 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 520 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31307 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31307 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 22.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31307 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31307 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31307 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31307 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31307",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31307"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31308",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31308",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 25.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 91.1,
    "static_load_kN": 81.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.5,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 720,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 31308 is a 40×90×25.25 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the steep-angle heavy section entry in the 31300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 13 (the steep-angle heavy section), and bore code 08 = 40 mm; dimensions 40×90×25.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 9.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.89 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 31308 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31308 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 40 mm bore (90×25.25 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30308 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 31308 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 31308 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 31308 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 91.1/81.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31308 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31308 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31308?",
        "a": "The SKF 31308 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 25.25 mm width (1.575 × 3.543 × 0.994 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 91.1 kN, C0 81.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.5 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 720 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31308 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31308 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 25.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31308 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31308 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31308 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31308 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31308",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31308"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31309",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31309",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 27.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 113,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.5,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31309 appears as SKF 31309: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the steep-angle heavy section of the 31300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 13 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (steep-angle heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 45 mm bore; the 100 mm OD and 27.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.90 (static 102 kN against dynamic 113 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 12.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 31309 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31309 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 45 mm bore (100×27.25 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30309 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 31309 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "A single 31309 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 100 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 113/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31309 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31309 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31309?",
        "a": "The SKF 31309 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 27.25 mm width (1.772 × 3.937 × 1.073 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 113 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.5 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31309 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31309 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 27.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31309 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31309 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31309 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31309 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31309",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31309"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31310",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 29.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 131,
    "static_load_kN": 120,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.3,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31310 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in the 31300 series, dimensioned 110 mm OD and 29.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 31310 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 13 for the steep-angle heavy section, final digits 10 for the 50 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 1200 g for the 50×110×29.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 50 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 31310 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31310 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 50 mm bore (110×29.25 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30310 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 31310 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 31310 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 31310 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 131/120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31310 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31310?",
        "a": "The SKF 31310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 29.25 mm width (1.969 × 4.331 × 1.152 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 131 kN, C0 120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 14.3 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31310 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31310 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 29.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31310 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31310 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31310 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31310 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31310",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31311",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31311",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 31.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 149,
    "static_load_kN": 137,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 55 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 31311 under catalogue execution SKF 31311: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the steep-angle heavy section of the 31300 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 13 (the steep-angle heavy section), and bore code 11 = 55 mm; dimensions 55×120×31.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 4,300 r/min reference speed the 32.5 mm-section 31311 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 31311: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 31311 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 313 series at 55 mm bore (120×31.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30311 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 31311 mounting error.",
      "A single 31311 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 31.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 149/137 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31311 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31311 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31311?",
        "a": "The SKF 31311 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 31.5 mm width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.24 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 149 kN, C0 137 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16.6 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31311 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31311 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 31.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31311 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31311 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31311 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31311 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31311",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31311"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31312",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31312",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 33.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 177,
    "static_load_kN": 166,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20.4,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31312 (SKF 31312) is the steep-angle heavy section tapered roller choice for a 60 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 130×33.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 13 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (steep-angle heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 60 mm bore; the 130 mm OD and 33.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,800 r/min thermal reference and 5,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 31312 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 31312 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 60 mm bore (130×33.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30312 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 31312 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 177 kN rating of 31312, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 177/166 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31312 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31312 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31312?",
        "a": "The SKF 31312 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 33.5 mm width (2.362 × 5.118 × 1.319 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 177 kN, C0 166 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 20.4 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31312 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31312 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 33.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31312 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31312 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31312 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31312 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31312"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31313",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31313",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 203,
    "static_load_kN": 193,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 2350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 31313 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 65 mm shaft, steep-angle heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 31313 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), steep-angle heavy section series 13, and bore reference 13 resolving to 65 mm; 140 mm OD and 36 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 203 kN and C0 193 kN, the 31313 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,800 r/min. A single 31313 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 31313 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 65 mm bore (140×36 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30313 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 31313 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 31313 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 31313 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 203/193 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31313 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31313 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31313?",
        "a": "The SKF 31313 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 36 mm width (2.559 × 5.512 × 1.417 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 203 kN, C0 193 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31313 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31313 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 36 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31313 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31313 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31313 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31313 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31313",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31313"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31314",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31314",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 229,
    "static_load_kN": 220,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "31314 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 31300 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 31314 means tapered-roller type 3, steep-angle heavy section series 13, 70 mm bore — which is why the 150×38 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 27 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.96 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 31314 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 31314 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 70 mm bore (150×38 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30314 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "A single 31314 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 31314 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 150 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 229/220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31314 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31314 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31314?",
        "a": "The SKF 31314 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (2.756 × 5.906 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 229 kN, C0 220 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31314 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31314 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31314 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31314 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31314 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31314 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31314",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31314"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31315",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31315",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 40,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 255,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 29,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 31315 is a 75×160×40 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the steep-angle heavy section entry in the 31300 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 31315 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 13 for the steep-angle heavy section, final digits 15 for the 75 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.96 (static 245 kN against dynamic 255 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 29 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 31315 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 31315 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 75 mm bore (160×40 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30315 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "At the 255 kN rating of 31315, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 31315 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 255/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31315 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31315 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31315?",
        "a": "The SKF 31315 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 40 mm width (2.953 × 6.299 × 1.575 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 255 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 29 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31315 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31315 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 40 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31315 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31315 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31315 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31315 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31315",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31315"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31316",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31316",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 42.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 276,
    "static_load_kN": 265,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31316 appears as SKF 31316: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the steep-angle heavy section of the 31300 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 13 (the steep-angle heavy section), and bore code 16 = 80 mm; dimensions 80×170×42.5 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 45.0 mm radial section height ((170−80)/2) and 4050 g catalogue mass frame a 80 mm bore bearing rated at 276 kN C — roughly 3.45 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 31316 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 80 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 31316 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 80 mm bore (170×42.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30316 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 31316 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 31316 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 4050 g mass and 42.5 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 31316.",
      "The 276/265 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31316 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31316 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31316?",
        "a": "The SKF 31316 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 42.5 mm width (3.15 × 6.693 × 1.673 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 276 kN, C0 265 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31316 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31316 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 42.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31316 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31316 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31316 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31316 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31316",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31316"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31317",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31317",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 44.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 297,
    "static_load_kN": 285,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 4600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31317 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in the 31300 series, dimensioned 180 mm OD and 44.5 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 13 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (steep-angle heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 85 mm bore; the 180 mm OD and 44.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 4600 g for the 85×180×44.5 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 31317 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 31317 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 85 mm bore (180×44.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30317 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 31317 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 31317 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 31317 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 297/285 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31317 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31317 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31317?",
        "a": "The SKF 31317 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 44.5 mm width (3.346 × 7.087 × 1.752 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 297 kN, C0 285 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 32 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 4600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31317 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31317 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 44.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31317 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31317 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31317 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31317 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31317",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31317"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31318",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31318",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 46.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 283,
    "static_load_kN": 315,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 5400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 90 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 31318 under catalogue execution SKF 31318: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the steep-angle heavy section of the 31300 family.Digit by digit, 31318 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), steep-angle heavy section series 13, and bore reference 18 resolving to 90 mm; 190 mm OD and 46.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 2,400 r/min reference speed the 50.0 mm-section 31318 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,400 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 31318: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 90 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 31318 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 90 mm bore (190×46.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30318 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 31318 mounting error.",
      "A single 31318 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 46.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 283/315 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31318 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31318 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31318?",
        "a": "The SKF 31318 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 46.5 mm width (3.543 × 7.48 × 1.831 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 283 kN, C0 315 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 5400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31318 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31318 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 46.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31318 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31318 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31318 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31318 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31318",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31318"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "31319",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31319",
    "series": "31300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 49.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 314,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 6300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31319 (SKF 31319) is the steep-angle heavy section tapered roller choice for a 95 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 200×49.5 mm ISO 355 envelope.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 31319 means tapered-roller type 3, steep-angle heavy section series 13, 95 mm bore — which is why the 200×49.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,400 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 31319 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 31319 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 313 series at 95 mm bore (200×49.5 mm) has a steeper contact angle than the 302/303 families — higher axial capacity per radial load but more induced thrust and heat; do not interchange with a 30319 without re-running the pair calculation.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 31319 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 314 kN rating of 31319, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,400 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 314/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 31319 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 31319 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31319?",
        "a": "The SKF 31319 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 49.5 mm width (3.74 × 7.874 × 1.949 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 314 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 6300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 31319 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 31319 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 49.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 31319 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 13 is the ISO 355 series (steep-angle heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 31319 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 31319 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 31319 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31319",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31319"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33010",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 24,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 84.8,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 30 (the slim light section), and bore code 10 = 50 mm; dimensions 50×80×24 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,300 r/min thermal reference and 8,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 50 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33010 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33010 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 330 series at 50 mm bore (80×24 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30210 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33010 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 84.8 kN rating of 33010, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 450 g mass and 24 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33010.",
      "The 84.8/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33010 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33010?",
        "a": "The SKF 33010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 24 mm width (1.969 × 3.15 × 0.945 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 84.8 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33010 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33010 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 24 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33010 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33010 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33010 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33010 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33010-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33010",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33011",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33011",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 27,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 111,
    "static_load_kN": 137,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 660,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33011 is a 55×90×27 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the slim light section entry in the 33000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 30 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (slim light section), and the last two digits encode the 55 mm bore; the 90 mm OD and 27 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 111 kN and C0 137 kN, the 33011 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 7,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 33011: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33011 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 330 series at 55 mm bore (90×27 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30211 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33011 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33011 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 33011 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 111/137 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33011 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33011 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33011?",
        "a": "The SKF 33011 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 27 mm width (2.165 × 3.543 × 1.063 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 111 kN, C0 137 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.3 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 660 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33011 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33011 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 27 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33011 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33011 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33011 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33011 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33011-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33011",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33011"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33012",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33012",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 27,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 113,
    "static_load_kN": 143,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33012 appears as SKF 33012: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the slim light section of the 33000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, 33012 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), slim light section series 30, and bore reference 12 resolving to 60 mm; 95 mm OD and 27 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 16 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.27 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 33012 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 33012 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 60 mm bore (95×27 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30212 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "A single 33012 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33012 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 27 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 113/143 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33012 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33012 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33012?",
        "a": "The SKF 33012 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 27 mm width (2.362 × 3.74 × 1.063 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 113 kN, C0 143 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33012 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33012 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 95 mm OD and 27 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33012 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33012 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33012 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33012 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33012-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33012",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33012"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33013",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33013",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 27,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 119,
    "static_load_kN": 153,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.3,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33013 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 65 mm bore entry in the 33000 series, dimensioned 100 mm OD and 27 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33013 means tapered-roller type 3, slim light section series 30, 65 mm bore — which is why the 100×27 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.29 (static 153 kN against dynamic 119 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 17.3 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 33013 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 33013 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 65 mm bore (100×27 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30213 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "At the 119 kN rating of 33013, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 6,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33013 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 5,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 6,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 119/153 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33013 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33013 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33013?",
        "a": "The SKF 33013 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 27 mm width (2.559 × 3.937 × 1.063 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 119 kN, C0 153 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.3 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33013 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33013 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 27 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33013 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33013 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33013 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33013 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33013-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 65×100×27 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33013",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33013"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33014",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33014",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 31,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 159,
    "static_load_kN": 196,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 70 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 33014 under catalogue execution SKF 33014: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the slim light section of the 33000 family.On the SKF nameplate, 33014 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 30 for the slim light section, final digits 14 for the 70 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 20.0 mm radial section height ((110−70)/2) and 1050 g catalogue mass frame a 70 mm bore bearing rated at 159 kN C — roughly 2.27 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33014 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 33014 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 70 mm bore (110×31 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30214 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33014 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33014 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 33014 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 159/196 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33014 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33014 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33014?",
        "a": "The SKF 33014 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 31 mm width (2.756 × 4.331 × 1.22 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 159 kN, C0 196 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33014 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33014 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 31 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33014 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33014 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33014 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33014 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33014-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 70×110×31 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33014",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33014"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33015",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33015",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 115,
    "B_mm": 31,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 167,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33015 (SKF 33015) is the slim light section tapered roller choice for a 75 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 115×31 mm ISO 355 envelope.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 30 (the slim light section), and bore code 15 = 75 mm; dimensions 75×115×31 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 1200 g for the 75×115×31 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33015 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 33015 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 75 mm bore (115×31 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30215 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33015 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33015 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 115 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 167/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33015 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33015 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33015?",
        "a": "The SKF 33015 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 31 mm width (2.953 × 4.528 × 1.22 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 167 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33015 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33015 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 115 mm OD and 31 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33015 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33015 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33015 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33015 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33015",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33015"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33016",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33016",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 207,
    "static_load_kN": 285,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33016 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 80 mm shaft, slim light section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 30 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (slim light section), and the last two digits encode the 80 mm bore; the 125 mm OD and 36 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 4,000 r/min reference speed the 22.5 mm-section 33016 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33016 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 80 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 33016 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 80 mm bore (125×36 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30216 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33016 mounting error.",
      "A single 33016 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 207/285 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33016 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33016 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33016?",
        "a": "The SKF 33016 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 36 mm width (3.15 × 4.921 × 1.417 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 207 kN, C0 285 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 32 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33016 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33016 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 36 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33016 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33016 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33016 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33016 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33016",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33016"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33017",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33017",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 223,
    "static_load_kN": 310,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33017 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 33017 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), slim light section series 30, and bore reference 17 resolving to 85 mm; 130 mm OD and 36 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,800 r/min thermal reference and 4,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33017 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 33017 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 85 mm bore (130×36 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30217 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33017 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 223 kN rating of 33017, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 1750 g mass and 36 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33017.",
      "The 223/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33017 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33017 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33017?",
        "a": "The SKF 33017 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 36 mm width (3.346 × 5.118 × 1.417 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 223 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 1750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33017 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33017 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 36 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33017 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33017 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33017 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33017 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33017",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33017"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33018",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33018",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 39,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 266,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33018 is a 90×140×39 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the slim light section entry in the 33000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33018 means tapered-roller type 3, slim light section series 30, 90 mm bore — which is why the 140×39 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 266 kN and C0 355 kN, the 33018 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,500 r/min. Mounting practice for 33018: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 90 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 33018 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 90 mm bore (140×39 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30218 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33018 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33018 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 33018 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 266/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33018 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33018 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33018?",
        "a": "The SKF 33018 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 39 mm width (3.543 × 5.512 × 1.535 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 266 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33018 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33018 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 39 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33018 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33018 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33018 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33018 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33018",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33018"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33019",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33019",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 145,
    "B_mm": 39,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 272,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33019 appears as SKF 33019: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the slim light section of the 33000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 33019 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 30 for the slim light section, final digits 19 for the 95 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 40.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.38 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 33019 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 33019 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 95 mm bore (145×39 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30219 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "A single 33019 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33019 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 39 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 272/375 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33019 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33019 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33019?",
        "a": "The SKF 33019 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 145 mm outer diameter and 39 mm width (3.74 × 5.709 × 1.535 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 272 kN, C0 375 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33019 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33019 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 145 mm OD and 39 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33019 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33019 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33019 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33019 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33019",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33019"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33020",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33020",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 39,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 278,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33020 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 100 mm bore entry in the 33000 series, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 39 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Digit by digit, 33020 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), slim light section series 30, and bore reference 20 resolving to 100 mm; 150 mm OD and 39 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 25.0 mm radial section height ((150−100)/2) and 2400 g catalogue mass frame a 100 mm bore bearing rated at 278 kN C — roughly 2.78 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33020 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 100 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 33020 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 100 mm bore (150×39 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30220 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "A single 33020 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33020 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 150 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 278/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33020 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33020 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33020?",
        "a": "The SKF 33020 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 39 mm width (3.937 × 5.906 × 1.535 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 278 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 2400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33020 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33020 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 39 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33020 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33020 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33020 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33020 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33020",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33020"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33021",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33021",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 43,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 303,
    "static_load_kN": 430,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 3000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 105 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 33021 under catalogue execution SKF 33021: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the slim light section of the 33000 family.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33021 means tapered-roller type 3, slim light section series 30, 105 mm bore — which is why the 160×43 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2DE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 3000 g for the 105×160×43 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 105 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33021 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 33021 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 105 mm bore (160×43 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30221 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "At the 303 kN rating of 33021, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33021 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 303/430 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33021 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33021 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33021?",
        "a": "The SKF 33021 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 43 mm width (4.134 × 6.299 × 1.693 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 303 kN, C0 430 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 3000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33021 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33021 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 43 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33021 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33021 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33021 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33021 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33021",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33021"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33022",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33022",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 47,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 343,
    "static_load_kN": 500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 3850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33022 (SKF 33022) is the slim light section tapered roller choice for a 110 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 170×47 mm ISO 355 envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 33022 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 30 for the slim light section, final digits 22 for the 110 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2DE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 3,000 r/min reference speed the 30.0 mm-section 33022 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 33022: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 110 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 33022 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 330 series at 110 mm bore (170×47 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30222 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33022 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33022 mounting error.",
      "The 3850 g mass and 47 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33022.",
      "The 343/500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33022 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33022 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33022?",
        "a": "The SKF 33022 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 47 mm width (4.331 × 6.693 × 1.85 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 343 kN, C0 500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 53 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 3850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33022 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33022 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 47 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33022 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33022 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33022 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33022 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33022",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33022"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33024",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33024",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 48,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 356,
    "static_load_kN": 540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 56,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 4200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33024 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 30 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (slim light section), and the last two digits encode the 120 mm bore; the 180 mm OD and 48 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2DE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 356 kN and C0 540 kN, the 33024 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,400 r/min. A single 33024 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 330 series at 120 mm bore (180×48 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30224 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33024 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33024 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 48 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 356/540 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33024 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33024 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33024?",
        "a": "The SKF 33024 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 48 mm width (4.724 × 7.087 × 1.89 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 356 kN, C0 540 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 56 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 4200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33024 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33024 are bore code 24, so 24 × 5 = 120 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 48 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33024 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33024 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33024 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33024 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33024"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33026",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33026",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 55,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 470,
    "static_load_kN": 680,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 69.5,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 6150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33026 appears as SKF 33026: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the slim light section of the 33000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33026 means tapered-roller type 3, slim light section series 30, 130 mm bore — which is why the 200×55 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2EE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.45 (static 680 kN against dynamic 470 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 69.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33026 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 330 series at 130 mm bore (200×55 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30226 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33026 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 470 kN rating of 33026, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 33026 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 470/680 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33026 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33026 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33026?",
        "a": "The SKF 33026 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 130 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 55 mm width (5.118 × 7.874 × 2.165 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 470 kN, C0 680 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 69.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 6150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33026 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33026 are bore code 26, so 26 × 5 = 130 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 55 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33026 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33026 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33026 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33026 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33026",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33026"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33030",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33030",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 59,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 487,
    "static_load_kN": 865,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 8050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33030 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 150 mm shaft, slim light section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.On the SKF nameplate, 33030 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 30 for the slim light section, final digits 30 for the 150 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2EE); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 487 kN and C0 865 kN, the 33030 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,600 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33030 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 330 series at 150 mm bore (225×59 mm) is the slim-OD envelope: it buys radial space but gives up capacity against a 30230 of the same bore — confirm the L10 margin before downsizing into it.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33030 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33030 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 487/865 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33030 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33030 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33030?",
        "a": "The SKF 33030 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 59 mm width (5.906 × 8.858 × 2.323 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 487 kN, C0 865 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 8050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33030 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33030 are bore code 30, so 30 × 5 = 150 mm bore. The 225 mm OD and 59 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33030 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 30 is the ISO 355 series (slim light section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33030 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33030 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33030 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33030",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33030"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33108",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33108",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 26,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 97.5,
    "static_load_kN": 104,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33108 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33100 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 31 (the light wide section), and bore code 08 = 40 mm; dimensions 40×75×26 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33108 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.07 (static 104 kN against dynamic 97.5 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 11.4 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33108 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 40 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33108 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 331 series at 40 mm bore (75×26 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "At the 97.5 kN rating of 33108, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 9,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33108 mounting error.",
      "The 33108 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 97.5/104 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33108 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33108 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33108?",
        "a": "The SKF 33108 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 26 mm width (1.575 × 2.953 × 1.024 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 97.5 kN, C0 104 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33108 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33108 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 75 mm OD and 26 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33108 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33108 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33108 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33108 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33108-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 40×75×26 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33108",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33108"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33109",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33109",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 26,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 104,
    "static_load_kN": 114,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.9,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33109 is a 45×80×26 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the light wide section entry in the 33100 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 31 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (light wide section), and the last two digits encode the 45 mm bore; the 80 mm OD and 26 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33109 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 17.5 mm radial section height ((80−45)/2) and 550 g catalogue mass frame a 45 mm bore bearing rated at 104 kN C — roughly 2.31 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. For a 45 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33109 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33109 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 331 series at 45 mm bore (80×26 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33109 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33109 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 80 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 104/114 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33109 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33109 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33109?",
        "a": "The SKF 33109 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 26 mm width (1.772 × 3.15 × 1.024 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 104 kN, C0 114 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.9 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33109 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33109 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 26 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33109 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33109 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33109 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33109 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33109-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45×80×26 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33109",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33109"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33110",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 26,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 106,
    "static_load_kN": 122,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 580,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33110 appears as SKF 33110: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the light wide section of the 33100 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 33110 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 31 for the light wide section, final digits 10 for the 50 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 33110 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 6,000 r/min reference speed the 17.5 mm-section 33110 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33110 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33110 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 331 series at 50 mm bore (85×26 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33110 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33110 mounting error.",
      "Open 33110 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 106/122 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33110 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33110?",
        "a": "The SKF 33110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 26 mm width (1.969 × 3.346 × 1.024 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 106 kN, C0 122 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.4 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 580 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33110 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33110 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 85 mm OD and 26 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33110 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33110 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33110 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33110 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33110-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50×85×26 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33110",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33111",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33111",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 30,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 136,
    "static_load_kN": 156,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33111 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 55 mm bore entry in the 33100 series, dimensioned 95 mm OD and 30 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 31 (the light wide section), and bore code 11 = 55 mm; dimensions 55×95×30 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33111 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,600 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33111 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33111 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 331 series at 55 mm bore (95×30 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33111 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33111 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 30 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 136/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33111 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33111 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33111?",
        "a": "The SKF 33111 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 30 mm width (2.165 × 3.74 × 1.181 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 136 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33111 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33111 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 95 mm OD and 30 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33111 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33111 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33111 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33111 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33111-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 55×95×30 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33111",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33111"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33112",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33112",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 30,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 144,
    "static_load_kN": 170,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 920,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 60 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 33112 under catalogue execution SKF 33112: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the light wide section of the 33100 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 31 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (light wide section), and the last two digits encode the 60 mm bore; the 100 mm OD and 30 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33112 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 144 kN and C0 170 kN, the 33112 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 6,300 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33112 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 60 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 33112 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 60 mm bore (100×30 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33112 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33112 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 5,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 6,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 144/170 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33112 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33112 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33112?",
        "a": "The SKF 33112 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 30 mm width (2.362 × 3.937 × 1.181 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 144 kN, C0 170 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 920 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33112 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33112 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 30 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33112 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33112 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33112 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33112 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33112-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 60×100×30 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33112",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33112"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33113",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33113",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 34,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 208,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33113 (SKF 33113) is the light wide section tapered roller choice for a 65 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 110×34 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 33113 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), light wide section series 31, and bore reference 13 resolving to 65 mm; 110 mm OD and 34 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 33113 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 24 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.19 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 65 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33113 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 33113 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 65 mm bore (110×34 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33113 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 33113 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 33113 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 175/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33113 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33113 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33113?",
        "a": "The SKF 33113 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 34 mm width (2.559 × 4.331 × 1.339 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 175 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33113 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33113 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 34 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33113 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33113 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33113 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33113 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33113-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33113",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33113R",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Flanged-cup variant of this base bearing: same d/D/T boundary, different housing location concept — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33113"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33114",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33114",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 211,
    "static_load_kN": 250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33114 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 70 mm shaft, light wide section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33114 means tapered-roller type 3, light wide section series 31, 70 mm bore — which is why the 120×37 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 33114 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.18 (static 250 kN against dynamic 211 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 28.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for 33114: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 70 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 33114 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 70 mm bore (120×37 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33114 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 211 kN rating of 33114, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 120 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 211/250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33114 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33114 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33114?",
        "a": "The SKF 33114 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 37 mm width (2.756 × 4.724 × 1.457 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 211 kN, C0 250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33114 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33114 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 37 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33114 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33114 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33114 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33114 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33114",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33114"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33115",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33115",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 216,
    "static_load_kN": 265,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33115 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33100 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 33115 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 31 for the light wide section, final digits 15 for the 75 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 33115 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 25.0 mm radial section height ((125−75)/2) and 1800 g catalogue mass frame a 75 mm bore bearing rated at 216 kN C — roughly 2.88 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 33115 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 33115 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 75 mm bore (125×37 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "A single 33115 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33115 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 216/265 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33115 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33115 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33115?",
        "a": "The SKF 33115 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 37 mm width (2.953 × 4.921 × 1.457 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 216 kN, C0 265 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33115 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33115 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 37 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33115 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33115 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33115 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33115 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33115",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33115"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33116",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33116",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 221,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33116 is a 80×130×37 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the light wide section entry in the 33100 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 31 (the light wide section), and bore code 16 = 80 mm; dimensions 80×130×37 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33116 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 1850 g for the 80×130×37 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single 33116 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 33116 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 80 mm bore (130×37 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "At the 221 kN rating of 33116, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33116 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 1850 g mass and 37 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33116.",
      "The 221/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33116 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33116 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33116?",
        "a": "The SKF 33116 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 37 mm width (3.15 × 5.118 × 1.457 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 221 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33116 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33116 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 37 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33116 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33116 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33116 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33116 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33116",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33116"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33117",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33117",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 41,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 268,
    "static_load_kN": 340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 38,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33117 appears as SKF 33117: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the light wide section of the 33100 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 31 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (light wide section), and the last two digits encode the 85 mm bore; the 140 mm OD and 41 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33117 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 3,600 r/min reference speed the 27.5 mm-section 33117 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33117 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 33117 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 85 mm bore (140×41 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33117 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33117 mounting error.",
      "Open 33117 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 268/340 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33117 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33117 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33117?",
        "a": "The SKF 33117 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 41 mm width (3.346 × 5.512 × 1.614 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 268 kN, C0 340 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 38 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33117 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33117 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 41 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33117 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33117 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33117 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33117 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33117",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33117"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33118",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33118",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 310,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33118 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 90 mm bore entry in the 33100 series, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 45 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Digit by digit, 33118 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), light wide section series 31, and bore reference 18 resolving to 90 mm; 150 mm OD and 45 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 33118 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,400 r/min thermal reference and 4,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33118 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 33118 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 90 mm bore (150×45 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33118 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33118 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 45 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 310/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33118 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33118 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33118?",
        "a": "The SKF 33118 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 45 mm width (3.543 × 5.906 × 1.772 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 310 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 43 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33118 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33118 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 45 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33118 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33118 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33118 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33118 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33118",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33118"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33122",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33122",
    "series": "33100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 455,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 5500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33122 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33100 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33122 means tapered-roller type 3, light wide section series 31, 110 mm bore — which is why the 180×56 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 33122 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 5500 g for the 110×180×56 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33122 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 33122 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 331 series at 110 mm bore (180×56 mm) pairs a small OD with a wide section — a compact way to add capacity where radial space is tight; abutment and spacer widths differ from the 330/302 families, so it is not a drop-in swap.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33122 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 33122 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Open 33122 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 455/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33122 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33122 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33122?",
        "a": "The SKF 33122 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 56 mm width (4.331 × 7.087 × 2.205 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 455 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 5500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33122 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33122 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 56 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33122 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 31 is the ISO 355 series (light wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33122 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33122 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33122 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33122"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33205",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33205",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 22,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 57.9,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 220,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33205 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 25 mm shaft, medium wide section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 32 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (medium wide section), and the last two digits encode the 25 mm bore; the 52 mm OD and 22 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33205 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.97 (static 56 kN against dynamic 57.9 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 6 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 33205 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 33205 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 332 series at 25 mm bore (52×22 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30205 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33205 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33205 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 33205 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 57.9/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33205 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33205 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33205?",
        "a": "The SKF 33205 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 22 mm width (0.984 × 2.047 × 0.866 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 57.9 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 220 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33205 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33205 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 52 mm OD and 22 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33205 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33205 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33205 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33205 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33205-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 25×52×22 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33205",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33205"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33206",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33206",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 79.7,
    "static_load_kN": 76.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.5,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33206 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 33206 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), medium wide section series 32, and bore reference 06 resolving to 30 mm; 62 mm OD and 25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 33206 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 16.0 mm radial section height ((62−30)/2) and 350 g catalogue mass frame a 30 mm bore bearing rated at 79.7 kN C — roughly 2.66 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33206 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33206 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 30 mm bore (62×25 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30206 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33206 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33206 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 62 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 79.7/76.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33206 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33206 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33206?",
        "a": "The SKF 33206 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 25 mm width (1.181 × 2.441 × 0.984 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 79.7 kN, C0 76.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.5 kN, reference speed 8,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33206 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33206 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33206 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33206 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33206 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33206 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33206-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 30×62×25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33206",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33206"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33207",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33207",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 28,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 104,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 530,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33207 is a 35×72×28 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the medium wide section entry in the 33200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33207 means tapered-roller type 3, medium wide section series 32, 35 mm bore — which is why the 72×28 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 33207 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 530 g for the 35×72×28 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33207 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33207 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 35 mm bore (72×28 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30207 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33207 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33207 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 104/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33207 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33207 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33207?",
        "a": "The SKF 33207 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 28 mm width (1.378 × 2.835 × 1.102 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 104 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 530 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33207 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33207 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 28 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33207 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33207 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33207 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33207 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33207-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33207",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33207"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33208",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33208",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 128,
    "static_load_kN": 132,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 730,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33208 appears as SKF 33208: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the medium wide section of the 33200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 33208 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 32 for the medium wide section, final digits 08 for the 40 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 33208 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 6,300 r/min reference speed the 20.0 mm-section 33208 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33208 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 40 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33208 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 40 mm bore (80×32 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30208 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33208 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33208 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 730 g mass and 32 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33208.",
      "The 128/132 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33208 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33208 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33208?",
        "a": "The SKF 33208 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 128 kN, C0 132 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 730 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33208 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33208 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33208 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33208 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33208 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33208 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33208-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 40×80×32 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33208",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33208"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33209",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33209",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 132,
    "static_load_kN": 143,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.3,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 790,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33209 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 45 mm bore entry in the 33200 series, dimensioned 85 mm OD and 32 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 32 (the medium wide section), and bore code 09 = 45 mm; dimensions 45×85×32 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33209 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,000 r/min thermal reference and 7,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 45 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33209 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33209 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 45 mm bore (85×32 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30209 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33209 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33209 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 33209 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 132/143 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33209 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33209 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33209?",
        "a": "The SKF 33209 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (1.772 × 3.346 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 132 kN, C0 143 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16.3 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 790 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33209 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33209 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 85 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33209 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33209 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33209 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33209 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33209-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45×85×32 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33209",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33209"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33210",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 142,
    "static_load_kN": 160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.3,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 860,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 50 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 33210 under catalogue execution SKF 33210: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the medium wide section of the 33200 family.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33210 means tapered-roller type 3, medium wide section series 32, 50 mm bore — which is why the 90×32 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 33210 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 18.3 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.13 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33210 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33210 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 50 mm bore (90×32 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30210 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33210 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33210 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 33210 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 142/160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33210 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33210?",
        "a": "The SKF 33210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (1.969 × 3.543 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 142 kN, C0 160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.3 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 860 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33210 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33210 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33210 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33210 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33210 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33210 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50×90×32 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33210",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33211",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33211",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 35,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 170,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33211 (SKF 33211) is the medium wide section tapered roller choice for a 55 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 100×35 mm ISO 355 envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 33211 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 32 for the medium wide section, final digits 11 for the 55 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 33211 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.12 (static 190 kN against dynamic 170 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 21.6 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33211 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33211 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 332 series at 55 mm bore (100×35 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30211 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "A single 33211 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33211 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 100 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 170/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33211 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33211 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33211?",
        "a": "The SKF 33211 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 35 mm width (2.165 × 3.937 × 1.378 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 170 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33211 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33211 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 35 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33211 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33211 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33211 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33211 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33211-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 55×100×35 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33211",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33211"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33212",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33212",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 207,
    "static_load_kN": 236,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33212 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 60 mm shaft, medium wide section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 32 (the medium wide section), and bore code 12 = 60 mm; dimensions 60×110×38 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33212 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 25.0 mm radial section height ((110−60)/2) and 1550 g catalogue mass frame a 60 mm bore bearing rated at 207 kN C — roughly 3.45 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33212 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 60 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 33212 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 60 mm bore (110×38 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30212 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "At the 207 kN rating of 33212, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 6,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "A single 33212 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 207/236 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33212 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33212 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33212?",
        "a": "The SKF 33212 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (2.362 × 4.331 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 207 kN, C0 236 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33212 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33212 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33212 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33212 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33212 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33212 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33212",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33212"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33213",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33213",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 41,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 239,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 2000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33213 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 32 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (medium wide section), and the last two digits encode the 65 mm bore; the 120 mm OD and 41 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33213 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 2000 g for the 65×120×41 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 65 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33213 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 33213 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 65 mm bore (120×41 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30213 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33213 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 239 kN rating of 33213, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 2000 g mass and 41 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33213.",
      "The 239/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33213 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33213 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33213?",
        "a": "The SKF 33213 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 41 mm width (2.559 × 4.724 × 1.614 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 239 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33213 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33213 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 41 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33213 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33213 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33213 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33213 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33213",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33213"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33214",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33214",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 41,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 247,
    "static_load_kN": 285,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33214 is a 70×125×41 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the medium wide section entry in the 33200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 33214 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), medium wide section series 32, and bore reference 14 resolving to 70 mm; 125 mm OD and 41 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 33214 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 3,800 r/min reference speed the 27.5 mm-section 33214 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 33214: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 70 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 33214 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 70 mm bore (125×41 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30214 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33214 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33214 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 33214 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 247/285 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33214 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33214 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33214?",
        "a": "The SKF 33214 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 41 mm width (2.756 × 4.921 × 1.614 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 247 kN, C0 285 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 32.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 2100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33214 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33214 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 41 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33214 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33214 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33214 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33214 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33214",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33214"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33215",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33215",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 41,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 255,
    "static_load_kN": 300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 2200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33215 appears as SKF 33215: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the medium wide section of the 33200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33215 means tapered-roller type 3, medium wide section series 32, 75 mm bore — which is why the 130×41 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 33215 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,600 r/min thermal reference and 4,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 33215 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 33215 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 75 mm bore (130×41 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30215 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33215 mounting error.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 33215 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 41 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 255/300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33215 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33215 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33215?",
        "a": "The SKF 33215 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 41 mm width (2.953 × 5.118 × 1.614 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 255 kN, C0 300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33215 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33215 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 41 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33215 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33215 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33215 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33215 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33215",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33215"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33216",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33216",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 308,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33216 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 80 mm bore entry in the 33200 series, dimensioned 140 mm OD and 46 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 33216 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 32 for the medium wide section, final digits 16 for the 80 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 33216 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 308 kN and C0 375 kN, the 33216 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,500 r/min. A single 33216 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 33216 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 80 mm bore (140×46 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30216 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33216 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33216 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 308/375 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33216 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33216 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33216?",
        "a": "The SKF 33216 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 46 mm width (3.15 × 5.512 × 1.811 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 308 kN, C0 375 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33216 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33216 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 46 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33216 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33216 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33216 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33216 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33216",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33216"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33217",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33217",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 49,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 430,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 48,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 85 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 33217 under catalogue execution SKF 33217: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the medium wide section of the 33200 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 32 (the medium wide section), and bore code 17 = 85 mm; dimensions 85×150×49 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33217 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 48 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.22 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33217 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 33217 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 85 mm bore (150×49 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30217 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33217 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33217 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 33217 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 353/430 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33217 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33217 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33217?",
        "a": "The SKF 33217 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 49 mm width (3.346 × 5.906 × 1.929 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 430 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 48 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33217 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33217 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 49 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33217 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33217 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33217 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33217 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33217",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33217"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33218",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33218",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 55,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 415,
    "static_load_kN": 520,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33218 (SKF 33218) is the medium wide section tapered roller choice for a 90 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 160×55 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 32 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (medium wide section), and the last two digits encode the 90 mm bore; the 160 mm OD and 55 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 33218 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.25 (static 520 kN against dynamic 415 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 57 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33218 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 33218 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 90 mm bore (160×55 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30218 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "A single 33218 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33218 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 160 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 415/520 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33218 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33218 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33218?",
        "a": "The SKF 33218 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 55 mm width (3.543 × 6.299 × 2.165 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 415 kN, C0 520 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33218 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33218 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 55 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33218 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33218 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33218 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33218 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33218",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33218"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33219",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33219",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 58,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 460,
    "static_load_kN": 560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 5450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33219 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 95 mm shaft, medium wide section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 33219 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), medium wide section series 32, and bore reference 19 resolving to 95 mm; 170 mm OD and 58 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 33219 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 37.5 mm radial section height ((170−95)/2) and 5450 g catalogue mass frame a 95 mm bore bearing rated at 460 kN C — roughly 4.84 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 33219 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 95 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 33219 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 95 mm bore (170×58 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30219 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "At the 460 kN rating of 33219, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "A single 33219 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 460/560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33219 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33219 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33219?",
        "a": "The SKF 33219 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 58 mm width (3.74 × 6.693 × 2.283 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 460 kN, C0 560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 5450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33219 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33219 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 58 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33219 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33219 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33219 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33219 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33219",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33219"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33220",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33220",
    "series": "33200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 63,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 532,
    "static_load_kN": 655,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 71,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 6750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 33200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 32 (the medium wide section), and bore code 20 = 100 mm; dimensions 100×180×63 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 33220 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 2,600 r/min reference speed the 40.0 mm-section 33220 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single 33220 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 33220 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 100 mm bore (180×63 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 30220 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "At the 532 kN rating of 33220, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33220 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 63 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 532/655 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33220 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33220 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33220?",
        "a": "The SKF 33220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 63 mm width (3.937 × 7.087 × 2.48 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 532 kN, C0 655 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 71 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33220 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 33220 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 63 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 33220 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 32 is the ISO 355 series (medium wide section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33220 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33220 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33220 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33220",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-26",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-26",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33220"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32004-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32004 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 20,
    "D_mm": 42,
    "B_mm": 15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 29.7,
    "static_load_kN": 27,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.65,
    "max_rpm": 16000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 16000,
    "weight_g": 99,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32004 X belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 20 mm bore entry in the 32000 series, dimensioned 42 mm OD and 15 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 32004 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 20 for the low-friction section, final digits 04 for the 20 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32004 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 13,000 r/min thermal reference and 16,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32004 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 29.7 kN basic dynamic rating C and 27 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.91, and dividing C by the 20 mm bore yields 1.48 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 2.65 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 20 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 20 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 32004 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 320 series at 20 mm bore (42×15 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30204 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32004 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32004 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 15 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 29.7/27 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32004 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32004 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32004?",
        "a": "The SKF 32004 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 20 mm bore, 42 mm outer diameter and 15 mm width (0.787 × 1.654 × 0.591 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 29.7 kN, C0 27 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2.65 kN, reference speed 13,000 r/min, limiting speed 16,000 r/min, mass about 99 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32004 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32004 are bore code 04, so 04 × 5 = 20 mm bore. The 42 mm OD and 15 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32004 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32004 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32004 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32004 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32004",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32004",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32004"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32005-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32005 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 47,
    "B_mm": 15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 33.2,
    "static_load_kN": 32.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.25,
    "max_rpm": 14000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000,
    "weight_g": 110,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 25 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32005 under catalogue execution SKF 32005 X: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 05 = 25 mm; dimensions 25×47×15 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32005 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 33.2 kN and C0 32.5 kN, the 32005 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 14,000 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32005 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 25 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 110 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32000 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 3 g of the total; the 25 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 47 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 15 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 32005 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 320 series at 25 mm bore (47×15 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30205 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32005 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32005 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 12,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 14,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 33.2/32.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32005 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32005 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32005?",
        "a": "The SKF 32005 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 47 mm outer diameter and 15 mm width (0.984 × 1.85 × 0.591 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 33.2 kN, C0 32.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3.25 kN, reference speed 12,000 r/min, limiting speed 14,000 r/min, mass about 110 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32005 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32005 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 47 mm OD and 15 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32005 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32005 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32005 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32005 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32005",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32005",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32005"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32006-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32006 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 55,
    "B_mm": 17,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 43.9,
    "static_load_kN": 44,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.55,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 170,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32006 (SKF 32006 X) is the low-friction section tapered roller choice for a 30 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 55×17 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 30 mm bore; the 55 mm OD and 17 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32006 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 4.55 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.00 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 30 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32006 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 30 mm bore, the 55 mm OD and 17 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 12.5 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 170 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32006 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 30 mm bore (55×17 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30206 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32006 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 32006 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 32006 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 43.9/44 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32006 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32006 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32006?",
        "a": "The SKF 32006 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 55 mm outer diameter and 17 mm width (1.181 × 2.165 × 0.669 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 43.9 kN, C0 44 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.55 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 170 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32006 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32006 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 55 mm OD and 17 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32006 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32006 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32006 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32006 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32006",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32006",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32006"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32007-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32007 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 18,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 52.3,
    "static_load_kN": 54,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.85,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32007 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 35 mm shaft, low-friction section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 32007 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 07 resolving to 35 mm; 62 mm OD and 18 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32007 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.03 (static 54 kN against dynamic 52.3 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 5.85 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for 32007: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 35 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 35 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 28000 and 42000 r/min in real machinery, and the 62 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 70 mm outer abutment; the 18 mm width and 230 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32007 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 35 mm bore (62×18 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30207 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32007 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 52.3 kN rating of 32007, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 10,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 62 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 52.3/54 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32007 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32007 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32007?",
        "a": "The SKF 32007 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 18 mm width (1.378 × 2.441 × 0.709 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 52.3 kN, C0 54 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 5.85 kN, reference speed 8,500 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32007 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32007 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 18 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32007 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32007 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32007 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32007 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32007",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32007",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32007"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32008-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32008 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 68,
    "B_mm": 19,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 64.7,
    "static_load_kN": 71,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 280,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32008 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32008 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 40 mm bore — which is why the 68×19 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32008 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 14.0 mm radial section height ((68−40)/2) and 280 g catalogue mass frame a 40 mm bore bearing rated at 64.7 kN C — roughly 1.62 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32008 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 14.0 mm half-section ((68−40)/2) of this 32000-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 54 mm, and the 19 mm axial width is split between cone (10 mm) and cup rib (9 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 280 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32008 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 40 mm bore (68×19 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30208 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 32008 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32008 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 64.7/71 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32008 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32008 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32008?",
        "a": "The SKF 32008 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 68 mm outer diameter and 19 mm width (1.575 × 2.677 × 0.748 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 64.7 kN, C0 71 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 280 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32008 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32008 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 68 mm OD and 19 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32008 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32008 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32008 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32008 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32008",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32008",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32008"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32009-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32009 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 20,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 71.7,
    "static_load_kN": 80,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32009 X is a 45×75×20 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 32009 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 20 for the low-friction section, final digits 09 for the 45 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32009 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 340 g for the 45×75×20 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single 32009 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 45 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.090 mm for this diameter range) and the 75 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 75.000/75.020 mm; the 20 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 340 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32009 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 45 mm bore (75×20 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30209 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 71.7 kN rating of 32009, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32009 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 340 g mass and 20 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32009.",
      "The 71.7/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32009 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32009 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32009?",
        "a": "The SKF 32009 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 20 mm width (1.772 × 2.953 × 0.787 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 71.7 kN, C0 80 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 340 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32009 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32009 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 75 mm OD and 20 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32009 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32009 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32009 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32009 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32009",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32009",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32009"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32010-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32010 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 20,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 75.1,
    "static_load_kN": 88,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 380,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32010 appears as SKF 32010 X: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, 32010 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 10 resolving to 50 mm; 80 mm OD and 20 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32010 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,300 r/min thermal reference and 8,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 50 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32010 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 380 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32000 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 11 g of the total; the 50 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 80 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 20 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32010 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 50 mm bore (80×20 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30210 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 75.1 kN rating of 32010, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32010 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 75.1/88 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32010 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32010 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32010?",
        "a": "The SKF 32010 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 20 mm width (1.969 × 3.15 × 0.787 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 75.1 kN, C0 88 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 380 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32010 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32010 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 20 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32010 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32010 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32010 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32010 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32010",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32010",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32011-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32011 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 23,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.4,
    "static_load_kN": 116,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.9,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 560,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32011 X belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 55 mm bore entry in the 32000 series, dimensioned 90 mm OD and 23 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32011 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 55 mm bore — which is why the 90×23 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32011 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 99.4 kN and C0 116 kN, the 32011 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 7,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 32011: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 55 mm bore, the 90 mm OD and 23 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 17.5 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 560 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32011 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 55 mm bore (90×23 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30211 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32011 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32011 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 32011 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 99.4/116 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32011 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32011 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32011?",
        "a": "The SKF 32011 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 23 mm width (2.165 × 3.543 × 0.906 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.4 kN, C0 116 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.9 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 560 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32011 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32011 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 23 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32011 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32011 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32011 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32011 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32011",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32011",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32011"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32013-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32013 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 23,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 103,
    "static_load_kN": 127,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 630,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32013 (SKF 32013 X) is the low-friction section tapered roller choice for a 65 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 100×23 mm ISO 355 envelope.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 13 = 65 mm; dimensions 65×100×23 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32013 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.23 (static 127 kN against dynamic 103 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 14 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 32013 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 17.5 mm half-section ((100−65)/2) of this 32000-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 82 mm, and the 23 mm axial width is split between cone (13 mm) and cup rib (10 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 630 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 32013 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 65 mm bore (100×23 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30213 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32013 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32013 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 103/127 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32013 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32013 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32013?",
        "a": "The SKF 32013 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 23 mm width (2.559 × 3.937 × 0.906 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 103 kN, C0 127 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 14 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 630 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32013 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32013 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 23 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32013 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32013 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32013 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32013 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32013",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32013",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32013"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32014-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32014 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 125,
    "static_load_kN": 153,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.3,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32014 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 70 mm shaft, low-friction section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 70 mm bore; the 110 mm OD and 25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32014 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 20.0 mm radial section height ((110−70)/2) and 850 g catalogue mass frame a 70 mm bore bearing rated at 125 kN C — roughly 1.79 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32014 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Journal and housing interface: the 70 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.140 mm for this diameter range) and the 110 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 110.000/110.020 mm; the 25 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 850 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 32014 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 70 mm bore (110×25 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30214 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32014 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32014 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 850 g mass and 25 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32014.",
      "The 125/153 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32014 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32014 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32014?",
        "a": "The SKF 32014 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 25 mm width (2.756 × 4.331 × 0.984 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 125 kN, C0 153 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.3 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32014 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32014 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32014 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32014 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32014 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32014 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32014",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32014",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32014"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32015-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32015 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 115,
    "B_mm": 25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 130,
    "static_load_kN": 163,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 910,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32015 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 32015 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 15 resolving to 75 mm; 115 mm OD and 25 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32015 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 910 g for the 75×115×25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32015 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,300 r/min thermal reference, the 75 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 323k, and the 20.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 910 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 32015 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 75 mm bore (115×25 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30215 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32015 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 32015 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Open 32015 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 130/163 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32015 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32015 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32015?",
        "a": "The SKF 32015 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 25 mm width (2.953 × 4.528 × 0.984 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 130 kN, C0 163 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.6 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 910 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32015 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32015 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 115 mm OD and 25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32015 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32015 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32015 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32015 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32015",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32015",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32015"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32016-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32016 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 29,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 168,
    "static_load_kN": 216,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32016 X is a 80×125×29 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32016 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 80 mm bore — which is why the 125×29 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32016 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 4,000 r/min reference speed the 22.5 mm-section 32016 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32016 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 80 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Load system: the 168 kN basic dynamic rating C and 216 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.29, and dividing C by the 80 mm bore yields 2.10 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 24.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 80 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 32016 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 80 mm bore (125×29 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30216 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 32016 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 168 kN rating of 32016, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 29 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 168/216 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32016 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32016 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32016?",
        "a": "The SKF 32016 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 29 mm width (3.15 × 4.921 × 1.142 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 168 kN, C0 216 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32016 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32016 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 29 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32016 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32016 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32016 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32016 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32016",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32016",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32016"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32017-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32017 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 29,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 171,
    "static_load_kN": 224,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 1350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32017 appears as SKF 32017 X: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 32017 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 20 for the low-friction section, final digits 17 for the 85 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32017 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,800 r/min thermal reference and 4,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32017 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1350 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32000 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 41 g of the total; the 85 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 130 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 29 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 32017 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 85 mm bore (130×29 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30217 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 171 kN rating of 32017, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32017 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,800 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 171/224 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32017 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32017 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32017?",
        "a": "The SKF 32017 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 29 mm width (3.346 × 5.118 × 1.142 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 171 kN, C0 224 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 25.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 1350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32017 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32017 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 29 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32017 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32017 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32017 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32017 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32017",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32017",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32017"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32018-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32018 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 208,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32018 X belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 90 mm bore entry in the 32000 series, dimensioned 140 mm OD and 32 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 18 = 90 mm; dimensions 90×140×32 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32018 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 208 kN and C0 270 kN, the 32018 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,300 r/min. Mounting practice for 32018: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 90 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 90 mm bore, the 140 mm OD and 32 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 25.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1750 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 32018 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 90 mm bore (140×32 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30218 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32018 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32018 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 32018 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 208/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32018 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32018 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32018?",
        "a": "The SKF 32018 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (3.543 × 5.512 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 208 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 1750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32018 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32018 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32018 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32018 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32018 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32018 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32018",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32018",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32018"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32019-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32019 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 145,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 206,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 95 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32019 under catalogue execution SKF 32019 X: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 95 mm bore; the 145 mm OD and 32 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32019 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 30.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.31 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32019 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Operating context for the 95 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 76000 and 114000 r/min in real machinery, and the 145 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 153 mm outer abutment; the 32 mm width and 1850 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 32019 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 95 mm bore (145×32 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30219 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32019 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32019 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 145 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 206/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32019 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32019 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32019?",
        "a": "The SKF 32019 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 145 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (3.74 × 5.709 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 206 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32019 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32019 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 145 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32019 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32019 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32019 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32019 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32019",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32019",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32019"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32021-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32021 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 35,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 248,
    "static_load_kN": 335,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 37.5,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 2450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32021 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 105 mm shaft, low-friction section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 21 = 105 mm; dimensions 105×160×35 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32021 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 2450 g for the 105×160×35 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 105 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32021 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 248 kN basic dynamic rating C and 335 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.35, and dividing C by the 105 mm bore yields 2.36 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 37.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 105 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 32021 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 105 mm bore (160×35 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30221 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32021 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32021 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 35 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 248/335 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32021 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32021 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32021?",
        "a": "The SKF 32021 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 35 mm width (4.134 × 6.299 × 1.378 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 248 kN, C0 335 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 37.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 2450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32021 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32021 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 35 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32021 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32021 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32021 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32021 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32021",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32021",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32021"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32022-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 288,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 3050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32022 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 110 mm bore; the 170 mm OD and 38 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32022 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 3,000 r/min reference speed the 30.0 mm-section 32022 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 32022: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 110 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Material and manufacturing detail: the 3050 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32000 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 92 g of the total; the 110 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 170 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 38 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 32022 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 110 mm bore (170×38 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30222 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32022 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32022 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 288/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32022 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32022 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022?",
        "a": "The SKF 32022 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (4.331 × 6.693 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 288 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 3050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32022 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32022 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32022 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32022 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32022 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32022 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32022",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32022",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32022"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32024-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32024 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 299,
    "static_load_kN": 415,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 3300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32024 appears as SKF 32024 X: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32024 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 120 mm bore — which is why the 180×38 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32024 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 299 kN and C0 415 kN, the 32024 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,400 r/min. A single 32024 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Operating context for the 120 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 96000 and 144000 r/min in real machinery, and the 180 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 188 mm outer abutment; the 38 mm width and 3300 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 120 mm bore (180×38 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30224 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 32024 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 32024 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 180 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 299/415 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32024 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32024 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32024?",
        "a": "The SKF 32024 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (4.724 × 7.087 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 299 kN, C0 415 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 3300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32024 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32024 are bore code 24, so 24 × 5 = 120 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32024 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32024 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32024 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32024 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32024",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32024"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32026-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32026 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 388,
    "static_load_kN": 540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 4950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 130 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32026 under catalogue execution SKF 32026 X: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 26 = 130 mm; dimensions 130×200×45 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32026 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.39 (static 540 kN against dynamic 388 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 55 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32026 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Journal and housing interface: the 130 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.260 mm for this diameter range) and the 200 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 200.000/200.020 mm; the 45 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 4950 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 130 mm bore (200×45 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30226 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32026 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32026 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 4950 g mass and 45 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32026.",
      "The 388/540 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32026 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32026 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32026?",
        "a": "The SKF 32026 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 130 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 45 mm width (5.118 × 7.874 × 1.772 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 388 kN, C0 540 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 55 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 4950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32026 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32026 are bore code 26, so 26 × 5 = 130 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 45 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32026 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32026 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32026 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32026 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32026",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32026",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32026"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32028-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32028 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 404,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 58.5,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 5250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32028 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 140 mm shaft, low-friction section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 32028 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 28 resolving to 140 mm; 210 mm OD and 45 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32028 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 5250 g for the 140×210×45 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 140 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32028 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 404 kN basic dynamic rating C and 585 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.45, and dividing C by the 140 mm bore yields 2.89 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 58.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 140 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 140 mm bore (210×45 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30228 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32028 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32028 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 45 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 404/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32028 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32028 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32028?",
        "a": "The SKF 32028 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 140 mm bore, 210 mm outer diameter and 45 mm width (5.512 × 8.268 × 1.772 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 404 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 58.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 5250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32028 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32028 are bore code 28, so 28 × 5 = 140 mm bore. The 210 mm OD and 45 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32028 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32028 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32028 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32028 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32028",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32028",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32028"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32030-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32030 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 48,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 456,
    "static_load_kN": 655,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 6400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32030 X is a 150×225×48 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 150 mm bore; the 225 mm OD and 48 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32030 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 456 kN and C0 655 kN, the 32030 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,600 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32030 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Cross-section geometry: the 37.5 mm half-section ((225−150)/2) of this 32000-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 187 mm, and the 48 mm axial width is split between cone (26 mm) and cup rib (22 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 6400 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 150 mm bore (225×48 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30230 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32030 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32030 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 456/655 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32030 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32030 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32030?",
        "a": "The SKF 32030 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 48 mm width (5.906 × 8.858 × 1.89 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 456 kN, C0 655 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 6400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32030 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32030 are bore code 30, so 30 × 5 = 150 mm bore. The 225 mm OD and 48 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32030 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32030 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32030 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32030 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32030",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32030",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32030"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32032",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32032 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 51,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 532,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 7800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32032 X belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 160 mm bore entry in the 32000 series, dimensioned 240 mm OD and 51 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32032 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 160 mm bore — which is why the 240×51 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32032 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.47 (static 780 kN against dynamic 532 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 76.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 160 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32032 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,000 r/min thermal reference, the 160 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 320k, and the 40.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 2,400 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 7800 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 160 mm bore (240×51 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30232 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 32032 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32032 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 32032 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 532/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32032 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32032 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32032?",
        "a": "The SKF 32032 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 160 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 51 mm width (6.299 × 9.449 × 2.008 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 532 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 7800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32032 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32032 are bore code 32, so 32 × 5 = 160 mm bore. The 240 mm OD and 51 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32032 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32032 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32032 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32032 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32032",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32032"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32034",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32034 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 57,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 625,
    "static_load_kN": 915,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32034 (SKF 32034 X) is the low-friction section tapered roller choice for a 170 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 260×57 mm ISO 355 envelope.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 20 (the low-friction section), and bore code 34 = 170 mm; dimensions 170×260×57 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32034 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 10500 g for the 170×260×57 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32034 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Material and manufacturing detail: the 10500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32000 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 315 g of the total; the 170 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 260 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 57 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 170 mm bore (260×57 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30234 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32034 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 625 kN rating of 32034, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,900 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,200 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 625/915 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32034 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32034 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32034?",
        "a": "The SKF 32034 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 170 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 57 mm width (6.693 × 10.236 × 2.244 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 625 kN, C0 915 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 88 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 10500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32034 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32034 are bore code 34, so 34 × 5 = 170 mm bore. The 260 mm OD and 57 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32034 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32034 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32034 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32034 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32034",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32034"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32036",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32036 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 793,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32036 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32000 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 32036 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 36 resolving to 180 mm; 280 mm OD and 64 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32036 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,700 r/min thermal reference and 2,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32036 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Operating context for the 180 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 144000 and 216000 r/min in real machinery, and the 280 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 288 mm outer abutment; the 64 mm width and 14000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 180 mm bore (280×64 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30236 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32036 mounting error.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32036 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 280 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 793/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32036 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32036 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32036?",
        "a": "The SKF 32036 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 180 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 64 mm width (7.087 × 11.024 × 2.52 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 793 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32036 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32036 are bore code 36, so 36 × 5 = 180 mm bore. The 280 mm OD and 64 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32036 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32036 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32036 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32036 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32036",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32036"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32038",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32038 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 806,
    "static_load_kN": 1200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 112,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32038 appears as SKF 32038 X: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 32038 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 20 for the low-friction section, final digits 38 for the 190 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32038 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 112 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.49 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32038 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 190 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 190 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.380 mm for this diameter range) and the 290 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 290.000/290.020 mm; the 64 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 15000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 190 mm bore (290×64 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30238 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32038 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32038 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 15000 g mass and 64 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32038.",
      "The 806/1200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32038 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32038 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32038?",
        "a": "The SKF 32038 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 190 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 64 mm width (7.48 × 11.417 × 2.52 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 806 kN, C0 1200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 112 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 15000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32038 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32038 are bore code 38, so 38 × 5 = 190 mm bore. The 290 mm OD and 64 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32038 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32038 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32038 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32038 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32038",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32038"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32040",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32040 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 800,
    "static_load_kN": 1370,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 127,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 19000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 200 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32040 under catalogue execution SKF 32040 X: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 family.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32040 means tapered-roller type 3, low-friction section series 20, 200 mm bore — which is why the 310×70 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32040 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 19000 g for the 200×310×70 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32040 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 200 mm bore, the 310 mm OD and 70 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 55.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 19000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 200 mm bore (310×70 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30240 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 32040 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32040 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 32040 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 800/1370 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32040 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32040 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32040?",
        "a": "The SKF 32040 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 200 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 70 mm width (7.874 × 12.205 × 2.756 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 800 kN, C0 1370 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 127 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 19000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32040 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32040 are bore code 40, so 40 × 5 = 200 mm bore. The 310 mm OD and 70 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32040 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32040 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32040 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32040 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32040",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32040"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32044",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32044 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 955,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 150,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 24500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32044 X is a 220×340×76 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 32044 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 44 resolving to 220 mm; 340 mm OD and 76 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32044 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 150 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.74 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Mounting practice for 32044: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 220 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 1,300 r/min thermal reference, the 220 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 286k, and the 60.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 1,700 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 24500 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 220 mm bore (340×76 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30244 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32044 mounting error.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32044 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 32044 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 955/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32044 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32044 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32044?",
        "a": "The SKF 32044 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 220 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 76 mm width (8.661 × 13.386 × 2.992 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 955 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 150 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 24500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32044 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32044 are bore code 44, so 44 × 5 = 220 mm bore. The 340 mm OD and 76 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32044 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32044 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32044 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32044 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32044",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32044"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32048",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32048 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 989,
    "static_load_kN": 1800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 156,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 26500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32048 (SKF 32048 X) is the low-friction section tapered roller choice for a 240 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 360×76 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 240 mm bore; the 360 mm OD and 76 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32048 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,200 r/min reference speed the 60.0 mm-section 32048 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32048 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 240 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 192000 and 288000 r/min in real machinery, and the 360 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 368 mm outer abutment; the 76 mm width and 26500 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 240 mm bore (360×76 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30248 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 989 kN rating of 32048, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32048 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 360 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 989/1800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32048 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32048 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32048?",
        "a": "The SKF 32048 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 240 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 76 mm width (9.449 × 14.173 × 2.992 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 989 kN, C0 1800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 156 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 26500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32048 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32048 are bore code 48, so 48 × 5 = 240 mm bore. The 360 mm OD and 76 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32048 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32048 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32048 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32048 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32048",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32048"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32052",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32052 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 87,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1241,
    "static_load_kN": 2200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 38000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32052 appears as SKF 32052 X: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the low-friction section of the 32000 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, 32052 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), low-friction section series 20, and bore reference 52 resolving to 260 mm; 400 mm OD and 87 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32052 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 70.0 mm radial section height ((400−260)/2) and 38000 g catalogue mass frame a 260 mm bore bearing rated at 1241 kN C — roughly 4.77 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32052 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 260 mm bore, the 400 mm OD and 87 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 70.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 38000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 260 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 260 mm bore (400×87 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30252 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32052 mounting error.",
      "At the 1241 kN rating of 32052, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 32052 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 1241/2200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32052 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32052 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32052?",
        "a": "The SKF 32052 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 260 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 87 mm width (10.236 × 15.748 × 3.425 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1241 kN, C0 2200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 38000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32052 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32052 are bore code 52, so 52 × 5 = 260 mm bore. The 400 mm OD and 87 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32052 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32052 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32052 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32052 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32052",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32052"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32056",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32056 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 87,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1288,
    "static_load_kN": 2360,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 40500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32056 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 280 mm shaft, low-friction section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 280 mm bore; the 420 mm OD and 87 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32056 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 1288 kN and C0 2360 kN, the 32056 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,300 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32056 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 1,000 r/min thermal reference, the 280 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 280k, and the 70.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 1,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 40500 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 280 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 280 mm bore (420×87 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30256 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 1288 kN rating of 32056, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32056 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open 32056 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 1288/2360 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32056 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32056 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32056?",
        "a": "The SKF 32056 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 280 mm bore, 420 mm outer diameter and 87 mm width (11.024 × 16.535 × 3.425 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1288 kN, C0 2360 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 40500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32056 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32056 are bore code 56, so 56 × 5 = 280 mm bore. The 420 mm OD and 87 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32056 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32056 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32056 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32056 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32056",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32056"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "320-22",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 320/22 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 22,
    "D_mm": 44,
    "B_mm": 15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 30.9,
    "static_load_kN": 29,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.85,
    "max_rpm": 15000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "weight_g": 100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 320/22 X is a 22×44×15 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 22 mm bore; the 44 mm OD and 15 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 100 g for the 22×44×15 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 320 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 22 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the small-bore band typically runs between 17600 and 26400 r/min in real machinery, and the 44 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 52 mm outer abutment; the 15 mm width and 100 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32000-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 22 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 320 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 320 series at 22 mm bore (44×15 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30220 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 30.9/29 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 320 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 320/22 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 320?",
        "a": "The SKF 320/22 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 22 mm bore, 44 mm outer diameter and 15 mm width (0.866 × 1.732 × 0.591 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 30.9 kN, C0 29 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2.85 kN, reference speed 13,000 r/min, limiting speed 15,000 r/min, mass about 100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 320 bore code work?",
        "a": "Non-standard bore sizes like 320 give the bore directly in millimetres after the slash, so 20 here means a 22 mm bore rather than a code × 5 value. The 44 mm OD and 15 mm width still follow the ISO 355 dimension-series plan for the 320 family."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 320 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 320 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 320 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 320 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-22X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-28X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-32X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-22",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "320-22"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "320-28",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 320/28 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 16,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 39,
    "static_load_kN": 38,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 140,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 320/28 X is a 28×52×16 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 28 mm bore; the 52 mm OD and 16 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 140 g for the 28×52×16 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 320 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32000 series at 28 mm bore, the 52 mm OD and 16 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 12.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 140 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 320 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 28 mm bore (52×16 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30220 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 39/38 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 320 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 320/28 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 320?",
        "a": "The SKF 320/28 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 28 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 16 mm width (1.102 × 2.047 × 0.63 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 39 kN, C0 38 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 140 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 320 bore code work?",
        "a": "Non-standard bore sizes like 320 give the bore directly in millimetres after the slash, so 20 here means a 28 mm bore rather than a code × 5 value. The 52 mm OD and 16 mm width still follow the ISO 355 dimension-series plan for the 320 family."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 320 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 320 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 320 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 320 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-22X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-28X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-32X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-28",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "320-28"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "320-32",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 320/32 X",
    "series": "32000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 32,
    "D_mm": 58,
    "B_mm": 17,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 45.1,
    "static_load_kN": 46.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.8,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 190,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 320/32 X is a 32×58×17 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the low-friction section entry in the 32000 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 20 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (low-friction section), and the last two digits encode the 32 mm bore; the 58 mm OD and 17 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 190 g for the 32×58×17 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 320 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 9,000 r/min thermal reference, the 32 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 288k, and the 13.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 11,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 190 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 32 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 320 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 32 mm bore (58×17 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 30220 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 320 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 45.1/46.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 320 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 320/32 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 320?",
        "a": "The SKF 320/32 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 32 mm bore, 58 mm outer diameter and 17 mm width (1.26 × 2.283 × 0.669 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 45.1 kN, C0 46.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.8 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 190 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 320 bore code work?",
        "a": "Non-standard bore sizes like 320 give the bore directly in millimetres after the slash, so 20 here means a 32 mm bore rather than a code × 5 value. The 58 mm OD and 17 mm width still follow the ISO 355 dimension-series plan for the 320 family."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 320 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 20 is the ISO 355 series (low-friction section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 320 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 320 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 320 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-22X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-28X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-32X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 32×58×17 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "320-32",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "320-32"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32205-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32205",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 52,
    "B_mm": 19.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 50.4,
    "static_load_kN": 45.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.9,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 190,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32205 is a 25×52×19.25 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy section entry in the 32200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32205 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 25 mm bore — which is why the 52×19.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32205 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 11,000 r/min thermal reference and 13,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32205 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 25 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Operating context for the 25 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the small-bore band typically runs between 20000 and 30000 r/min in real machinery, and the 52 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 60 mm outer abutment; the 19.25 mm width and 190 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 25 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 32205 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 322 series at 25 mm bore (52×19.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30205; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32205 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 50.4 kN rating of 32205, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 13,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 19.25 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 50.4/45.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32205 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32205 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32205?",
        "a": "The SKF 32205 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25 mm bore, 52 mm outer diameter and 19.25 mm width (0.984 × 2.047 × 0.758 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 50.4 kN, C0 45.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.9 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 190 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32205 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32205 are bore code 05, so 05 × 5 = 25 mm bore. The 52 mm OD and 19.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32205 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32205 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32205 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32205 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32205",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32205-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32205",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32205"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32206-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32206",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 21.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 61.8,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.3,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 290,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32206 appears as SKF 32206: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 32206 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 22 for the heavy section, final digits 06 for the 30 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32206 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 61.8 kN and C0 57 kN, the 32206 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 11,000 r/min. For a 30 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32206 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Cross-section geometry: the 16.0 mm half-section ((62−30)/2) of this 32200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 46 mm, and the 21.25 mm axial width is split between cone (12 mm) and cup rib (10 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 290 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32206 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 30 mm bore (62×21.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30206; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32206 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32206 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 9,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 11,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 61.8/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32206 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32206 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32206?",
        "a": "The SKF 32206 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 21.25 mm width (1.181 × 2.441 × 0.837 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 61.8 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.3 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 290 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32206 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32206 are bore code 06, so 06 × 5 = 30 mm bore. The 62 mm OD and 21.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32206 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32206 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32206 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32206 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32206",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32206-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 30×62×21.25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32206",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32206"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32207-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32207",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 24.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 81.2,
    "static_load_kN": 78,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.5,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 440,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32207 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 35 mm bore entry in the 32200 series, dimensioned 72 mm OD and 24.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 07 = 35 mm; dimensions 35×72×24.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32207 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 8.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.96 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Mounting practice for 32207: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 35 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Journal and housing interface: the 35 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.070 mm for this diameter range) and the 72 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 72.000/72.020 mm; the 24.25 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 440 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32207 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 35 mm bore (72×24.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30207; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "A single 32207 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32207 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 32207 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 81.2/78 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32207 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32207 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32207?",
        "a": "The SKF 32207 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 24.25 mm width (1.378 × 2.835 × 0.955 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 81.2 kN, C0 78 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.5 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 440 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32207 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32207 are bore code 07, so 07 × 5 = 35 mm bore. The 72 mm OD and 24.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32207 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32207 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32207 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32207 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32207",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32207-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 35×72×24.25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32207",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32207"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32208-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32208",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 24.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 91.6,
    "static_load_kN": 86.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 530,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 40 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32208 under catalogue execution SKF 32208: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 40 mm bore; the 80 mm OD and 24.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32208 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.94 (static 86.5 kN against dynamic 91.6 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 9.8 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32208 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 7,000 r/min thermal reference, the 40 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 280k, and the 20.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 8,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 530 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32208 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 40 mm bore (80×24.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30208; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "At the 91.6 kN rating of 32208, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32208 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 80 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 91.6/86.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32208 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32208 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32208?",
        "a": "The SKF 32208 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 24.75 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.974 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 91.6 kN, C0 86.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 530 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32208 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32208 are bore code 08, so 08 × 5 = 40 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 24.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32208 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32208 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32208 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32208 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32208",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32208-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32208",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32208"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32209-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32209",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 24.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 98.7,
    "static_load_kN": 98,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 580,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32209 (SKF 32209) is the heavy section tapered roller choice for a 45 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 85×24.75 mm ISO 355 envelope.Digit by digit, 32209 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy section series 22, and bore reference 09 resolving to 45 mm; 85 mm OD and 24.75 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32209 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 20.0 mm radial section height ((85−45)/2) and 580 g catalogue mass frame a 45 mm bore bearing rated at 98.7 kN C — roughly 2.19 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 32209 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Load system: the 98.7 kN basic dynamic rating C and 98 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.99, and dividing C by the 45 mm bore yields 2.19 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 11 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 45 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32209 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 45 mm bore (85×24.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30209; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32209 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32209 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 98.7/98 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32209 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32209 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32209?",
        "a": "The SKF 32209 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 24.75 mm width (1.772 × 3.346 × 0.974 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 98.7 kN, C0 98 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 580 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32209 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32209 are bore code 09, so 09 × 5 = 45 mm bore. The 85 mm OD and 24.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32209 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32209 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32209 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32209 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32209",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32209-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32209",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32209"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32210-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32210",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 24.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 101,
    "static_load_kN": 100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 620,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32210 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 50 mm shaft, heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 10 = 50 mm; dimensions 50×90×24.75 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32210 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 6,000 r/min reference speed the 20.0 mm-section 32210 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 50 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32210 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 50 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 40000 and 60000 r/min in real machinery, and the 90 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 98 mm outer abutment; the 24.75 mm width and 620 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32210 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 50 mm bore (90×24.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30210; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32210 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32210 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 24.75 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 101/100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32210 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32210?",
        "a": "The SKF 32210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 24.75 mm width (1.969 × 3.543 × 0.974 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 101 kN, C0 100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 620 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32210 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32210 are bore code 10, so 10 × 5 = 50 mm bore. The 90 mm OD and 24.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32210 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32210 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32210 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32210 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32211-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32211",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 26.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 130,
    "static_load_kN": 129,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 840,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32211 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 55 mm bore; the 100 mm OD and 26.75 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32211 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,300 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for 32211: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 22.5 mm half-section ((100−55)/2) of this 32200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 77 mm, and the 26.75 mm axial width is split between cone (15 mm) and cup rib (12 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 840 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32211 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 55 mm bore (100×26.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30211; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32211 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32211 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 5,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 6,700 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 130/129 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32211 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32211 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32211?",
        "a": "The SKF 32211 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 26.75 mm width (2.165 × 3.937 × 1.053 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 130 kN, C0 129 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 840 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32211 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32211 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 100 mm OD and 26.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32211 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32211 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32211 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32211 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32211",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32211-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32211",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32211"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32212-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32212",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 29.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 155,
    "static_load_kN": 160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.6,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32212 is a 60×110×29.75 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy section entry in the 32200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 32212 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy section series 22, and bore reference 12 resolving to 60 mm; 110 mm OD and 29.75 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32212 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 155 kN and C0 160 kN, the 32212 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 6,000 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32212 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 60 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.120 mm for this diameter range) and the 110 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 110.000/110.020 mm; the 29.75 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1150 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60 mm bore 32212 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 60 mm bore (110×29.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30212; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32212 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32212 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 32212 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 155/160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32212 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32212 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32212?",
        "a": "The SKF 32212 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 29.75 mm width (2.362 × 4.331 × 1.171 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 155 kN, C0 160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.6 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32212 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32212 are bore code 12, so 12 × 5 = 60 mm bore. The 110 mm OD and 29.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32212 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32212 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32212 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32212 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32212",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32212",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32212"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32213-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32213",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 32.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 186,
    "static_load_kN": 193,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32213 appears as SKF 32213: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32213 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 65 mm bore — which is why the 120×32.75 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32213 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 22.8 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.04 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single 32213 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,500 r/min thermal reference, the 65 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 293k, and the 27.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,600 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1500 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65 mm bore 32213 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 65 mm bore (120×32.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30213; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32213 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 32213 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 120 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 186/193 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32213 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32213 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32213?",
        "a": "The SKF 32213 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 32.75 mm width (2.559 × 4.724 × 1.289 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 186 kN, C0 193 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32213 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32213 are bore code 13, so 13 × 5 = 65 mm bore. The 120 mm OD and 32.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32213 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32213 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32213 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32213 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32213",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32213",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32213"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32214-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32214",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 33.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 195,
    "static_load_kN": 208,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32214 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in the 32200 series, dimensioned 125 mm OD and 33.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.On the SKF nameplate, 32214 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 22 for the heavy section, final digits 14 for the 70 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32214 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.07 (static 208 kN against dynamic 195 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 24.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32214 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 195 kN basic dynamic rating C and 208 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.07, and dividing C by the 70 mm bore yields 2.79 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 24.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 70 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 70 mm bore 32214 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 70 mm bore (125×33.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30214; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32214 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 195 kN rating of 32214, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 195/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32214 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32214 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32214?",
        "a": "The SKF 32214 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 33.25 mm width (2.756 × 4.921 × 1.309 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 195 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32214 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32214 are bore code 14, so 14 × 5 = 70 mm bore. The 125 mm OD and 33.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32214 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32214 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32214 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32214 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32214",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32214",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32214"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32215-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32215",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 33.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 197,
    "static_load_kN": 212,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 75 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32215 under catalogue execution SKF 32215: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 15 = 75 mm; dimensions 75×130×33.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32215 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 27.5 mm radial section height ((130−75)/2) and 1650 g catalogue mass frame a 75 mm bore bearing rated at 197 kN C — roughly 2.63 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32215 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1650 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 50 g of the total; the 75 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 130 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 33.25 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 75 mm bore 32215 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 75 mm bore (130×33.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30215; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "A single 32215 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32215 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 1650 g mass and 33.25 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32215.",
      "The 197/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32215 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32215 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32215?",
        "a": "The SKF 32215 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 33.25 mm width (2.953 × 5.118 × 1.309 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 197 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32215 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32215 are bore code 15, so 15 × 5 = 75 mm bore. The 130 mm OD and 33.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32215 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32215 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32215 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32215 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32215",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32215",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32215"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32216-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32216",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 35.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 228,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32216 (SKF 32216) is the heavy section tapered roller choice for a 80 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 140×35.25 mm ISO 355 envelope.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 80 mm bore; the 140 mm OD and 35.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32216 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 2050 g for the 80×140×35.25 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32216 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 80 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32200 series at 80 mm bore, the 140 mm OD and 35.25 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 30.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 2050 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 80 mm bore 32216 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 80 mm bore (140×35.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30216; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "At the 228 kN rating of 32216, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32216 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open 32216 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 228/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32216 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32216 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32216?",
        "a": "The SKF 32216 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 35.25 mm width (3.15 × 5.512 × 1.388 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 228 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32216 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32216 are bore code 16, so 16 × 5 = 80 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 35.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32216 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32216 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32216 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32216 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32216",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32216",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32216"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32217-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32217",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 38.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 263,
    "static_load_kN": 285,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32217 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 85 mm shaft, heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 32217 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy section series 22, and bore reference 17 resolving to 85 mm; 150 mm OD and 38.5 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32217 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 3,600 r/min reference speed the 32.5 mm-section 32217 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32217 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 85 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 68000 and 102000 r/min in real machinery, and the 150 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 158 mm outer abutment; the 38.5 mm width and 2600 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85 mm bore 32217 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 85 mm bore (150×38.5 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30217; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32217 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32217 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 38.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 263/285 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32217 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32217 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32217?",
        "a": "The SKF 32217 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 38.5 mm width (3.346 × 5.906 × 1.516 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 263 kN, C0 285 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 33.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32217 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32217 are bore code 17, so 17 × 5 = 85 mm bore. The 150 mm OD and 38.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32217 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32217 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32217 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32217 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32217",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32217",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32217"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32218-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32218",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 42.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 309,
    "static_load_kN": 340,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 38,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 3350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32218 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32218 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 90 mm bore — which is why the 160×42.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32218 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,400 r/min thermal reference and 4,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for 32218: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 90 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 35.0 mm half-section ((160−90)/2) of this 32200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 125 mm, and the 42.5 mm axial width is split between cone (23 mm) and cup rib (19 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 3350 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 32218 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 90 mm bore (160×42.5 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30218; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32218 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32218 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 309/340 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32218 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32218 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32218?",
        "a": "The SKF 32218 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 42.5 mm width (3.543 × 6.299 × 1.673 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 309 kN, C0 340 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 38 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 3350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32218 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32218 are bore code 18, so 18 × 5 = 90 mm bore. The 160 mm OD and 42.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32218 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32218 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32218 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32218 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32218",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32218",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32218"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32219-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32219",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 348,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 43,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 4100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32219 is a 95×170×45.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy section entry in the 32200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 32219 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 22 for the heavy section, final digits 19 for the 95 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32219 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 348 kN and C0 390 kN, the 32219 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,800 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32219 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 95 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.190 mm for this diameter range) and the 170 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 170.000/170.020 mm; the 45.5 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 4100 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95 mm bore 32219 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 95 mm bore (170×45.5 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30219; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32219 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32219 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 32219 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 348/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32219 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32219 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32219?",
        "a": "The SKF 32219 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm width (3.74 × 6.693 × 1.791 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 348 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 43 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 4100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32219 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32219 are bore code 19, so 19 × 5 = 95 mm bore. The 170 mm OD and 45.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32219 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32219 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32219 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32219 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32219",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32219",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32219"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32220-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32220",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 49,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 390,
    "static_load_kN": 440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 48,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 4950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32220 appears as SKF 32220: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, 32220 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy section series 22, and bore reference 20 resolving to 100 mm; 180 mm OD and 49 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 32220 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.13 (static 440 kN against dynamic 390 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 48 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32220 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 100 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 4950 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 149 g of the total; the 100 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 180 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 49 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 32220 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 100 mm bore (180×49 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30220; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32220 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32220 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 4950 g mass and 49 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32220.",
      "The 390/440 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32220 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32220 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32220?",
        "a": "The SKF 32220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 49 mm width (3.937 × 7.087 × 1.929 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 390 kN, C0 440 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 48 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 4950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32220 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32220 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 49 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32220 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32220 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32220 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32220 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32220",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32220",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32220"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32221-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32221",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 53,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 443,
    "static_load_kN": 510,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 6000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32221 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 105 mm bore entry in the 32200 series, dimensioned 190 mm OD and 53 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32221 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 105 mm bore — which is why the 190×53 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32221 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 42.5 mm radial section height ((190−105)/2) and 6000 g catalogue mass frame a 105 mm bore bearing rated at 443 kN C — roughly 4.22 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. For a 105 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32221 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32200 series at 105 mm bore, the 190 mm OD and 53 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 42.5 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 6000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 105 mm bore 32221 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 105 mm bore (190×53 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30221; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32221 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32221 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 32221 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 443/510 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32221 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32221 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32221?",
        "a": "The SKF 32221 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 53 mm width (4.134 × 7.48 × 2.087 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 443 kN, C0 510 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 55 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 6000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32221 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32221 are bore code 21, so 21 × 5 = 105 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 53 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32221 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32221 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32221 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32221 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32221",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32221",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32221"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32222-SKF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32222",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 491,
    "static_load_kN": 570,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 61,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 7100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 110 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32222 under catalogue execution SKF 32222: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 family.On the SKF nameplate, 32222 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 22 for the heavy section, final digits 22 for the 110 mm bore. In SKF suffix language a bare 32222 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 7100 g for the 110×200×56 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Mounting practice for 32222: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 110 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 110 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 88000 and 132000 r/min in real machinery, and the 200 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 208 mm outer abutment; the 56 mm width and 7100 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 32222 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 322 series at 110 mm bore (200×56 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30222; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32222 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 32222 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 56 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 491/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32222 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32222 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32222?",
        "a": "The SKF 32222 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 56 mm width (4.331 × 7.874 × 2.205 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 491 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 61 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 7100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32222 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32222 are bore code 22, so 22 × 5 = 110 mm bore. The 200 mm OD and 56 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32222 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32222 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32222 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32222 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32222",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32222",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32222"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32224",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32224",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 61.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 573,
    "static_load_kN": 695,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 9050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32224 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 120 mm shaft, heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 120 mm bore; the 215 mm OD and 61.5 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. In SKF suffix language a bare 32224 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single 32224 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 120 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.240 mm for this diameter range) and the 215 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 215.000/215.020 mm; the 61.5 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 9050 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 120 mm bore (215×61.5 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30224; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "At the 573 kN rating of 32224, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32224 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 32224 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 573/695 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32224 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32224 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32224?",
        "a": "The SKF 32224 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 61.5 mm width (4.724 × 8.465 × 2.421 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 573 kN, C0 695 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 9050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32224 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32224 are bore code 24, so 24 × 5 = 120 mm bore. The 215 mm OD and 61.5 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32224 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32224 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32224 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32224 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32224",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32224"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32226",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32226",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 67.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 590,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32226 is a 130×230×67.75 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy section entry in the 32200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32226 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 130 mm bore — which is why the 230×67.75 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 32226 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 85 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.41 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32226 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 590 kN basic dynamic rating C and 830 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.41, and dividing C by the 130 mm bore yields 4.54 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 85 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 130 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 130 mm bore (230×67.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30226; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32226 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32226 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 590/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32226 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32226 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32226?",
        "a": "The SKF 32226 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 67.75 mm width (5.118 × 9.055 × 2.667 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 590 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32226 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32226 are bore code 26, so 26 × 5 = 130 mm bore. The 230 mm OD and 67.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32226 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32226 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32226 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32226 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32226",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32226"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32228",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32228",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 71.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 691,
    "static_load_kN": 1000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 100,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32228 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in the 32200 series, dimensioned 250 mm OD and 71.75 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 28 = 140 mm; dimensions 140×250×71.75 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 32228 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 55.0 mm radial section height ((250−140)/2) and 14000 g catalogue mass frame a 140 mm bore bearing rated at 691 kN C — roughly 4.94 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. For a 140 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32228 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32200 series at 140 mm bore, the 250 mm OD and 71.75 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 55.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 14000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 140 mm bore (250×71.75 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30228; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32228 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32228 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 32228 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 691/1000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32228 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32228 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32228?",
        "a": "The SKF 32228 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 71.75 mm width (5.512 × 9.843 × 2.825 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 691 kN, C0 1000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 100 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 14000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32228 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32228 are bore code 28, so 28 × 5 = 140 mm bore. The 250 mm OD and 71.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32228 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32228 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32228 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32228 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32228",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32228"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32230",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32230",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 77,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 782,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 112,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 18000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32230 (SKF 32230) is the heavy section tapered roller choice for a 150 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 270×77 mm ISO 355 envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 32230 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 22 for the heavy section, final digits 30 for the 150 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.46 (static 1140 kN against dynamic 782 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 112 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32230 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 150 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.300 mm for this diameter range) and the 270 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 270.000/270.020 mm; the 77 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 18000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 150 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 150 mm bore (270×77 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30230; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32230 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 782 kN rating of 32230, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,400 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 782/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32230 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32230 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32230?",
        "a": "The SKF 32230 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 77 mm width (5.906 × 10.63 × 3.031 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 782 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 112 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 18000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32230 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32230 are bore code 30, so 30 × 5 = 150 mm bore. The 270 mm OD and 77 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32230 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32230 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32230 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32230 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32230",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32230"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32232",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32232",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 934,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 23000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32232 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32200 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 160 mm bore; the 290 mm OD and 84 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 23000 g for the 160×290×84 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32232 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 934 kN basic dynamic rating C and 1400 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.50, and dividing C by the 160 mm bore yields 5.84 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 132 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 160 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 160 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 160 mm bore (290×84 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30232; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "At the 934 kN rating of 32232, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32232 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 290 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 934/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32232 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32232 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32232?",
        "a": "The SKF 32232 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 84 mm width (6.299 × 11.417 × 3.307 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 934 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 23000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32232 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32232 are bore code 32, so 32 × 5 = 160 mm bore. The 290 mm OD and 84 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32232 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32232 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32232 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32232 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32232",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32232"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32234",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32234",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 91,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1075,
    "static_load_kN": 1630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 150,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 28500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32234 appears as SKF 32234: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32234 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 170 mm bore — which is why the 310×91 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,500 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32234 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 170 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 32200 series at 170 mm bore, the 310 mm OD and 91 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 70.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 28500 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 170 mm bore (310×91 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30234; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32234 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32234 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 28500 g mass and 91 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32234.",
      "The 1075/1630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32234 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32234 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32234?",
        "a": "The SKF 32234 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 91 mm width (6.693 × 12.205 × 3.583 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1075 kN, C0 1630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 150 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 28500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32234 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32234 are bore code 34, so 34 × 5 = 170 mm bore. The 310 mm OD and 91 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32234 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32234 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32234 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32234 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32234",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32234"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32236",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32236",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 91,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1069,
    "static_load_kN": 1630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 150,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 29500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 180 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32236 under catalogue execution SKF 32236: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the heavy section of the 32200 family.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 36 = 180 mm; dimensions 180×320×91 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 150 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.52 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Mounting practice for 32236: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 180 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 70.0 mm half-section ((320−180)/2) of this 32200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 250 mm, and the 91 mm axial width is split between cone (50 mm) and cup rib (41 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 29500 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 180 mm bore (320×91 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30236; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32236 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single 32236 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 91 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 1069/1630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32236 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32236 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32236?",
        "a": "The SKF 32236 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 91 mm width (7.087 × 12.598 × 3.583 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1069 kN, C0 1630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 150 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 29500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32236 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32236 are bore code 36, so 36 × 5 = 180 mm bore. The 320 mm OD and 91 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32236 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32236 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32236 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32236 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32236",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32236"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32238",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32238",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 97,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1267,
    "static_load_kN": 1930,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 176,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 36000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32238 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 190 mm shaft, heavy section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 32238 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), heavy section series 22, and bore reference 38 resolving to 190 mm; 340 mm OD and 97 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 75.0 mm radial section height ((340−190)/2) and 36000 g catalogue mass frame a 190 mm bore bearing rated at 1267 kN C — roughly 6.67 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 32238 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 1,300 r/min thermal reference, the 190 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 247k, and the 75.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 1,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 36000 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 190 mm bore (340×97 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30238; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "A single 32238 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32238 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 32238 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 1267/1930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32238 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32238 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32238?",
        "a": "The SKF 32238 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 190 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 97 mm width (7.48 × 13.386 × 3.819 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1267 kN, C0 1930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 176 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 36000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32238 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32238 are bore code 38, so 38 × 5 = 190 mm bore. The 340 mm OD and 97 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32238 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32238 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32238 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32238 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32238",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32238"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32240",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32240",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1300,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 42500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32240 is a 200×360×104 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the heavy section entry in the 32200 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 22 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (heavy section), and the last two digits encode the 200 mm bore; the 360 mm OD and 104 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 1,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for 32240: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 200 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 200 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 160000 and 240000 r/min in real machinery, and the 360 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 368 mm outer abutment; the 104 mm width and 42500 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 200 mm bore (360×104 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30240; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "At the 1300 kN rating of 32240, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,700 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32240 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 32240 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 1300/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32240 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32240 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32240?",
        "a": "The SKF 32240 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 104 mm width (7.874 × 14.173 × 4.094 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1300 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 42500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32240 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32240 are bore code 40, so 40 × 5 = 200 mm bore. The 360 mm OD and 104 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32240 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32240 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32240 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32240 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32240",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32240"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32244",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32244",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1720,
    "static_load_kN": 2700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 232,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 59500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32244 (SKF 32244) is the heavy section tapered roller choice for a 220 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 400×114 mm ISO 355 envelope.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 22 (the heavy section), and bore code 44 = 220 mm; dimensions 220×400×114 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 90.0 mm radial section height ((400−220)/2) and 59500 g catalogue mass frame a 220 mm bore bearing rated at 1720 kN C — roughly 7.82 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32244 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 1720 kN basic dynamic rating C and 2700 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.57, and dividing C by the 220 mm bore yields 7.82 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 232 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 220 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 322 series at 220 mm bore (400×114 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30244; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32244 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32244 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 400 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 1720/2700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32244 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32244 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32244?",
        "a": "The SKF 32244 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 114 mm width (8.661 × 15.748 × 4.488 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1720 kN, C0 2700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 232 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 59500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32244 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32244 are bore code 44, so 44 × 5 = 220 mm bore. The 400 mm OD and 114 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32244 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32244 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32244 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32244 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32244",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32244"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "322-28",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 322/28 B",
    "series": "32200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28,
    "D_mm": 58,
    "B_mm": 20.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 51.9,
    "static_load_kN": 50,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.5,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 322/28 B belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 28 mm bore entry in the 32200 series, dimensioned 58 mm OD and 20.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 322 means tapered-roller type 3, heavy section series 22, 28 mm bore — which is why the 58×20.25 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 9,500 r/min thermal reference and 12,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 28 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 322 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 250 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 8 g of the total; the 28 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 58 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 20.25 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 322 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 322 series at 28 mm bore (58×20.25 mm) is a wider, higher-capacity section than 30222; do not substitute without re-checking shaft shoulder diameters and pair setting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 322 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 322 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 322 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 51.9/50 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 322 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 322/28 B designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 322?",
        "a": "The SKF 322/28 B is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 28 mm bore, 58 mm outer diameter and 20.25 mm width (1.102 × 2.283 × 0.797 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 51.9 kN, C0 50 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 5.5 kN, reference speed 9,500 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 322 bore code work?",
        "a": "Non-standard bore sizes like 322 give the bore directly in millimetres after the slash, so 22 here means a 28 mm bore rather than a code × 5 value. The 58 mm OD and 20.25 mm width still follow the ISO 355 dimension-series plan for the 320 family."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 322 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 22 is the ISO 355 series (heavy section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 322 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 322 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 322 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "322-28",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "322-28"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32911",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32911",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 17,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 51.7,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.2,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 280,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32911 appears as SKF 32911: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the very-light thin section of the 32900 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 29 (the very-light thin section), and bore code 11 = 55 mm; dimensions 55×80×17 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2BC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 12.5 mm radial section height ((80−55)/2) and 280 g catalogue mass frame a 55 mm bore bearing rated at 51.7 kN C — roughly 0.94 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Mounting practice for 32911: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 55 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Load system: the 51.7 kN basic dynamic rating C and 69.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.34, and dividing C by the 55 mm bore yields 0.94 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.2 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 55 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 55 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 32911 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 329 series at 55 mm bore (80×17 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30211 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32911 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32911 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 51.7/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32911 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32911 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32911?",
        "a": "The SKF 32911 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 55 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 17 mm width (2.165 × 3.15 × 0.669 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 51.7 kN, C0 69.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.2 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 280 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32911 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32911 are bore code 11, so 11 × 5 = 55 mm bore. The 80 mm OD and 17 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32911 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32911 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32911 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32911 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32911",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32911"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32920",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 147,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 100 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32920 under catalogue execution SKF 32920: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the very-light thin section of the 32900 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 29 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (very-light thin section), and the last two digits encode the 100 mm bore; the 140 mm OD and 25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,400 r/min thermal reference and 4,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32920 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 100 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Cross-section geometry: the 20.0 mm half-section ((140−100)/2) of this 32900-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 120 mm, and the 25 mm axial width is split between cone (14 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1150 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore 32920 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 329 series at 100 mm bore (140×25 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30220 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32920 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32920 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 147/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32920 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32920?",
        "a": "The SKF 32920 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 25 mm width (3.937 × 5.512 × 0.984 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 147 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.4 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 1150 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32920 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32920 are bore code 20, so 20 × 5 = 100 mm bore. The 140 mm OD and 25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32920 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32920 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32920 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32920 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32920-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 100×140×25 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32920",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32924",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32924",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 165,
    "B_mm": 29,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 204,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 1800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32924 is a 120×165×29 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the very-light thin section entry in the 32900 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 29 (the very-light thin section), and bore code 24 = 120 mm; dimensions 120×165×29 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 22.5 mm radial section height ((165−120)/2) and 1800 g catalogue mass frame a 120 mm bore bearing rated at 204 kN C — roughly 1.70 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 32924 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1800 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32900 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 54 g of the total; the 120 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 165 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 29 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 120 mm bore (165×29 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30224 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32924 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32924 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 1800 g mass and 29 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32924.",
      "The 204/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32924 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32924 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32924?",
        "a": "The SKF 32924 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120 mm bore, 165 mm outer diameter and 29 mm width (4.724 × 6.496 × 1.142 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 204 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 32 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 1800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32924 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32924 are bore code 24, so 24 × 5 = 120 mm bore. The 165 mm OD and 29 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32924 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32924 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32924 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32924 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32924-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 120×165×29 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32924",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32924"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32926",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32926",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 245,
    "static_load_kN": 365,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 38,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32926 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 130 mm bore entry in the 32900 series, dimensioned 180 mm OD and 32 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.Digit by digit, 32926 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), very-light thin section series 29, and bore reference 26 resolving to 130 mm; 180 mm OD and 32 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 2,600 r/min reference speed the 25.0 mm-section 32926 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,200 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32926 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 104000 and 156000 r/min in real machinery, and the 180 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 188 mm outer abutment; the 32 mm width and 2400 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32900-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 130 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 130 mm bore (180×32 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30226 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32926 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32926 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 32 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 245/365 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32926 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32926 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32926?",
        "a": "The SKF 32926 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 130 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (5.118 × 7.087 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 245 kN, C0 365 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 38 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 2400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32926 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32926 are bore code 26, so 26 × 5 = 130 mm bore. The 180 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32926 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32926 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32926 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32926 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32926-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 130×180×32 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32926",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32926"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32928",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32928",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 32,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 252,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32928 (SKF 32928) is the very-light thin section tapered roller choice for a 140 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 190×32 mm ISO 355 envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 32928 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 29 for the very-light thin section, final digits 28 for the 140 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 2CC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 252 kN and C0 390 kN, the 32928 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,000 r/min. For a 140 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 32928 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.280 mm for this diameter range) and the 190 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 190.000/190.020 mm; the 32 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 2550 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 140 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 140 mm bore (190×32 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30228 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "A single 32928 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 32928 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 32928 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 252/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32928 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32928 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32928?",
        "a": "The SKF 32928 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 140 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 32 mm width (5.512 × 7.48 × 1.26 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 252 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 2550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32928 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32928 are bore code 28, so 28 × 5 = 140 mm bore. The 190 mm OD and 32 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32928 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32928 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32928 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32928 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32928",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32928"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32934",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32934",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 38,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 351,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 4500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 170 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32934 under catalogue execution SKF 32934: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the very-light thin section of the 32900 family.Digit by digit, 32934 reads as bearing type 3 (single-row tapered roller), very-light thin section series 29, and bore reference 34 resolving to 170 mm; 230 mm OD and 38 mm width are the matching ISO 355 boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 3DC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 351 kN and C0 585 kN, the 32934 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,400 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32934 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,000 r/min thermal reference, the 170 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 340k, and the 30.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 2,400 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 4500 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 170 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 170 mm bore (230×38 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30234 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32934 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32934 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 230 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 351/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32934 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32934 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32934?",
        "a": "The SKF 32934 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 170 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 38 mm width (6.693 × 9.055 × 1.496 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 351 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 55 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 4500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32934 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32934 are bore code 34, so 34 × 5 = 170 mm bore. The 230 mm OD and 38 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32934 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32934 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32934 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32934 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32934",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32934"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32936",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32936",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 435,
    "static_load_kN": 735,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 68,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 6650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32936 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 180 mm shaft, very-light thin section, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.On the SKF nameplate, 32936 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 29 for the very-light thin section, final digits 36 for the 180 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 4DC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.69 (static 735 kN against dynamic 435 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 68 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32936 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Material and manufacturing detail: the 6650 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32900 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 200 g of the total; the 180 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 250 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 45 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 180 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 180 mm bore (250×45 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30236 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "A single 32936 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 32936 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 6650 g mass and 45 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32936.",
      "The 435/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32936 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32936 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32936?",
        "a": "The SKF 32936 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 180 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 45 mm width (7.087 × 9.843 × 1.772 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 435 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 68 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 6650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32936 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32936 are bore code 36, so 36 × 5 = 180 mm bore. The 250 mm OD and 45 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32936 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32936 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32936 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32936 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32936",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32936"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32938",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32938",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 443,
    "static_load_kN": 765,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 7000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32938 is a 190×260×45 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — the very-light thin section entry in the 32900 series, with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 29 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (very-light thin section), and the last two digits encode the 190 mm bore; the 260 mm OD and 45 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 4DC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 7000 g for the 190×260×45 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Because the contact line is tapered, one 32938 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 190 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Operating context for the 190 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 152000 and 228000 r/min in real machinery, and the 260 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 268 mm outer abutment; the 45 mm width and 7000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32900-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 190 mm bore (260×45 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30238 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32938 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 443 kN rating of 32938, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 45 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 443/765 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32938 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32938 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32938?",
        "a": "The SKF 32938 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 190 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 45 mm width (7.48 × 10.236 × 1.772 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 443 kN, C0 765 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 7000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32938 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32938 are bore code 38, so 38 × 5 = 190 mm bore. The 260 mm OD and 45 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32938 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32938 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32938 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32938 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32938-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 190×260×45 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32938",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32938"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32940",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32940",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 51,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 588,
    "static_load_kN": 950,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 9500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32940 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 200 mm bore entry in the 32900 series, dimensioned 280 mm OD and 51 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 29 (the very-light thin section), and bore code 40 = 200 mm; dimensions 200×280×51 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 3EC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 588 kN and C0 950 kN, the 32940 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,000 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 32940 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 588 kN basic dynamic rating C and 950 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.62, and dividing C by the 200 mm bore yields 2.94 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 88 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 200 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 200 mm bore (280×51 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30240 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32940 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "At the 588 kN rating of 32940, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 588/950 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32940 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32940 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32940?",
        "a": "The SKF 32940 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 200 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 51 mm width (7.874 × 11.024 × 2.008 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 588 kN, C0 950 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 88 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 9500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32940 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32940 are bore code 40, so 40 × 5 = 200 mm bore. The 280 mm OD and 51 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32940 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32940 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32940 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32940 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32940",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32940"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32944",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32944",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 51,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 601,
    "static_load_kN": 1000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 91.5,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32944 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the ISO 32900 dimension series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 32944 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 29 for the very-light thin section, final digits 44 for the 220 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 3EC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 10000 g for the 220×300×51 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Mounting practice for 32944: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 220 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((300−220)/2) of this 32900-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 260 mm, and the 51 mm axial width is split between cone (28 mm) and cup rib (23 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 10000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 220 mm bore (300×51 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30244 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "A single 32944 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 32944 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,900 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 601/1000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32944 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32944 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32944?",
        "a": "The SKF 32944 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 220 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 51 mm width (8.661 × 11.811 × 2.008 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 601 kN, C0 1000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 91.5 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 10000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32944 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32944 are bore code 44, so 44 × 5 = 220 mm bore. The 300 mm OD and 51 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32944 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32944 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32944 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32944 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32944",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32944"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32948",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32948",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 51,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 624,
    "static_load_kN": 1080,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 240 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 32948 under catalogue execution SKF 32948: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the very-light thin section of the 32900 family.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 32948 means tapered-roller type 3, very-light thin section series 29, 240 mm bore — which is why the 320×51 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other ISO 355 bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 4EC); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 96.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.73 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 32948 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Material and manufacturing detail: the 11000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 32900 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 330 g of the total; the 240 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 320 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 51 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 240 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 240 mm bore (320×51 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30248 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 32948 mounting error.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 32948 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 11000 g mass and 51 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 32948.",
      "The 624/1080 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32948 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32948 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32948?",
        "a": "The SKF 32948 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 240 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 51 mm width (9.449 × 12.598 × 2.008 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 624 kN, C0 1080 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32948 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32948 are bore code 48, so 48 × 5 = 240 mm bore. The 320 mm OD and 51 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32948 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32948 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32948 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32948 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32948",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32948"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "32960",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32960",
    "series": "32900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1126,
    "static_load_kN": 2240,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 186,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 950,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 31500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32960 appears as SKF 32960: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the very-light thin section of the 32900 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 32960 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 29 for the very-light thin section, final digits 60 for the 300 mm bore. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. 3FD); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 186 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.99 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 32960 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Operating context for the 300 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 240000 and 360000 r/min in real machinery, and the 420 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 428 mm outer abutment; the 76 mm width and 31500 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 32900-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 300 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 329 series at 300 mm bore (420×76 mm) is the very-light thin-section envelope: the smallest OD of any tapered family at this bore, ideal where radial space is severely limited, but capacity is well below a 30260 of the same bore — confirm the L10 life and minimum axial load before choosing it.",
      "A single 32960 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 32960 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 76 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 1126/2240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 32960 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 32960 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32960?",
        "a": "The SKF 32960 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 300 mm bore, 420 mm outer diameter and 76 mm width (11.811 × 16.535 × 2.992 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1126 kN, C0 2240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 186 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 31500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 32960 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 32960 are bore code 60, so 60 × 5 = 300 mm bore. The 420 mm OD and 76 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 32960 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 29 is the ISO 355 series (very-light thin section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32960 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 32960 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 32960 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32960",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32960"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30202",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30202",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 15,
    "D_mm": 35,
    "B_mm": 11.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 18.5,
    "static_load_kN": 14.6,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.43,
    "max_rpm": 20000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 17000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 20000,
    "weight_g": 55,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30202 appears as SKF 30202: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 dimension series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 30202 follows the ISO 355 convention: 3 for the tapered-roller type, 02 for the standard section, final digits 02 for the 15 mm bore. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 18.5 kN and C0 14.6 kN, the 30202 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 20,000 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 30202 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 15 mm shaft typically takes a j5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Operating context for the 15 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the small-bore band typically runs between 12000 and 18000 r/min in real machinery, and the 35 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 43 mm outer abutment; the 11.75 mm width and 55 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 30200-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 15 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30202 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 302 series at 15 mm bore (35×11.75 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32202 or 32302 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "At the 18.5 kN rating of 30202, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 20,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 30202 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 55 g mass and 11.75 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 30202.",
      "The 18.5/14.6 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30202 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30202 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30202?",
        "a": "The SKF 30202 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 15 mm bore, 35 mm outer diameter and 11.75 mm width (0.591 × 1.378 × 0.463 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 18.5 kN, C0 14.6 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1.43 kN, reference speed 17,000 r/min, limiting speed 20,000 r/min, mass about 55 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30202 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30202 are bore code 02, one of the small special codes: 00 = 10 mm, 01 = 12 mm, 02 = 15 mm, 03 = 17 mm — here 02 = 15 mm bore. The 35 mm OD and 11.75 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30202 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 02 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30202 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30202 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30202 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30202",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30202"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30203",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30203",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 17,
    "D_mm": 40,
    "B_mm": 13.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 23.4,
    "static_load_kN": 18.6,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.83,
    "max_rpm": 18000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 18000,
    "weight_g": 79,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30203 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 17 mm bore entry in the 30200 series, dimensioned 40 mm OD and 13.25 mm wide to the ISO 355 boundary plan.The code breaks down as type prefix 3 (tapered roller), series 02 (the standard section), and bore code 03 = 17 mm; dimensions 17×40×13.25 mm therefore match the ISO 355 envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 1.83 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.79 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 17 mm shaft the usual cone seat is j5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 30203 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 79 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 30200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 2 g of the total; the 17 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 40 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 13.25 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 17 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 30203 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 302 series at 17 mm bore (40×13.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32203 or 32303 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 30203 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 30203 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 30203 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 23.4/18.6 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 30203 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 30203 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30203?",
        "a": "The SKF 30203 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 17 mm bore, 40 mm outer diameter and 13.25 mm width (0.669 × 1.575 × 0.522 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 23.4 kN, C0 18.6 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1.83 kN, reference speed 15,000 r/min, limiting speed 18,000 r/min, mass about 79 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 30203 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 30203 are bore code 03, one of the small special codes: 00 = 10 mm, 01 = 12 mm, 02 = 15 mm, 03 = 17 mm — here 03 = 17 mm bore. The 40 mm OD and 13.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 30203 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 02 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30203 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 30203 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 30203 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30203-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30203",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30203"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "302-28",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 302/28",
    "series": "30200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28,
    "D_mm": 58,
    "B_mm": 17.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 46.6,
    "static_load_kN": 41.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.4,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 28 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 302 under catalogue execution SKF 302/28: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the standard section of the 30200 family.Reading the designation: the leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing, the 02 is the ISO 355 diameter/width series (standard section), and the last two digits encode the 28 mm bore; the 58 mm OD and 17.25 mm width follow the ISO 355 general plan. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.89 (static 41.5 kN against dynamic 46.6 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 4.4 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 302 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Material and manufacturing detail: the 200 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 30200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 6 g of the total; the 28 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 58 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 17.25 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 302 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 302 series at 28 mm bore (58×17.25 mm) is the standard tapered-roller envelope; stepping to a 32202 or 32302 changes OD, width and heat generation — it is not a drop-in swap when the housing and speed are fixed.",
      "At the 46.6 kN rating of 302, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 12,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 302 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 58 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 46.6/41.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 302 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 302/28 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 302?",
        "a": "The SKF 302/28 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 28 mm bore, 58 mm outer diameter and 17.25 mm width (1.102 × 2.283 × 0.679 in) per ISO 355. From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 46.6 kN, C0 41.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.4 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 302 bore code work?",
        "a": "The last two digits of 302 are bore code 02, one of the small special codes: 00 = 10 mm, 01 = 12 mm, 02 = 15 mm, 03 = 17 mm — here 02 = 28 mm bore. The 58 mm OD and 17.25 mm width come from the ISO 355 dimension-series plan, shared with other tapered bearings of the same code."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the 302 series and basic execution designations mean?",
        "a": "The leading 3 marks a single-row tapered roller bearing; the second digit 02 is the ISO 355 series (standard section). The SKF catalogue lists the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number. A steeper-contact-angle variant (B suffix) is a different order number and is not interchangeable with the basic execution."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 302 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 302 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 302 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "302-28",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 355 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.1 metric single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "302-28"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "A4059-A4138",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF A 4059/A 4138",
    "series": "A4000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 15,
    "D_mm": 34.988,
    "B_mm": 10.998,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 16.5,
    "static_load_kN": 13.2,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.29,
    "max_rpm": 22000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 17000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 22000,
    "weight_g": 51,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cone-and-cup identity in A4059: the leading A 4059 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing A 4138 reference identifies the outer ring. The A4000-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 34.988 mm OD or 10.998 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 15 mm.Ordering number SKF A 4059/A 4138 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 15 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The A4000-series series assigns 15 mm bore, 34.988 mm OD and 10.998 mm width to A4059; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare A4059 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 17,000 r/min thermal reference and 22,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of A4059 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 16.5 kN basic dynamic rating C and 13.2 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.80, and dividing C by the 15 mm bore yields 1.10 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 1.29 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 15 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 15 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched A4059 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The A4000-series inch series at 15 mm bore (34.988×10.998 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common A4059 mounting error.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one A4059 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open A4059 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 16.5/13.2 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of A4059 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF A 4059/A 4138 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is A4059 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of A4059?",
        "a": "The SKF A 4059/A 4138 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 15 mm bore, 34.988 mm outer diameter and 10.998 mm width (0.591 × 1.377 × 0.433 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 16.5 kN, C0 13.2 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1.29 kN, reference speed 17,000 r/min, limiting speed 22,000 r/min, mass about 51 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the A4059 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the A4000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 15×34.988×10.998 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in A4059 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (A4000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single A4059 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "A4059-A4138-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 15×34.988×10.998 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "A4059-A4138",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "A4059-A4138"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "11590-11520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 11590/11520",
    "series": "11500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 15.875,
    "D_mm": 42.862,
    "B_mm": 14.288,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 21.5,
    "static_load_kN": 17.6,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 1.8,
    "max_rpm": 17000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 17000,
    "weight_g": 100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The cup reference 11520 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 11590 cone, produces the 15.875/42.862/14.288 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 11590. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 11500-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 11590 appears as SKF 11590/11520: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 11500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: 11590 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 11500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 15.875 mm bore, 42.862 mm OD and 14.288 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 11590 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 21.5 kN and C0 17.6 kN, the 11590 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 17,000 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 11590 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 15.875 mm shaft typically takes a j5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 13,000 r/min thermal reference, the 15.875 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 206k, and the 13.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 17,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 100 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 15.875 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 11590 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 11500-series inch series at 15.875 mm bore (42.862×14.288 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 21.5 kN rating of 11590, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 17,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 11590 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 42.862 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 21.5/17.6 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 11590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 11590/11520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 11590 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 11590?",
        "a": "The SKF 11590/11520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 15.875 mm bore, 42.862 mm outer diameter and 14.288 mm width (0.625 × 1.687 × 0.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 21.5 kN, C0 17.6 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 1.8 kN, reference speed 13,000 r/min, limiting speed 17,000 r/min, mass about 100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 11590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 11500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 15.875×42.862×14.288 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 11590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (11500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 11590 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11590-11520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 15.875×42.862×14.288 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11590-11520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "11590-11520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM11749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 11749/710",
    "series": "LM11700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 17.462,
    "D_mm": 39.878,
    "B_mm": 13.843,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 26.1,
    "static_load_kN": 20.8,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.12,
    "max_rpm": 18000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 18000,
    "weight_g": 82,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM11700-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 17.462×39.878×13.843 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 82 g for the 17.462×39.878×13.843 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of LM11749 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Cross-section geometry: the 11.2 mm half-section ((39.878−17.462)/2) of this LM100-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 28 mm, and the 13.843 mm axial width is split between cone (8 mm) and cup rib (6 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 82 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cone versus cup responsibility in LM11749: the LM 11749 cone carries the 17.462 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 710 cup carries the 39.878 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM11749 appears as SKF LM 11749/710: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM11700-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 17.462 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched LM11749 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The LM11700-series inch series at 17.462 mm bore (39.878×13.843 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM11749 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM11749 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 15,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 18,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 26.1/20.8 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM11749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 11749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the LM11749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM11700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 17.462×39.878×13.843 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM11749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM11700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM11749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM11749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM11749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM11749?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a j5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 13.843 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM11749-LM11710",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 17.462×39.878×13.843 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM11749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM11749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM11949-910",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 11949/910",
    "series": "LM11900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 19.05,
    "D_mm": 45.237,
    "B_mm": 15.494,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 33.8,
    "static_load_kN": 27.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 2.9,
    "max_rpm": 16000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 16000,
    "weight_g": 120,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 2.9 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.81 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM11949 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the LM100 series at 19.05 mm bore, the 45.237 mm OD and 15.494 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 13.1 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 120 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cone versus cup responsibility in LM11949: the LM 11949 cone carries the 19.05 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 910 cup carries the 45.237 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.The SKF LM 11949/910 is a 19.05×45.237×15.494 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: LM11949 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM11900-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 19.05 mm bore, 45.237 mm OD and 15.494 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare LM11949 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 19.05 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched LM11949 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The LM11900-series inch series at 19.05 mm bore (45.237×15.494 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM11949 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM11949 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 45.237 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 33.8/27.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM11949 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 11949/910 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM11949 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM11949 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM11949 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM11949?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 15.494 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM11949 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM11949?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 11949/910 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 19.05 mm bore, 45.237 mm outer diameter and 15.494 mm width (0.75 × 1.781 × 0.61 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 33.8 kN, C0 27.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 2.9 kN, reference speed 13,000 r/min, limiting speed 16,000 r/min, mass about 120 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM11949-LM11910",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM11949-910",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM11949-910"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M12649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 12649/610",
    "series": "M12600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 21.43,
    "D_mm": 50.005,
    "B_mm": 17.526,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 45.4,
    "static_load_kN": 38,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.15,
    "max_rpm": 15000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "weight_g": 170,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 21.43 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists M12649 under catalogue execution SKF M 12649/610: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch M12600-series.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (M12600-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 21.43×50.005×17.526 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 12,000 r/min reference speed the 14.3 mm-section M12649 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 15,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single M12649 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Load system: the 45.4 kN basic dynamic rating C and 38 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.84, and dividing C by the 21.43 mm bore yields 2.12 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 4.15 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 21.43 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: M12649 pairs the M 12649 cone with the 610 cup under the M12600-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.",
    "applications": [
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "power-tool gear heads"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 21.43 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched M12649 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The M12600-series inch series at 21.43 mm bore (50.005×17.526 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single M12649 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 45.4 kN rating of M12649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 15,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open M12649 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 45.4/38 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M12649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 12649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M12649?",
        "a": "The SKF M 12649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 21.43 mm bore, 50.005 mm outer diameter and 17.526 mm width (0.844 × 1.969 × 0.69 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 45.4 kN, C0 38 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.15 kN, reference speed 12,000 r/min, limiting speed 15,000 r/min, mass about 170 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M12649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M12600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 21.43×50.005×17.526 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M12649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M12600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M12649 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M12649 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M12649 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M12649-M12610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M12649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M12649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM12749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 12749/710",
    "series": "LM12700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 22,
    "D_mm": 45.237,
    "B_mm": 15.494,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 33.9,
    "static_load_kN": 31,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.2,
    "max_rpm": 15000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "weight_g": 120,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM12749 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM12700-series series — which is why the 22×45.237×15.494 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare LM12749 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 33.9 kN and C0 31 kN, the LM12749 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 15,000 r/min. Mounting practice for LM12749: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 22 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 12,000 r/min thermal reference, the 22 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 264k, and the 11.6 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 15,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 120 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. The cup reference 710 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the LM 12749 cone, produces the 22/45.237/15.494 mm envelope catalogue-listed as LM12749. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the LM12700-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.LM12749 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM12700-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "agricultural implement hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 22 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched LM12749 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The LM12700-series inch series at 22 mm bore (45.237×15.494 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 33.9 kN rating of LM12749, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 15,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM12749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 45.237 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 33.9/31 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM12749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 12749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the LM12749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM12700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 22×45.237×15.494 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM12749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM12700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM12749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM12749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM12749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM12749?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 15.494 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM12749-LM12711",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM12749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM12749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM12749-711",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 12749/711",
    "series": "LM12700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 22,
    "D_mm": 45.974,
    "B_mm": 15.494,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 33.9,
    "static_load_kN": 31,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.2,
    "max_rpm": 15000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 15000,
    "weight_g": 120,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare LM12749 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 3.2 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.91 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single LM12749 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Load system: the 33.9 kN basic dynamic rating C and 31 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.91, and dividing C by the 22 mm bore yields 1.54 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 3.2 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 22 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cone versus cup responsibility in LM12749: the LM 12749 cone carries the 22 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 711 cup carries the 45.974 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.The SKF LM 12749/711 is a 22×45.974×15.494 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, LM12749 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the LM12700-series inch series; the 22 mm bore, 45.974 mm OD and 15.494 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values.",
    "applications": [
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "agricultural implement hubs",
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 22 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched LM12749 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The LM12700-series inch series at 22 mm bore (45.974×15.494 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single LM12749 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM12749 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The LM12749 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 33.9/31 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM12749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 12749/711 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM12749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM12700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM12749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM12749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM12749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM12749?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 15.494 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM12749 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM12749-LM12711",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM12749-711",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM12749-711"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "1380-1328",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 1380/1328",
    "series": "1300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 22.225,
    "D_mm": 52.388,
    "B_mm": 19.368,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 51.5,
    "static_load_kN": 44,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.8,
    "max_rpm": 14000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 14000,
    "weight_g": 200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 22.225 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the small-bore band typically runs between 17780 and 26670 r/min in real machinery, and the 52.388 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 60 mm outer abutment; the 19.368 mm width and 200 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 13800-series envelope. The cup reference 1328 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 1380 cone, produces the 22.225/52.388/19.368 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 1380. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 1300-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.SKF 1380 (SKF 1380/1328) is the 1300-series tapered roller choice for a 22.225 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 52.388×19.368 mm envelope.The 1300-series series assigns 22.225 mm bore, 52.388 mm OD and 19.368 mm width to 1380; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 51.5 kN and C0 44 kN, the 1380 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 14,000 r/min. For a 22.225 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 1380 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "small conveyor drive pulleys",
      "power-tool gear heads",
      "small automotive wheel hubs and trailer axles",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At a 22.225 mm bore the thin cone and cup are easily distorted by an over-tight shaft nut; check seat runout (target Ra ≤ 0.8 µm) and torque the locknut progressively — a pinched 1380 shows up as gearbox vibration long before it fails.",
      "The 1300-series inch series at 22.225 mm bore (52.388×19.368 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 1380 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 1380 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 200 g mass and 19.368 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 1380.",
      "The 51.5/44 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 1380 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 1380/1328 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 1380?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.368 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 1380 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 1380?",
        "a": "The SKF 1380/1328 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 22.225 mm bore, 52.388 mm outer diameter and 19.368 mm width (0.875 × 2.063 × 0.763 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 51.5 kN, C0 44 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.8 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 14,000 r/min, mass about 200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 1380 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 1300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 22.225×52.388×19.368 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 1380 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (1300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1380-1328-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 22.225×52.388×19.368 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1380-1329",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1380-1328",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "1380-1328"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L44643-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 44643/610",
    "series": "L44600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25.4,
    "D_mm": 50.292,
    "B_mm": 14.224,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 32,
    "static_load_kN": 30,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 130,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two L44643 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 12.4 mm half-section ((50.292−25.4)/2) of this L4400-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 37 mm, and the 14.224 mm axial width is split between cone (8 mm) and cup rib (6 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 130 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Within the L44600-series tables, L 44643 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. L44643 is the 610 variant, with 50.292 mm OD and 14.224 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.Ordering number SKF L 44643/610 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 25.4 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: L44643 means a cone and cup matched pair in the L44600-series series — which is why the 25.4×50.292×14.224 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 3 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.94 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 25.4 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight L44643 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The L44600-series inch series at 25.4 mm bore (50.292×14.224 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L44643 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the L44643 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 14.224 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 32/30 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L44643 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 44643/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does L44643 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L44643 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L44643?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 14.224 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L44643 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L44643?",
        "a": "The SKF L 44643/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25.4 mm bore, 50.292 mm outer diameter and 14.224 mm width (1 × 1.98 × 0.56 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 32 kN, C0 30 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 130 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L44643 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L44600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 25.4×50.292×14.224 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L44643-L44610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 25.4×50.292×14.224 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L44643-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L44643-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "15578-15520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 15578/15520",
    "series": "15500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25.4,
    "D_mm": 57.15,
    "B_mm": 17.462,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 49.1,
    "static_load_kN": 45.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.9,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 220,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 15.9 mm half-section ((57.15−25.4)/2) of this 15500-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 41 mm, and the 17.462 mm axial width is split between cone (10 mm) and cup rib (8 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 220 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 15578 pairs the 15578 cone with the 15520 cup under the 15500-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 15578 appears as SKF 15578/15520: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 15500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.In SKF inch-series tables 15578 sits at 25.4 mm bore (1 in) with a 57.15 mm cup OD and 17.462 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 15500-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 220 g for the 25.4×57.15×17.462 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 15578 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 25.4 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 15578 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 15500-series inch series at 25.4 mm bore (57.15×17.462 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 15578 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 49.1 kN rating of 15578, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 12,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 220 g mass and 17.462 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 15578.",
      "The 49.1/45.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 15578 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 15578/15520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 15578?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 17.462 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 15578 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 15578?",
        "a": "The SKF 15578/15520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25.4 mm bore, 57.15 mm outer diameter and 17.462 mm width (1 × 2.25 × 0.687 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 49.1 kN, C0 45.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.9 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 220 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 15578 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 15500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 25.4×57.15×17.462 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 15578 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (15500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15578-15520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "15578-15520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M84548-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 84548/510",
    "series": "M84500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25.4,
    "D_mm": 57.15,
    "B_mm": 19.431,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 48.8,
    "static_load_kN": 45,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables M84548 sits at 25.4 mm bore (1 in) with a 57.15 mm cup OD and 19.431 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the M84500-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 10,000 r/min thermal reference and 12,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 25.4 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two M84548 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 10,000 r/min thermal reference, the 25.4 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 254k, and the 15.9 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 12,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 240 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Why the cup reference matters here: in the M84500-series tables the M 84548 cone appears against several cup options. M84548 is the pairing with 510, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 57.15 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 19.431 mm assembled width.Ordering number SKF M 84548/510 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 25.4 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 25.4 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M84548 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M84500-series inch series at 25.4 mm bore (57.15×19.431 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single M84548 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common M84548 mounting error.",
      "The M84548 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 48.8/45 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M84548 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 84548/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the M84548 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M84500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 25.4×57.15×19.431 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M84548 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M84500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M84548 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M84548 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M84548 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M84548?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.431 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M84548-M84510",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M84548-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M84548-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "15101-15245",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 15101/15245",
    "series": "15000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25.4,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 19.05,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 59.5,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 25.4 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 20320 and 30480 r/min in real machinery, and the 62 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 70 mm outer abutment; the 19.05 mm width and 300 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 15100-series envelope. The cup reference 15245 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 15101 cone, produces the 25.4/62/19.05 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 15101. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 15000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.The SKF 15101/15245 is a 25.4×62×19.05 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (15000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 25.4×62×19.05 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 15101 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 300 g for the 25.4×62×19.05 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 15101 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 25.4 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 15101 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 15000-series inch series at 25.4 mm bore (62×19.05 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 15101 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 15101 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 59.5/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 15101 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 15101/15245 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 15101?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.05 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 15101 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 15101?",
        "a": "The SKF 15101/15245 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 25.4 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 19.05 mm width (1 × 2.441 × 0.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 59.5 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 15101 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 15000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 25.4×62×19.05 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 15101 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (15000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15101-15243",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 25.4×62×19.05 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15101-15245",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "15101-15245"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "15103S-15245",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 15103 S/15245",
    "series": "15000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25.4,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 19.05,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 59.5,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 290,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (15000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 25.4×62×19.05 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 9,000 r/min reference speed the 18.3 mm-section 15103S is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 11,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 15103S must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 9,000 r/min thermal reference, the 25.4 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 229k, and the 18.3 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 11,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 290 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 15245: the outer ring's rib profile and the 62 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 15000-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 15103 S cone changes both the assembled 19.05 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.The SKF 15103 S/15245 is a 25.4×62×19.05 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 25.4 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 15103S pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 15000-series inch series at 25.4 mm bore (62×19.05 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 15103S mounting error.",
      "A single 15103S cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 62 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 59.5/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 15103S (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 15103 S/15245 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 15103S inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 15000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 25.4×62×19.05 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 15103S mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (15000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 15103S take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 15103S compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 15103S position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 15103S?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.05 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15103S-15245",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "15103S-15245"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L44649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 44649/610",
    "series": "L44600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 26.988,
    "D_mm": 50.292,
    "B_mm": 14.224,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 32,
    "static_load_kN": 30,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 120,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 11,000 r/min reference speed the 11.7 mm-section L44649 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 13,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of L44649 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Material and manufacturing detail: the 120 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the L4400 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 4 g of the total; the 26.988 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 50.292 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 14.224 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Why the cup reference matters here: in the L44600-series tables the L 44649 cone appears against several cup options. L44649 is the pairing with 610, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 50.292 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 14.224 mm assembled width.SKF L 44649/610 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 26.988 mm bore entry in the inch L44600-series, dimensioned 50.292 mm OD and 14.224 mm wide.Digit by digit, L44649 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the L44600-series inch series; the 26.988 mm bore, 50.292 mm OD and 14.224 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 26.988 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight L44649 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The L44600-series inch series at 26.988 mm bore (50.292×14.224 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single L44649 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 32 kN rating of L44649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 13,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 11,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 13,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 32/30 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L44649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 44649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L44649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L44600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single L44649 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L44649 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L44649 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L44649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 14.224 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L44649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L44649-L44610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 26.988×50.292×14.224 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L44649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L44649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "1982-1924A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 1982/1924 A",
    "series": "1900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 27.487,
    "D_mm": 57.159,
    "B_mm": 19.845,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 55.6,
    "static_load_kN": 51,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 5.6,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (1900-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 27.487×57.159×19.845 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 14.8 mm radial section height ((57.159−27.487)/2) and 230 g catalogue mass frame a 27.487 mm bore bearing rated at 55.6 kN C — roughly 2.02 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 1982 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 10,000 r/min thermal reference, the 27.487 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 275k, and the 14.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 12,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 230 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 1924 A: the outer ring's rib profile and the 57.159 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 1900-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 1982 cone changes both the assembled 19.845 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF 1982/1924 A belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 27.487 mm bore entry in the inch 1900-series, dimensioned 57.159 mm OD and 19.845 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 27.487 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 1982 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 1900-series inch series at 27.487 mm bore (57.159×19.845 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 1982 mounting error.",
      "At the 55.6 kN rating of 1982, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 12,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 1982 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 55.6/51 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 1982 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 1982/1924 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 1982 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 1900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 27.487×57.159×19.845 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 1982 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (1900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 1982 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 1982 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 1982 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 1982?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.845 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1982-1924A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "1982-1924A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "1985-1922",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 1985/1922",
    "series": "1900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28.575,
    "D_mm": 57.15,
    "B_mm": 19.845,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 58.2,
    "static_load_kN": 55,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 1985 (SKF 1985/1922) is the 1900-series tapered roller choice for a 28.575 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 57.15×19.845 mm envelope.The 1900-series series assigns 28.575 mm bore, 57.15 mm OD and 19.845 mm width to 1985; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 10,000 r/min reference speed the 14.3 mm-section 1985 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 12,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 1985 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the 19800 series at 28.575 mm bore, the 57.15 mm OD and 19.845 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 14.3 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 230 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cone-and-cup identity in 1985: the leading 1985 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 1922 reference identifies the outer ring. The 1900-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 57.15 mm OD or 19.845 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 28.575 mm.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28.575 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 1985 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 1900-series inch series at 28.575 mm bore (57.15×19.845 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 58.2 kN rating of 1985, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 12,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 1985 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 57.15 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 58.2/55 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 1985 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 1985/1922 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 1985?",
        "a": "The SKF 1985/1922 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 28.575 mm bore, 57.15 mm outer diameter and 19.845 mm width (1.125 × 2.25 × 0.781 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 58.2 kN, C0 55 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 1985 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 1900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 28.575×57.15×19.845 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 1985 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (1900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 1985 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 1985 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 1985 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1985-1930",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 28.575×57.15×19.845 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1985-1931",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1985-1932",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1985-1922",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "1985-1922"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "1988-1922",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 1988/1922",
    "series": "1900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28.575,
    "D_mm": 57.15,
    "B_mm": 19.845,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 58.2,
    "static_load_kN": 55,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6,
    "max_rpm": 12000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 12000,
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 230 g for the 28.575×57.15×19.845 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 28.575 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 1988 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 58.2 kN basic dynamic rating C and 55 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.95, and dividing C by the 28.575 mm bore yields 2.04 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 6 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 28.575 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cone-and-cup identity in 1988: the leading 1988 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 1922 reference identifies the outer ring. The 1900-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 57.15 mm OD or 19.845 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 28.575 mm.For a 28.575 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 1988 under catalogue execution SKF 1988/1922: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 1900-series.In SKF inch-series tables 1988 sits at 28.575 mm bore (1.125 in) with a 57.15 mm cup OD and 19.845 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 1900-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28.575 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 1988 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 1900-series inch series at 28.575 mm bore (57.15×19.845 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 58.2 kN rating of 1988, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 12,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 1988 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 57.15 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 58.2/55 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 1988 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 1988/1922 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 1988 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 1988 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 1988 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 1988?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.845 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 1988 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 1988?",
        "a": "The SKF 1988/1922 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 28.575 mm bore, 57.15 mm outer diameter and 19.845 mm width (1.125 × 2.25 × 0.781 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 58.2 kN, C0 55 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6 kN, reference speed 10,000 r/min, limiting speed 12,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "1988-1922",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "1988-1922"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M86647-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 86647/610",
    "series": "M86600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 28.575,
    "D_mm": 64.292,
    "B_mm": 21.433,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 60.4,
    "static_load_kN": 61,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.8,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The M86600-series series assigns 28.575 mm bore, 64.292 mm OD and 21.433 mm width to M86647; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 60.4 kN and C0 61 kN, the M86647 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 11,000 r/min. A single M86647 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the M8600 series at 28.575 mm bore, the 64.292 mm OD and 21.433 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 17.9 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 350 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cone versus cup responsibility in M86647: the M 86647 cone carries the 28.575 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 610 cup carries the 64.292 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.SKF M 86647/610 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 28.575 mm bore entry in the inch M86600-series, dimensioned 64.292 mm OD and 21.433 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 28.575 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M86647 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M86600-series inch series at 28.575 mm bore (64.292×21.433 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the M86647 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common M86647 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 64.292 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 60.4/61 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M86647 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 86647/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the M86647 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M86600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 28.575×64.292×21.433 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M86647 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M86600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M86647 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M86647 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M86647 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M86647?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21.433 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M86647-M86610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M86647-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M86647-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L45449-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 45449/410",
    "series": "L45400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 29,
    "D_mm": 50.292,
    "B_mm": 14.224,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 31.8,
    "static_load_kN": 32.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 3.35,
    "max_rpm": 13000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 13000,
    "weight_g": 110,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 29 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 23200 and 34800 r/min in real machinery, and the 50.292 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 58 mm outer abutment; the 14.224 mm width and 110 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this L4500-series envelope. Cone versus cup responsibility in L45449: the L 45449 cone carries the 29 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 410 cup carries the 50.292 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.L45449 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the L45400-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (L45400-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 29×50.292×14.224 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 11,000 r/min thermal reference and 13,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single L45449 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 29 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight L45449 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The L45400-series inch series at 29 mm bore (50.292×14.224 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L45449 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L45449 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 50.292 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 31.8/32.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L45449 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 45449/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L45449?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 14.224 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L45449 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L45449?",
        "a": "The SKF L 45449/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 29 mm bore, 50.292 mm outer diameter and 14.224 mm width (1.142 × 1.98 × 0.56 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 31.8 kN, C0 32.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 3.35 kN, reference speed 11,000 r/min, limiting speed 13,000 r/min, mass about 110 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L45449 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L45400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 29×50.292×14.224 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L45449 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L45400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L45449-L45410",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L45449-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L45449-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M86649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 86649/610",
    "series": "M86600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30.162,
    "D_mm": 64.292,
    "B_mm": 21.433,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 60.4,
    "static_load_kN": 61,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.8,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 8,500 r/min thermal reference, the 30.162 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 256k, and the 17.1 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 11,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 340 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. From a specification standpoint the 610 cup is the controlling half of M86649 for housing design — it sets the 64.292 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the M 86649 cone controls shaft fit at the 30.162 mm bore; the 21.433 mm width is the result of the two together.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, M86649 appears as SKF M 86649/610: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the M86600-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: M86649 means a cone and cup matched pair in the M86600-series series — which is why the 30.162×64.292×21.433 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 8,500 r/min thermal reference and 11,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one M86649 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 30.162 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30.162 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M86649 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M86600-series inch series at 30.162 mm bore (64.292×21.433 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one M86649 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the M86649 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 8,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 11,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 60.4/61 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M86649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 86649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M86649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21.433 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M86649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M86649?",
        "a": "The SKF M 86649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30.162 mm bore, 64.292 mm outer diameter and 21.433 mm width (1.187 × 2.531 × 0.844 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 60.4 kN, C0 61 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.8 kN, reference speed 8,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 340 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M86649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M86600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 30.162×64.292×21.433 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M86649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M86600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M86649-M86610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M86649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M86649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M88043-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 88043/010",
    "series": "M88000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30.162,
    "D_mm": 68.262,
    "B_mm": 22.225,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 67.1,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 410,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: the 67.1 kN basic dynamic rating C and 69.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.04, and dividing C by the 30.162 mm bore yields 2.22 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.8 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 30.162 mm shaft carrying variable duty. The cup reference 010 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the M 88043 cone, produces the 30.162/68.262/22.225 mm envelope catalogue-listed as M88043. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the M88000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.Ordering number SKF M 88043/010 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 30.162 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The M88000-series series assigns 30.162 mm bore, 68.262 mm OD and 22.225 mm width to M88043; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare M88043 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 7.8 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.04 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of M88043 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 30.162 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M88043 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M88000-series inch series at 30.162 mm bore (68.262×22.225 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single M88043 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one M88043 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 67.1/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M88043 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 88043/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M88043?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 22.225 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M88043 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M88043?",
        "a": "The SKF M 88043/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 30.162 mm bore, 68.262 mm outer diameter and 22.225 mm width (1.187 × 2.687 × 0.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 67.1 kN, C0 69.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.8 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 410 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M88043 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M88000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 30.162×68.262×22.225 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M88043 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M88000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M88043-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M88043-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM67048-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 67048/010",
    "series": "LM67000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 31.75,
    "D_mm": 59.131,
    "B_mm": 15.875,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 42.8,
    "static_load_kN": 41.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.4,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 180,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the LM 67048 cone but use different cups; this one, LM67048, takes the 010 cup and is ground for the resulting 59.131 mm OD / 15.875 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.LM67048 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM67000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.In SKF inch-series tables LM67048 sits at 31.75 mm bore (1.25 in) with a 59.131 mm cup OD and 15.875 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM67000-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 42.8 kN and C0 41.5 kN, the LM67048 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 11,000 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two LM67048 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 9,500 r/min thermal reference, the 31.75 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 302k, and the 13.7 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 11,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 180 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 31.75 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM67048 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM67000-series inch series at 31.75 mm bore (59.131×15.875 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM67048 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM67048 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The LM67048 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 42.8/41.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM67048 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 67048/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM67048 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM67048?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 67048/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 31.75 mm bore, 59.131 mm outer diameter and 15.875 mm width (1.25 × 2.328 × 0.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 42.8 kN, C0 41.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.4 kN, reference speed 9,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 180 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM67048 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM67000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 31.75×59.131×15.875 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM67048 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM67000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM67048 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM67048-LM67010",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 31.75×59.131×15.875 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM67048-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM67048-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "15123-15243",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 15123/15243",
    "series": "15000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 31.75,
    "D_mm": 61.912,
    "B_mm": 18.161,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 59.5,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 31.75 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 15123 under catalogue execution SKF 15123/15243: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 15000-series.In SKF inch-series tables 15123 sits at 31.75 mm bore (1.25 in) with a 61.912 mm cup OD and 18.161 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 15000-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare 15123 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.96 (static 57 kN against dynamic 59.5 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 6.2 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for 15123: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 31.75 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Journal and housing interface: the 31.75 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.064 mm for this diameter range) and the 61.912 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 61.912.000/61.932 mm; the 18.161 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 240 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Within the 15000-series tables, 15123 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 15123 is the 15243 variant, with 61.912 mm OD and 18.161 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 31.75 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 15123 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 15000-series inch series at 31.75 mm bore (61.912×18.161 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 15123 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "A single 15123 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 18.161 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 59.5/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 15123 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 15123/15243 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 15123?",
        "a": "The SKF 15123/15243 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 31.75 mm bore, 61.912 mm outer diameter and 18.161 mm width (1.25 × 2.437 × 0.715 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 59.5 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 240 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 15123 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 15000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 31.75×61.912×18.161 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 15123 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (15000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 15123 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 15123 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 15123 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15123-15245-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 31.75×61.912×18.161 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15123-15243",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "15123-15243"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "15123-15245",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 15123/15245",
    "series": "15000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 31.75,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 18.161,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 59.5,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 9,000 r/min reference speed the 15.1 mm-section 15123 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 11,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 31.75 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 15123 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 240 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 15100 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 7 g of the total; the 31.75 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 62 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 18.161 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 15000-series tables the 15123 cone appears against several cup options. 15123 is the pairing with 15245, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 62 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 18.161 mm assembled width.15123 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 15000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 15123 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 15000-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 15123 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 31.75 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 15123 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 15000-series inch series at 31.75 mm bore (62×18.161 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 15123 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 59.5 kN rating of 15123, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 11,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 59.5/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 15123 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 15123/15245 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 15123 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 15123 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 15123 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 15123?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.161 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 15123 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 15123?",
        "a": "The SKF 15123/15245 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 31.75 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 18.161 mm width (1.25 × 2.441 × 0.715 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 59.5 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 240 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15123-15245-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 31.75×62×18.161 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "15123-15245",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "15123-15245"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM88542-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 88542/510",
    "series": "HM88500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 31.75,
    "D_mm": 73.025,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 86.5,
    "static_load_kN": 95,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 620,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 20.6 mm half-section ((73.025−31.75)/2) of this HM800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 52 mm, and the 29.37 mm axial width is split between cone (16 mm) and cup rib (13 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 620 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Why the cup reference matters here: in the HM88500-series tables the HM 88542 cone appears against several cup options. HM88542 is the pairing with 510, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 73.025 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 29.37 mm assembled width.The SKF HM 88542/510 is a 31.75×73.025×29.37 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (HM88500-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 31.75×73.025×29.37 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 10.4 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.10 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 31.75 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two HM88542 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 31.75 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM88542 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM88500-series inch series at 31.75 mm bore (73.025×29.37 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM88542 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM88542 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open HM88542 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 86.5/95 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM88542 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 88542/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM88542?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.37 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM88542 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM88542?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 88542/510 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 31.75 mm bore, 73.025 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.25 × 2.875 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 86.5 kN, C0 95 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.4 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 620 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM88542 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM88500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 31.75×73.025×29.37 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM88542 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM88500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88542-HM88510",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88542-HM88512",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88542-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM88542-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M88048-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 88048/010",
    "series": "M88000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 33.338,
    "D_mm": 68.262,
    "B_mm": 22.225,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 67.1,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.8,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 380,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: M88048 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the M88000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 33.338 mm bore, 68.262 mm OD and 22.225 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.04 (static 69.5 kN against dynamic 67.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 7.8 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two M88048 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Load system: the 67.1 kN basic dynamic rating C and 69.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.04, and dividing C by the 33.338 mm bore yields 2.01 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.8 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 33.338 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Why the cup reference matters here: in the M88000-series tables the M 88048 cone appears against several cup options. M88048 is the pairing with 010, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 68.262 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 22.225 mm assembled width.M88048 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the M88000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 33.338 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M88048 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M88000-series inch series at 33.338 mm bore (68.262×22.225 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M88048 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M88048 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open M88048 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 67.1/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M88048 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 88048/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the M88048 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M88000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 33.338×68.262×22.225 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M88048 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M88000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M88048 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M88048 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M88048 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M88048?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 22.225 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M88048-M88010",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M88048-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M88048-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "14131-14276",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 14131/14276",
    "series": "14000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 33.338,
    "D_mm": 69.012,
    "B_mm": 19.845,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 65.8,
    "static_load_kN": 67,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.35,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "14131 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 14000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 14131 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 14000-series inch series; the 33.338 mm bore, 69.012 mm OD and 19.845 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 7.35 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.02 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Mounting practice for 14131: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 33.338 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Load system: the 65.8 kN basic dynamic rating C and 67 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.02, and dividing C by the 33.338 mm bore yields 1.97 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.35 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 33.338 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cone versus cup responsibility in 14131: the 14131 cone carries the 33.338 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 14276 cup carries the 69.012 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 33.338 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 14131 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 14000-series inch series at 33.338 mm bore (69.012×19.845 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 14131 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 14131 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 8,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 10,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 65.8/67 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 14131 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 14131/14276 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 14131?",
        "a": "The SKF 14131/14276 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 33.338 mm bore, 69.012 mm outer diameter and 19.845 mm width (1.313 × 2.717 × 0.781 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 65.8 kN, C0 67 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.35 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 14131 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 14000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 33.338×69.012×19.845 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 14131 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (14000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 14131 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 14131 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 14131 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "14131-14276",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "14131-14276"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM48548-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 48548/510",
    "series": "LM48500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 65.088,
    "B_mm": 18.034,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 58,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting practice for LM48548: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 34.925 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Material and manufacturing detail: the 250 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM400 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 8 g of the total; the 34.925 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 65.088 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 18.034 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Cone-and-cup identity in LM48548: the leading LM 48548 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 510 reference identifies the outer ring. The LM48500-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 65.088 mm OD or 18.034 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 34.925 mm.Ordering number SKF LM 48548/510 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 34.925 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: LM48548 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM48500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 34.925 mm bore, 65.088 mm OD and 18.034 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 8,500 r/min reference speed the 15.1 mm-section LM48548 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 10,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM48548 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM48500-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (65.088×18.034 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single LM48548 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 58 kN rating of LM48548, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 10,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 58/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM48548 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 48548/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does LM48548 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM48548 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM48548?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.034 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM48548 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM48548?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 48548/510 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 34.925 mm bore, 65.088 mm outer diameter and 18.034 mm width (1.375 × 2.563 × 0.71 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 58 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN, reference speed 8,500 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM48548 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM48500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×65.088×18.034 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM48548-LM48510",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×65.088×18.034 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM48548-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM48548-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM48548A-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 48548 A/510",
    "series": "LM48500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 65.088,
    "B_mm": 18.034,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 58,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 260,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 8,500 r/min thermal reference and 10,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single LM48548A locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 260 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM400 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 8 g of the total; the 34.925 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 65.088 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 18.034 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Why the cup reference matters here: in the LM48500-series tables the LM 48548 A cone appears against several cup options. LM48548A is the pairing with 510, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 65.088 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 18.034 mm assembled width.LM48548A is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM48500-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: LM48548A follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM48500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 34.925 mm bore, 65.088 mm OD and 18.034 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM48548A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM48500-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (65.088×18.034 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM48548A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM48548A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 58/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM48548A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 48548 A/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM48548A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM48500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM48548A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM48548A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM48548A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM48548A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.034 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM48548A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM48548A-LM48510",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×65.088×18.034 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM48548A-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM48548A-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "14137A-14276",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 14137 A/14276",
    "series": "14000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 69.012,
    "B_mm": 19.845,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 65.8,
    "static_load_kN": 67,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.35,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 340 g for the 34.925×69.012×19.845 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 34.925 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 14137A bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 65.8 kN basic dynamic rating C and 67 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.02, and dividing C by the 34.925 mm bore yields 1.88 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.35 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 34.925 mm shaft carrying variable duty. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 14137A the 14137 A cone contributes the 34.925 mm bore and roller set, the 14276 cup contributes the 69.012 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 19.845 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF 14137 A/14276 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 34.925 mm bore entry in the inch 14000-series, dimensioned 69.012 mm OD and 19.845 mm wide.On the SKF nameplate, 14137A denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 14000-series marking the dimensional series.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 14137A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 14000-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (69.012×19.845 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 14137A pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 14137A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 69.012 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 65.8/67 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 14137A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 14137 A/14276 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 14137A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (14000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 14137A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 14137A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 14137A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 14137A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.845 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 14137A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "14137A-14276-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×69.012×19.845 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "14137A-14276",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "14137A-14276"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM88649X-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 88649 X/610",
    "series": "HM88600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 72.233,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 83,
    "static_load_kN": 90,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: HM88649X follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the HM88600-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 34.925 mm bore, 72.233 mm OD and 25.4 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare HM88649X is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.08 (static 90 kN against dynamic 83 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 10 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single HM88649X locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HM800 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 15 g of the total; the 34.925 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 72.233 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 25.4 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Cup-side note for 610: the outer ring's rib profile and the 72.233 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HM88600-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HM 88649 X cone changes both the assembled 25.4 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF HM 88649 X/610 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 34.925 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM88649X pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM88600-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (72.233×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM88649X pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM88649X pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 83/90 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM88649X (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 88649 X/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the HM88649X inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM88600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×72.233×25.4 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM88649X mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM88600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM88649X take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM88649X compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM88649X position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM88649X?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 25.4 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88649X-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM88649X-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM88649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 88649/610",
    "series": "HM88600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 72.233,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 83,
    "static_load_kN": 90,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HM800 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 15 g of the total; the 34.925 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 72.233 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 25.4 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Within the HM88600-series tables, HM 88649 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. HM88649 is the 610 variant, with 72.233 mm OD and 25.4 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.SKF HM 88649/610 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 34.925 mm bore entry in the inch HM88600-series, dimensioned 72.233 mm OD and 25.4 mm wide.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: HM88649 means a cone and cup matched pair in the HM88600-series series — which is why the 34.925×72.233×25.4 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare HM88649 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 500 g for the 34.925×72.233×25.4 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 34.925 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two HM88649 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM88649 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM88600-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (72.233×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM88649 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM88649 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The HM88649 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 83/90 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM88649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 88649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM88649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 25.4 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM88649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM88649?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 88649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 34.925 mm bore, 72.233 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (1.375 × 2.844 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 83 kN, C0 90 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM88649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM88600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×72.233×25.4 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM88649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM88600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88649-HM88610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×72.233×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM88649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25877-25821",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25877/25821",
    "series": "25800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 73.025,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 89.1,
    "static_load_kN": 88,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.8,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 480,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 25800 series at 34.925 mm bore, the 73.025 mm OD and 23.812 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 19.1 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 480 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 25800-series tables the 25877 cone appears against several cup options. 25877 is the pairing with 25821, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 73.025 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 23.812 mm assembled width.The SKF 25877/25821 is a 34.925×73.025×23.812 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables 25877 sits at 34.925 mm bore (1.375 in) with a 73.025 mm cup OD and 23.812 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 25800-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 0.99 (static 88 kN against dynamic 89.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 9.8 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for 25877: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 34.925 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25877 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25800-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (73.025×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 25877 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 25877 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 25877 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 89.1/88 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25877 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25877/25821 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25877?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25877 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25877?",
        "a": "The SKF 25877/25821 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 34.925 mm bore, 73.025 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.375 × 2.875 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 89.1 kN, C0 88 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.8 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 480 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25877 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×73.025×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25877 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25877-25820",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×73.025×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25877-25821-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×73.025×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25877-25821",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25877-25821"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "23690-23620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 23690/23620",
    "series": "23600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 73.025,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 94.6,
    "static_load_kN": 93,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 530,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 23690 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 23600-series series — which is why the 34.925×73.025×26.988 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 23690 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 10.4 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.98 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 23690 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Operating context for the 34.925 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 27940 and 41910 r/min in real machinery, and the 73.025 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 81 mm outer abutment; the 26.988 mm width and 530 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 23600-series envelope. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 23690 pairs the 23690 cone with the 23620 cup under the 23600-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF 23690/23620 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 34.925 mm bore entry in the inch 23600-series, dimensioned 73.025 mm OD and 26.988 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 23690 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 23600-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (73.025×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 94.6 kN rating of 23690, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 9,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 94.6 kN rating of 23690, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 9,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 23690 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 94.6/93 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 23690 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 23690/23620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 23690 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 23600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×73.025×26.988 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 23690 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (23600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 23690 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 23690 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 23690 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 23690?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 26.988 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "23690-23620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "23690-23620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM89446-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 89446/410",
    "series": "HM89400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.925,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 95.2,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 660,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM89446 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Dimensional interchange map: within the HM800 series at 34.925 mm bore, the 76.2 mm OD and 29.37 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 20.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 660 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Why the cup reference matters here: in the HM89400-series tables the HM 89446 cone appears against several cup options. HM89446 is the pairing with 410, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 76.2 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 29.37 mm assembled width.HM89446 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM89400-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The HM89400-series series assigns 34.925 mm bore, 76.2 mm OD and 29.37 mm width to HM89446; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare HM89446 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 20.6 mm-section HM89446 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.925 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM89446 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM89400-series inch series at 34.925 mm bore (76.2×29.37 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM89446 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM89446 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 660 g mass and 29.37 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of HM89446.",
      "The 95.2/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM89446 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 89446/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM89446 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM89446 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM89446?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.37 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM89446 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM89446?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 89446/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 34.925 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.375 × 3 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 95.2 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 660 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM89446 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM89400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.925×76.2×29.37 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM89446-HM89410",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 34.925×76.2×29.37 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM89446-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM89446-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L68149-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 68149/110",
    "series": "L68100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.987,
    "D_mm": 59.131,
    "B_mm": 15.875,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 40.6,
    "static_load_kN": 44,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.5,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 170,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 170 g for the 34.987×59.131×15.875 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of L68149 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the L6800 series at 34.987 mm bore, the 59.131 mm OD and 15.875 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 12.1 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 170 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in L68149 the L 68149 cone contributes the 34.987 mm bore and roller set, the 110 cup contributes the 59.131 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 15.875 mm width is the catalogue value.L68149 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the L68100-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The L68100-series series assigns 34.987 mm bore, 59.131 mm OD and 15.875 mm width to L68149; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare L68149 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.987 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight L68149 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The L68100-series inch series at 34.987 mm bore (59.131×15.875 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L68149 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single L68149 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 170 g mass and 15.875 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of L68149.",
      "The 40.6/44 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L68149 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 68149/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single L68149 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L68149 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L68149 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L68149?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 15.875 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L68149 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L68149?",
        "a": "The SKF L 68149/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 34.987 mm bore, 59.131 mm outer diameter and 15.875 mm width (1.377 × 2.328 × 0.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 40.6 kN, C0 44 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 4.5 kN, reference speed 9,000 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 170 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L68149-L68111",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L68149-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L68149-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L68149-111",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 68149/111",
    "series": "L68100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 34.987,
    "D_mm": 59.975,
    "B_mm": 15.875,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 40.6,
    "static_load_kN": 44,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 4.5,
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000,
    "weight_g": 180,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: L68149 means a cone and cup matched pair in the L68100-series series — which is why the 34.987×59.975×15.875 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare L68149 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.08 (static 44 kN against dynamic 40.6 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 4.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for L68149: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 34.987 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Load system: the 40.6 kN basic dynamic rating C and 44 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.08, and dividing C by the 34.987 mm bore yields 1.16 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 4.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 34.987 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Why the cup reference matters here: in the L68100-series tables the L 68149 cone appears against several cup options. L68149 is the pairing with 111, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 59.975 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 15.875 mm assembled width.SKF L68149 (SKF L 68149/111) is the L68100-series tapered roller choice for a 34.987 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 59.975×15.875 mm envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 34.987 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight L68149 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The L68100-series inch series at 34.987 mm bore (59.975×15.875 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 40.6 kN rating of L68149, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 11,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common L68149 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 15.875 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 40.6/44 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L68149 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 68149/111 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the L68149 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L68100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 34.987×59.975×15.875 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L68149 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L68100-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single L68149 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L68149 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L68149 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L68149?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 15.875 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L68149-L68111",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L68149-111",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L68149-111"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM88648-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 88648/610",
    "series": "HM88600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35.717,
    "D_mm": 72.233,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 83,
    "static_load_kN": 90,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 490,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 10 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.08 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM88648 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 18.3 mm half-section ((72.233−35.717)/2) of this HM800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 53 mm, and the 25.4 mm axial width is split between cone (14 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 490 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. From a specification standpoint the 610 cup is the controlling half of HM88648 for housing design — it sets the 72.233 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the HM 88648 cone controls shaft fit at the 35.717 mm bore; the 25.4 mm width is the result of the two together.HM88648 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM88600-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, HM88648 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the HM88600-series inch series; the 35.717 mm bore, 72.233 mm OD and 25.4 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 35.717 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM88648 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM88600-series inch series at 35.717 mm bore (72.233×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM88648 mounting error.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM88648 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 72.233 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 83/90 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM88648 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 88648/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM88648 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM88648 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM88648 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM88648?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 25.4 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM88648 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM88648?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 88648/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 35.717 mm bore, 72.233 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (1.406 × 2.844 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 83 kN, C0 90 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 490 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88648-HM88610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 35.717×72.233×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88648-HM88611AS",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 35.717×72.233×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM88648-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM88648-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25880-25820",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25880/25820",
    "series": "25800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 36.487,
    "D_mm": 73.025,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 89.1,
    "static_load_kN": 88,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.8,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 460,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 25880 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 8,000 r/min thermal reference, the 36.487 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 292k, and the 18.3 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 9,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 460 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 25820: the outer ring's rib profile and the 73.025 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 25800-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 25880 cone changes both the assembled 23.812 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF 25880/25820 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 36.487 mm bore entry in the inch 25800-series, dimensioned 73.025 mm OD and 23.812 mm wide.In SKF inch-series tables 25880 sits at 36.487 mm bore (1.436 in) with a 73.025 mm cup OD and 23.812 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 25800-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 8,000 r/min reference speed the 18.3 mm-section 25880 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 9,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 36.487 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25880 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25800-series inch series at 36.487 mm bore (73.025×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 25880 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 25880 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 8,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 9,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 89.1/88 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25880 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25880/25820 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 25880 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25880 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25880?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25880 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25880?",
        "a": "The SKF 25880/25820 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 36.487 mm bore, 73.025 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.436 × 2.875 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 89.1 kN, C0 88 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.8 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 460 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25880 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 36.487×73.025×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25880-25821",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25880-25820",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25880-25820"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM89449-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 89449/410",
    "series": "HM89400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 36.512,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 95.2,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 640,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 95.2 kN and C0 106 kN, the HM89449 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,500 r/min. A single HM89449 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 36.512 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.073 mm for this diameter range) and the 76.2 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 76.2.000/76.220 mm; the 29.37 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 640 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: HM89449 pairs the HM 89449 cone with the 410 cup under the HM89400-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, HM89449 appears as SKF HM 89449/410: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM89400-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, HM89449 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the HM89400-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare HM89449 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 36.512 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM89449 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM89400-series inch series at 36.512 mm bore (76.2×29.37 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single HM89449 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single HM89449 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The HM89449 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 95.2/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM89449 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 89449/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM89449 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM89449 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM89449 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM89449?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.37 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM89449 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM89449?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 89449/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 36.512 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.437 × 3 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 95.2 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 640 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM89449-HM89411",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 36.512×76.2×29.37 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM89449-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM89449-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM29748-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 29748/710",
    "series": "LM29700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 65.088,
    "B_mm": 18.034,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 53,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 230,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 8,000 r/min thermal reference, the 38.1 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 305k, and the 13.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 10,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 230 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone-and-cup identity in LM29748: the leading LM 29748 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 710 reference identifies the outer ring. The LM29700-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 65.088 mm OD or 18.034 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 38.1 mm.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM29748 appears as SKF LM 29748/710: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM29700-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM29700-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 38.1×65.088×18.034 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.08 (static 57 kN against dynamic 53 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 6.1 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM29748 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM29748 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM29700-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (65.088×18.034 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM29748 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 53 kN rating of LM29748, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 10,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 230 g mass and 18.034 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of LM29748.",
      "The 53/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM29748 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 29748/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM29748?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.034 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM29748 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM29748?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 29748/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 65.088 mm outer diameter and 18.034 mm width (1.5 × 2.563 × 0.71 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 53 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.1 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 230 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM29748 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM29700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×65.088×18.034 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM29748 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM29700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM29748-LM29710",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 38.1×65.088×18.034 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM29748-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM29748-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM29749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 29749/710",
    "series": "LM29700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 65.088,
    "B_mm": 18.034,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 53,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF LM29749 (SKF LM 29749/710) is the LM29700-series tapered roller choice for a 38.1 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 65.088×18.034 mm envelope.Reading the designation: LM29749 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM29700-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 38.1 mm bore, 65.088 mm OD and 18.034 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 8,000 r/min reference speed the 13.5 mm-section LM29749 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 10,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single LM29749 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 13.5 mm half-section ((65.088−38.1)/2) of this LM200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 51 mm, and the 18.034 mm axial width is split between cone (10 mm) and cup rib (8 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 240 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cup-side note for 710: the outer ring's rib profile and the 65.088 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the LM29700-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same LM 29749 cone changes both the assembled 18.034 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM29749 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM29700-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (65.088×18.034 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM29749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM29749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 53/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM29749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 29749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM29749?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 29749/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 65.088 mm outer diameter and 18.034 mm width (1.5 × 2.563 × 0.71 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 53 kN, C0 57 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.1 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 240 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM29749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM29700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×65.088×18.034 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM29749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM29700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM29749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM29749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM29749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM29749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM29749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM29749-711",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 29749/711",
    "series": "LM29700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 65.088,
    "B_mm": 19.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 53,
    "static_load_kN": 57,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000,
    "weight_g": 250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM29700-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 38.1×65.088×19.812 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 8,000 r/min thermal reference and 10,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM29749 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Journal and housing interface: the 38.1 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.076 mm for this diameter range) and the 65.088 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 65.088.000/65.108 mm; the 19.812 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 250 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. The cup reference 711 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the LM 29749 cone, produces the 38.1/65.088/19.812 mm envelope catalogue-listed as LM29749. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the LM29700-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.Ordering number SKF LM 29749/711 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 38.1 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM29749 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM29700-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (65.088×19.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM29749 mounting error.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM29749 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 65.088 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 53/57 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM29749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 29749/711 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the LM29749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM29700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×65.088×19.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM29749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM29700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM29749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM29749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM29749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM29749?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM29749-711",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM29749-711"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "16150-16284",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 16150/16284",
    "series": "16000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 72.238,
    "B_mm": 20.638,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 60.3,
    "static_load_kN": 60,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.55,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 360,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 38.1 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 30480 and 45720 r/min in real machinery, and the 72.238 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 80 mm outer abutment; the 20.638 mm width and 360 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 16100-series envelope. Cone versus cup responsibility in 16150: the 16150 cone carries the 38.1 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 16284 cup carries the 72.238 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.Ordering number SKF 16150/16284 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 38.1 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 16150 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 16000-series inch series; the 38.1 mm bore, 72.238 mm OD and 20.638 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.00 (static 60 kN against dynamic 60.3 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 6.55 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 16150 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 16150 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 16000-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (72.238×20.638 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 16150 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 16150 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 60.3/60 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 16150 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 16150/16284 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 16150?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 20.638 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 16150 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 16150?",
        "a": "The SKF 16150/16284 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 72.238 mm outer diameter and 20.638 mm width (1.5 × 2.844 × 0.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 60.3 kN, C0 60 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.55 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 360 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 16150 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 16000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×72.238×20.638 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 16150 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (16000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "16150-16282",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "16150-16284",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "16150-16284"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "16150-16283",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 16150/16283",
    "series": "16000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 72.238,
    "B_mm": 23.813,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 60.3,
    "static_load_kN": 60,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.55,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 390,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 16150/16283 is a 38.1×72.238×23.813 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables 16150 sits at 38.1 mm bore (1.5 in) with a 72.238 mm cup OD and 23.813 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 16000-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 390 g for the 38.1×72.238×23.813 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 16150 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 38.1 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.076 mm for this diameter range) and the 72.238 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 72.238.000/72.258 mm; the 23.813 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 390 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cup-side note for 16283: the outer ring's rib profile and the 72.238 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 16000-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 16150 cone changes both the assembled 23.813 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 16150 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 16000-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (72.238×23.813 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 16150 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 16150 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 16150 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 60.3/60 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 16150 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 16150/16283 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 16150?",
        "a": "The SKF 16150/16283 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 72.238 mm outer diameter and 23.813 mm width (1.5 × 2.844 × 0.938 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 60.3 kN, C0 60 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.55 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 390 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 16150 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 16000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×72.238×23.813 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 16150 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (16000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 16150 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 16150 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 16150 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "16150-16282",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "16150-16283",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "16150-16283"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "2788-2720",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 2788/2720",
    "series": "2700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 92.1,
    "static_load_kN": 93,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 2788 pairs the 2788 cone with the 2720 cup under the 2700-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.The SKF 2788/2720 is a 38.1×76.2×23.812 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 2788 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 2700-series series — which is why the 38.1×76.2×23.812 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.01 (static 93 kN against dynamic 92.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 10.4 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 2788 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Operating context for the 38.1 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 30480 and 45720 r/min in real machinery, and the 76.2 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 84 mm outer abutment; the 23.812 mm width and 500 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 27800-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 2788 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 2700-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (76.2×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 2788 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 2788 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 92.1/93 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 2788 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 2788/2720 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 2788 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 2788?",
        "a": "The SKF 2788/2720 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.5 × 3 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 92.1 kN, C0 93 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.4 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 2788 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 2700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×76.2×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 2788 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (2700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 2788 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "2788-2720-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 38.1×76.2×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "2788-2720",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "2788-2720"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3490-3420",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3490/3420",
    "series": "3400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 79.375,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 112,
    "static_load_kN": 110,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.5,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 680,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 38.1 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.076 mm for this diameter range) and the 79.375 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 79.375.000/79.395 mm; the 29.37 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 680 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone versus cup responsibility in 3490: the 3490 cone carries the 38.1 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 3420 cup carries the 79.375 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.Ordering number SKF 3490/3420 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 38.1 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The 3400-series series assigns 38.1 mm bore, 79.375 mm OD and 29.37 mm width to 3490; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 20.6 mm radial section height ((79.375−38.1)/2) and 680 g catalogue mass frame a 38.1 mm bore bearing rated at 112 kN C — roughly 2.94 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 3490 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 3490 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 38.1 mm bore (79.375×29.37 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 3490 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 3490 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 680 g mass and 29.37 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 3490.",
      "The 112/110 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3490 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3490/3420 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 3490?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.37 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 3490 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3490?",
        "a": "The SKF 3490/3420 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 79.375 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.5 × 3.125 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 112 kN, C0 110 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.5 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 680 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3490 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×79.375×29.37 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3490 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3490-3420-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3490-3420",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3490-3420"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM801346X-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 801346 X/310",
    "series": "HM801300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 82.55,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 106,
    "static_load_kN": 118,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 770,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 770 g for the 38.1×82.55×29.37 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 38.1 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two HM801346X bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Journal and housing interface: the 38.1 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.076 mm for this diameter range) and the 82.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 82.55.000/82.570 mm; the 29.37 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 770 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in HM801346X: the leading HM 801346 X reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 310 reference identifies the outer ring. The HM801300-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 82.55 mm OD or 29.37 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 38.1 mm.HM801346X is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM801300-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: HM801346X means a cone and cup matched pair in the HM801300-series series — which is why the 38.1×82.55×29.37 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM801346X pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM801300-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (82.55×29.37 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM801346X pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 106 kN rating of HM801346X, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 106/118 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM801346X (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 801346 X/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM801346X take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM801346X compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM801346X position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM801346X?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.37 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM801346X interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM801346X?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 801346 X/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 82.55 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.5 × 3.25 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 106 kN, C0 118 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.4 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 770 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM801346X-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM801346X-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM801346-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 801346/310",
    "series": "HM801300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 82.55,
    "B_mm": 29.37,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 106,
    "static_load_kN": 118,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 780,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 38.1 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists HM801346 under catalogue execution SKF HM 801346/310: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch HM801300-series.On the SKF nameplate, HM801346 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the HM801300-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare HM801346 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 13.4 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.11 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one HM801346 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 38.1 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the HM800 series at 38.1 mm bore, the 82.55 mm OD and 29.37 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 22.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 780 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Two catalogue entries share the HM 801346 cone but use different cups; this one, HM801346, takes the 310 cup and is ground for the resulting 82.55 mm OD / 29.37 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM801346 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM801300-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (82.55×29.37 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM801346 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM801346 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 106/118 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM801346 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 801346/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM801346?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 801346/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 82.55 mm outer diameter and 29.37 mm width (1.5 × 3.25 × 1.156 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 106 kN, C0 118 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.4 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 780 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM801346 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM801300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×82.55×29.37 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM801346 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM801300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM801346 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM801346 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM801346 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM801346-HM801310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM801346-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM801346-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25572-25520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25572/25520",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 25572 the 25572 cone contributes the 38.1 mm bore and roller set, the 25520 cup contributes the 82.931 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 23.812 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF 25572 (SKF 25572/25520) is the 25500-series tapered roller choice for a 38.1 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 82.931×23.812 mm envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 25572 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 25500-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 99.1 kN and C0 106 kN, the 25572 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 25572: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 38.1 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 38.1 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 30480 and 45720 r/min in real machinery, and the 82.931 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 91 mm outer abutment; the 23.812 mm width and 650 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 25500-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25572 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (82.931×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 25572 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 25572 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 82.931 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25572 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25572/25520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 25572 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25572?",
        "a": "The SKF 25572/25520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 82.931 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.5 × 3.265 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25572 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×82.931×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25572 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25572 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25572-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 38.1×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25572-25520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25572-25520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "418-414",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 418/414",
    "series": "415-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 38.1,
    "D_mm": 88.5,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 123,
    "static_load_kN": 114,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.2,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 830,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 418/414 is a 38.1×88.5×26.988 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (415-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 38.1×88.5×26.988 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 123 kN and C0 114 kN, the 418 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,500 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 418 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Cross-section geometry: the 25.2 mm half-section ((88.5−38.1)/2) of this 41800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 63 mm, and the 26.988 mm axial width is split between cone (15 mm) and cup rib (12 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 830 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. From a specification standpoint the 414 cup is the controlling half of 418 for housing design — it sets the 88.5 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 418 cone controls shaft fit at the 38.1 mm bore; the 26.988 mm width is the result of the two together.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 38.1 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 418 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 415-series inch series at 38.1 mm bore (88.5×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 418 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 418 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 123/114 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 418 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 418/414 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 418?",
        "a": "The SKF 418/414 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 38.1 mm bore, 88.5 mm outer diameter and 26.988 mm width (1.5 × 3.484 × 1.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 123 kN, C0 114 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 13.2 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 830 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 418 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 415-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 38.1×88.5×26.988 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 418 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (415-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 418 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 418 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 418 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "418-414-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 38.1×88.5×26.988 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "418-414",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "418-414"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "2789-2729",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 2789/2729",
    "series": "2700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 39.688,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 92.1,
    "static_load_kN": 93,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 480,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 2789 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 2700-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 2789 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 7,500 r/min reference speed the 18.3 mm-section 2789 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 9,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 39.688 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 2789 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 39.688 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 31750 and 47626 r/min in real machinery, and the 76.2 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 84 mm outer abutment; the 23.812 mm width and 480 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 27800-series envelope. Two catalogue entries share the 2789 cone but use different cups; this one, 2789, takes the 2729 cup and is ground for the resulting 76.2 mm OD / 23.812 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.For a 39.688 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 2789 under catalogue execution SKF 2789/2729: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 2700-series.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 39.688 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 2789 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 2700-series inch series at 39.688 mm bore (76.2×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 2789 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 2789 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open 2789 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 92.1/93 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 2789 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 2789/2729 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 2789 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 2700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 39.688×76.2×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 2789 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (2700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 2789 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 2789 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 2789 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 2789?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "2789-2720",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 39.688×76.2×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "2789-2729",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "2789-2729"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "344-332",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 344/332",
    "series": "335-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 21,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 87.6,
    "static_load_kN": 80,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.15,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 470,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 20.0 mm half-section ((80−40)/2) of this 34400-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 60 mm, and the 21 mm axial width is split between cone (12 mm) and cup rib (9 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 470 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 344 the 332 cup fixes the 80 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 344 cone determines the 40 mm shaft interface; the 21 mm width is the assembled pair value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 344 appears as SKF 344/332: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 335-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The 335-series series assigns 40 mm bore, 80 mm OD and 21 mm width to 344; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 87.6 kN and C0 80 kN, the 344 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,500 r/min. A single 344 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 344 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 40 mm bore (80×21 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 344 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 344 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Open 344 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 87.6/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 344 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 344/332 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 344?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 344 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 344?",
        "a": "The SKF 344/332 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 21 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 87.6 kN, C0 80 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.15 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 470 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 344 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 335-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 40×80×21 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 344 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (335-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "344-332-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 40×80×21 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "344-332",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "344-332"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "344-332AA",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 344/332 AA",
    "series": "335-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 21,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 87.6,
    "static_load_kN": 80,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.15,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 470,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 20.0 mm-section 344 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 344 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 40 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 34400 series at 40 mm bore, the 80 mm OD and 21 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 20.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 470 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. From a specification standpoint the 332 AA cup is the controlling half of 344 for housing design — it sets the 80 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 344 cone controls shaft fit at the 40 mm bore; the 21 mm width is the result of the two together.344 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 335-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 344 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 335-series series — which is why the 40×80×21 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 344 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 40 mm bore (80×21 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 344 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 344 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 7,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,500 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 87.6/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 344 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 344/332 AA designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 344 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 344 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 344 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 344?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 344 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 344?",
        "a": "The SKF 344/332 AA is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 21 mm width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 87.6 kN, C0 80 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.15 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 470 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "344-332-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 40×80×21 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "344-332AA",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "344-332AA"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "344A-332",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 344 A/332",
    "series": "335-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 21,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 87.6,
    "static_load_kN": 80,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.15,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 480,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 480 g for the 40×80×21 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 344A generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 87.6 kN basic dynamic rating C and 80 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.91, and dividing C by the 40 mm bore yields 2.19 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 9.15 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 40 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cup-side note for 332: the outer ring's rib profile and the 80 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 335-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 344 A cone changes both the assembled 21 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF 344A (SKF 344 A/332) is the 335-series tapered roller choice for a 40 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 80×21 mm envelope.On the SKF nameplate, 344A denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 335-series marking the dimensional series.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 40 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 344A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 40 mm bore (80×21 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 344A pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 344A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 87.6/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 344A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 344 A/332 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 344A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (335-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 344A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 344A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 344A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 344A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 344A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "344A-332",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "344A-332"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM300849-811",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 300849/811",
    "series": "LM300800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41,
    "D_mm": 68,
    "B_mm": 17.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 53.6,
    "static_load_kN": 58.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.3,
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500,
    "weight_g": 240,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 8,000 r/min thermal reference, the 41 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 328k, and the 13.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 9,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 240 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. From a specification standpoint the 811 cup is the controlling half of LM300849 for housing design — it sets the 68 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the LM 300849 cone controls shaft fit at the 41 mm bore; the 17.5 mm width is the result of the two together.The SKF LM 300849/811 is a 41×68×17.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM300849 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM300800-series series — which is why the 41×68×17.5 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 6.3 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.09 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM300849 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM300849 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM300800-series inch series at 41 mm bore (68×17.5 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM300849 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM300849 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 17.5 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 53.6/58.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM300849 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 300849/811 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM300849?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 17.5 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM300849 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM300849?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 300849/811 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41 mm bore, 68 mm outer diameter and 17.5 mm width (1.614 × 2.677 × 0.689 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 53.6 kN, C0 58.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.3 kN, reference speed 8,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 240 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM300849 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM300800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41×68×17.5 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM300849 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM300800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM300849-LM300811",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM300849-811",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM300849-811"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "18590-18520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 18590/18520",
    "series": "18500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 73.025,
    "B_mm": 16.667,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 57.7,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.2,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 280,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 41.275 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 33020 and 49530 r/min in real machinery, and the 73.025 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 81 mm outer abutment; the 16.667 mm width and 280 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 18500-series envelope. Cone-and-cup identity in 18590: the leading 18590 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 18520 reference identifies the outer ring. The 18500-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 73.025 mm OD or 16.667 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 41.275 mm.The SKF 18590/18520 is a 41.275×73.025×16.667 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 18590 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 18500-series series — which is why the 41.275×73.025×16.667 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 18590 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 15.9 mm radial section height ((73.025−41.275)/2) and 280 g catalogue mass frame a 41.275 mm bore bearing rated at 57.7 kN C — roughly 1.40 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 18590 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 18590 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 18500-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (73.025×16.667 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 18590 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 18590 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 7,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 9,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 57.7/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 18590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 18590/18520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 18590?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 16.667 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 18590 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 18590?",
        "a": "The SKF 18590/18520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 73.025 mm outer diameter and 16.667 mm width (1.625 × 2.875 × 0.656 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 57.7 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.2 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 280 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 18590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 18500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×73.025×16.667 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 18590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (18500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18590-18520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 41.275×73.025×16.667 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18590-18520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "18590-18520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM501349-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 501349/310",
    "series": "LM501300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 73.431,
    "B_mm": 19.558,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 67.6,
    "static_load_kN": 68,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cone-and-cup identity in LM501349: the leading LM 501349 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 310 reference identifies the outer ring. The LM501300-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 73.431 mm OD or 19.558 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 41.275 mm.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM501349 appears as SKF LM 501349/310: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM501300-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.In SKF inch-series tables LM501349 sits at 41.275 mm bore (1.625 in) with a 73.431 mm cup OD and 19.558 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM501300-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.01 (static 68 kN against dynamic 67.6 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 7.65 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM501349 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 67.6 kN basic dynamic rating C and 68 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.01, and dividing C by the 41.275 mm bore yields 1.64 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.65 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 41.275 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM501349 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM501300-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (73.431×19.558 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM501349 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 67.6 kN rating of LM501349, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 9,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 19.558 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 67.6/68 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM501349 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 501349/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM501349 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM501349?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 501349/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 73.431 mm outer diameter and 19.558 mm width (1.625 × 2.891 × 0.77 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 67.6 kN, C0 68 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 340 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM501349 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM501300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×73.431×19.558 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM501349 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM501300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM501349 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-LM501310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-LM501314",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM501349-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM501349-314",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 501349/314",
    "series": "LM501300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 73.431,
    "B_mm": 21.43,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 67.6,
    "static_load_kN": 68,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 360,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 7,500 r/min thermal reference and 9,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM501349 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 41.275 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Cross-section geometry: the 16.1 mm half-section ((73.431−41.275)/2) of this LM500-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 57 mm, and the 21.43 mm axial width is split between cone (12 mm) and cup rib (10 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 360 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in LM501349 the 314 cup fixes the 73.431 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the LM 501349 cone determines the 41.275 mm shaft interface; the 21.43 mm width is the assembled pair value.Ordering number SKF LM 501349/314 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 41.275 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM501349 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM501300-series series — which is why the 41.275×73.431×21.43 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM501349 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM501300-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (73.431×21.43 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM501349 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single LM501349 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 73.431 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 67.6/68 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM501349 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 501349/314 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM501349 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM501349 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM501349 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM501349?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21.43 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM501349 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM501349?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 501349/314 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 73.431 mm outer diameter and 21.43 mm width (1.625 × 2.891 × 0.844 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 67.6 kN, C0 68 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 360 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-LM501310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-LM501314",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM501349-314",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM501349-314"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "11162-11300",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 11162/11300",
    "series": "11000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 18.009,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 55.7,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 6.1 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.01 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 11162 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 55.7 kN basic dynamic rating C and 56 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.01, and dividing C by the 41.275 mm bore yields 1.35 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 6.1 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 41.275 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 11162 the 11300 cup fixes the 76.2 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 11162 cone determines the 41.275 mm shaft interface; the 18.009 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF 11162 (SKF 11162/11300) is the 11000-series tapered roller choice for a 41.275 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 76.2×18.009 mm envelope.Digit by digit, 11162 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 11000-series inch series; the 41.275 mm bore, 76.2 mm OD and 18.009 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 11162 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 11000-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (76.2×18.009 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 11162 mounting error.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 11162 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 11162 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 55.7/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 11162 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 11162/11300 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 11162 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 11162 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 11162 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 11162?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.009 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 11162 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 11162?",
        "a": "The SKF 11162/11300 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 18.009 mm width (1.625 × 3 × 0.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 55.7 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.1 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 340 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11162-11300-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 41.275×76.2×18.009 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11162-11315",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11162-11300",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "11162-11300"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "11163-11300",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 11163/11300",
    "series": "11000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 18.009,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 55.7,
    "static_load_kN": 56,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.1,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 340,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.01 (static 56 kN against dynamic 55.7 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 6.1 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 11163 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 41.275 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 33020 and 49530 r/min in real machinery, and the 76.2 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 84 mm outer abutment; the 18.009 mm width and 340 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 11100-series envelope. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 11163 pairs the 11163 cone with the 11300 cup under the 11000-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.Ordering number SKF 11163/11300 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 41.275 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (11000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 41.275×76.2×18.009 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 11163 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 11000-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (76.2×18.009 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 11163 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 11163 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 18.009 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 55.7/56 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 11163 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 11163/11300 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 11163 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 11163 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 11163 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 11163?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 18.009 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 11163 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 11163?",
        "a": "The SKF 11163/11300 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 18.009 mm width (1.625 × 3 × 0.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 55.7 kN, C0 56 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.1 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 340 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "11163-11300",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "11163-11300"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "24780-24720",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 24780/24720",
    "series": "24700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 76.2,
    "B_mm": 22.225,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 84.2,
    "static_load_kN": 86.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65,
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000,
    "weight_g": 440,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the 24780 cone but use different cups; this one, 24780, takes the 24720 cup and is ground for the resulting 76.2 mm OD / 22.225 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 24780 (SKF 24780/24720) is the 24700-series tapered roller choice for a 41.275 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 76.2×22.225 mm envelope.Digit by digit, 24780 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 24700-series inch series; the 41.275 mm bore, 76.2 mm OD and 22.225 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 24780 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 9.65 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.03 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 24780 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Material and manufacturing detail: the 440 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 24700 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 13 g of the total; the 41.275 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 76.2 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 22.225 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 24780 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 24700-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (76.2×22.225 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 24780 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 24780 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 7,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 9,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 84.2/86.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 24780 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 24780/24720 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 24780 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 24780?",
        "a": "The SKF 24780/24720 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 76.2 mm outer diameter and 22.225 mm width (1.625 × 3 × 0.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 84.2 kN, C0 86.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 440 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 24780 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 24700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×76.2×22.225 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 24780 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (24700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 24780 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "24780-24720-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 41.275×76.2×22.225 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "24780-24720",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "24780-24720"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M802048-011",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 802048/011",
    "series": "M802000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 82.55,
    "B_mm": 26.543,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 91.2,
    "static_load_kN": 91.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.6,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 620,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 91.2 kN and C0 91.5 kN, the M802048 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,000 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one M802048 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 41.275 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Load system: the 91.2 kN basic dynamic rating C and 91.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.00, and dividing C by the 41.275 mm bore yields 2.21 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 10.6 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 41.275 mm shaft carrying variable duty. The cup reference 011 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the M 802048 cone, produces the 41.275/82.55/26.543 mm envelope catalogue-listed as M802048. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the M802000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.SKF M802048 (SKF M 802048/011) is the M802000-series tapered roller choice for a 41.275 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 82.55×26.543 mm envelope.The M802000-series series assigns 41.275 mm bore, 82.55 mm OD and 26.543 mm width to M802048; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight M802048 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The M802000-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (82.55×26.543 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M802048 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one M802048 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 82.55 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 91.2/91.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M802048 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 802048/011 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M802048 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M802000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M802048 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M802048 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M802048 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M802048?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 26.543 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M802048 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M802048-M802011",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 41.275×82.55×26.543 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M802048-011",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M802048-011"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3585-3525",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3585/3525",
    "series": "3500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 87.312,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 126,
    "static_load_kN": 132,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 23.0 mm half-section ((87.312−41.275)/2) of this 35800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 64 mm, and the 30.162 mm axial width is split between cone (17 mm) and cup rib (14 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 850 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 3585 the 3525 cup fixes the 87.312 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 3585 cone determines the 41.275 mm shaft interface; the 30.162 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF 3585/3525 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 41.275 mm bore entry in the inch 3500-series, dimensioned 87.312 mm OD and 30.162 mm wide.On the SKF nameplate, 3585 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 3500-series marking the dimensional series. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,300 r/min thermal reference and 8,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one 3585 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 41.275 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 3585 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 41.275 mm bore (87.312×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 126 kN rating of 3585, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 3585 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 3585 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 126/132 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3585 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3585/3525 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 3585?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 3585 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3585?",
        "a": "The SKF 3585/3525 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 87.312 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (1.625 × 3.437 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 126 kN, C0 132 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3585 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×87.312×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3585 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3585-3525",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3585-3525"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM803146-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 803146/110",
    "series": "HM803100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 88.9,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 116,
    "static_load_kN": 127,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.6,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 910,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: HM803146 means a cone and cup matched pair in the HM803100-series series — which is why the 41.275×88.9×30.162 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,000 r/min thermal reference and 7,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of HM803146 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 6,000 r/min thermal reference, the 41.275 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 248k, and the 23.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 7,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 910 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone versus cup responsibility in HM803146: the HM 803146 cone carries the 41.275 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 110 cup carries the 88.9 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.For a 41.275 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists HM803146 under catalogue execution SKF HM 803146/110: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch HM803100-series.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM803146 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM803100-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (88.9×30.162 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 116 kN rating of HM803146, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM803146 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 116/127 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM803146 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 803146/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the HM803146 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM803100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×88.9×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM803146 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM803100-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM803146 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM803146 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM803146 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM803146?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM803146-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM803146-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "526-522",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 526/522",
    "series": "525-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 41.275,
    "D_mm": 101.6,
    "B_mm": 34.925,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 184,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 41.275 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 526 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Journal and housing interface: the 41.275 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.083 mm for this diameter range) and the 101.6 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 101.6.000/101.620 mm; the 34.925 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1450 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in 526: the leading 526 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 522 reference identifies the outer ring. The 525-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 101.6 mm OD or 34.925 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 41.275 mm.SKF 526/522 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 41.275 mm bore entry in the inch 525-series, dimensioned 101.6 mm OD and 34.925 mm wide.Reading the designation: 526 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 525-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 41.275 mm bore, 101.6 mm OD and 34.925 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.03 (static 190 kN against dynamic 184 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 21.6 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 41.275 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 526 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 525-series inch series at 41.275 mm bore (101.6×34.925 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 526 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 526 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 34.925 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 184/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 526 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 526/522 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 526 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 526 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 526?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 34.925 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 526 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 526?",
        "a": "The SKF 526/522 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 41.275 mm bore, 101.6 mm outer diameter and 34.925 mm width (1.625 × 4 × 1.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 184 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 526 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 525-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 41.275×101.6×34.925 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "526-522",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "526-522"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25577-25520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25577/25520",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 42.875,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 590,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 25577 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Load system: the 99.1 kN basic dynamic rating C and 106 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.07, and dividing C by the 42.875 mm bore yields 2.31 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 11.8 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 42.875 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Two catalogue entries share the 25577 cone but use different cups; this one, 25577, takes the 25520 cup and is ground for the resulting 82.931 mm OD / 23.812 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.The SKF 25577/25520 is a 42.875×82.931×23.812 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables 25577 sits at 42.875 mm bore (1.688 in) with a 82.931 mm cup OD and 23.812 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 25500-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare 25577 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 20.0 mm radial section height ((82.931−42.875)/2) and 590 g catalogue mass frame a 42.875 mm bore bearing rated at 99.1 kN C — roughly 2.31 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 42.875 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25577 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 42.875 mm bore (82.931×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 25577 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 25577 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 82.931 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25577 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25577/25520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 25577 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25577 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25577?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25577 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25577?",
        "a": "The SKF 25577/25520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 42.875 mm bore, 82.931 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.688 × 3.265 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 590 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25577 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 42.875×82.931×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25577-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 42.875×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25577-25520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25577-25520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25577-25523",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25577/25523",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 42.875,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 630,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 42.875 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 25577 under catalogue execution SKF 25577/25523: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 25500-series.On the SKF nameplate, 25577 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 25500-series marking the dimensional series. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,700 r/min thermal reference and 8,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for 25577: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 42.875 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 42.875 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 34300 and 51450 r/min in real machinery, and the 82.931 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 91 mm outer abutment; the 26.988 mm width and 630 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 25500-series envelope. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 25577 the 25577 cone contributes the 42.875 mm bore and roller set, the 25523 cup contributes the 82.931 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 26.988 mm width is the catalogue value.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 42.875 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25577 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 42.875 mm bore (82.931×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 25577 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single 25577 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 26.988 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25577 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25577/25523 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25577?",
        "a": "The SKF 25577/25523 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 42.875 mm bore, 82.931 mm outer diameter and 26.988 mm width (1.688 × 3.265 × 1.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 630 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25577 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 42.875×82.931×26.988 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25577 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25577 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 25577 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25577 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25577-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25577-25523",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25577-25523"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25580-25520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25580/25520",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 570,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 25580 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 25500-series inch series; the 44.45 mm bore, 82.931 mm OD and 23.812 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 570 g for the 44.45×82.931×23.812 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 25580 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Dimensional interchange map: within the 25500 series at 44.45 mm bore, the 82.931 mm OD and 23.812 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 19.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 570 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 25580 pairs the 25580 cone with the 25520 cup under the 25500-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.The SKF 25580/25520 is a 44.45×82.931×23.812 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (82.931×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 25580 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 25580 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25580/25520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 25580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×82.931×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25580 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25580 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 25580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 44.45×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25580-25520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25580-25522",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25580/25522",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 610,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting practice for 25580: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 44.45 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Journal and housing interface: the 44.45 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.089 mm for this diameter range) and the 82.931 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 82.931.000/82.951 mm; the 26.988 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 610 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in 25580: the leading 25580 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 25522 reference identifies the outer ring. The 25500-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 82.931 mm OD or 26.988 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 44.45 mm.For a 44.45 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 25580 under catalogue execution SKF 25580/25522: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 25500-series.Reading the designation: 25580 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 25500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 44.45 mm bore, 82.931 mm OD and 26.988 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 99.1 kN and C0 106 kN, the 25580 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,000 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (82.931×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 25580 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 25580 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25580/25522 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 25580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 26.988 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25580 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25580?",
        "a": "The SKF 25580/25522 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 82.931 mm outer diameter and 26.988 mm width (1.75 × 3.265 × 1.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 610 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×82.931×26.988 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25522",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25580-25522"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25580-25523",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25580/25523",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 610,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 6,700 r/min reference speed the 19.2 mm-section 25580 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 25580 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Operating context for the 44.45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 35560 and 53340 r/min in real machinery, and the 82.931 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 91 mm outer abutment; the 26.988 mm width and 610 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 25500-series envelope. Two catalogue entries share the 25580 cone but use different cups; this one, 25580, takes the 25523 cup and is ground for the resulting 82.931 mm OD / 26.988 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 25580 appears as SKF 25580/25523: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 25500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The 25500-series series assigns 44.45 mm bore, 82.931 mm OD and 26.988 mm width to 25580; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (82.931×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 25580 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 25580 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 82.931 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25580/25523 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25580 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25580 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 25580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 26.988 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25580 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25580-25523",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25580-25523"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM803149-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 803149/110",
    "series": "HM803000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 88.9,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 116,
    "static_load_kN": 127,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14.6,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 860,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF HM 803149/110 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 44.45 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: HM803149 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the HM803000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 44.45 mm bore, 88.9 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 14.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.09 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one HM803149 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 44.45 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Operating context for the 44.45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 35560 and 53340 r/min in real machinery, and the 88.9 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 97 mm outer abutment; the 30.162 mm width and 860 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this HM800-series envelope. Within the HM803000-series tables, HM 803149 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. HM803149 is the 110 variant, with 88.9 mm OD and 30.162 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM803149 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM803000-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (88.9×30.162 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM803149 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "A single HM803149 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 116/127 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM803149 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 803149/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM803149?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 803149/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 88.9 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (1.75 × 3.5 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 116 kN, C0 127 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 14.6 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 860 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM803149 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM803000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×88.9×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM803149 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM803000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM803149 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM803149 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM803149 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM803149-HM803110",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 44.45×88.9×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM803149-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM803149-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3782-3720",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3782/3720",
    "series": "3700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 93.264,
    "B_mm": 30.163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 134,
    "static_load_kN": 146,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 980,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 3782/3720 is a 44.45×93.264×30.163 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 3782 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 3700-series series — which is why the 44.45×93.264×30.163 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 134 kN and C0 146 kN, the 3782 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 7,000 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 3782 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Operating context for the 44.45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 35560 and 53340 r/min in real machinery, and the 93.264 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 101 mm outer abutment; the 30.163 mm width and 980 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 37800-series envelope. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 3782 the 3782 cone contributes the 44.45 mm bore and roller set, the 3720 cup contributes the 93.264 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.163 mm width is the catalogue value.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 3782 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 44.45 mm bore (93.264×30.163 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 3782 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 3782 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 3782 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 134/146 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3782 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3782/3720 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3782?",
        "a": "The SKF 3782/3720 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 93.264 mm outer diameter and 30.163 mm width (1.75 × 3.672 × 1.188 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 134 kN, C0 146 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 980 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3782 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×93.264×30.163 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3782 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 3782 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 3782 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 3782 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3782-3720-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 44.45×93.264×30.163 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3782-3720",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3782-3720"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "53178-53377",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 53178/53377",
    "series": "53000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 95.25,
    "B_mm": 30.958,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 108,
    "static_load_kN": 96.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 930,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 53178 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Load system: the 108 kN basic dynamic rating C and 96.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.89, and dividing C by the 44.45 mm bore yields 2.43 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 11.4 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 44.45 mm shaft carrying variable duty. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 53178 the 53178 cone contributes the 44.45 mm bore and roller set, the 53377 cup contributes the 95.25 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.958 mm width is the catalogue value.For a 44.45 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 53178 under catalogue execution SKF 53178/53377: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 53000-series.The 53000-series series assigns 44.45 mm bore, 95.25 mm OD and 30.958 mm width to 53178; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 11.4 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.89 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 53178 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 53000-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (95.25×30.958 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 53178 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 53178 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 108/96.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 53178 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 53178/53377 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 53178 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 53178 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 53178?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.958 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 53178 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 53178?",
        "a": "The SKF 53178/53377 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 95.25 mm outer diameter and 30.958 mm width (1.75 × 3.75 × 1.219 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 108 kN, C0 96.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 930 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 53178 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 53000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×95.25×30.958 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "53178-53377",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "53178-53377"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM903249-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 903249/210",
    "series": "HM903200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 95.25,
    "B_mm": 30.958,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 124,
    "static_load_kN": 122,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 14,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 1000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in HM903249 the 210 cup fixes the 95.25 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the HM 903249 cone determines the 44.45 mm shaft interface; the 30.958 mm width is the assembled pair value.HM903249 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM903200-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The HM903200-series series assigns 44.45 mm bore, 95.25 mm OD and 30.958 mm width to HM903249; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare HM903249 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 1000 g for the 44.45×95.25×30.958 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Because the contact line is tapered, one HM903249 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 44.45 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 44.45 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.089 mm for this diameter range) and the 95.25 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 95.25.000/95.270 mm; the 30.958 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM903249 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM903200-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (95.25×30.958 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM903249 mounting error.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM903249 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 30.958 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 124/122 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM903249 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 903249/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is HM903249 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM903249?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 903249/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 95.25 mm outer diameter and 30.958 mm width (1.75 × 3.75 × 1.219 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 124 kN, C0 122 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 14 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM903249 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM903200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×95.25×30.958 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM903249 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM903200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM903249 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM903249-HM903210",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 44.45×95.25×30.958 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM903249-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM903249-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM807040-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 807040/010",
    "series": "HM-807000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 104.775,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 180,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The cup reference 010 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the HM 807040 cone, produces the 44.45/104.775/36.512 mm envelope catalogue-listed as HM807040. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the HM-807000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.HM807040 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM-807000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, HM807040 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the HM-807000-series inch series; the 44.45 mm bore, 104.775 mm OD and 36.512 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 22.4 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.13 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single HM807040 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 5,000 r/min thermal reference, the 44.45 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 222k, and the 30.2 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 6,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1650 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM807040 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM-807000-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (104.775×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM807040 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM807040 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 1650 g mass and 36.512 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of HM807040.",
      "The 180/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM807040 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 807040/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is HM807040 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM807040?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 807040/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 104.775 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (1.75 × 4.125 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 180 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.4 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM807040 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM-807000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×104.775×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM807040 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM-807000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM807040 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM807040-HM807010",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 44.45×104.775×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM807040-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM807040-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "535-532X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 535/532 X",
    "series": "535-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 107.95,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 183,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 44.45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 35560 and 53340 r/min in real machinery, and the 107.95 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 116 mm outer abutment; the 36.512 mm width and 1700 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 53500-series envelope. Cup-side note for 532 X: the outer ring's rib profile and the 107.95 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 535-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 535 cone changes both the assembled 36.512 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF 535/532 X in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 44.45 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The 535-series series assigns 44.45 mm bore, 107.95 mm OD and 36.512 mm width to 535; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,300 r/min thermal reference and 6,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 44.45 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 535 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 535 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 535-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (107.95×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 535 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 535 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 107.95 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 183/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 535 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 535/532 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 535?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 535 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 535?",
        "a": "The SKF 535/532 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 107.95 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (1.75 × 4.25 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 183 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 535 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 535-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×107.95×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 535 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (535-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "535-532X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "535-532X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "535-532A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 535/532 A",
    "series": "535-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 44.45,
    "D_mm": 111.125,
    "B_mm": 38.1,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 183,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 44.45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 35560 and 53340 r/min in real machinery, and the 111.125 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 119 mm outer abutment; the 38.1 mm width and 1850 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 53500-series envelope. Cone versus cup responsibility in 535: the 535 cone carries the 44.45 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 532 A cup carries the 111.125 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.Ordering number SKF 535/532 A in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 44.45 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The 535-series series assigns 44.45 mm bore, 111.125 mm OD and 38.1 mm width to 535; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,300 r/min thermal reference and 6,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 44.45 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 535 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 44.45 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 535 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 535-series inch series at 44.45 mm bore (111.125×38.1 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 535 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 535 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 111.125 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 183/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 535 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 535/532 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 535?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 38.1 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 535 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 535?",
        "a": "The SKF 535/532 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 44.45 mm bore, 111.125 mm outer diameter and 38.1 mm width (1.75 × 4.375 × 1.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 183 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 535 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 535-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 44.45×111.125×38.1 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 535 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (535-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "535-532A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "535-532A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3586-3525",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3586/3525",
    "series": "3500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.237,
    "D_mm": 87.312,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 126,
    "static_load_kN": 132,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 780,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 3586 the 3525 cup fixes the 87.312 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 3586 cone determines the 45.237 mm shaft interface; the 30.162 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF 3586 (SKF 3586/3525) is the 3500-series tapered roller choice for a 45.237 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 87.312×30.162 mm envelope.Reading the designation: 3586 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 3500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 45.237 mm bore, 87.312 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 3586 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 15 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.05 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 3586 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 45.237 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.090 mm for this diameter range) and the 87.312 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 87.312.000/87.332 mm; the 30.162 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 780 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.237 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 3586 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 45.237 mm bore (87.312×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 126 kN rating of 3586, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 126 kN rating of 3586, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 3586 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 126/132 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3586 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3586/3525 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 3586 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3586?",
        "a": "The SKF 3586/3525 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45.237 mm bore, 87.312 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (1.781 × 3.437 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 126 kN, C0 132 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 780 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3586 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 45.237×87.312×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3586 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 3586 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3586-3525-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.237×87.312×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3586-3525",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3586-3525"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM102949-910",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 102949/910",
    "series": "LM102900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.242,
    "D_mm": 73.431,
    "B_mm": 19.558,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 66,
    "static_load_kN": 75,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.15,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 310,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM102900-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 45.242×73.431×19.558 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 66 kN and C0 75 kN, the LM102949 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 8,500 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM102949 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 45.242 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 45.242 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.090 mm for this diameter range) and the 73.431 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 73.431.000/73.451 mm; the 19.558 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 310 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in LM102949: the leading LM 102949 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 910 reference identifies the outer ring. The LM102900-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 73.431 mm OD or 19.558 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 45.242 mm.For a 45.242 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM102949 under catalogue execution SKF LM 102949/910: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM102900-series.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.242 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM102949 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM102900-series inch series at 45.242 mm bore (73.431×19.558 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM102949 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM102949 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 73.431 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 66/75 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM102949 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 102949/910 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the LM102949 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM102900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 45.242×73.431×19.558 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM102949 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM102900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM102949 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM102949 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM102949 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM102949?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.558 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM102949-LM102910",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM102949-910",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM102949-910"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM603049-011",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 603049/011",
    "series": "LM603000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.242,
    "D_mm": 77.788,
    "B_mm": 19.842,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 66.8,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 370,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 16.3 mm-section LM603049 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two LM603049 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 16.3 mm half-section ((77.788−45.242)/2) of this LM600-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 61 mm, and the 19.842 mm axial width is split between cone (11 mm) and cup rib (9 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 370 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in LM603049 the LM 603049 cone contributes the 45.242 mm bore and roller set, the 011 cup contributes the 77.788 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 19.842 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM603049 appears as SKF LM 603049/011: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM603000-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: LM603049 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM603000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 45.242 mm bore, 77.788 mm OD and 19.842 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.242 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM603049 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM603000-series inch series at 45.242 mm bore (77.788×19.842 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM603049 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM603049 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 66.8/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM603049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 603049/011 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM603049 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM603000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM603049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM603049 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM603049 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM603049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.842 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM603049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-LM603011",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-011",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM603049-011"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM603049-011AA",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 603049/011 AA",
    "series": "LM603000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.242,
    "D_mm": 77.788,
    "B_mm": 19.842,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 66.8,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 370,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare LM603049 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 16.3 mm-section LM603049 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two LM603049 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 16.3 mm half-section ((77.788−45.242)/2) of this LM600-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 61 mm, and the 19.842 mm axial width is split between cone (11 mm) and cup rib (9 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 370 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Why the cup reference matters here: in the LM603000-series tables the LM 603049 cone appears against several cup options. LM603049 is the pairing with 011 AA, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 77.788 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 19.842 mm assembled width.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM603049 appears as SKF LM 603049/011 AA: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM603000-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: LM603049 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM603000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 45.242 mm bore, 77.788 mm OD and 19.842 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.242 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM603049 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM603000-series inch series at 45.242 mm bore (77.788×19.842 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM603049 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM603049 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 66.8/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM603049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 603049/011 AA designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM603049 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM603000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM603049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM603049 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM603049 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM603049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 19.842 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM603049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-LM603011",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-011AA",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM603049-011AA"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM603049-012",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 603049/012",
    "series": "LM603000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.242,
    "D_mm": 77.788,
    "B_mm": 21.43,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 66.8,
    "static_load_kN": 69.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 390,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare LM603049 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 16.3 mm-section LM603049 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two LM603049 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 16.3 mm half-section ((77.788−45.242)/2) of this LM600-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 61 mm, and the 21.43 mm axial width is split between cone (12 mm) and cup rib (10 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 390 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: LM603049 pairs the LM 603049 cone with the 012 cup under the LM603000-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM603049 appears as SKF LM 603049/012: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM603000-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: LM603049 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM603000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 45.242 mm bore, 77.788 mm OD and 21.43 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.242 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM603049 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM603000-series inch series at 45.242 mm bore (77.788×21.43 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM603049 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM603049 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 66.8/69.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM603049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 603049/012 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM603049 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM603000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM603049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM603049 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM603049 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM603049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21.43 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM603049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-LM603011",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM603049-012",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM603049-012"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25590-25520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25590/25520",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.618,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Within the 25500-series tables, 25590 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 25590 is the 25520 variant, with 82.931 mm OD and 23.812 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 25590 appears as SKF 25590/25520: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 25500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 25590 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 25500-series series — which is why the 45.618×82.931×23.812 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 6,700 r/min thermal reference and 8,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 25590 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 6,700 r/min thermal reference, the 45.618 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 306k, and the 18.7 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 8,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 550 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.618 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25590 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 45.618 mm bore (82.931×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 25590 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 25590 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25590/25520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 25590 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25590?",
        "a": "The SKF 25590/25520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45.618 mm bore, 82.931 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (1.796 × 3.265 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 45.618×82.931×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25590 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25519",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.618×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.618×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25522-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.618×82.931×23.812 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25526",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25590-25520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25590-25523",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25590/25523",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.618,
    "D_mm": 82.931,
    "B_mm": 26.988,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 590,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare 25590 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.07 (static 106 kN against dynamic 99.1 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 11.8 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 25590 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 25500 series at 45.618 mm bore, the 82.931 mm OD and 26.988 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 18.7 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 590 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Two catalogue entries share the 25590 cone but use different cups; this one, 25590, takes the 25523 cup and is ground for the resulting 82.931 mm OD / 26.988 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 25590 (SKF 25590/25523) is the 25500-series tapered roller choice for a 45.618 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 82.931×26.988 mm envelope.In SKF inch-series tables 25590 sits at 45.618 mm bore (1.796 in) with a 82.931 mm cup OD and 26.988 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 25500-series family.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.618 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25590 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 45.618 mm bore (82.931×26.988 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 25590 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 25590 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 6,700 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 8,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25590/25523 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 25590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (25500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 25590 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 25590 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25590 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25590?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 26.988 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25590 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25519",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25522-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25526",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25523",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25590-25523"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "25590-25522",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 25590/25522",
    "series": "25500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45.618,
    "D_mm": 83.058,
    "B_mm": 23.876,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.1,
    "static_load_kN": 106,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.8,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 45.618 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 25590 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Cross-section geometry: the 18.7 mm half-section ((83.058−45.618)/2) of this 25500-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 64 mm, and the 23.876 mm axial width is split between cone (13 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 550 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cone-and-cup identity in 25590: the leading 25590 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 25522 reference identifies the outer ring. The 25500-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 83.058 mm OD or 23.876 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 45.618 mm.25590 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 25500-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (25500-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 45.618×83.058×23.876 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 25590 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 550 g for the 45.618×83.058×23.876 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 45.618 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 25590 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 25500-series inch series at 45.618 mm bore (83.058×23.876 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 25590 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 99.1 kN rating of 25590, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 25590 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 99.1/106 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 25590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 25590/25522 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 25590 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 25590 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 25590?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.876 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 25590 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 25590?",
        "a": "The SKF 25590/25522 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 45.618 mm bore, 83.058 mm outer diameter and 23.876 mm width (1.796 × 3.27 × 0.94 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.1 kN, C0 106 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.8 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 25590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 25500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 45.618×83.058×23.876 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25519",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.618×83.058×23.876 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25522-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 45.618×83.058×23.876 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25526",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "25590-25522",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "25590-25522"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM503349A-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 503349 A/310",
    "series": "LM503300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 18,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 62.1,
    "static_load_kN": 71,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 46 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM503349A under catalogue execution SKF LM 503349 A/310: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM503300-series.The LM503300-series series assigns 46 mm bore, 75 mm OD and 18 mm width to LM503349A; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare LM503349A is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 7,000 r/min thermal reference and 8,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM503349A generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 7,000 r/min thermal reference, the 46 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 322k, and the 14.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 8,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 300 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 310: the outer ring's rib profile and the 75 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the LM503300-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same LM 503349 A cone changes both the assembled 18 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM503349A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM503300-series inch series at 46 mm bore (75×18 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 62.1 kN rating of LM503349A, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM503349A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 300 g mass and 18 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of LM503349A.",
      "The 62.1/71 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM503349A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 503349 A/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM503349A?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 503349 A/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 18 mm width (1.811 × 2.953 × 0.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 62.1 kN, C0 71 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM503349A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM503300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 46×75×18 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM503349A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM503300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM503349A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM503349A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM503349A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM503349A-LM503310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM503349A-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM503349A-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM503349-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 503349/310",
    "series": "LM503300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 18,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 62.1,
    "static_load_kN": 71,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Why the cup reference matters here: in the LM503300-series tables the LM 503349 cone appears against several cup options. LM503349 is the pairing with 310, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 75 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 18 mm assembled width.SKF LM503349 (SKF LM 503349/310) is the LM503300-series tapered roller choice for a 46 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 75×18 mm envelope.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM503349 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM503300-series series — which is why the 46×75×18 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 7,000 r/min reference speed the 14.5 mm-section LM503349 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 8,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two LM503349 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Load system: the 62.1 kN basic dynamic rating C and 71 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.14, and dividing C by the 46 mm bore yields 1.35 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 7.65 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 46 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM503349 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM503300-series inch series at 46 mm bore (75×18 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single LM503349 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 62.1 kN rating of LM503349, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 8,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open LM503349 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 62.1/71 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM503349 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 503349/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM503349 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM503349?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 503349/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 18 mm width (1.811 × 2.953 × 0.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 62.1 kN, C0 71 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM503349 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM503300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 46×75×18 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM503349 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM503300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM503349 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM503349-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM503349-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "18690-18620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 18690/18620",
    "series": "18600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46.038,
    "D_mm": 79.375,
    "B_mm": 17.462,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 61.1,
    "static_load_kN": 62,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 6.8,
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500,
    "weight_g": 330,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 18600 series at 46.038 mm bore, the 79.375 mm OD and 17.462 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 16.7 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 330 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 18690 the 18690 cone contributes the 46.038 mm bore and roller set, the 18620 cup contributes the 79.375 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 17.462 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF 18690/18620 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 46.038 mm bore entry in the inch 18600-series, dimensioned 79.375 mm OD and 17.462 mm wide.The 18600-series series assigns 46.038 mm bore, 79.375 mm OD and 17.462 mm width to 18690; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 7,000 r/min thermal reference and 8,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single 18690 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46.038 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 18690 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 18600-series inch series at 46.038 mm bore (79.375×17.462 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 18690 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 18690 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 61.1/62 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 18690 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 18690/18620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 18690?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 17.462 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 18690 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 18690?",
        "a": "The SKF 18690/18620 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46.038 mm bore, 79.375 mm outer diameter and 17.462 mm width (1.813 × 3.125 × 0.687 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 61.1 kN, C0 62 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 6.8 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 330 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 18690 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 18600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 46.038×79.375×17.462 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 18690 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (18600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18690-18620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 46.038×79.375×17.462 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18690-18620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "18690-18620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "359S-354X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 359 S/354 X",
    "series": "355-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46.038,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 20.638,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 87.3,
    "static_load_kN": 81.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.3,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 490,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 359S generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Cross-section geometry: the 19.5 mm half-section ((85−46.038)/2) of this 35900-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 65 mm, and the 20.638 mm axial width is split between cone (11 mm) and cup rib (9 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 490 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. From a specification standpoint the 354 X cup is the controlling half of 359S for housing design — it sets the 85 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 359 S cone controls shaft fit at the 46.038 mm bore; the 20.638 mm width is the result of the two together.359S is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 355-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 359S means a cone and cup matched pair in the 355-series series — which is why the 46.038×85×20.638 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 490 g for the 46.038×85×20.638 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46.038 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 359S pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 46.038 mm bore (85×20.638 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 359S pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 359S cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 20.638 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 87.3/81.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 359S (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 359 S/354 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 359S compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 359S position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 359S?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 20.638 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 359S interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 359S?",
        "a": "The SKF 359 S/354 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46.038 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 20.638 mm width (1.813 × 3.346 × 0.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 87.3 kN, C0 81.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.3 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 490 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 359S inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 355-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 46.038×85×20.638 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "359S-352",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "359S-354X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "359S-354X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM804846-810",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 804846/810",
    "series": "HM804800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46.038,
    "D_mm": 95.25,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 133,
    "static_load_kN": 146,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.3,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 990,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 5,600 r/min reference speed the 24.6 mm-section HM804846 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM804846 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Load system: the 133 kN basic dynamic rating C and 146 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.10, and dividing C by the 46.038 mm bore yields 2.89 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 17.3 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 46.038 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cup-side note for 810: the outer ring's rib profile and the 95.25 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HM804800-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HM 804846 cone changes both the assembled 30.162 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF HM 804846/810 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 46.038 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (HM804800-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 46.038×95.25×30.162 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46.038 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM804846 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM804800-series inch series at 46.038 mm bore (95.25×30.162 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM804846 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM804846 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 990 g mass and 30.162 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of HM804846.",
      "The 133/146 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM804846 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 804846/810 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM804846 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM804846 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM804846 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM804846?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM804846 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM804846?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 804846/810 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46.038 mm bore, 95.25 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (1.813 × 3.75 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 133 kN, C0 146 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.3 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 990 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM804846-HM804810",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM804846-810",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM804846-810"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "528R-522",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 528 R/522",
    "series": "525-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 46.038,
    "D_mm": 101.6,
    "B_mm": 34.925,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 184,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 184 kN and C0 190 kN, the 528R pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 6,700 r/min. A single 528R locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 27.8 mm half-section ((101.6−46.038)/2) of this 52800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 73 mm, and the 34.925 mm axial width is split between cone (19 mm) and cup rib (16 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1300 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Within the 525-series tables, 528 R appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 528R is the 522 variant, with 101.6 mm OD and 34.925 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.Ordering number SKF 528 R/522 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 46.038 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The 525-series series assigns 46.038 mm bore, 101.6 mm OD and 34.925 mm width to 528R; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 528R is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 46.038 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 528R pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 525-series inch series at 46.038 mm bore (101.6×34.925 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 528R pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 528R pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 5,600 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 6,700 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 184/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 528R (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 528 R/522 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 528R take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 528R compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 528R position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 528R?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 34.925 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 528R interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 528R?",
        "a": "The SKF 528 R/522 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 46.038 mm bore, 101.6 mm outer diameter and 34.925 mm width (1.813 × 4 × 1.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 184 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "528R-522",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "528R-522"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "65390-65320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 65390/65320",
    "series": "65300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 49.212,
    "D_mm": 114.3,
    "B_mm": 44.45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 226,
    "static_load_kN": 224,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 2200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 5,000 r/min reference speed the 32.5 mm-section 65390 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 6,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single 65390 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Load system: the 226 kN basic dynamic rating C and 224 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.99, and dividing C by the 49.212 mm bore yields 4.59 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 25 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 49.212 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Two catalogue entries share the 65390 cone but use different cups; this one, 65390, takes the 65320 cup and is ground for the resulting 114.3 mm OD / 44.45 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.The SKF 65390/65320 is a 49.212×114.3×44.45 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Reading the designation: 65390 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 65300-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 49.212 mm bore, 114.3 mm OD and 44.45 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 49.212 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 65390 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 65300-series inch series at 49.212 mm bore (114.3×44.45 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 65390 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 65390 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The 65390 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 226/224 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 65390 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 65390/65320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 65390 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (65300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 65390 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 65390 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 65390 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 65390?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 44.45 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 65390 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "65390-65320-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "65390-65320",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "65390-65320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM104949-911",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 104949/911",
    "series": "LM104900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 82.55,
    "B_mm": 21.59,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 88.9,
    "static_load_kN": 100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 430,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: LM104949 pairs the LM 104949 cone with the 911 cup under the LM104900-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF LM104949 (SKF LM 104949/911) is the LM104900-series tapered roller choice for a 50.8 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 82.55×21.59 mm envelope.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM104949 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM104900-series series — which is why the 50.8×82.55×21.59 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 430 g for the 50.8×82.55×21.59 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single LM104949 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Operating context for the 50.8 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 40640 and 60960 r/min in real machinery, and the 82.55 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 91 mm outer abutment; the 21.59 mm width and 430 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this LM100-series envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM104949 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM104900-series inch series at 50.8 mm bore (82.55×21.59 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single LM104949 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM104949 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The LM104949 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 88.9/100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM104949 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 104949/911 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM104949 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM104949?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 104949/911 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 82.55 mm outer diameter and 21.59 mm width (2 × 3.25 × 0.85 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 88.9 kN, C0 100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 430 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM104949 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM104900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×82.55×21.59 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM104949 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM104900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM104949 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM104949-LM104911",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50.8×82.55×21.59 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM104949-911",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM104949-911"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "18790-18720",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 18790/18720",
    "series": "18700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 17.462,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 62.1,
    "static_load_kN": 65.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.2,
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000,
    "weight_g": 370,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 17.1 mm radial section height ((85−50.8)/2) and 370 g catalogue mass frame a 50.8 mm bore bearing rated at 62.1 kN C — roughly 1.22 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 18790 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 50.8 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.102 mm for this diameter range) and the 85 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 85.000/85.020 mm; the 17.462 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 370 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. From a specification standpoint the 18720 cup is the controlling half of 18790 for housing design — it sets the 85 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 18790 cone controls shaft fit at the 50.8 mm bore; the 17.462 mm width is the result of the two together.SKF 18790/18720 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 50.8 mm bore entry in the inch 18700-series, dimensioned 85 mm OD and 17.462 mm wide.The 18700-series series assigns 50.8 mm bore, 85 mm OD and 17.462 mm width to 18790; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 18790 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 18700-series inch series at 50.8 mm bore (85×17.462 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 18790 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 18790 mounting error.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 17.462 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 62.1/65.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 18790 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 18790/18720 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 18790 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 18790 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 18790 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 18790?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 17.462 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 18790 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 18790?",
        "a": "The SKF 18790/18720 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 17.462 mm width (2 × 3.346 × 0.687 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 62.1 kN, C0 65.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.2 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 370 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18790-18720-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50.8×85×17.462 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18790-18724",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "18790-18720",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "18790-18720"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "368A-362A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 368 A/362 A",
    "series": "365-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 88.9,
    "B_mm": 20.638,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 94,
    "static_load_kN": 91.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables 368A sits at 50.8 mm bore (2 in) with a 88.9 mm cup OD and 20.638 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 365-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 19.1 mm radial section height ((88.9−50.8)/2) and 500 g catalogue mass frame a 50.8 mm bore bearing rated at 94 kN C — roughly 1.85 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 368A locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 50.8 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.102 mm for this diameter range) and the 88.9 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 88.9.000/88.920 mm; the 20.638 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 500 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 368A the 362 A cup fixes the 88.9 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 368 A cone determines the 50.8 mm shaft interface; the 20.638 mm width is the assembled pair value.Ordering number SKF 368 A/362 A in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 50.8 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 368A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 50.8 mm bore (88.9×20.638 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 368A cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 368A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 94/91.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 368A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 368 A/362 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 368A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 365-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×88.9×20.638 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 368A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (365-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 368A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 368A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 368A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 368A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 20.638 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "368A-362",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "368A-362A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "368A-362A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "368A-362X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 368 A/362 X",
    "series": "365-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 94,
    "static_load_kN": 91.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 10.4,
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "weight_g": 580,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 6,300 r/min reference speed the 19.6 mm-section 368A is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 50.8 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 368A bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 94 kN basic dynamic rating C and 91.5 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 0.97, and dividing C by the 50.8 mm bore yields 1.85 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 10.4 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 50.8 mm shaft carrying variable duty. From a specification standpoint the 362 X cup is the controlling half of 368A for housing design — it sets the 90 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 368 A cone controls shaft fit at the 50.8 mm bore; the 25 mm width is the result of the two together.The SKF 368 A/362 X is a 50.8×90×25 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (365-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 50.8×90×25 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 368A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 50.8 mm bore (90×25 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 368A rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 368A rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 368A shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 94/91.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 368A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 368 A/362 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 368A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 368A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 368A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 368A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 25 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 368A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 368A?",
        "a": "The SKF 368 A/362 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 25 mm width (2 × 3.543 × 0.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 94 kN, C0 91.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 10.4 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 580 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "368A-362",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "368A-362X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "368A-362X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3780-3720",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3780/3720",
    "series": "3700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 93.264,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 134,
    "static_load_kN": 146,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 870,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 37800 series at 50.8 mm bore, the 93.264 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 21.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 870 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 3780 the 3780 cone contributes the 50.8 mm bore and roller set, the 3720 cup contributes the 93.264 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.162 mm width is the catalogue value.For a 50.8 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 3780 under catalogue execution SKF 3780/3720: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 3700-series.Reading the designation: 3780 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 3700-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 50.8 mm bore, 93.264 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 21.2 mm radial section height ((93.264−50.8)/2) and 870 g catalogue mass frame a 50.8 mm bore bearing rated at 134 kN C — roughly 2.64 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 3780 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 3780 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 50.8 mm bore (93.264×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 3780 mounting error.",
      "At the 134 kN rating of 3780, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 3780 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 134/146 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3780 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3780/3720 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 3780?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 3780 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3780?",
        "a": "The SKF 3780/3720 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 93.264 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (2 × 3.672 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 134 kN, C0 146 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 870 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3780 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×93.264×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3780 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3780-3720-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50.8×93.264×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3780-3726",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3780-3732",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3780-3720",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3780-3720"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM807046-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 807046/010",
    "series": "HM807000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 104.775,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 180,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of HM807046 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HM800 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 45 g of the total; the 50.8 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 104.775 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 36.512 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Two catalogue entries share the HM 807046 cone but use different cups; this one, HM807046, takes the 010 cup and is ground for the resulting 104.775 mm OD / 36.512 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.For a 50.8 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists HM807046 under catalogue execution SKF HM 807046/010: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch HM807000-series.The HM807000-series series assigns 50.8 mm bore, 104.775 mm OD and 36.512 mm width to HM807046; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 5,000 r/min reference speed the 27.0 mm-section HM807046 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 6,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight HM807046 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The HM807000-series inch series at 50.8 mm bore (104.775×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM807046 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM807046 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open HM807046 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 180/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM807046 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 807046/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM807046 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM807046 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM807046?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM807046 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM807046?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 807046/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 104.775 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2 × 4.125 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 180 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.4 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM807046 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM807000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×104.775×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM807046-HM807010",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50.8×104.775×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM807046-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM807046-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "4580-4535",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 4580/4535",
    "series": "4500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 104.775,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 195,
    "static_load_kN": 224,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A single 4580 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 45800 series at 50.8 mm bore, the 104.775 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 27.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1650 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cup-side note for 4535: the outer ring's rib profile and the 104.775 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 4500-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 4580 cone changes both the assembled 39.688 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 4580 appears as SKF 4580/4535: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 4500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, 4580 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 4500-series inch series; the 50.8 mm bore, 104.775 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 4580 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 27.0 mm radial section height ((104.775−50.8)/2) and 1650 g catalogue mass frame a 50.8 mm bore bearing rated at 195 kN C — roughly 3.84 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 4580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 4500-series inch series at 50.8 mm bore (104.775×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 195 kN rating of 4580, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 6,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "A single 4580 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 195/224 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 4580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 4580/4535 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 4580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 4580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 4580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 4580 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 4580?",
        "a": "The SKF 4580/4535 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 104.775 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (2 × 4.125 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 195 kN, C0 224 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 25 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 4580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 4500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×104.775×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "4580-4535",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "4580-4535"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "537-532X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 537/532 X",
    "series": "535-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50.8,
    "D_mm": 107.95,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 183,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 53700 series at 50.8 mm bore, the 107.95 mm OD and 36.512 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 28.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1550 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cone versus cup responsibility in 537: the 537 cone carries the 50.8 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 532 X cup carries the 107.95 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.The SKF 537/532 X is a 50.8×107.95×36.512 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables 537 sits at 50.8 mm bore (2 in) with a 107.95 mm cup OD and 36.512 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 535-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare 537 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 21.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.04 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 537 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 50.8 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 537 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 535-series inch series at 50.8 mm bore (107.95×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 537 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 537 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 1550 g mass and 36.512 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 537.",
      "The 183/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 537 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 537/532 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 537?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 537 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 537?",
        "a": "The SKF 537/532 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 50.8 mm bore, 107.95 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2 × 4.25 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 183 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 537 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 535-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 50.8×107.95×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 537 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (535-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "537-532X-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 50.8×107.95×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "537-532X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "537-532X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM806649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 806649/610",
    "series": "LM806600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 88.9,
    "B_mm": 19.05,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 71.5,
    "static_load_kN": 78,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 440,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the LM 806649 cone but use different cups; this one, LM806649, takes the 610 cup and is ground for the resulting 88.9 mm OD / 19.05 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF LM 806649/610 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 53.975 mm bore entry in the inch LM806600-series, dimensioned 88.9 mm OD and 19.05 mm wide.In SKF inch-series tables LM806649 sits at 53.975 mm bore (2.125 in) with a 88.9 mm cup OD and 19.05 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM806600-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.09 (static 78 kN against dynamic 71.5 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 9 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of LM806649 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 71.5 kN basic dynamic rating C and 78 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.09, and dividing C by the 53.975 mm bore yields 1.32 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 9 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 53.975 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight LM806649 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The LM806600-series inch series at 53.975 mm bore (88.9×19.05 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM806649 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 71.5 kN rating of LM806649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The LM806649 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 71.5/78 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM806649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 806649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM806649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM806649?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 806649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 88.9 mm outer diameter and 19.05 mm width (2.125 × 3.5 × 0.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 71.5 kN, C0 78 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 440 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM806649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM806600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×88.9×19.05 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM806649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM806600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM806649 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM806649-LM806610",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM806649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM806649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33895-33821",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33895/33821",
    "series": "33800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 95.25,
    "B_mm": 27.783,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 129,
    "static_load_kN": 137,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 810,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 33895 the 33895 cone contributes the 53.975 mm bore and roller set, the 33821 cup contributes the 95.25 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 27.783 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 33895 appears as SKF 33895/33821: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 33800-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 33895 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 33800-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 33895 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 129 kN and C0 137 kN, the 33895 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 7,000 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 33895 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Dimensional interchange map: within the 33800 series at 53.975 mm bore, the 95.25 mm OD and 27.783 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 20.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 810 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33895 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (95.25×27.783 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 33895 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33895 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 129/137 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33895 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33895/33821 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 33895 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33895?",
        "a": "The SKF 33895/33821 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 95.25 mm outer diameter and 27.783 mm width (2.125 × 3.75 × 1.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 137 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 810 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33895 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 33800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×95.25×27.783 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 33895 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (33800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33895 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33895-33822-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33895-33821",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33895-33821"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33895-33822",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33895/33822",
    "series": "33800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 95.25,
    "B_mm": 27.783,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 129,
    "static_load_kN": 137,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16,
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "weight_g": 810,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 53.975 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33895 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 129 kN basic dynamic rating C and 137 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.06, and dividing C by the 53.975 mm bore yields 2.39 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 16 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 53.975 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 33800-series tables the 33895 cone appears against several cup options. 33895 is the pairing with 33822, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 95.25 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 27.783 mm assembled width.33895 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 33800-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: 33895 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 33800-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 53.975 mm bore, 95.25 mm OD and 27.783 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 33895 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 5,600 r/min reference speed the 20.6 mm-section 33895 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 7,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 33895 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (95.25×27.783 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 33895 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 129 kN rating of 33895, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 7,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 33895 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 129/137 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33895 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33895/33822 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 33895 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33895 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 33895?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 27.783 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 33895 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33895?",
        "a": "The SKF 33895/33822 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 95.25 mm outer diameter and 27.783 mm width (2.125 × 3.75 × 1.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 137 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 810 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33895 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 33800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×95.25×27.783 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33895-33822-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33895-33822",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33895-33822"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "539-532X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 539/532 X",
    "series": "535-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 107.95,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 183,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 21.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.04 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 53.975 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 539 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 53900 series at 53.975 mm bore, the 107.95 mm OD and 36.512 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 27.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1450 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 539 the 532 X cup fixes the 107.95 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 539 cone determines the 53.975 mm shaft interface; the 36.512 mm width is the assembled pair value.The SKF 539/532 X is a 53.975×107.95×36.512 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The 535-series series assigns 53.975 mm bore, 107.95 mm OD and 36.512 mm width to 539; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 539 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 535-series inch series at 53.975 mm bore (107.95×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 539 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 539 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 539 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 183/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 539 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 539/532 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 539 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 539 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 539 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 539?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 539 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 539?",
        "a": "The SKF 539/532 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 107.95 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2.125 × 4.25 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 183 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "539-532X-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 53.975×107.95×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "539-532X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "539-532X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "539-532A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 539/532 A",
    "series": "535-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 111.125,
    "B_mm": 38.1,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 183,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 21.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.04 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. For a 53.975 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 539 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the 53900 series at 53.975 mm bore, the 111.125 mm OD and 38.1 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 28.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1650 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cup-side note for 532 A: the outer ring's rib profile and the 111.125 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 535-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 539 cone changes both the assembled 38.1 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.The SKF 539/532 A is a 53.975×111.125×38.1 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The 535-series series assigns 53.975 mm bore, 111.125 mm OD and 38.1 mm width to 539; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 539 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 535-series inch series at 53.975 mm bore (111.125×38.1 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 539 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 539 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 539 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 183/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 539 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 539/532 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 539 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 539 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 539 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 539?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 38.1 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 539 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 539?",
        "a": "The SKF 539/532 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 111.125 mm outer diameter and 38.1 mm width (2.125 × 4.375 × 1.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 183 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "539-532X-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "539-532A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "539-532A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "72212-72487",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 72212/72487",
    "series": "72000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 123.825,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 174,
    "static_load_kN": 160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 2000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 72212 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Operating context for the 53.975 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 43180 and 64770 r/min in real machinery, and the 123.825 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 132 mm outer abutment; the 36.512 mm width and 2000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 72200-series envelope. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 72212 the 72212 cone contributes the 53.975 mm bore and roller set, the 72487 cup contributes the 123.825 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 36.512 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF 72212 (SKF 72212/72487) is the 72000-series tapered roller choice for a 53.975 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 123.825×36.512 mm envelope.In SKF inch-series tables 72212 sits at 53.975 mm bore (2.125 in) with a 123.825 mm cup OD and 36.512 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 72000-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 2000 g for the 53.975×123.825×36.512 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 72212 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 72000-series inch series at 53.975 mm bore (123.825×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 72212 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 72212 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 174/160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 72212 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 72212/72487 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 72212 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 72212 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 72212?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 72212 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 72212?",
        "a": "The SKF 72212/72487 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 123.825 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2.125 × 4.875 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 174 kN, C0 160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.6 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 2000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 72212 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 72000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×123.825×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "72212-72487",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "72212-72487"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "387-382A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 387/382 A",
    "series": "385-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 96.838,
    "B_mm": 21,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.9,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 590,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 21.4 mm radial section height ((96.838−53.975)/2) and 590 g catalogue mass frame a 53.975 mm bore bearing rated at 99.9 kN C — roughly 1.85 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 387 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 5,600 r/min thermal reference, the 53.975 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 302k, and the 21.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 6,700 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 590 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 387 the 387 cone contributes the 53.975 mm bore and roller set, the 382 A cup contributes the 96.838 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 21 mm width is the catalogue value.The SKF 387/382 A is a 53.975×96.838×21 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The 385-series series assigns 53.975 mm bore, 96.838 mm OD and 21 mm width to 387; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 387 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (96.838×21 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 387 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 387 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 96.838 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 99.9/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 387 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 387/382 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 387 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 387 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 387 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 387?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 387 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 387?",
        "a": "The SKF 387/382 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 96.838 mm outer diameter and 21 mm width (2.125 × 3.813 × 0.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.9 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 590 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387-382A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387-382A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "387-382A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "387A-382S",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 387 A/382 S",
    "series": "385-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 96.838,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.9,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cone-and-cup identity in 387A: the leading 387 A reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 382 S reference identifies the outer ring. The 385-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 96.838 mm OD or 25.4 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 53.975 mm.387A is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 385-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 387A reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 385-series inch series; the 53.975 mm bore, 96.838 mm OD and 25.4 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.02 (static 102 kN against dynamic 99.9 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 11.6 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 387A units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 21.4 mm half-section ((96.838−53.975)/2) of this 38700-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 75 mm, and the 25.4 mm axial width is split between cone (14 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 650 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 387A pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (96.838×25.4 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 387A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 387A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 387A shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 99.9/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 387A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 387 A/382 S designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 387A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 387A?",
        "a": "The SKF 387 A/382 S is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 96.838 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (2.125 × 3.813 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.9 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 387A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 385-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×96.838×25.4 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 387A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (385-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 387A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387A-382A",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387A-382S",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "387A-382S"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "387-382",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 387/382",
    "series": "385-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 98.425,
    "B_mm": 21,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 99.9,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.6,
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "weight_g": 640,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " From a specification standpoint the 382 cup is the controlling half of 387 for housing design — it sets the 98.425 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 387 cone controls shaft fit at the 53.975 mm bore; the 21 mm width is the result of the two together.For a 53.975 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 387 under catalogue execution SKF 387/382: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 385-series.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (385-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 53.975×98.425×21 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 387 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,600 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 387 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Dimensional interchange map: within the 38700 series at 53.975 mm bore, the 98.425 mm OD and 21 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 22.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 640 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 387 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (98.425×21 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 387 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 387 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 21 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 99.9/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 387 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 387/382 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 387 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 387?",
        "a": "The SKF 387/382 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 98.425 mm outer diameter and 21 mm width (2.125 × 3.875 × 0.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 99.9 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 640 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 387 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 385-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×98.425×21 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 387 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (385-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 387 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387-382A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "387-382",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "387-382"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "462-453X",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 462/453 X",
    "series": "455-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 104.775,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 150,
    "static_load_kN": 160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.6,
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "weight_g": 1050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting practice for 462: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 53.975 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Journal and housing interface: the 53.975 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.108 mm for this diameter range) and the 104.775 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 104.775.000/104.795 mm; the 30.162 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1050 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in 462: the leading 462 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 453 X reference identifies the outer ring. The 455-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 104.775 mm OD or 30.162 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 53.975 mm.462 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 455-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: 462 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 455-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 53.975 mm bore, 104.775 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 462 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 1050 g for the 53.975×104.775×30.162 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 462 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 455-series inch series at 53.975 mm bore (104.775×30.162 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 462 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 462 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 462 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 150/160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 462 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 462/453 X designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 462 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 462 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 462?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 462 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 462?",
        "a": "The SKF 462/453 X is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 53.975 mm bore, 104.775 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (2.125 × 4.125 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 150 kN, C0 160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 462 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 455-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×104.775×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "462-453X-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "462-453X",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "462-453X"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39580-39520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39580/39520",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 39580 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 39500-series series — which is why the 53.975×112.712×30.162 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 1400 g for the 53.975×112.712×30.162 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 39580 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 53.975 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 43180 and 64770 r/min in real machinery, and the 112.712 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 121 mm outer abutment; the 30.162 mm width and 1400 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 39500-series envelope. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 39580 the 39580 cone contributes the 53.975 mm bore and roller set, the 39520 cup contributes the 112.712 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.162 mm width is the catalogue value.Ordering number SKF 39580/39520 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 53.975 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 39580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (112.712×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 175 kN rating of 39580, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 39580 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 112.712 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39580/39520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×112.712×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39580 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39580 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39580-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39580-39520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39580-39520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39581-39520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39581/39520",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 39581 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 39500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 53.975 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 39581 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 4,500 r/min reference speed the 29.4 mm-section 39581 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 39581 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 53.975 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,500 r/min thermal reference, the 53.975 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 243k, and the 29.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,600 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1400 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. From a specification standpoint the 39520 cup is the controlling half of 39581 for housing design — it sets the 112.712 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 39581 cone controls shaft fit at the 53.975 mm bore; the 30.162 mm width is the result of the two together.39581 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 39500-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 39581 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (112.712×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 39581 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 39581 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39581 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39581/39520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39581 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×112.712×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39581 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39581 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39581 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39581 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39581?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39581-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39581-39520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39581-39520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39580-39528",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39580/39528",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 119.985,
    "B_mm": 32.751,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 39580 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 39500-series series — which is why the 53.975×119.985×32.751 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. In SKF suffix language a bare 39580 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Catalogue mass 1750 g for the 53.975×119.985×32.751 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 39580 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 53.975 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the medium-bore band typically runs between 43180 and 64770 r/min in real machinery, and the 119.985 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 128 mm outer abutment; the 32.751 mm width and 1750 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 39500-series envelope. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 39580 the 39580 cone contributes the 53.975 mm bore and roller set, the 39528 cup contributes the 119.985 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 32.751 mm width is the catalogue value.Ordering number SKF 39580/39528 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 53.975 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 39580 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (119.985×32.751 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 175 kN rating of 39580, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 39580 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 119.985 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39580/39528 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×119.985×32.751 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39580 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39580 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 32.751 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39580-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39580-39528",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39580-39528"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39581-39528",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39581/39528",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 53.975,
    "D_mm": 119.985,
    "B_mm": 32.751,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 39581 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 39500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 53.975 mm bore, 119.985 mm OD and 32.751 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 4,500 r/min reference speed the 33.0 mm-section 39581 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 39581 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 53.975 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,500 r/min thermal reference, the 53.975 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 243k, and the 33.0 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,600 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1750 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. From a specification standpoint the 39528 cup is the controlling half of 39581 for housing design — it sets the 119.985 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 39581 cone controls shaft fit at the 53.975 mm bore; the 32.751 mm width is the result of the two together.39581 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 39500-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "On this 53.975 mm bore, interference and temperature rise consume clearance inside a preloaded pair; calculate the residual clearance after mounting and at operating temperature — an over-tight 39581 pair heats, loses setting control and smears the roller-rib contact.",
      "The 320 series at 53.975 mm bore (119.985×32.751 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 39581 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 39581 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39581 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39581/39528 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39581 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 53.975×119.985×32.751 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39581 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39581 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39581 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39581 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39581?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 32.751 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39581-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39581-39528",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39581-39528"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM911244-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 911244/210",
    "series": "HM911200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 59.987,
    "D_mm": 130.175,
    "B_mm": 34.099,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 187,
    "static_load_kN": 180,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 2050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cup-side note for 210: the outer ring's rib profile and the 130.175 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HM911200-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HM 911244 cone changes both the assembled 34.099 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.HM911244 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM911200-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: HM911244 means a cone and cup matched pair in the HM911200-series series — which is why the 59.987×130.175×34.099 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 22 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.96 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of HM911244 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2050 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HM900 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 62 g of the total; the 59.987 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 130.175 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 34.099 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 59.987 mm bore HM911244 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM911200-series inch series at 59.987 mm bore (130.175×34.099 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single HM911244 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM911244 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 187/180 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM911244 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 911244/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is HM911244 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM911244?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 911244/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 59.987 mm bore, 130.175 mm outer diameter and 34.099 mm width (2.362 × 5.125 × 1.342 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 187 kN, C0 180 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 2050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM911244 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM911200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 59.987×130.175×34.099 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM911244 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM911200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM911244 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM911244-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM911244-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "6391-K-6320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 6391/K-6320",
    "series": "6300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 59.987,
    "D_mm": 135.755,
    "B_mm": 53.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 3950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 6391 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 6300-series marking the dimensional series. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 37.9 mm radial section height ((135.755−59.987)/2) and 3950 g catalogue mass frame a 59.987 mm bore bearing rated at 353 kN C — roughly 5.88 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 6391 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Operating context for the 59.987 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 47990 and 71984 r/min in real machinery, and the 135.755 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 144 mm outer abutment; the 53.975 mm width and 3950 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 63900-series envelope. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 6391 the K-6320 cup fixes the 135.755 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 6391 cone determines the 59.987 mm shaft interface; the 53.975 mm width is the assembled pair value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 6391 appears as SKF 6391/K-6320: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 6300-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 59.987 mm bore 6391 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 6300-series inch series at 59.987 mm bore (135.755×53.975 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 6391 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 6391 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,000 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 353/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 6391 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 6391/K-6320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 6391 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 6300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 59.987×135.755×53.975 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 6391 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (6300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 6391 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 6391 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 6391 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 6391?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 53.975 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6391-K-6320",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "6391-K-6320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM911245-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 911245/210",
    "series": "HM911200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60.325,
    "D_mm": 130.175,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 187,
    "static_load_kN": 180,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.4,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, HM911245 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the HM911200-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 2100 g for the 60.325×130.175×36.512 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM911245 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,800 r/min thermal reference, the 60.325 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 229k, and the 34.9 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2100 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Why the cup reference matters here: in the HM911200-series tables the HM 911245 cone appears against several cup options. HM911245 is the pairing with 210, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 130.175 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 36.512 mm assembled width.SKF HM 911245/210 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 60.325 mm bore entry in the inch HM911200-series, dimensioned 130.175 mm OD and 36.512 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 60.325 mm bore HM911245 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM911200-series inch series at 60.325 mm bore (130.175×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM911245 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single HM911245 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 187/180 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM911245 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 911245/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the HM911245 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM911200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 60.325×130.175×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM911245 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM911200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM911245 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM911245 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM911245 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM911245?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM911245-HM911210",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM911245-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM911245-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "395-394A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 395/394 A",
    "series": "395-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 63.5,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 22,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 108,
    "static_load_kN": 118,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 840,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 840 g for the 63.5×110×22 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 63.5 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 395 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,800 r/min thermal reference, the 63.5 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 305k, and the 23.3 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 6,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 840 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 395 pairs the 395 cone with the 394 A cup under the 395-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.The SKF 395/394 A is a 63.5×110×22 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 395 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 395-series inch series; the 63.5 mm bore, 110 mm OD and 22 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 63.5 mm bore 395 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 63.5 mm bore (110×22 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 395 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 395 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 22 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 108/118 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 395 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 395/394 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 395 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (395-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 395 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 395 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 395 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 395?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 22 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 395 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "395-394A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "395-394A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39585-39520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39585/39520",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 63.5,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the 39585 cone but use different cups; this one, 39585, takes the 39520 cup and is ground for the resulting 112.712 mm OD / 30.162 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 39585 appears as SKF 39585/39520: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 39500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: 39585 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 39500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 63.5 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 39585 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 175 kN and C0 204 kN, the 39585 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 5,600 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 39585 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 63.5 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 63.5 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.127 mm for this diameter range) and the 112.712 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 112.712.000/112.732 mm; the 30.162 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1250 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 63.5 mm bore 39585 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 63.5 mm bore (112.712×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 175 kN rating of 39585, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 39585 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 112.712 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39585 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39585/39520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 39585 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 39585?",
        "a": "The SKF 39585/39520 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 63.5 mm bore, 112.712 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (2.5 × 4.437 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 175 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 39585 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 63.5×112.712×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39585 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39585 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39585-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 63.5×112.712×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39585-39520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39585-39520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3982-3920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3982/3920",
    "series": "3980-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 63.5,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 152,
    "static_load_kN": 183,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 3982 (SKF 3982/3920) is the 3980-series tapered roller choice for a 63.5 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 112.712×30.163 mm envelope.Digit by digit, 3982 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 3980-series inch series; the 63.5 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 30.163 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 4,800 r/min reference speed the 24.6 mm-section 3982 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 3982 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 63.5 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 39800 series at 63.5 mm bore, the 112.712 mm OD and 30.163 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 24.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1250 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 3982 the 3982 cone contributes the 63.5 mm bore and roller set, the 3920 cup contributes the 112.712 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.163 mm width is the catalogue value.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 63.5 mm bore 3982 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 63.5 mm bore (112.712×30.163 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 3982 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 3982 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open 3982 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 152/183 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3982 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3982/3920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 3982?",
        "a": "The SKF 3982/3920 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 63.5 mm bore, 112.712 mm outer diameter and 30.163 mm width (2.5 × 4.437 × 1.188 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 152 kN, C0 183 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.2 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1250 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 3982 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 3980-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 63.5×112.712×30.163 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3982 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3980-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 3982 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 3982 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 3982 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3982-3920-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 63.5×112.712×30.163 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3982-3920",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3982-3920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "6379-K-6320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 6379/K-6320",
    "series": "6300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 135.755,
    "B_mm": 53.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 3700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: the 353 kN basic dynamic rating C and 400 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.13, and dividing C by the 65.088 mm bore yields 5.42 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 45.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 65.088 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cone-and-cup identity in 6379: the leading 6379 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing K-6320 reference identifies the outer ring. The 6300-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 135.755 mm OD or 53.975 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 65.088 mm.The SKF 6379/K-6320 is a 65.088×135.755×53.975 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (6300-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 65.088×135.755×53.975 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 6379 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 353 kN and C0 400 kN, the 6379 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 5,000 r/min. Mounting practice for 6379: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 65.088 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 6379 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 6300-series inch series at 65.088 mm bore (135.755×53.975 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 6379 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 6379 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 6379 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 353/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 6379 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 6379/K-6320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 6379?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 53.975 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 6379 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 6379?",
        "a": "The SKF 6379/K-6320 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65.088 mm bore, 135.755 mm outer diameter and 53.975 mm width (2.563 × 5.345 × 2.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 6379 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 6300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 65.088×135.755×53.975 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 6379 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (6300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6379-6320",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 65.088×135.755×53.975 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6379-K-6320",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "6379-K-6320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "395A-394A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 395 A/394 A",
    "series": "395-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 22,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 108,
    "static_load_kN": 118,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 13.4,
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "weight_g": 790,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables 395A sits at 65.088 mm bore (2.563 in) with a 110 mm cup OD and 22 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 395-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.09 (static 118 kN against dynamic 108 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 13.4 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 395A generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the 39500 series at 65.088 mm bore, the 110 mm OD and 22 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 22.5 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 790 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Two catalogue entries share the 395 A cone but use different cups; this one, 395A, takes the 394 A cup and is ground for the resulting 110 mm OD / 22 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 395A (SKF 395 A/394 A) is the 395-series tapered roller choice for a 65.088 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 110×22 mm envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 395A by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 65.088 mm bore (110×22 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 395A cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 395A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 790 g mass and 22 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 395A.",
      "The 108/118 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 395A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 395 A/394 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 395A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 395-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 65.088×110×22 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 395A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (395-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 395A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 395A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 395A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 395A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 22 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "395A-394A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "395A-394A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "395A-394A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "3984-3920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 3984/3920",
    "series": "3900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 152,
    "static_load_kN": 183,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.2,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.20 (static 183 kN against dynamic 152 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 21.2 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 3984 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Cross-section geometry: the 23.8 mm half-section ((112.712−65.088)/2) of this 39800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 88 mm, and the 30.162 mm axial width is split between cone (17 mm) and cup rib (14 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1150 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 3984 the 3984 cone contributes the 65.088 mm bore and roller set, the 3920 cup contributes the 112.712 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.162 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 3984 appears as SKF 3984/3920: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 3900-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: 3984 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 3900-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 65.088 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 3984 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 65.088 mm bore (112.712×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 3984 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 152 kN rating of 3984, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open 3984 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 152/183 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 3984 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 3984/3920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 3984 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (3900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 3984 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 3984 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 3984 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 3984?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 3984 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3984-3925",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "3984-3920",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "3984-3920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39590-39520",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39590/39520",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 39590 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 39500-series inch series; the 65.088 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 39590 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 23.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.17 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 39590 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Cross-section geometry: the 23.8 mm half-section ((112.712−65.088)/2) of this 39500-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 88 mm, and the 30.162 mm axial width is split between cone (17 mm) and cup rib (14 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1200 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 39590 the 39590 cone contributes the 65.088 mm bore and roller set, the 39520 cup contributes the 112.712 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 30.162 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 39590 appears as SKF 39590/39520: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 39500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 39590 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 65.088 mm bore (112.712×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 39590 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 39590 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39590/39520 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 65.088×112.712×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39590 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39590 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39590 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39590?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39590-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39590-39520",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39590-39520"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "39590-39528",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 39590/39528",
    "series": "39500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 119.985,
    "B_mm": 32.751,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 39590 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 39500-series inch series; the 65.088 mm bore, 119.985 mm OD and 32.751 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 23.6 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.17 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 39590 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Cross-section geometry: the 27.4 mm half-section ((119.985−65.088)/2) of this 39500-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 92 mm, and the 32.751 mm axial width is split between cone (18 mm) and cup rib (15 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1550 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 39590 the 39590 cone contributes the 65.088 mm bore and roller set, the 39528 cup contributes the 119.985 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 32.751 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 39590 appears as SKF 39590/39528: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 39500-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 39590 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 65.088 mm bore (119.985×32.751 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 39590 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 39590 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 175/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 39590 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 39590/39528 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 39590 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 39500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 65.088×119.985×32.751 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 39590 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (39500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 39590 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 39590 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 39590 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 39590?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 32.751 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39590-39520-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "39590-39528",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "39590-39528"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM212049-011",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 212049/011",
    "series": "HM212000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 122.238,
    "B_mm": 38.1,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 229,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " From a specification standpoint the 011 cup is the controlling half of HM212049 for housing design — it sets the 122.238 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the HM 212049 cone controls shaft fit at the 65.088 mm bore; the 38.1 mm width is the result of the two together.SKF HM 212049/011 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 65.088 mm bore entry in the inch HM212000-series, dimensioned 122.238 mm OD and 38.1 mm wide.The HM212000-series series assigns 65.088 mm bore, 122.238 mm OD and 38.1 mm width to HM212049; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare HM212049 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 28 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.07 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one HM212049 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 65.088 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the HM200 series at 65.088 mm bore, the 122.238 mm OD and 38.1 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 28.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1850 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore HM212049 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM212000-series inch series at 65.088 mm bore (122.238×38.1 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM212049 mounting error.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM212049 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 4,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 5,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 229/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM212049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 212049/011 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is HM212049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM212049?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 212049/011 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65.088 mm bore, 122.238 mm outer diameter and 38.1 mm width (2.563 × 4.813 × 1.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 229 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM212049 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM212000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 65.088×122.238×38.1 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM212049 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM212000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM212049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM212049-HM212010",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM212049-011",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM212049-011"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "6386-K-6320",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 6386/K-6320",
    "series": "6300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65.088,
    "D_mm": 135.755,
    "B_mm": 53.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 3650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,000 r/min thermal reference and 5,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 65.088 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 6386 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 353 kN basic dynamic rating C and 400 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.13, and dividing C by the 65.088 mm bore yields 5.42 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 45.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 65.088 mm shaft carrying variable duty. The cup reference K-6320 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 6386 cone, produces the 65.088/135.755/53.975 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 6386. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 6300-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.Ordering number SKF 6386/K-6320 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 65.088 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.On the SKF nameplate, 6386 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 6300-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 6386 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 65.088 mm bore 6386 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 6300-series inch series at 65.088 mm bore (135.755×53.975 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 6386 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 6386 mounting error.",
      "Open 6386 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 353/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 6386 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 6386/K-6320 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 6386 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 6386 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 6386 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 6386?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 53.975 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 6386 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 6386?",
        "a": "The SKF 6386/K-6320 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 65.088 mm bore, 135.755 mm outer diameter and 53.975 mm width (2.563 × 5.345 × 2.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6386-6320",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6386-K-6320",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "6386-K-6320"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "29675-29620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 29675/29620",
    "series": "29600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 121,
    "static_load_kN": 156,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 970,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 29675/29620 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 69.85 mm bore entry in the inch 29600-series, dimensioned 112.712 mm OD and 25.4 mm wide.Digit by digit, 29675 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 29600-series inch series; the 69.85 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 25.4 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 29675 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.29 (static 156 kN against dynamic 121 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 17.6 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 29675 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 121 kN basic dynamic rating C and 156 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.29, and dividing C by the 69.85 mm bore yields 1.73 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 17.6 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 69.85 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Within the 29600-series tables, 29675 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 29675 is the 29620 variant, with 112.712 mm OD and 25.4 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 29675 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 29600-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (112.712×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 29675 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 121 kN rating of 29675, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 121/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 29675 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 29675/29620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 29675?",
        "a": "The SKF 29675/29620 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 69.85 mm bore, 112.712 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (2.75 × 4.437 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 121 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.6 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 970 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 29675 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 29600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 69.85×112.712×25.4 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 29675 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (29600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 29675 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 29675 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 29675 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "29675-29620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 69.85×112.712×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "29675-29630",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "29675-29620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "29675-29620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "482-472",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 482/472",
    "series": "475-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 29.795,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 163,
    "static_load_kN": 186,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Because the contact line is tapered, one 482 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 69.85 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1350 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 48200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 41 g of the total; the 69.85 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 120 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 29.795 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Two catalogue entries share the 482 cone but use different cups; this one, 482, takes the 472 cup and is ground for the resulting 120 mm OD / 29.795 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.Ordering number SKF 482/472 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 69.85 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.On the SKF nameplate, 482 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 475-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 4,500 r/min reference speed the 25.1 mm-section 482 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 482 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 475-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (120×29.795 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 482 mounting error.",
      "A single 482 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 1350 g mass and 29.795 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 482.",
      "The 163/186 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 482 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 482/472 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 482 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 482 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 482?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 29.795 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 482 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 482?",
        "a": "The SKF 482/472 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 69.85 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 29.795 mm width (2.75 × 4.724 × 1.173 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 163 kN, C0 186 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 482 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 475-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 69.85×120×29.795 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "482-472-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 69.85×120×29.795 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "482-472",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "482-472"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "47487-47420",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 47487/47420",
    "series": "47400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 32.545,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 188,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 47487/47420 is a 69.85×120×32.545 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Digit by digit, 47487 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 47400-series inch series; the 69.85 mm bore, 120 mm OD and 32.545 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.21 (static 228 kN against dynamic 188 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 26.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one 47487 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 69.85 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 69.85 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.140 mm for this diameter range) and the 120 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 120.000/120.020 mm; the 32.545 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1500 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 47487 pairs the 47487 cone with the 47420 cup under the 47400-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 47487 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 47400-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (120×32.545 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 47487 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 188 kN rating of 47487, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 32.545 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 188/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 47487 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 47487/47420 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 47487?",
        "a": "The SKF 47487/47420 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 69.85 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 32.545 mm width (2.75 × 4.724 × 1.281 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 188 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26.5 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 47487 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 47400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 69.85×120×32.545 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 47487 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (47400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 47487 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 47487 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 47487 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47487-47420-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 69.85×120×32.545 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47487-47420",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "47487-47420"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "47487-47420A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 47487/47420 A",
    "series": "47400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 32.545,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 188,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The 47400-series series assigns 69.85 mm bore, 120 mm OD and 32.545 mm width to 47487; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 47487 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 25.1 mm radial section height ((120−69.85)/2) and 1500 g catalogue mass frame a 69.85 mm bore bearing rated at 188 kN C — roughly 2.69 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Mounting practice for 47487: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 69.85 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,300 r/min thermal reference, the 69.85 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 300k, and the 25.1 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1500 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone versus cup responsibility in 47487: the 47487 cone carries the 69.85 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 47420 A cup carries the 120 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 47487 appears as SKF 47487/47420 A: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 47400-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 47487 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 47400-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (120×32.545 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 47487 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 47487 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Open 47487 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 188/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 47487 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 47487/47420 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 47487 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 47400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 69.85×120×32.545 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 47487 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (47400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 47487 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 47487 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 47487 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 47487?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 32.545 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47487-47420-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 69.85×120×32.545 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47487-47420A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "47487-47420A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "566-563",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 566/563",
    "series": "565-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 127,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 217,
    "static_load_kN": 255,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 29,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 28.6 mm radial section height ((127−69.85)/2) and 1950 g catalogue mass frame a 69.85 mm bore bearing rated at 217 kN C — roughly 3.11 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Mounting practice for 566: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 69.85 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Load system: the 217 kN basic dynamic rating C and 255 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.18, and dividing C by the 69.85 mm bore yields 3.11 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 29 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 69.85 mm shaft carrying variable duty. The cup reference 563 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 566 cone, produces the 69.85/127/36.512 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 566. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 565-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.566 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 565-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 566 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 565-series series — which is why the 69.85×127×36.512 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 566 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 565-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (127×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 566 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 566 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 217/255 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 566 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 566/563 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 566 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 566 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 566 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 566?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 566 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 566?",
        "a": "The SKF 566/563 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 69.85 mm bore, 127 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2.75 × 5 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 217 kN, C0 255 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 29 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "566-563-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 69.85×127×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "566-563",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "566-563"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "655-652",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 655/652",
    "series": "655-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 69.85,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 270,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 41.3 mm radial section height ((152.4−69.85)/2) and 3650 g catalogue mass frame a 69.85 mm bore bearing rated at 270 kN C — roughly 3.87 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 655 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,600 r/min thermal reference, the 69.85 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 251k, and the 41.3 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 3650 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 655-series tables the 655 cone appears against several cup options. 655 is the pairing with 652, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 152.4 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 41.275 mm assembled width.For a 69.85 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 655 under catalogue execution SKF 655/652: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 655-series.In SKF inch-series tables 655 sits at 69.85 mm bore (2.75 in) with a 152.4 mm cup OD and 41.275 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 655-series family.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 69.85 mm bore 655 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 655-series inch series at 69.85 mm bore (152.4×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 655 mounting error.",
      "At the 270 kN rating of 655, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 152.4 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 270/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 655 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 655/652 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 655 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (655-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 655 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 655 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 655 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 655?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 41.275 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 655 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "655-653",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "655-652",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "655-652"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33281-33462",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33281/33462",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 71.438,
    "D_mm": 117.475,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 152,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 33281 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 33000-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 33281 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 23.0 mm radial section height ((117.475−71.438)/2) and 1250 g catalogue mass frame a 71.438 mm bore bearing rated at 152 kN C — roughly 2.13 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. For a 71.438 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 33281 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Cross-section geometry: the 23.0 mm half-section ((117.475−71.438)/2) of this 33200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 94 mm, and the 30.162 mm axial width is split between cone (17 mm) and cup rib (14 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1250 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 33000-series tables the 33281 cone appears against several cup options. 33281 is the pairing with 33462, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 117.475 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 30.162 mm assembled width.Ordering number SKF 33281/33462 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 71.438 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 71.438 mm bore 33281 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 71.438 mm bore (117.475×30.162 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 302 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 33281 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33281 mounting error.",
      "The 33281 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 152/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33281 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33281/33462 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 33281 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 33000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 71.438×117.475×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 33281 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (33000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33281 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 33281 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33281 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 33281?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33281-33462-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 71.438×117.475×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33281-33462",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33281-33462"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "H715345-311",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF H 715345/311",
    "series": "H715300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 71.438,
    "D_mm": 136.525,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 273,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 3100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, H715345 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the H715300-series inch series; the 71.438 mm bore, 136.525 mm OD and 46.038 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare H715345 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,800 r/min thermal reference and 4,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 71.438 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two H715345 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Journal and housing interface: the 71.438 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.143 mm for this diameter range) and the 136.525 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 136.525.000/136.545 mm; the 46.038 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 3100 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Two catalogue entries share the H 715345 cone but use different cups; this one, H715345, takes the 311 cup and is ground for the resulting 136.525 mm OD / 46.038 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.The SKF H 715345/311 is a 71.438×136.525×46.038 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 71.438 mm bore H715345 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The H715300-series inch series at 71.438 mm bore (136.525×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one H715345 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the H715345 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 3100 g mass and 46.038 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of H715345.",
      "The 273/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of H715345 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF H 715345/311 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the H715345 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the H715300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 71.438×136.525×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in H715345 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (H715300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single H715345 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does H715345 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load H715345 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit H715345?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "H715345-H715311",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 71.438×136.525×46.038 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "H715345-311",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "H715345-311"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "29685-29620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 29685/29620",
    "series": "29600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 73.025,
    "D_mm": 112.712,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 121,
    "static_load_kN": 156,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 890,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 29685/29620 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 73.025 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The 29600-series series assigns 73.025 mm bore, 112.712 mm OD and 25.4 mm width to 29685; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,500 r/min thermal reference and 5,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single 29685 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Load system: the 121 kN basic dynamic rating C and 156 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.29, and dividing C by the 73.025 mm bore yields 1.66 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 17.6 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 73.025 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Within the 29600-series tables, 29685 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 29685 is the 29620 variant, with 112.712 mm OD and 25.4 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 73.025 mm bore 29685 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 29600-series inch series at 73.025 mm bore (112.712×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 121 kN rating of 29685, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 29685 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 29685 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 121/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 29685 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 29685/29620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 29685?",
        "a": "The SKF 29685/29620 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 73.025 mm bore, 112.712 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (2.875 × 4.437 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 121 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.6 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 890 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 29685 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 29600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 73.025×112.712×25.4 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 29685 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (29600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 29685 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 29685 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 29685 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "29685-29620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 73.025×112.712×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "29685-29620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "29685-29620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "33287-33462",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33287/33462",
    "series": "33000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 73.025,
    "D_mm": 117.475,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 152,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 33287 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,500 r/min thermal reference, the 73.025 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 329k, and the 22.2 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1200 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone versus cup responsibility in 33287: the 33287 cone carries the 73.025 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 33462 cup carries the 117.475 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.The SKF 33287/33462 is a 73.025×117.475×30.162 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (33000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 73.025×117.475×30.162 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 4,500 r/min reference speed the 22.2 mm-section 33287 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,300 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 73.025 mm bore 33287 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 332 series at 73.025 mm bore (117.475×30.162 mm) is the wide medium-section choice — more capacity than 302 in the same OD class but a wider footprint; re-check housing width and pair setting before substituting.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 33287 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 33287 mounting error.",
      "The 1200 g mass and 30.162 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 33287.",
      "The 152/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 33287 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 33287/33462 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 33287 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 33287 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 33287?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 33287 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33287?",
        "a": "The SKF 33287/33462 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 73.025 mm bore, 117.475 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (2.875 × 4.625 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 152 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 1200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 33287 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 33000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 73.025×117.475×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33287-33462-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 73.025×117.475×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33287-33462",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33287-33462"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "567-563",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 567/563",
    "series": "565-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 73.025,
    "D_mm": 127,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 217,
    "static_load_kN": 255,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 29,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 1850 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 56700 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 56 g of the total; the 73.025 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 127 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 36.512 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 567 the 563 cup fixes the 127 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 567 cone determines the 73.025 mm shaft interface; the 36.512 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF 567/563 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 73.025 mm bore entry in the inch 565-series, dimensioned 127 mm OD and 36.512 mm wide.On the SKF nameplate, 567 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 565-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,300 r/min thermal reference and 5,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Because the contact line is tapered, one 567 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 73.025 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 73.025 mm bore 567 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 565-series inch series at 73.025 mm bore (127×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 217 kN rating of 567, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 567 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open 567 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 217/255 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 567 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 567/563 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 567?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 567 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 567?",
        "a": "The SKF 567/563 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 73.025 mm bore, 127 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (2.875 × 5 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 217 kN, C0 255 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 29 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 567 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 565-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 73.025×127×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 567 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (565-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "567-563-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 73.025×127×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "567-563",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "567-563"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM215249-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 215249/210",
    "series": "HM215200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76,
    "D_mm": 132,
    "B_mm": 39,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 255,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 2150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: HM215249 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the HM215200-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 76 mm bore, 132 mm OD and 39 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 255 kN and C0 305 kN, the HM215249 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,800 r/min. Mounting practice for HM215249: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (k5 on a 76 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Load system: the 255 kN basic dynamic rating C and 305 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.20, and dividing C by the 76 mm bore yields 3.36 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 34.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 76 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cup-side note for 210: the outer ring's rib profile and the 132 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HM215200-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HM 215249 cone changes both the assembled 39 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF HM 215249/210 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 76 mm bore entry in the inch HM215200-series, dimensioned 132 mm OD and 39 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76 mm bore HM215249 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM215200-series inch series at 76 mm bore (132×39 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM215249 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM215249 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 255/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM215249 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 215249/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the HM215249 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM215200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 76×132×39 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM215249 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM215200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM215249 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM215249 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM215249 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM215249?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM215249-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM215249-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L814749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 814749/710",
    "series": "L814700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76.2,
    "D_mm": 109.538,
    "B_mm": 19.05,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 72.1,
    "static_load_kN": 102,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11,
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "weight_g": 570,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cup-side note for 710: the outer ring's rib profile and the 109.538 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the L814700-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same L 814749 cone changes both the assembled 19.05 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.The SKF L 814749/710 is a 76.2×109.538×19.05 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: L814749 means a cone and cup matched pair in the L814700-series series — which is why the 76.2×109.538×19.05 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,500 r/min thermal reference and 5,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of L814749 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 72.1 kN basic dynamic rating C and 102 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.41, and dividing C by the 76.2 mm bore yields 0.95 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 11 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 76.2 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76.2 mm bore L814749 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The L814700-series inch series at 76.2 mm bore (109.538×19.05 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single L814749 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common L814749 mounting error.",
      "The L814749 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 72.1/102 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L814749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 814749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is L814749 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L814749?",
        "a": "The SKF L 814749/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 76.2 mm bore, 109.538 mm outer diameter and 19.05 mm width (3 × 4.313 × 0.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 72.1 kN, C0 102 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 570 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L814749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L814700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 76.2×109.538×19.05 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L814749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L814700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single L814749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L814749-L814710",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 76.2×109.538×19.05 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L814749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L814749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "42687-42620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 42687/42620",
    "series": "42600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76.2,
    "D_mm": 127,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 171,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 1450 g for the 76.2×127×30.162 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 42687 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 4,000 r/min thermal reference, the 76.2 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 305k, and the 25.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 5,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1450 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 42620: the outer ring's rib profile and the 127 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 42600-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 42687 cone changes both the assembled 30.162 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF 42687/42620 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 76.2 mm bore entry in the inch 42600-series, dimensioned 127 mm OD and 30.162 mm wide.Reading the designation: 42687 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 42600-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 76.2 mm bore, 127 mm OD and 30.162 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76.2 mm bore 42687 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 42600-series inch series at 76.2 mm bore (127×30.162 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 42687 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 42687 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 42687 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 171/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 42687 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 42687/42620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 42687 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (42600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 42687 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 42687 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 42687 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 42687?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 42687 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "42687-42620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 76.2×127×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "42687-42620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "42687-42620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "47678-47620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 47678/47620",
    "series": "47600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76.2,
    "D_mm": 133.35,
    "B_mm": 33.338,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 202,
    "static_load_kN": 260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30,
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "weight_g": 1950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 202 kN and C0 260 kN, the 47678 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,800 r/min. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 47678 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,800 r/min thermal reference, the 76.2 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 290k, and the 28.6 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1950 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone versus cup responsibility in 47678: the 47678 cone carries the 76.2 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 47620 cup carries the 133.35 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.Ordering number SKF 47678/47620 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 76.2 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 47678 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 47600-series inch series; the 76.2 mm bore, 133.35 mm OD and 33.338 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76.2 mm bore 47678 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 47600-series inch series at 76.2 mm bore (133.35×33.338 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 47678 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 47678 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 202/260 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 47678 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 47678/47620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 47678 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 47678 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 47678 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 47678?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 33.338 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 47678 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 47678?",
        "a": "The SKF 47678/47620 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 76.2 mm bore, 133.35 mm outer diameter and 33.338 mm width (3 × 5.25 × 1.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 202 kN, C0 260 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 1950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47678-47620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 76.2×133.35×33.338 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47678-47620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "47678-47620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "575-572",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 575/572",
    "series": "575-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76.2,
    "D_mm": 139.992,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 227,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 57500 series at 76.2 mm bore, the 139.992 mm OD and 36.512 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 31.9 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 2450 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. From a specification standpoint the 572 cup is the controlling half of 575 for housing design — it sets the 139.992 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 575 cone controls shaft fit at the 76.2 mm bore; the 36.512 mm width is the result of the two together.For a 76.2 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 575 under catalogue execution SKF 575/572: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 575-series.On the SKF nameplate, 575 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 575-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 575 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 31 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.23 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single 575 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76.2 mm bore 575 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 575-series inch series at 76.2 mm bore (139.992×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 227 kN rating of 575, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 227 kN rating of 575, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 575 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 227/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 575 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 575/572 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 575?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 575 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 575?",
        "a": "The SKF 575/572 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 76.2 mm bore, 139.992 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (3 × 5.511 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 227 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 575 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 575-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 76.2×139.992×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 575 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (575-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "575-572-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 76.2×139.992×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "575-572",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "575-572"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "9285-9220",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 9285/9220",
    "series": "9200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 76.2,
    "D_mm": 161.925,
    "B_mm": 49.212,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 318,
    "static_load_kN": 335,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 38,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 92800 series at 76.2 mm bore, the 161.925 mm OD and 49.212 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 42.9 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 4400 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. From a specification standpoint the 9220 cup is the controlling half of 9285 for housing design — it sets the 161.925 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 9285 cone controls shaft fit at the 76.2 mm bore; the 49.212 mm width is the result of the two together.Ordering number SKF 9285/9220 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 76.2 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 9285 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 9200-series inch series; the 76.2 mm bore, 161.925 mm OD and 49.212 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 318 kN and C0 335 kN, the 9285 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,000 r/min. For a 76.2 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 9285 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 76.2 mm bore 9285 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 9200-series inch series at 76.2 mm bore (161.925×49.212 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 9285 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 9285 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 161.925 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 318/335 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 9285 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 9285/9220 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 9285?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 49.212 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 9285 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 9285?",
        "a": "The SKF 9285/9220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 76.2 mm bore, 161.925 mm outer diameter and 49.212 mm width (3 × 6.375 × 1.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 318 kN, C0 335 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 38 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 9285 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 9200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 76.2×161.925×49.212 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 9285 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (9200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "9285-9220",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "9285-9220"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "34306-34478",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 34306/34478",
    "series": "34000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 77.788,
    "D_mm": 121.442,
    "B_mm": 24.608,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 115,
    "static_load_kN": 134,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3,
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "weight_g": 920,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 34306 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Material and manufacturing detail: the 920 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 34300 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 28 g of the total; the 77.788 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 121.442 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 24.608 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Cone versus cup responsibility in 34306: the 34306 cone carries the 77.788 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 34478 cup carries the 121.442 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.For a 77.788 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 34306 under catalogue execution SKF 34306/34478: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 34000-series.Digit by digit, 34306 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 34000-series inch series; the 77.788 mm bore, 121.442 mm OD and 24.608 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.17 (static 134 kN against dynamic 115 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 15.3 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 77.788 mm bore 34306 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 77.788 mm bore (121.442×24.608 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "At the 115 kN rating of 34306, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 5,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 34306 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 115/134 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 34306 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 34306/34478 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 34306 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 34306 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 34306?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 24.608 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 34306 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 34306?",
        "a": "The SKF 34306/34478 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 77.788 mm bore, 121.442 mm outer diameter and 24.608 mm width (3.063 × 4.781 × 0.969 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 115 kN, C0 134 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.3 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 920 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 34306 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 34000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 77.788×121.442×24.608 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "34306-34478-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 77.788×121.442×24.608 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "34306-34478",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "34306-34478"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "42690-42620",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 42690/42620",
    "series": "42600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 77.788,
    "D_mm": 127,
    "B_mm": 30.163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 171,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the 42690 cone but use different cups; this one, 42690, takes the 42620 cup and is ground for the resulting 127 mm OD / 30.163 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 42690/42620 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 77.788 mm bore entry in the inch 42600-series, dimensioned 127 mm OD and 30.163 mm wide.The 42600-series series assigns 77.788 mm bore, 127 mm OD and 30.163 mm width to 42690; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 42690 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 4,000 r/min reference speed the 24.6 mm-section 42690 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 5,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 42690 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Dimensional interchange map: within the 42600 series at 77.788 mm bore, the 127 mm OD and 30.163 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 24.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 1400 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 77.788 mm bore 42690 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 42600-series inch series at 77.788 mm bore (127×30.163 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 42690 mounting error.",
      "A single 42690 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 127 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 171/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 42690 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 42690/42620 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 42690 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 42690?",
        "a": "The SKF 42690/42620 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 77.788 mm bore, 127 mm outer diameter and 30.163 mm width (3.063 × 5 × 1.188 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 171 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 1400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 42690 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 42600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 77.788×127×30.163 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 42690 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (42600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 42690 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "42690-42620-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 77.788×127×30.163 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "42690-42620",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "42690-42620"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "580-572",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 580/572",
    "series": "575-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 82.55,
    "D_mm": 139.992,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 227,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 2200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 3,800 r/min reference speed the 28.7 mm-section 580 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 82.55 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 580 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 82.55 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 66040 and 99060 r/min in real machinery, and the 139.992 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 148 mm outer abutment; the 36.512 mm width and 2200 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 58000-series envelope. Two catalogue entries share the 580 cone but use different cups; this one, 580, takes the 572 cup and is ground for the resulting 139.992 mm OD / 36.512 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.580 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 575-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, 580 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 575-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare 580 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 82.55 mm bore 580 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 575-series inch series at 82.55 mm bore (139.992×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 580 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 227 kN rating of 580, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,500 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 227/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 580/572 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 580 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 36.512 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 580 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 580?",
        "a": "The SKF 580/572 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 82.55 mm bore, 139.992 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (3.25 × 5.511 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 227 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 2200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "580-572-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 82.55×139.992×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "580-572",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "580-572"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "663-653",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 663/653",
    "series": "655-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 82.55,
    "D_mm": 146.05,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 270,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,600 r/min thermal reference, the 82.55 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 297k, and the 31.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2800 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Within the 655-series tables, 663 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 663 is the 653 variant, with 146.05 mm OD and 41.275 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.The SKF 663/653 is a 82.55×146.05×41.275 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.On the SKF nameplate, 663 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 655-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 35.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.19 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one 663 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 82.55 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 82.55 mm bore 663 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 655-series inch series at 82.55 mm bore (146.05×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 270 kN rating of 663, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 270 kN rating of 663, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 146.05 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 270/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 663 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 663/653 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 663?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 41.275 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 663 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 663?",
        "a": "The SKF 663/653 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 82.55 mm bore, 146.05 mm outer diameter and 41.275 mm width (3.25 × 5.75 × 1.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 270 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 663 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 655-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 82.55×146.05×41.275 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 663 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (655-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "663-652",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "663-653-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 82.55×146.05×41.275 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "663-653",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "663-653"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "749A-742",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 749 A/742",
    "series": "745-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 82.55,
    "D_mm": 150.089,
    "B_mm": 44.45,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 351,
    "static_load_kN": 405,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 46.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 3400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 46.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.15 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 749A generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the 74900 series at 82.55 mm bore, the 150.089 mm OD and 44.45 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 33.8 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 3400 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Within the 745-series tables, 749 A appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 749A is the 742 variant, with 150.089 mm OD and 44.45 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.SKF 749A (SKF 749 A/742) is the 745-series tapered roller choice for a 82.55 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 150.089×44.45 mm envelope.The 745-series series assigns 82.55 mm bore, 150.089 mm OD and 44.45 mm width to 749A; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 82.55 mm bore 749A by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 745-series inch series at 82.55 mm bore (150.089×44.45 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 749A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 749A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 44.45 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 351/405 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 749A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 749 A/742 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 749A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (745-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 749A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 749A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 749A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 749A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 44.45 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 749A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "749A-742-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 82.55×150.089×44.45 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "749A-742",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "749A-742"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "497-492A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 497/492 A",
    "series": "495-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85.725,
    "D_mm": 133.35,
    "B_mm": 30.163,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 178,
    "static_load_kN": 220,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5,
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 3,800 r/min reference speed the 23.8 mm-section 497 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,500 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Because the contact line is tapered, one 497 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 85.725 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,800 r/min thermal reference, the 85.725 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 326k, and the 23.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,500 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1450 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 492 A: the outer ring's rib profile and the 133.35 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 495-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 497 cone changes both the assembled 30.163 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF 497 (SKF 497/492 A) is the 495-series tapered roller choice for a 85.725 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 133.35×30.163 mm envelope.Reading the designation: 497 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 495-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 85.725 mm bore, 133.35 mm OD and 30.163 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85.725 mm bore 497 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 495-series inch series at 85.725 mm bore (133.35×30.163 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 497 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 497 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 133.35 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 178/220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 497 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 497/492 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 497 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (495-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 497 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 497 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 497 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 497?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 30.163 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 497 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "497-492A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 85.725×133.35×30.163 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "497-492A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "497-492A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "665-653",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 665/653",
    "series": "655-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85.725,
    "D_mm": 146.05,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 270,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 270 kN and C0 320 kN, the 665 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,300 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 665 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 85.725 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.171 mm for this diameter range) and the 146.05 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 146.05.000/146.070 mm; the 41.275 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 2650 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 665 the 653 cup fixes the 146.05 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 665 cone determines the 85.725 mm shaft interface; the 41.275 mm width is the assembled pair value.665 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 655-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: 665 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 655-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 85.725 mm bore, 146.05 mm OD and 41.275 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 85.725 mm bore 665 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 655-series inch series at 85.725 mm bore (146.05×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 665 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 665 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,600 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 270/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 665 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 665/653 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 665 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (655-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 665 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 665 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 665 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 665?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 41.275 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 665 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "665-653-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 85.725×146.05×41.275 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "665-653",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "665-653"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "593-592A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 593/592 A",
    "series": "593-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 88.9,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 237,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables 593 sits at 88.9 mm bore (3.5 in) with a 152.4 mm cup OD and 39.688 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 593-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 31.8 mm radial section height ((152.4−88.9)/2) and 2800 g catalogue mass frame a 88.9 mm bore bearing rated at 237 kN C — roughly 2.67 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 593 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,400 r/min thermal reference, the 88.9 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 302k, and the 31.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2800 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 593 pairs the 593 cone with the 592 A cup under the 593-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.For a 88.9 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 593 under catalogue execution SKF 593/592 A: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 593-series.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 88.9 mm bore 593 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 593-series inch series at 88.9 mm bore (152.4×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 593 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 593 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 237/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 593 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 593/592 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 593 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 593-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 88.9×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 593 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (593-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 593 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 593 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 593 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 593?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "593-592A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 88.9×152.4×39.688 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "593-592A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "593-592A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM518445-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 518445/410",
    "series": "HM518400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 88.9,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 300,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 2850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 88.9 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.178 mm for this diameter range) and the 152.4 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 152.4.000/152.420 mm; the 39.688 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 2850 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cup-side note for 410: the outer ring's rib profile and the 152.4 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HM518400-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HM 518445 cone changes both the assembled 39.688 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF HM 518445/410 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 88.9 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.In SKF inch-series tables HM518445 sits at 88.9 mm bore (3.5 in) with a 152.4 mm cup OD and 39.688 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the HM518400-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare HM518445 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.18 (static 355 kN against dynamic 300 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 39 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single HM518445 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 88.9 mm bore HM518445 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM518400-series inch series at 88.9 mm bore (152.4×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM518445 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM518445 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 2850 g mass and 39.688 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of HM518445.",
      "The 300/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM518445 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 518445/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM518445?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM518445 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM518445?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 518445/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 88.9 mm bore, 152.4 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (3.5 × 6 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 300 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 2850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM518445 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM518400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 88.9×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM518445 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM518400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM518445-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM518445-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "6580-6535",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 6580/6535",
    "series": "6500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 88.9,
    "D_mm": 161.925,
    "B_mm": 53.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 404,
    "static_load_kN": 510,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 56,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 88.9 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 6580 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 404 kN basic dynamic rating C and 510 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.26, and dividing C by the 88.9 mm bore yields 4.54 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 56 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 88.9 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 6580 pairs the 6580 cone with the 6535 cup under the 6500-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF 6580 (SKF 6580/6535) is the 6500-series tapered roller choice for a 88.9 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 161.925×53.975 mm envelope.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (6500-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 88.9×161.925×53.975 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,200 r/min thermal reference and 4,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 88.9 mm bore 6580 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 6500-series inch series at 88.9 mm bore (161.925×53.975 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 6580 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single 6580 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 161.925 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 404/510 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 6580 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 6580/6535 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 6580 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 6580 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 6580?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 53.975 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 6580 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 6580?",
        "a": "The SKF 6580/6535 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 88.9 mm bore, 161.925 mm outer diameter and 53.975 mm width (3.5 × 6.375 × 2.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 404 kN, C0 510 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 56 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4800 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 6580 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 6500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 88.9×161.925×53.975 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6580-6535-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 88.9×161.925×53.975 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6580-6535",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "6580-6535"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM218248-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 218248/210",
    "series": "HM218200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 147,
    "B_mm": 40,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 280,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 90 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two HM218248 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,400 r/min thermal reference, the 90 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 306k, and the 28.5 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2550 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. The cup reference 210 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the HM 218248 cone, produces the 90/147/40 mm envelope catalogue-listed as HM218248. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the HM218200-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.Ordering number SKF HM 218248/210 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 90 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.The HM218200-series series assigns 90 mm bore, 147 mm OD and 40 mm width to HM218248; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. The 39 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.27 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore HM218248 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM218200-series inch series at 90 mm bore (147×40 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM218248 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM218248 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 280/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM218248 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 218248/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM218248 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM218248 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM218248?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 40 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM218248 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM218248?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 218248/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 147 mm outer diameter and 40 mm width (3.543 × 5.787 × 1.575 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 280 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM218248 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM218200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 90×147×40 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM218248-HM218210",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 90×147×40 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM218248-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM218248-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "6581X-6535",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 6581 X/6535",
    "series": "6500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 161.925,
    "B_mm": 53.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 404,
    "static_load_kN": 510,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 56,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 4750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 90 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 6581X under catalogue execution SKF 6581 X/6535: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 6500-series.Reading the designation: 6581X follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 6500-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 90 mm bore, 161.925 mm OD and 53.975 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 6581X is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 36.0 mm radial section height ((161.925−90)/2) and 4750 g catalogue mass frame a 90 mm bore bearing rated at 404 kN C — roughly 4.49 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 6581X reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 90 mm shaft typically takes a k5 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 65800 series at 90 mm bore, the 161.925 mm OD and 53.975 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 36.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 4750 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Two catalogue entries share the 6581 X cone but use different cups; this one, 6581X, takes the 6535 cup and is ground for the resulting 161.925 mm OD / 53.975 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 90 mm bore 6581X by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 6500-series inch series at 90 mm bore (161.925×53.975 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 6581X rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 6581X pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 404/510 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 6581X (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 6581 X/6535 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 6581X?",
        "a": "The SKF 6581 X/6535 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 90 mm bore, 161.925 mm outer diameter and 53.975 mm width (3.543 × 6.375 × 2.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 404 kN, C0 510 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 56 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 4750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 6581X inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 6500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 90×161.925×53.975 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 6581X mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (6500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 6581X take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 6581X compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 6581X position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "6581X-6535",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "6581X-6535"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "47890-47820",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 47890/47820",
    "series": "47800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 92.075,
    "D_mm": 146.05,
    "B_mm": 33.338,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 209,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the 47800 series at 92.075 mm bore, the 146.05 mm OD and 33.338 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 27.0 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 2100 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 47890 pairs the 47890 cone with the 47820 cup under the 47800-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF 47890/47820 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 92.075 mm bore entry in the inch 47800-series, dimensioned 146.05 mm OD and 33.338 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (47800-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 92.075×146.05×33.338 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 2100 g for the 92.075×146.05×33.338 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 47890 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 92.075 mm bore 47890 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 47800-series inch series at 92.075 mm bore (146.05×33.338 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 47890 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single 47890 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,300 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 209/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 47890 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 47890/47820 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 47890?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 33.338 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 47890 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 47890?",
        "a": "The SKF 47890/47820 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 92.075 mm bore, 146.05 mm outer diameter and 33.338 mm width (3.625 × 5.75 × 1.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 209 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 47890 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 47800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 92.075×146.05×33.338 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 47890 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (47800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47890-47820-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 92.075×146.05×33.338 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47890-47820",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "47890-47820"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "598-592A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 598/592 A",
    "series": "595-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 92.075,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 237,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 598 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,400 r/min thermal reference, the 92.075 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 313k, and the 30.2 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2700 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone-and-cup identity in 598: the leading 598 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 592 A reference identifies the outer ring. The 595-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 152.4 mm OD or 39.688 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 92.075 mm.SKF 598 (SKF 598/592 A) is the 595-series tapered roller choice for a 92.075 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 152.4×39.688 mm envelope.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (595-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 92.075×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 2700 g for the 92.075×152.4×39.688 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 92.075 mm bore 598 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 595-series inch series at 92.075 mm bore (152.4×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 598 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 237 kN rating of 598, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The 598 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 237/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 598 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 598/592 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 598 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 598 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 598?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 598 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 598?",
        "a": "The SKF 598/592 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 92.075 mm bore, 152.4 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (3.625 × 6 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 237 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 33.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 598 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 595-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 92.075×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "598-592A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "598-592A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "47896-47820",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 47896/47820",
    "series": "47800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95.25,
    "D_mm": 146.05,
    "B_mm": 33.338,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 209,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 1950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 47896 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 47800-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 95.25 mm bore, 146.05 mm OD and 33.338 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 47896 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,400 r/min thermal reference and 4,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 95.25 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 47896 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Journal and housing interface: the 95.25 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.191 mm for this diameter range) and the 146.05 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 146.05.000/146.070 mm; the 33.338 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 1950 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Within the 47800-series tables, 47896 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 47896 is the 47820 variant, with 146.05 mm OD and 33.338 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.SKF 47896 (SKF 47896/47820) is the 47800-series tapered roller choice for a 95.25 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 146.05×33.338 mm envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95.25 mm bore 47896 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 47800-series inch series at 95.25 mm bore (146.05×33.338 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 47896 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single 47896 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 209/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 47896 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 47896/47820 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 47896 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 47800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 95.25×146.05×33.338 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 47896 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (47800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 47896 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 47896 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 47896 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 47896?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 33.338 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47896-47820-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 95.25×146.05×33.338 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "47896-47820",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "47896-47820"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "594A-592A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 594 A/592 A",
    "series": "595-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95.25,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 237,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 594A units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 95.25 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.191 mm for this diameter range) and the 152.4 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 152.4.000/152.420 mm; the 39.688 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 2550 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 595-series tables the 594 A cone appears against several cup options. 594A is the pairing with 592 A, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 152.4 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 39.688 mm assembled width.The SKF 594 A/592 A is a 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The 595-series series assigns 95.25 mm bore, 152.4 mm OD and 39.688 mm width to 594A; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 2550 g for the 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95.25 mm bore 594A by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 595-series inch series at 95.25 mm bore (152.4×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 594A pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 594A pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 152.4 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 237/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 594A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 594 A/592 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 594A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 594A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 594A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 594A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 594A?",
        "a": "The SKF 594 A/592 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95.25 mm bore, 152.4 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (3.75 × 6 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 237 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 33.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 594A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 595-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "594A-592XE",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "594A-592A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "594A-592A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "594-592A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 594/592 A",
    "series": "595-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95.25,
    "D_mm": 152.4,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 237,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the 594 cone but use different cups; this one, 594, takes the 592 A cup and is ground for the resulting 152.4 mm OD / 39.688 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 594/592 A belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 95.25 mm bore entry in the inch 595-series, dimensioned 152.4 mm OD and 39.688 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (595-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.29 (static 305 kN against dynamic 237 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 33.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 594 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,400 r/min thermal reference, the 95.25 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 324k, and the 28.6 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 4,300 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 2550 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95.25 mm bore 594 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 595-series inch series at 95.25 mm bore (152.4×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 594 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "A single 594 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 152.4 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 237/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 594 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 594/592 A designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 594 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 594?",
        "a": "The SKF 594/592 A is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95.25 mm bore, 152.4 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (3.75 × 6 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 237 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 33.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 594 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 595-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 594 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (595-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 594 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "594-592A-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 95.25×152.4×39.688 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "594-592A",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "594-592A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "683-672",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 683/672",
    "series": "675-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95.25,
    "D_mm": 168.275,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 288,
    "static_load_kN": 365,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 3750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 95.25 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.191 mm for this diameter range) and the 168.275 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 168.275.000/168.295 mm; the 41.275 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 3750 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 683 the 683 cone contributes the 95.25 mm bore and roller set, the 672 cup contributes the 168.275 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 41.275 mm width is the catalogue value.683 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 675-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Digit by digit, 683 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 675-series inch series; the 95.25 mm bore, 168.275 mm OD and 41.275 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 683 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.27 (static 365 kN against dynamic 288 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 39 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 683 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 95.25 mm bore 683 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 675-series inch series at 95.25 mm bore (168.275×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 683 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 683 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Open 683 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 288/365 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 683 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 683/672 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 683?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 41.275 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 683 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 683?",
        "a": "The SKF 683/672 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 95.25 mm bore, 168.275 mm outer diameter and 41.275 mm width (3.75 × 6.625 × 1.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 288 kN, C0 365 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 3750 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 683 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 675-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 95.25×168.275×41.275 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 683 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (675-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "683-672-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 95.25×168.275×41.275 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "683-672",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "683-672"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "90381-90744",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 90381/90744",
    "series": "90300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 96.838,
    "D_mm": 188.912,
    "B_mm": 50.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 348,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 5750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 90381 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 90300-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 96.838 mm bore, 188.912 mm OD and 50.8 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.08 (static 375 kN against dynamic 348 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 41.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 96.838 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 90381 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 96.838 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the large-bore band typically runs between 77470 and 116206 r/min in real machinery, and the 188.912 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 197 mm outer abutment; the 50.8 mm width and 5750 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 90300-series envelope. Cone versus cup responsibility in 90381: the 90381 cone carries the 96.838 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 90744 cup carries the 188.912 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 90381 appears as SKF 90381/90744: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 90300-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 96.838 mm bore 90381 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 90300-series inch series at 96.838 mm bore (188.912×50.8 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 90381 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 90381 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 188.912 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 348/375 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 90381 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 90381/90744 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 90381 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 90300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 96.838×188.912×50.8 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 90381 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (90300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 90381 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 90381 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 90381 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 90381?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 50.8 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "90381-90744-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 96.838×188.912×50.8 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "90381-90744",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "90381-90744"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH224334-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 224334/310",
    "series": "HH224300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 99.975,
    "D_mm": 212.725,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 619,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 11500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The cup reference 310 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the HH 224334 cone, produces the 99.975/212.725/66.675 mm envelope catalogue-listed as HH224334. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the HH224300-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, HH224334 appears as SKF HH 224334/310: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the HH224300-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (HH224300-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 99.975×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare HH224334 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 88 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.34 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of HH224334 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Material and manufacturing detail: the 11500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HH200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 345 g of the total; the 99.975 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 212.725 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 66.675 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 99.975 mm bore HH224334 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HH224300-series inch series at 99.975 mm bore (212.725×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HH224334 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HH224334 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 619/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH224334 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 224334/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is HH224334 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HH224334?",
        "a": "The SKF HH 224334/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 99.975 mm bore, 212.725 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (3.936 × 8.375 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 619 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 88 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 11500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HH224334 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HH224300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 99.975×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HH224334 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HH224300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HH224334 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224334-HH224310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224334-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH224334-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM220149A-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 220149 A/110",
    "series": "HM220100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 157,
    "B_mm": 42,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 303,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 2900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM220149A units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 28.5 mm half-section ((157−100)/2) of this HM200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 128 mm, and the 42 mm axial width is split between cone (23 mm) and cup rib (19 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 2900 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Within the HM220100-series tables, HM 220149 A appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. HM220149A is the 110 variant, with 157 mm OD and 42 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, HM220149A appears as SKF HM 220149 A/110: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM220100-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, HM220149A reads as cone reference / cup reference in the HM220100-series inch series; the 100 mm bore, 157 mm OD and 42 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 2900 g for the 100×157×42 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore HM220149A by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM220100-series inch series at 100 mm bore (157×42 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 303 kN rating of HM220149A, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 4,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM220149A pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 303/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM220149A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 220149 A/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM220149A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM220149A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM220149A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 42 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM220149A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM220149A?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 220149 A/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 157 mm outer diameter and 42 mm width (3.937 × 6.181 × 1.654 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 303 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 2900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM220149A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM220100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 100×157×42 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM220149A-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM220149A-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM220149-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 220149/110",
    "series": "HM220100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 157,
    "B_mm": 42,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 303,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "weight_g": 2900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 100 mm shaft the usual cone seat is k5 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two HM220149 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Load system: the 303 kN basic dynamic rating C and 400 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.32, and dividing C by the 100 mm bore yields 3.03 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 42.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 100 mm shaft carrying variable duty. From a specification standpoint the 110 cup is the controlling half of HM220149 for housing design — it sets the 157 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the HM 220149 cone controls shaft fit at the 100 mm bore; the 42 mm width is the result of the two together.Ordering number SKF HM 220149/110 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 100 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.In SKF inch-series tables HM220149 sits at 100 mm bore (3.937 in) with a 157 mm cup OD and 42 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the HM220100-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare HM220149 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 303 kN and C0 400 kN, the HM220149 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 4,000 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 100 mm bore HM220149 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HM220100-series inch series at 100 mm bore (157×42 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM220149 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM220149 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 3,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 4,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 303/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM220149 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 220149/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM220149 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM220149 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM220149?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a k5 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 42 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM220149 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM220149?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 220149/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 100 mm bore, 157 mm outer diameter and 42 mm width (3.937 × 6.181 × 1.654 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 303 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 2900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM220149 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM220100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 100×157×42 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM220149-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM220149-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "687-672",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 687/672",
    "series": "675-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 101.6,
    "D_mm": 168.275,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 288,
    "static_load_kN": 365,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 3450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Two catalogue entries share the 687 cone but use different cups; this one, 687, takes the 672 cup and is ground for the resulting 168.275 mm OD / 41.275 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF 687 (SKF 687/672) is the 675-series tapered roller choice for a 101.6 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 168.275×41.275 mm envelope.Reading the designation: 687 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 675-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 101.6 mm bore, 168.275 mm OD and 41.275 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 288 kN and C0 365 kN, the 687 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,800 r/min. A single 687 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 33.3 mm half-section ((168.275−101.6)/2) of this 68700-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 134 mm, and the 41.275 mm axial width is split between cone (23 mm) and cup rib (19 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 3450 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 101.6 mm bore 687 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 675-series inch series at 101.6 mm bore (168.275×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 288 kN rating of 687, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 687 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 687 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 288/365 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 687 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 687/672 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 687 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 687?",
        "a": "The SKF 687/672 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 101.6 mm bore, 168.275 mm outer diameter and 41.275 mm width (4 × 6.625 × 1.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 288 kN, C0 365 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 3450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 687 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 675-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 101.6×168.275×41.275 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 687 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (675-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 687 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "687-672-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 101.6×168.275×41.275 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "687-672",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "687-672"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH221449-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 221449/410",
    "series": "HH221400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 101.6,
    "D_mm": 190.5,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 537,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 68,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 7000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "HH221449 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HH221400-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The HH221400-series series assigns 101.6 mm bore, 190.5 mm OD and 57.15 mm width to HH221449; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 7000 g for the 101.6×190.5×57.15 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of HH221449 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Journal and housing interface: the 101.6 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.203 mm for this diameter range) and the 190.5 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 190.5.000/190.520 mm; the 57.15 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 7000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Why the cup reference matters here: in the HH221400-series tables the HH 221449 cone appears against several cup options. HH221449 is the pairing with 410, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 190.5 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 57.15 mm assembled width.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 101.6 mm bore HH221449 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HH221400-series inch series at 101.6 mm bore (190.5×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 537 kN rating of HH221449, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HH221449 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 190.5 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 537/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH221449 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 221449/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HH221449?",
        "a": "The SKF HH 221449/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 101.6 mm bore, 190.5 mm outer diameter and 57.15 mm width (4 × 7.5 × 2.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 537 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 68 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 7000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HH221449 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HH221400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 101.6×190.5×57.15 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HH221449 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HH221400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HH221449 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HH221449 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HH221449 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH221449-HH221410",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH221449-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH221449-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH224335-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 224335/310",
    "series": "HH224300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 101.6,
    "D_mm": 212.725,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 619,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: HH224335 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the HH224300-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 101.6 mm bore, 212.725 mm OD and 66.675 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Catalogue mass 11000 g for the 101.6×212.725×66.675 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HH224335 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Material and manufacturing detail: the 11000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HH200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 330 g of the total; the 101.6 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 212.725 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 66.675 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in HH224335 the 310 cup fixes the 212.725 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the HH 224335 cone determines the 101.6 mm shaft interface; the 66.675 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF HH224335 (SKF HH 224335/310) is the HH224300-series tapered roller choice for a 101.6 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 212.725×66.675 mm envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 101.6 mm bore HH224335 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The HH224300-series inch series at 101.6 mm bore (212.725×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HH224335 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "At the 619 kN rating of HH224335, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 212.725 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 619/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH224335 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 224335/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the HH224335 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HH224300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 101.6×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HH224335 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HH224300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HH224335 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HH224335 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HH224335 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HH224335?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 66.675 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224335-HH224310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224335-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH224335-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "37425-37625",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 37425/37625",
    "series": "37000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 107.95,
    "D_mm": 158.75,
    "B_mm": 23.02,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 124,
    "static_load_kN": 163,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 18.3,
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 3,200 r/min thermal reference and 3,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 37425 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 3,200 r/min thermal reference, the 107.95 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 345k, and the 25.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 3,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1400 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 37000-series tables the 37425 cone appears against several cup options. 37425 is the pairing with 37625, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 158.75 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 23.02 mm assembled width.For a 107.95 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 37425 under catalogue execution SKF 37425/37625: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 37000-series.On the SKF nameplate, 37425 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 37000-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 107.95 mm bore 37425 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 320 series at 107.95 mm bore (158.75×23.02 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "A single 37425 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 37425 mounting error.",
      "The 37425 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 124/163 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 37425 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 37425/37625 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 37425 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 37425 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 37425 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 37425?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.02 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 37425 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 37425?",
        "a": "The SKF 37425/37625 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 107.95 mm bore, 158.75 mm outer diameter and 23.02 mm width (4.25 × 6.25 × 0.906 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 124 kN, C0 163 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 18.3 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 1400 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "37425-37625-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "37425-37625",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "37425-37625"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "56425-56650",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 56425/56650",
    "series": "56000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 107.95,
    "D_mm": 165.1,
    "B_mm": 36.512,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 256,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 37.5,
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "weight_g": 2700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in 56425 the 56425 cone contributes the 107.95 mm bore and roller set, the 56650 cup contributes the 165.1 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 36.512 mm width is the catalogue value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 56425 appears as SKF 56425/56650: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 56000-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.In SKF inch-series tables 56425 sits at 107.95 mm bore (4.25 in) with a 165.1 mm cup OD and 36.512 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 56000-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 37.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.39 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one 56425 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 107.95 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Dimensional interchange map: within the 56400 series at 107.95 mm bore, the 165.1 mm OD and 36.512 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 28.6 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 2700 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 107.95 mm bore 56425 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 56000-series inch series at 107.95 mm bore (165.1×36.512 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 56425 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 56425 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 165.1 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 256/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 56425 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 56425/56650 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 56425 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 56425?",
        "a": "The SKF 56425/56650 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 107.95 mm bore, 165.1 mm outer diameter and 36.512 mm width (4.25 × 6.5 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 256 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 37.5 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 2700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 56425 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 56000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 107.95×165.1×36.512 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 56425 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (56000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 56425 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "56425-56650-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 107.95×165.1×36.512 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "56425-56650",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "56425-56650"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "64432-64708",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 64432/64708",
    "series": "64000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 307,
    "static_load_kN": 415,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 3950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cone-and-cup identity in 64432: the leading 64432 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 64708 reference identifies the outer ring. The 64000-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 180 mm OD or 41.275 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 110 mm.64432 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 64000-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 64432 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 64000-series series — which is why the 110×180×41.275 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 307 kN and C0 415 kN, the 64432 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,400 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 64432 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 307 kN basic dynamic rating C and 415 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.35, and dividing C by the 110 mm bore yields 2.79 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 42.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 110 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Mount the 110 mm bore 64432 by induction heating of the cone (max 120 °C — the pressed-steel cage sets the ceiling, not the steel); driving it home through the cup or rollers brinells the tapered raceway.",
      "The 64000-series inch series at 110 mm bore (180×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 64432 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "A single 64432 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 307/415 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 64432 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 64432/64708 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 64432 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 64432?",
        "a": "The SKF 64432/64708 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 110 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 41.275 mm width (4.331 × 7.087 × 1.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 307 kN, C0 415 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 3950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 64432 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 64000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 110×180×41.275 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 64432 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (64000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 64432 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "64432-64708",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "64432-64708"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "64450-64700",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 64450/64700",
    "series": "64000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 114.3,
    "D_mm": 177.8,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 307,
    "static_load_kN": 415,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 42.5,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 3600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The cup reference 64700 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 64450 cone, produces the 114.3/177.8/41.275 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 64450. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 64000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.For a 114.3 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 64450 under catalogue execution SKF 64450/64700: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 64000-series.Digit by digit, 64450 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 64000-series inch series; the 114.3 mm bore, 177.8 mm OD and 41.275 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,800 r/min thermal reference and 3,400 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for 64450: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 114.3 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,800 r/min thermal reference, the 114.3 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 320k, and the 31.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 3,400 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 3600 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 114.3 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 64000-series inch series at 114.3 mm bore (177.8×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 64450 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single 64450 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 3600 g mass and 41.275 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 64450.",
      "The 307/415 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 64450 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 64450/64700 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 64450 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 64450?",
        "a": "The SKF 64450/64700 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 114.3 mm bore, 177.8 mm outer diameter and 41.275 mm width (4.5 × 7 × 1.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 307 kN, C0 415 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 42.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 3600 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 64450 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 64000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 114.3×177.8×41.275 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 64450 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (64000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 64450 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "64450-64700-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 114.3×177.8×41.275 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "64450-64700",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "64450-64700"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "68450-68712",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 68450/68712",
    "series": "68000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 114.3,
    "D_mm": 180.975,
    "B_mm": 34.925,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 227,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30,
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "weight_g": 2950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 68450 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 68000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 114.3 mm bore, 180.975 mm OD and 34.925 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 227 kN and C0 280 kN, the 68450 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,400 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one 68450 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 114.3 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Journal and housing interface: the 114.3 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.229 mm for this diameter range) and the 180.975 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 180.975.000/180.995 mm; the 34.925 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 2950 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. From a specification standpoint the 68712 cup is the controlling half of 68450 for housing design — it sets the 180.975 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the 68450 cone controls shaft fit at the 114.3 mm bore; the 34.925 mm width is the result of the two together.SKF 68450 (SKF 68450/68712) is the 68000-series tapered roller choice for a 114.3 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 180.975×34.925 mm envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 114.3 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 68000-series inch series at 114.3 mm bore (180.975×34.925 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 68450 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 68450 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,400 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 227/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 68450 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 68450/68712 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 68450 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 68000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 114.3×180.975×34.925 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 68450 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (68000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 68450 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 68450 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 68450 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 68450?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 34.925 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "68450-68712-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 114.3×180.975×34.925 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "68450-68712",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "68450-68712"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH224346-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 224346/310",
    "series": "HH224300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 114.3,
    "D_mm": 212.725,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 619,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting practice for HH224346: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 114.3 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Dimensional interchange map: within the HH200 series at 114.3 mm bore, the 212.725 mm OD and 66.675 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 49.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 10000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cup-side note for 310: the outer ring's rib profile and the 212.725 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the HH224300-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same HH 224346 cone changes both the assembled 66.675 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.SKF HH224346 (SKF HH 224346/310) is the HH224300-series tapered roller choice for a 114.3 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 212.725×66.675 mm envelope.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (HH224300-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 114.3×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 2,200 r/min reference speed the 49.2 mm-section HH224346 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 3,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 114.3 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HH224300-series inch series at 114.3 mm bore (212.725×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HH224346 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HH224346 mounting error.",
      "Open HH224346 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 619/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH224346 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 224346/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HH224346 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HH224346 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HH224346?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 66.675 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HH224346 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HH224346?",
        "a": "The SKF HH 224346/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 114.3 mm bore, 212.725 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (4.5 × 8.375 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 619 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 88 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 10000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HH224346 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HH224300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 114.3×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224346-HH224310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224346-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH224346-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "938-932",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 938/932",
    "series": "935-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 114.3,
    "D_mm": 212.725,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 626,
    "static_load_kN": 765,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 81.5,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 938 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 114.3 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.229 mm for this diameter range) and the 212.725 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 212.725.000/212.745 mm; the 66.675 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 10000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Two catalogue entries share the 938 cone but use different cups; this one, 938, takes the 932 cup and is ground for the resulting 212.725 mm OD / 66.675 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 938 appears as SKF 938/932: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 935-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: 938 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 935-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 114.3 mm bore, 212.725 mm OD and 66.675 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 938 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 81.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.22 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 114.3 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 935-series inch series at 114.3 mm bore (212.725×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 938 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 938 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,600 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,200 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 626/765 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 938 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 938/932 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 938 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 938 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 938?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 66.675 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 938 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 938?",
        "a": "The SKF 938/932 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 114.3 mm bore, 212.725 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (4.5 × 8.375 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 626 kN, C0 765 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 81.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 10000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 938 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 935-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 114.3×212.725×66.675 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "938-932-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 114.3×212.725×66.675 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "938-932",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "938-932"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH224349-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 224349/310",
    "series": "HH224300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 114.975,
    "D_mm": 212.725,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 619,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 88,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 619 kN and C0 830 kN, the HH224349 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 3,000 r/min. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HH224349 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Cross-section geometry: the 48.9 mm half-section ((212.725−114.975)/2) of this HH200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 163 mm, and the 66.675 mm axial width is split between cone (37 mm) and cup rib (30 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 10000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cone versus cup responsibility in HH224349: the HH 224349 cone carries the 114.975 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 310 cup carries the 212.725 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.HH224349 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the HH224300-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The HH224300-series series assigns 114.975 mm bore, 212.725 mm OD and 66.675 mm width to HH224349; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 114.975 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HH224300-series inch series at 114.975 mm bore (212.725×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HH224349 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HH224349 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 212.725 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 619/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH224349 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 224349/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HH224349 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HH224349 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HH224349 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HH224349?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 66.675 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HH224349 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HH224349?",
        "a": "The SKF HH 224349/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 114.975 mm bore, 212.725 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (4.527 × 8.375 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 619 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 88 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 10000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH224349-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH224349-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM624749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 624749/710",
    "series": "HM624700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120.65,
    "D_mm": 190.5,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 388,
    "static_load_kN": 540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 56,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 4850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF HM 624749/710 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 120.65 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: HM624749 means a cone and cup matched pair in the HM624700-series series — which is why the 120.65×190.5×46.038 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.39 (static 540 kN against dynamic 388 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 56 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM624749 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Journal and housing interface: the 120.65 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.241 mm for this diameter range) and the 190.5 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 190.5.000/190.520 mm; the 46.038 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 4850 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone versus cup responsibility in HM624749: the HM 624749 cone carries the 120.65 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 710 cup carries the 190.5 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 120.65 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM624700-series inch series at 120.65 mm bore (190.5×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HM624749 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM624749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open HM624749 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 388/540 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM624749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 624749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM624749?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 624749/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 120.65 mm bore, 190.5 mm outer diameter and 46.038 mm width (4.75 × 7.5 × 1.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 388 kN, C0 540 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 56 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 4850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM624749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM624700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 120.65×190.5×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM624749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM624700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM624749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM624749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM624749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM624749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM624749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "48290-48220",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 48290/48220",
    "series": "48200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 127,
    "D_mm": 182.562,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 281,
    "static_load_kN": 440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 44,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 3300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of 48290 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Dimensional interchange map: within the 48200 series at 127 mm bore, the 182.562 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 27.8 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 3300 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Cup-side note for 48220: the outer ring's rib profile and the 182.562 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 48200-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 48290 cone changes both the assembled 39.688 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.48290 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 48200-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: 48290 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 48200-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 127 mm bore, 182.562 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. In SKF suffix language a bare 48290 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 44 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.57 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 127 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 48200-series inch series at 127 mm bore (182.562×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 48290 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 48290 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 281/440 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 48290 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 48290/48220 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 48290 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 48290 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 48290?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 39.688 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 48290 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 48290?",
        "a": "The SKF 48290/48220 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 127 mm bore, 182.562 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (5 × 7.187 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 281 kN, C0 440 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 44 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 3300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 48290 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 48200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 127×182.562×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "48290-48220-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 127×182.562×39.688 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "48290-48220",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "48290-48220"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67388-67322",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67388/67322",
    "series": "67300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 127,
    "D_mm": 196.85,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 395,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 5200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables 67388 sits at 127 mm bore (5 in) with a 196.85 mm cup OD and 46.038 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 67300-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 5200 g for the 127×196.85×46.038 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 127 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 67388 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 5200 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 67300 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 156 g of the total; the 127 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 196.85 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 46.038 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Why the cup reference matters here: in the 67300-series tables the 67388 cone appears against several cup options. 67388 is the pairing with 67322, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 196.85 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 46.038 mm assembled width.The SKF 67388/67322 is a 127×196.85×46.038 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 127 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67300-series inch series at 127 mm bore (196.85×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single 67388 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 67388 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 5200 g mass and 46.038 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 67388.",
      "The 395/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67388 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67388/67322 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 67388 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 67300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 127×196.85×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 67388 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (67300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 67388 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 67388 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 67388 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 67388?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67388-67322-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 127×196.85×46.038 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67388-67322",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67388-67322"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "798-792",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 798/792",
    "series": "795-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 127,
    "D_mm": 206.375,
    "B_mm": 47.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 424,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 61,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 6100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Because the contact line is tapered, one 798 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 127 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,400 r/min thermal reference, the 127 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 305k, and the 39.7 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 3,000 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 6100 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 792: the outer ring's rib profile and the 206.375 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 795-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 798 cone changes both the assembled 47.625 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 798 appears as SKF 798/792: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 795-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.On the SKF nameplate, 798 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 795-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.38 (static 585 kN against dynamic 424 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 61 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 127 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 795-series inch series at 127 mm bore (206.375×47.625 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 798 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 798 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Open 798 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 424/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 798 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 798/792 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 798 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 798 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 798?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 47.625 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 798 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 798?",
        "a": "The SKF 798/792 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 127 mm bore, 206.375 mm outer diameter and 47.625 mm width (5 × 8.125 × 1.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 424 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 61 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 6100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 798 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 795-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 127×206.375×47.625 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "798-792",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "798-792"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L327249-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 327249/210",
    "series": "L327200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 133.35,
    "D_mm": 177.008,
    "B_mm": 25.4,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 166,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28,
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "weight_g": 1700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 1700 g for the 133.35×177.008×25.4 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. For a 133.35 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two L327249 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,600 r/min thermal reference, the 133.35 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 347k, and the 21.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 3,200 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1700 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Two catalogue entries share the L 327249 cone but use different cups; this one, L327249, takes the 210 cup and is ground for the resulting 177.008 mm OD / 25.4 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.For a 133.35 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists L327249 under catalogue execution SKF L 327249/210: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch L327200-series.In SKF inch-series tables L327249 sits at 133.35 mm bore (5.25 in) with a 177.008 mm cup OD and 25.4 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the L327200-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare L327249 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 133.35 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L327200-series inch series at 133.35 mm bore (177.008×25.4 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 166 kN rating of L327249, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one L327249 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 177.008 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 166/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L327249 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 327249/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single L327249 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L327249 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L327249 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L327249?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 25.4 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L327249 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L327249?",
        "a": "The SKF L 327249/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 133.35 mm bore, 177.008 mm outer diameter and 25.4 mm width (5.25 × 6.969 × 1 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 166 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 1700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L327249-L327210",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 133.35×177.008×25.4 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L327249-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L327249-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67391-67322",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67391/67322",
    "series": "67300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 133.35,
    "D_mm": 196.85,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 395,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "weight_g": 4650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single 67391 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 133.35 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.267 mm for this diameter range) and the 196.85 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 196.85.000/196.870 mm; the 46.038 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 4650 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cup-side note for 67322: the outer ring's rib profile and the 196.85 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 67300-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 67391 cone changes both the assembled 46.038 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF 67391/67322 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 133.35 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.In SKF inch-series tables 67391 sits at 133.35 mm bore (5.25 in) with a 196.85 mm cup OD and 46.038 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the 67300-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare 67391 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 133.35 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67300-series inch series at 133.35 mm bore (196.85×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 395 kN rating of 67391, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 3,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 67391 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 3,000 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 395/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67391 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67391/67322 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single 67391 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 67391 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 67391 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 67391?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 67391 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 67391?",
        "a": "The SKF 67391/67322 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 133.35 mm bore, 196.85 mm outer diameter and 46.038 mm width (5.25 × 7.75 × 1.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 395 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 60 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 4650 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67391-67322-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 133.35×196.85×46.038 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67391-67322",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67391-67322"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "95525-95925",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 95525/95925",
    "series": "95000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 133.35,
    "D_mm": 234.95,
    "B_mm": 63.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 683,
    "static_load_kN": 900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 91.5,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Within the 95000-series tables, 95525 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 95525 is the 95925 variant, with 234.95 mm OD and 63.5 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.The SKF 95525/95925 is a 133.35×234.95×63.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (95000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 133.35×234.95×63.5 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare 95525 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 2,200 r/min reference speed the 50.8 mm-section 95525 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 2,800 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 95525: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 133.35 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,200 r/min thermal reference, the 133.35 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 293k, and the 50.8 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 2,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 11000 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 133.35 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 95000-series inch series at 133.35 mm bore (234.95×63.5 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 95525 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 95525 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 683/900 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 95525 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 95525/95925 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 95525 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 95525?",
        "a": "The SKF 95525/95925 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 133.35 mm bore, 234.95 mm outer diameter and 63.5 mm width (5.25 × 9.25 × 2.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 683 kN, C0 900 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 91.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 95525 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 95000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 133.35×234.95×63.5 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 95525 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (95000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 95525 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "95525-95925-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "95525-95925",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "95525-95925"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "898-892",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 898/892",
    "series": "895-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 139.7,
    "D_mm": 228.6,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 578,
    "static_load_kN": 800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 8950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "898 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 895-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.Reading the designation: 898 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 895-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 139.7 mm bore, 228.6 mm OD and 57.15 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 8950 g for the 139.7×228.6×57.15 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two 898 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair. Material and manufacturing detail: the 8950 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 89800 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 269 g of the total; the 139.7 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 228.6 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 57.15 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 898 pairs the 898 cone with the 892 cup under the 895-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 139.7 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 895-series inch series at 139.7 mm bore (228.6×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 898 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 898 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 578/800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 898 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 898/892 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 898?",
        "a": "The SKF 898/892 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 139.7 mm bore, 228.6 mm outer diameter and 57.15 mm width (5.5 × 9 × 2.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 578 kN, C0 800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 8950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 898 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 895-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 139.7×228.6×57.15 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 898 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (895-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 898 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 898 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 898 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "898-892-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 139.7×228.6×57.15 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "898-892",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "898-892"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM231132-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 231132/110",
    "series": "HM231100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 139.7,
    "D_mm": 236.538,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 629,
    "static_load_kN": 850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of HM231132 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Material and manufacturing detail: the 10000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the HM200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 300 g of the total; the 139.7 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 236.538 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 57.15 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. The cup reference 110 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the HM 231132 cone, produces the 139.7/236.538/57.15 mm envelope catalogue-listed as HM231132. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the HM231100-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, HM231132 appears as SKF HM 231132/110: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the HM231100-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The HM231100-series series assigns 139.7 mm bore, 236.538 mm OD and 57.15 mm width to HM231132; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. With C 629 kN and C0 850 kN, the HM231132 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,600 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 139.7 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM231100-series inch series at 139.7 mm bore (236.538×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM231132 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "At the 629 kN rating of HM231132, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,600 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 236.538 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 629/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM231132 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 231132/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does HM231132 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM231132 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM231132?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 57.15 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM231132 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM231132?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 231132/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 139.7 mm bore, 236.538 mm outer diameter and 57.15 mm width (5.5 × 9.313 × 2.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 629 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 10000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM231132 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM231100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 139.7×236.538×57.15 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM231132-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM231132-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM231148-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 231148/110",
    "series": "HM231100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 149.225,
    "D_mm": 236.538,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 629,
    "static_load_kN": 850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 9050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.35 (static 850 kN against dynamic 629 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 86.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for HM231148: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 149.225 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Operating context for the 149.225 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 119380 and 179070 r/min in real machinery, and the 236.538 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 245 mm outer abutment; the 57.15 mm width and 9050 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this HM200-series envelope. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: HM231148 pairs the HM 231148 cone with the 110 cup under the HM231100-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF HM 231148/110 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 149.225 mm bore entry in the inch HM231100-series, dimensioned 236.538 mm OD and 57.15 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (HM231100-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 149.225×236.538×57.15 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare HM231148 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 149.225 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM231100-series inch series at 149.225 mm bore (236.538×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM231148 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one HM231148 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 629/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM231148 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 231148/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM231148 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM231148 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM231148 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM231148?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 57.15 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM231148 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM231148?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 231148/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 149.225 mm bore, 236.538 mm outer diameter and 57.15 mm width (5.875 × 9.313 × 2.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 629 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 9050 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM231148-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM231148-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM330448-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 330448/410",
    "series": "LM330400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 152.4,
    "D_mm": 203.2,
    "B_mm": 41.275,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 251,
    "static_load_kN": 480,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 3700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 3700 g for the 152.4×203.2×41.275 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM330448 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 152.4 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,400 r/min thermal reference, the 152.4 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 366k, and the 25.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 2,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 3700 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cone versus cup responsibility in LM330448: the LM 330448 cone carries the 152.4 mm bore, rollers and pressed-steel cage; the 410 cup carries the 203.2 mm OD raceway, the roller-seating rib and the outer press-fit surface. The two references are not interchangeable halves.For a 152.4 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM330448 under catalogue execution SKF LM 330448/410: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM330400-series.On the SKF nameplate, LM330448 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the LM330400-series marking the dimensional series.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 152.4 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM330400-series inch series at 152.4 mm bore (203.2×41.275 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM330448 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM330448 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 3700 g mass and 41.275 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of LM330448.",
      "The 251/480 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM330448 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 330448/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM330448 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM330400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM330448 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM330448 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM330448 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM330448?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 41.275 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM330448 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM330448-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM330448-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M231649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 231649/610",
    "series": "M231600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 152.4,
    "D_mm": 222.25,
    "B_mm": 46.83,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 400,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "weight_g": 5850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 152.4 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.305 mm for this diameter range) and the 222.25 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 222.25.000/222.270 mm; the 46.83 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 5850 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cup-side note for 610: the outer ring's rib profile and the 222.25 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the M231600-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same M 231649 cone changes both the assembled 46.83 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, M231649 appears as SKF M 231649/610: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the M231600-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (M231600-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 152.4×222.25×46.83 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 5850 g for the 152.4×222.25×46.83 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. A single M231649 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 152.4 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M231600-series inch series at 152.4 mm bore (222.25×46.83 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the M231649 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "A single M231649 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "Open M231649 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 400/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M231649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 231649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M231649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.83 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M231649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M231649?",
        "a": "The SKF M 231649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 152.4 mm bore, 222.25 mm outer diameter and 46.83 mm width (6 × 8.75 × 1.844 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 400 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 5850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M231649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M231600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 152.4×222.25×46.83 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M231649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M231600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M231649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M231649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L432348-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 432348/310",
    "series": "L432300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 158.75,
    "D_mm": 205.583,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 168,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 1900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 2,200 r/min thermal reference and 2,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. A single L432348 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Speed envelope and thermal behaviour: at 2,200 r/min thermal reference, the 158.75 mm bore shaft runs at a dn of 349k, and the 23.4 mm section dissipates heat through the cup-to-housing contact path; the 2,800 r/min mechanical ceiling reflects cage strength, and the 1900 g spinning cone contributes gyroscopic moment under rapid speed reversal. Cup-side note for 310: the outer ring's rib profile and the 205.583 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the L432300-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same L 432348 cone changes both the assembled 23.812 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, L432348 appears as SKF L 432348/310: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the L432300-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: L432348 means a cone and cup matched pair in the L432300-series series — which is why the 158.75×205.583×23.812 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 158.75 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L432300-series inch series at 158.75 mm bore (205.583×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of L432348 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "A single L432348 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The L432348 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 168/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L432348 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 432348/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single L432348 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L432348 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L432348 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L432348?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.812 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L432348 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L432348?",
        "a": "The SKF L 432348/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 158.75 mm bore, 205.583 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (6.25 × 8.094 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 168 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 1900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L432348-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L432348-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L432349-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 432349/310",
    "series": "L432300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 158.75,
    "D_mm": 205.583,
    "B_mm": 23.813,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 168,
    "static_load_kN": 280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27,
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "weight_g": 1950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 23.4 mm half-section ((205.583−158.75)/2) of this L4300-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 182 mm, and the 23.813 mm axial width is split between cone (13 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 1950 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Why the cup reference matters here: in the L432300-series tables the L 432349 cone appears against several cup options. L432349 is the pairing with 310, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 205.583 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 23.813 mm assembled width.SKF L432349 (SKF L 432349/310) is the L432300-series tapered roller choice for a 158.75 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 205.583×23.813 mm envelope.On the SKF nameplate, L432349 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the L432300-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.67 (static 280 kN against dynamic 168 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 27 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Mounting practice for L432349: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 158.75 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 158.75 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L432300-series inch series at 158.75 mm bore (205.583×23.813 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 168 kN rating of L432349, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common L432349 mounting error.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 2,200 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 2,800 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 168/280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L432349 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 432349/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L432349?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 23.813 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L432349 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L432349?",
        "a": "The SKF L 432349/310 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 158.75 mm bore, 205.583 mm outer diameter and 23.813 mm width (6.25 × 8.094 × 0.938 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 168 kN, C0 280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 1950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L432349 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L432300-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 158.75×205.583×23.813 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L432349 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L432300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L432349-L432310",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 158.75×205.583×23.813 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L432349-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L432349-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HH437549-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HH 437549/510",
    "series": "HH437500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 165.1,
    "D_mm": 336.55,
    "B_mm": 92.075,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1198,
    "static_load_kN": 1700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 156,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 37000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 1198 kN and C0 1700 kN, the HH437549 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,900 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of HH437549 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Journal and housing interface: the 165.1 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.330 mm for this diameter range) and the 336.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 336.55.000/336.570 mm; the 92.075 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 37000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in HH437549 the HH 437549 cone contributes the 165.1 mm bore and roller set, the 510 cup contributes the 336.55 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 92.075 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF HH437549 (SKF HH 437549/510) is the HH437500-series tapered roller choice for a 165.1 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 336.55×92.075 mm envelope.In SKF inch-series tables HH437549 sits at 165.1 mm bore (6.5 in) with a 336.55 mm cup OD and 92.075 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the HH437500-series family.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 165.1 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HH437500-series inch series at 165.1 mm bore (336.55×92.075 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common HH437549 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HH437549 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 92.075 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 1198/1700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HH437549 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HH 437549/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HH437549 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HH437500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HH437549 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HH437549 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HH437549 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HH437549?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 92.075 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HH437549 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HH437549-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HH437549-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "36990-36920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 36990/36920",
    "series": "36900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 177.8,
    "D_mm": 227.012,
    "B_mm": 30.162,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 231,
    "static_load_kN": 425,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 2950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cup-side note for 36920: the outer ring's rib profile and the 227.012 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 36900-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 36990 cone changes both the assembled 30.162 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 36990 appears as SKF 36990/36920: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the 36900-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (36900-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 177.8×227.012×30.162 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 231 kN and C0 425 kN, the 36990 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,400 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 36990 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 231 kN basic dynamic rating C and 425 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.84, and dividing C by the 177.8 mm bore yields 1.30 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 40 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 177.8 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 177.8 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 177.8 mm bore (227.012×30.162 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 36990 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "At the 231 kN rating of 36990, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 30.162 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 231/425 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 36990 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 36990/36920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 36990 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 36990?",
        "a": "The SKF 36990/36920 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 177.8 mm bore, 227.012 mm outer diameter and 30.162 mm width (7 × 8.937 × 1.187 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 231 kN, C0 425 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 2950 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 36990 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 36900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 177.8×227.012×30.162 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 36990 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (36900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 36990 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "36990-36920-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same 177.8×227.012×30.162 mm envelope per ISO 15; catalogue load ratings differ by >10% — re-rate the application before substituting."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "36990-36920",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "36990-36920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "94700-94113",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 94700/94113",
    "series": "94000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 177.8,
    "D_mm": 288.925,
    "B_mm": 63.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 774,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 108,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 16000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 177.8 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 94700 under catalogue execution SKF 94700/94113: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 94000-series.Reading the designation: 94700 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the 94000-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 177.8 mm bore, 288.925 mm OD and 63.5 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.47 (static 1140 kN against dynamic 774 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 108 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 177.8 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two 94700 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Cross-section geometry: the 55.6 mm half-section ((288.925−177.8)/2) of this 94700-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 233 mm, and the 63.5 mm axial width is split between cone (35 mm) and cup rib (29 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 16000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Within the 94000-series tables, 94700 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 94700 is the 94113 variant, with 288.925 mm OD and 63.5 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 177.8 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 94000-series inch series at 177.8 mm bore (288.925×63.5 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 94700 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 94700 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 774/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 94700 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 94700/94113 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 94700?",
        "a": "The SKF 94700/94113 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 177.8 mm bore, 288.925 mm outer diameter and 63.5 mm width (7 × 11.375 × 2.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 774 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 108 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 16000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 94700 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 94000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 177.8×288.925×63.5 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 94700 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (94000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 94700 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 94700 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 94700 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "94700-94113",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "94700-94113"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M336948-912",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 336948/912",
    "series": "M336900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 178.595,
    "D_mm": 265.112,
    "B_mm": 51.595,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 532,
    "static_load_kN": 880,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 9550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 178.595 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists M336948 under catalogue execution SKF M 336948/912: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch M336900-series.On the SKF nameplate, M336948 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the M336900-series marking the dimensional series. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.65 (static 880 kN against dynamic 532 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 85 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of M336948 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Journal and housing interface: the 178.595 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.357 mm for this diameter range) and the 265.112 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 265.112.000/265.132 mm; the 51.595 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 9550 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in M336948 the M 336948 cone contributes the 178.595 mm bore and roller set, the 912 cup contributes the 265.112 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 51.595 mm width is the catalogue value.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 178.595 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M336900-series inch series at 178.595 mm bore (265.112×51.595 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M336948 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M336948 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The 9550 g mass and 51.595 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of M336948.",
      "The 532/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M336948 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 336948/912 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M336948?",
        "a": "The SKF M 336948/912 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 178.595 mm bore, 265.112 mm outer diameter and 51.595 mm width (7.031 × 10.437 × 2.031 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 532 kN, C0 880 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 9550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M336948 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M336900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 178.595×265.112×51.595 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M336948 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M336900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M336948 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M336948 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M336948 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M336948-912",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M336948-912"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M336949-912",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 336949/912",
    "series": "M336900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 179.934,
    "D_mm": 265.112,
    "B_mm": 51.595,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 532,
    "static_load_kN": 880,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 9400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare M336949 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,800 r/min reference speed the 42.6 mm-section M336949 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 2,200 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single M336949 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 42.6 mm half-section ((265.112−179.934)/2) of this M3300-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 222 mm, and the 51.595 mm axial width is split between cone (28 mm) and cup rib (23 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 9400 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cone-and-cup identity in M336949: the leading M 336949 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 912 reference identifies the outer ring. The M336900-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 265.112 mm OD or 51.595 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 179.934 mm.M336949 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the M336900-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (M336900-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 179.934×265.112×51.595 mm are the converted metric envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 179.934 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M336900-series inch series at 179.934 mm bore (265.112×51.595 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 532 kN rating of M336949, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the M336949 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 532/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M336949 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 336949/912 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M336949 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M336900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M336949 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M336949 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M336949 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M336949?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 51.595 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M336949 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M336949-912",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M336949-912"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "87737-87111",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 87737/87111",
    "series": "87000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 187.325,
    "D_mm": 282.575,
    "B_mm": 50.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 427,
    "static_load_kN": 695,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 67,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 9900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Because the contact line is tapered, one 87737 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 187.325 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Cross-section geometry: the 47.6 mm half-section ((282.575−187.325)/2) of this 87700-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 234 mm, and the 50.8 mm axial width is split between cone (28 mm) and cup rib (23 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 9900 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: 87737 pairs the 87737 cone with the 87111 cup under the 87000-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.SKF 87737/87111 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 187.325 mm bore entry in the inch 87000-series, dimensioned 282.575 mm OD and 50.8 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (87000-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 187.325×282.575×50.8 mm are the converted metric envelope. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.63 (static 695 kN against dynamic 427 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 67 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 187.325 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 87000-series inch series at 187.325 mm bore (282.575×50.8 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 87737 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 87737 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 427/695 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 87737 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 87737/87111 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 87737 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 87737 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 87737?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 50.8 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 87737 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 87737?",
        "a": "The SKF 87737/87111 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 187.325 mm bore, 282.575 mm outer diameter and 50.8 mm width (7.375 × 11.125 × 2 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 427 kN, C0 695 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 67 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 9900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 87737 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 87000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 187.325×282.575×50.8 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "87737-87111",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "87737-87111"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M239447-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 239447/410",
    "series": "M239400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 189.738,
    "D_mm": 279.4,
    "B_mm": 52.388,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 643,
    "static_load_kN": 980,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 93,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A single M239447 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 189.738 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.379 mm for this diameter range) and the 279.4 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 279.4.000/279.420 mm; the 52.388 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 11000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cone-and-cup identity in M239447: the leading M 239447 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 410 reference identifies the outer ring. The M239400-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 279.4 mm OD or 52.388 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 189.738 mm.SKF M239447 (SKF M 239447/410) is the M239400-series tapered roller choice for a 189.738 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 279.4×52.388 mm envelope.Digit by digit, M239447 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the M239400-series inch series; the 189.738 mm bore, 279.4 mm OD and 52.388 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 643 kN and C0 980 kN, the M239447 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 2,000 r/min.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 189.738 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M239400-series inch series at 189.738 mm bore (279.4×52.388 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 643 kN rating of M239447, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the M239447 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 11000 g mass and 52.388 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of M239447.",
      "The 643/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M239447 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 239447/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does M239447 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M239447 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M239447?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 52.388 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M239447 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M239447?",
        "a": "The SKF M 239447/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 189.738 mm bore, 279.4 mm outer diameter and 52.388 mm width (7.47 × 11 × 2.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 643 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 93 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M239447 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M239400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 189.738×279.4×52.388 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M239447-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M239447-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "87750-87111",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 87750/87111",
    "series": "87000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190.5,
    "D_mm": 282.575,
    "B_mm": 50.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 427,
    "static_load_kN": 695,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 67,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 9550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in 87750 the 87111 cup fixes the 282.575 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the 87750 cone determines the 190.5 mm shaft interface; the 50.8 mm width is the assembled pair value.For a 190.5 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists 87750 under catalogue execution SKF 87750/87111: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch 87000-series.The 87000-series series assigns 190.5 mm bore, 282.575 mm OD and 50.8 mm width to 87750; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 87750 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,700 r/min reference speed the 46.0 mm-section 87750 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 2,000 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Mounting practice for 87750: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 190.5 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 46.0 mm half-section ((282.575−190.5)/2) of this 87700-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 236 mm, and the 50.8 mm axial width is split between cone (28 mm) and cup rib (23 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 9550 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 190.5 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 87000-series inch series at 190.5 mm bore (282.575×50.8 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 87750 mounting error.",
      "A single 87750 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The 9550 g mass and 50.8 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of 87750.",
      "The 427/695 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 87750 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 87750/87111 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 87750 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 87750?",
        "a": "The SKF 87750/87111 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 190.5 mm bore, 282.575 mm outer diameter and 50.8 mm width (7.5 × 11.125 × 2 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 427 kN, C0 695 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 67 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 9550 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 87750 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 87000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 190.5×282.575×50.8 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 87750 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (87000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 87750 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "87750-87111",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "87750-87111"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LL639249-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LL 639249/210",
    "series": "LL639200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 196.85,
    "D_mm": 241.3,
    "B_mm": 23.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 189,
    "static_load_kN": 315,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 29,
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF LL 639249/210 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 196.85 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.In SKF inch-series tables LL639249 sits at 196.85 mm bore (7.75 in) with a 241.3 mm cup OD and 23.812 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LL639200-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.67 (static 315 kN against dynamic 189 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 29 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one LL639249 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 196.85 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Cross-section geometry: the 22.2 mm half-section ((241.3−196.85)/2) of this LL600-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 219 mm, and the 23.812 mm axial width is split between cone (13 mm) and cup rib (11 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 2100 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Inch tapered bearings are matched sets, not mix-and-match components: LL639249 pairs the LL 639249 cone with the 210 cup under the LL639200-series boundary plan, and although the same cone shows up against other cups in the catalogue, each pairing yields a distinct assembled width and a distinct rating row.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 196.85 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LL639200-series inch series at 196.85 mm bore (241.3×23.812 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LL639249 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "A single LL639249 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 189/315 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LL639249 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LL 639249/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LL639249?",
        "a": "The SKF LL 639249/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 196.85 mm bore, 241.3 mm outer diameter and 23.812 mm width (7.75 × 9.5 × 0.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 189 kN, C0 315 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 29 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 2100 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LL639249 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LL639200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 196.85×241.3×23.812 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LL639249 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LL639200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LL639249 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LL639249 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LL639249 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LL639249-LL639210",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Identical ISO 15 envelope, seal and ratings band — standard interchange; re-verify precision class and clearance per supplier."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LL639249-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LL639249-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM739749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 739749/710",
    "series": "LM739700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 196.85,
    "D_mm": 257.175,
    "B_mm": 39.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 339,
    "static_load_kN": 655,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 58.5,
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "weight_g": 5350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in LM739749 the 710 cup fixes the 257.175 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the LM 739749 cone determines the 196.85 mm shaft interface; the 39.688 mm width is the assembled pair value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM739749 appears as SKF LM 739749/710: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM739700-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Digit by digit, LM739749 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the LM739700-series inch series; the 196.85 mm bore, 257.175 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.93 (static 655 kN against dynamic 339 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 58.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. For a 196.85 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two LM739749 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the LM700 series at 196.85 mm bore, the 257.175 mm OD and 39.688 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 30.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 5350 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 196.85 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM739700-series inch series at 196.85 mm bore (257.175×39.688 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM739749 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM739749 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Open LM739749 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 339/655 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM739749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 739749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM739749 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM739749?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 739749/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 196.85 mm bore, 257.175 mm outer diameter and 39.688 mm width (7.75 × 10.125 × 1.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 339 kN, C0 655 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 58.5 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 5350 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM739749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM739700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 196.85×257.175×39.688 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM739749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM739700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM739749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM739749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM739749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67981-67919",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67981/67919",
    "series": "67900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 198.298,
    "D_mm": 279.4,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 465,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 9200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The 67900-series series assigns 198.298 mm bore, 279.4 mm OD and 46.038 mm width to 67981; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 67981 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.78 (static 830 kN against dynamic 465 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 76.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 67981 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 198.298 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 158638 and 237958 r/min in real machinery, and the 279.4 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 287 mm outer abutment; the 46.038 mm width and 9200 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this 67900-series envelope. Cup-side note for 67919: the outer ring's rib profile and the 279.4 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the 67900-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same 67981 cone changes both the assembled 46.038 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.Ordering number SKF 67981/67919 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 198.298 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 198.298 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67900-series inch series at 198.298 mm bore (279.4×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the 67981 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 67981 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 279.4 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 465/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67981 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67981/67919 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 67981 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 67900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 198.298×279.4×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 67981 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (67900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 67981 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 67981 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 67981 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 67981?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67981-67919",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67981-67919"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67982-67919",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67982/67919",
    "series": "67900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 199.949,
    "D_mm": 279.4,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 465,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 9000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 67982 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the 67900-series marking the dimensional series. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 39.7 mm radial section height ((279.4−199.949)/2) and 9000 g catalogue mass frame a 199.949 mm bore bearing rated at 465 kN C — roughly 2.33 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Because the contact line is tapered, one 67982 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 199.949 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 9000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the 67900 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 270 g of the total; the 199.949 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 279.4 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 46.038 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. The cup reference 67919 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 67982 cone, produces the 199.949/279.4/46.038 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 67982. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 67900-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.67982 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the 67900-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 199.949 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67900-series inch series at 199.949 mm bore (279.4×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 67982 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 67982 mounting error.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 465/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67982 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67982/67919 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the 67982 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 67900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 199.949×279.4×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 67982 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (67900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 67982 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 67982 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 67982 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 67982?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67982-67919",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67982-67919"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM241147-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 241147/110",
    "series": "LM241100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200.025,
    "D_mm": 276.225,
    "B_mm": 42.862,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 478,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 7700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF LM 241147/110 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 200.025 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Reading the designation: LM241147 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM241100-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 200.025 mm bore, 276.225 mm OD and 42.862 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,700 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Mounting practice for LM241147: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 200.025 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Material and manufacturing detail: the 7700 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM200 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 231 g of the total; the 200.025 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 276.225 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 42.862 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. The cup reference 110 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the LM 241147 cone, produces the 200.025/276.225/42.862 mm envelope catalogue-listed as LM241147. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the LM241100-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 200.025 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM241100-series inch series at 200.025 mm bore (276.225×42.862 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM241147 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "At the 478 kN rating of LM241147, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 276.225 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 478/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM241147 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 241147/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM241147?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 241147/110 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 200.025 mm bore, 276.225 mm outer diameter and 42.862 mm width (7.875 × 10.875 × 1.687 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 478 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 7700 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM241147 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM241100-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 200.025×276.225×42.862 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM241147 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM241100-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM241147 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM241147 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM241147 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM241147-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM241147-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67983-67920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67983/67920",
    "series": "67900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 203.2,
    "D_mm": 282.575,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 465,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 8850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Why the cup reference matters here: in the 67900-series tables the 67983 cone appears against several cup options. 67983 is the pairing with 67920, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 282.575 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 46.038 mm assembled width.Ordering number SKF 67983/67920 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 203.2 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Digit by digit, 67983 reads as cone reference / cup reference in the 67900-series inch series; the 203.2 mm bore, 282.575 mm OD and 46.038 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. In SKF suffix language a bare 67983 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.78 (static 830 kN against dynamic 465 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 76.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. A single 67983 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Journal and housing interface: the 203.2 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.406 mm for this diameter range) and the 282.575 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 282.575.000/282.595 mm; the 46.038 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 8850 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 203.2 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67900-series inch series at 203.2 mm bore (282.575×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 67983 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of 67983 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 465/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67983 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67983/67920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 67983 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 67983?",
        "a": "The SKF 67983/67920 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 203.2 mm bore, 282.575 mm outer diameter and 46.038 mm width (8 × 11.125 × 1.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 465 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 8850 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 67983 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 67900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 203.2×282.575×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 67983 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (67900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 67983 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67983-67920",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67983-67920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM241148-110",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 241148/110",
    "series": "LM241100-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 203.987,
    "D_mm": 276.225,
    "B_mm": 42.862,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 478,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 7200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare LM241148 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.63 (static 780 kN against dynamic 478 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 72 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM241148 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 203.987 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Operating context for the 203.987 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 163190 and 244784 r/min in real machinery, and the 276.225 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 284 mm outer abutment; the 42.862 mm width and 7200 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this LM200-series envelope. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in LM241148 the 110 cup fixes the 276.225 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the LM 241148 cone determines the 203.987 mm shaft interface; the 42.862 mm width is the assembled pair value.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM241148 appears as SKF LM 241148/110: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM241100-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.In SKF inch-series tables LM241148 sits at 203.987 mm bore (8.031 in) with a 276.225 mm cup OD and 42.862 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM241100-series family.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 203.987 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM241100-series inch series at 203.987 mm bore (276.225×42.862 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM241148 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM241148 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The LM241148 shares its ISO 355 envelope with other tapered bearings of the same code but is not a drop-in replacement for a ball bearing: it cannot run effectively under pure radial load without a minimum axial load, and a deep-groove bearing cannot replace its combined-load duty.",
      "The 478/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM241148 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 241148/110 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM241148 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM241100-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM241148 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM241148 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM241148 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM241148?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 42.862 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM241148 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM241148-110",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM241148-110"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "67985-67920",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 67985/67920",
    "series": "67900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 206.375,
    "D_mm": 282.575,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 465,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 8450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting practice for 67985: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 206.375 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Journal and housing interface: the 206.375 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.413 mm for this diameter range) and the 282.575 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 282.575.000/282.595 mm; the 46.038 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 8450 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Within the 67900-series tables, 67985 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. 67985 is the 67920 variant, with 282.575 mm OD and 46.038 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.Ordering number SKF 67985/67920 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a single-row tapered roller bearing for a 206.375 mm shaft, inch series, with an open pressed-steel-cage execution and one-direction axial capacity.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 67985 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 67900-series series — which is why the 206.375×282.575×46.038 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.78 (static 830 kN against dynamic 465 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 76.5 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 206.375 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 67900-series inch series at 206.375 mm bore (282.575×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 67985 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "At the 465 kN rating of 67985, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 2,000 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 465/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 67985 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 67985/67920 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does 67985 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load 67985 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 67985?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 67985 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 67985?",
        "a": "The SKF 67985/67920 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 206.375 mm bore, 282.575 mm outer diameter and 46.038 mm width (8.125 × 11.125 × 1.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 465 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 8450 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 67985 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 67900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 206.375×282.575×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "67985-67920",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "67985-67920"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "H242649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF H 242649/610",
    "series": "H242600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 206.375,
    "D_mm": 336.55,
    "B_mm": 98.425,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1230,
    "static_load_kN": 2160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 34000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within the H2400 series at 206.375 mm bore, the 336.55 mm OD and 98.425 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 65.1 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 34000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. A single-row inch tapered bearing is quoted as a cone/cup pair because the boundary dimensions belong to the combination, not to either half alone: in H242649 the H 242649 cone contributes the 206.375 mm bore and roller set, the 610 cup contributes the 336.55 mm OD raceway, and the assembled 98.425 mm width is the catalogue value.SKF H242649 (SKF H 242649/610) is the H242600-series tapered roller choice for a 206.375 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 336.55×98.425 mm envelope.In SKF inch-series tables H242649 sits at 206.375 mm bore (8.125 in) with a 336.55 mm cup OD and 98.425 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the H242600-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare H242649 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.76 (static 2160 kN against dynamic 1230 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 190 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of H242649 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 206.375 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The H242600-series inch series at 206.375 mm bore (336.55×98.425 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of H242649 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of H242649 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 336.55 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 1230/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of H242649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF H 242649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit H242649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 98.425 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is H242649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of H242649?",
        "a": "The SKF H 242649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 206.375 mm bore, 336.55 mm outer diameter and 98.425 mm width (8.125 × 13.25 × 3.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1230 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 34000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the H242649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the H242600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 206.375×336.55×98.425 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in H242649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (H242600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "H242649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "H242649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM742747-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 742747/710",
    "series": "LM742700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 216.408,
    "D_mm": 285.75,
    "B_mm": 46.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 466,
    "static_load_kN": 850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "weight_g": 7900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "LM742747 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM742700-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.On the SKF nameplate, LM742747 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the LM742700-series marking the dimensional series. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 76.5 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.82 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. A single LM742747 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 7900 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM700 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 237 g of the total; the 216.408 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 285.75 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 46.038 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Cup-side note for 710: the outer ring's rib profile and the 285.75 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the LM742700-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same LM 742747 cone changes both the assembled 46.038 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 216.408 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM742700-series inch series at 216.408 mm bore (285.75×46.038 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM742747 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM742747 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 46.038 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 466/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM742747 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 742747/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM742747?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 742747/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 216.408 mm bore, 285.75 mm outer diameter and 46.038 mm width (8.52 × 11.25 × 1.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 466 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 7900 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM742747 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM742700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 216.408×285.75×46.038 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM742747 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM742700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM742747 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM742747 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM742747 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM742747-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM742747-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M244249A-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 244249 A/210",
    "series": "M244200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220.662,
    "D_mm": 314.325,
    "B_mm": 61.912,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 784,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 118,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables M244249A sits at 220.662 mm bore (8.687 in) with a 314.325 mm cup OD and 61.912 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the M244200-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare M244249A is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,500 r/min reference speed the 46.8 mm-section M244249A is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,800 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of M244249A must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Material and manufacturing detail: the 15000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the M2400 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 450 g of the total; the 220.662 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 314.325 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 61.912 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. The cup reference 210 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the M 244249 A cone, produces the 220.662/314.325/61.912 mm envelope catalogue-listed as M244249A. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the M244200-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.SKF M 244249 A/210 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 220.662 mm bore entry in the inch M244200-series, dimensioned 314.325 mm OD and 61.912 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 220.662 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M244200-series inch series at 220.662 mm bore (314.325×61.912 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single M244249A cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "At the 784 kN rating of M244249A, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open M244249A units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 784/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M244249A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 244249 A/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the M244249A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M244200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 220.662×314.325×61.912 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M244249A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M244200-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M244249A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M244249A compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M244249A position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M244249A?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 61.912 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M244249A-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M244249A-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM245846-810",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 245846/810",
    "series": "LM245800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 230.188,
    "D_mm": 317.5,
    "B_mm": 47.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 556,
    "static_load_kN": 980,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 90,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 230.188 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.460 mm for this diameter range) and the 317.5 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 317.5.000/317.520 mm; the 47.625 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 11000 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. Cup-side note for 810: the outer ring's rib profile and the 317.5 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the LM245800-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same LM 245846 cone changes both the assembled 47.625 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.For a 230.188 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM245846 under catalogue execution SKF LM 245846/810: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM245800-series.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM245846 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM245800-series series — which is why the 230.188×317.5×47.625 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 1,500 r/min thermal reference and 1,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of LM245846 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 230.188 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM245800-series inch series at 230.188 mm bore (317.5×47.625 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM245846 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM245846 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 11000 g mass and 47.625 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of LM245846.",
      "The 556/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM245846 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 245846/810 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM245846?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 47.625 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM245846 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM245846?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 245846/810 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 230.188 mm bore, 317.5 mm outer diameter and 47.625 mm width (9.063 × 12.5 × 1.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 556 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 90 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 11000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM245846 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM245800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 230.188×317.5×47.625 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM245846 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM245800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM245846-810",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM245846-810"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "544091-544118",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 544091/544118",
    "series": "544000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 231.775,
    "D_mm": 300.038,
    "B_mm": 33.338,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 267,
    "static_load_kN": 425,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "weight_g": 5200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 231.775 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.464 mm for this diameter range) and the 300.038 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 300.038.000/300.058 mm; the 33.338 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 5200 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations. The cup reference 544118 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the 544091 cone, produces the 231.775/300.038/33.338 mm envelope catalogue-listed as 544091. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the 544000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.The SKF 544091/544118 is a 231.775×300.038×33.338 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: 544091 means a cone and cup matched pair in the 544000-series series — which is why the 231.775×300.038×33.338 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. The 34.1 mm radial section height ((300.038−231.775)/2) and 5200 g catalogue mass frame a 231.775 mm bore bearing rated at 267 kN C — roughly 1.15 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. A single 544091 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 231.775 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 544000-series inch series at 231.775 mm bore (300.038×33.338 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 544091 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one 544091 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,500 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,900 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 267/425 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 544091 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 544091/544118 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 544091?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 33.338 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 544091 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 544091?",
        "a": "The SKF 544091/544118 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 231.775 mm bore, 300.038 mm outer diameter and 33.338 mm width (9.125 × 11.813 × 1.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 267 kN, C0 425 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 5200 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 544091 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 544000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 231.775×300.038×33.338 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 544091 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (544000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "544091-544118",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "544091-544118"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM245848-810",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 245848/810",
    "series": "LM245800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 231.775,
    "D_mm": 317.5,
    "B_mm": 47.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 556,
    "static_load_kN": 980,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 90,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In SKF suffix language a bare LM245848 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,500 r/min reference speed the 42.9 mm-section LM245848 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,800 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 231.775 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two LM245848 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Operating context for the 231.775 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 185420 and 278130 r/min in real machinery, and the 317.5 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 326 mm outer abutment; the 47.625 mm width and 10500 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this LM200-series envelope. Two catalogue entries share the LM 245848 cone but use different cups; this one, LM245848, takes the 810 cup and is ground for the resulting 317.5 mm OD / 47.625 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF LM 245848/810 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 231.775 mm bore entry in the inch LM245800-series, dimensioned 317.5 mm OD and 47.625 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM245800-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 231.775×317.5×47.625 mm are the converted metric envelope.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 231.775 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM245800-series inch series at 231.775 mm bore (317.5×47.625 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 556 kN rating of LM245848, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM245848 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 317.5 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 556/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM245848 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 245848/810 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM245848 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM245800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM245848 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM245848 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM245848 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM245848?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 47.625 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM245848 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM245848-810",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM245848-810"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM545848-810",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 545848/810",
    "series": "LM545800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 234.848,
    "D_mm": 314.325,
    "B_mm": 49.212,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 608,
    "static_load_kN": 1000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 91.5,
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 608 kN and C0 1000 kN, the LM545848 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,800 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM545848 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 234.848 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Load system: the 608 kN basic dynamic rating C and 1000 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 1.64, and dividing C by the 234.848 mm bore yields 2.59 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 91.5 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 234.848 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Two catalogue entries share the LM 545848 cone but use different cups; this one, LM545848, takes the 810 cup and is ground for the resulting 314.325 mm OD / 49.212 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM545848 appears as SKF LM 545848/810: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM545800-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.In SKF inch-series tables LM545848 sits at 234.848 mm bore (9.246 in) with a 314.325 mm cup OD and 49.212 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM545800-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 234.848 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM545800-series inch series at 234.848 mm bore (314.325×49.212 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 608 kN rating of LM545848, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,800 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM545848 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 608/1000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM545848 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 545848/810 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM545848 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM545848 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM545848 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM545848?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 49.212 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM545848 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM545848?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 545848/810 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 234.848 mm bore, 314.325 mm outer diameter and 49.212 mm width (9.246 × 12.375 × 1.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 608 kN, C0 1000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 91.5 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 10500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM545848-810",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM545848-810"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M349547-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 349547/510",
    "series": "M349500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 255.6,
    "D_mm": 342.9,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 698,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 125,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of M349547 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Load system: the 698 kN basic dynamic rating C and 1400 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 2.01, and dividing C by the 255.6 mm bore yields 2.73 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 125 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 255.6 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in M349547 the 510 cup fixes the 342.9 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the M 349547 cone determines the 255.6 mm shaft interface; the 57.15 mm width is the assembled pair value.The SKF M 349547/510 is a 255.6×342.9×57.15 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (M349500-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 255.6×342.9×57.15 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare M349547 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. At 1,300 r/min reference speed the 43.6 mm-section M349547 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 255.6 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M349500-series inch series at 255.6 mm bore (342.9×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of M349547 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common M349547 mounting error.",
      "The 15000 g mass and 57.15 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of M349547.",
      "The 698/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M349547 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 349547/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does M349547 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M349547 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M349547?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 57.15 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M349547 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of M349547?",
        "a": "The SKF M 349547/510 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 255.6 mm bore, 342.9 mm outer diameter and 57.15 mm width (10.063 × 13.5 × 2.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 698 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 125 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 15000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the M349547 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M349500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 255.6×342.9×57.15 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M349547-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M349547-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M349549-510",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 349549/510",
    "series": "M349500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 257.175,
    "D_mm": 342.9,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 698,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 125,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF inch-series tables M349549 sits at 257.175 mm bore (10.125 in) with a 342.9 mm cup OD and 57.15 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the M349500-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Catalogue mass 14000 g for the 257.175×342.9×57.15 mm open execution covers the pressed-steel cage and standard roller complement; sealed or special-clearance variants differ slightly in mass and carry their own order numbers. Mounting practice for M349549: the rotating cone takes the interference fit (m6 on a 257.175 mm shaft), the cup slides for axial location, and reversing-thrust duty demands a paired O/X set rather than one bearing. Cross-section geometry: the 42.9 mm half-section ((342.9−257.175)/2) of this M3400-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 300 mm, and the 57.15 mm axial width is split between cone (31 mm) and cup rib (26 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 14000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Cone-and-cup identity in M349549: the leading M 349549 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 510 reference identifies the outer ring. The M349500-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 342.9 mm OD or 57.15 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 257.175 mm.M349549 is a single-row tapered roller bearing in the M349500-series inch series: a separable cone-and-cup design for combined radial and one-direction axial load, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 257.175 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M349500-series inch series at 257.175 mm bore (342.9×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "A single M349549 cannot locate the shaft axially in both directions; mounting it singly on a reversing-thrust shaft leaves one direction uncontrolled — always use an O or X matched pair for bidirectional location.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the M349549 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 342.9 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 698/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M349549 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 349549/510 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the M349549 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the M349500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 257.175×342.9×57.15 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M349549 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M349500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M349549 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M349549 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M349549 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M349549?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 57.15 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M349549-510",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M349549-510"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "M249747-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF M 249747/710",
    "series": "M249700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 257.175,
    "D_mm": 358.775,
    "B_mm": 71.438,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1030,
    "static_load_kN": 1760,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 156,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 21500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 1030 kN and C0 1760 kN, the M249747 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,600 r/min. A single M249747 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 50.8 mm half-section ((358.775−257.175)/2) of this M2400-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 307 mm, and the 71.438 mm axial width is split between cone (39 mm) and cup rib (32 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 21500 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in M249747 the 710 cup fixes the 358.775 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the M 249747 cone determines the 257.175 mm shaft interface; the 71.438 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF M 249747/710 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 257.175 mm bore entry in the inch M249700-series, dimensioned 358.775 mm OD and 71.438 mm wide.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: M249747 means a cone and cup matched pair in the M249700-series series — which is why the 257.175×358.775×71.438 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 257.175 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The M249700-series inch series at 257.175 mm bore (358.775×71.438 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the M249747 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common M249747 mounting error.",
      "The 21500 g mass and 71.438 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of M249747.",
      "The 1030/1760 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of M249747 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF M 249747/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in M249747 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (M249700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single M249747 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does M249747 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load M249747 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit M249747?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 71.438 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is M249747 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "M249747-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "M249747-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "38880-38820",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 38880/38820",
    "series": "38800-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 263.525,
    "D_mm": 325.438,
    "B_mm": 28.575,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 273,
    "static_load_kN": 550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 48,
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "weight_g": 5300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Why the cup reference matters here: in the 38800-series tables the 38880 cone appears against several cup options. 38880 is the pairing with 38820, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 325.438 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 28.575 mm assembled width.SKF 38880 (SKF 38880/38820) is the 38800-series tapered roller choice for a 263.525 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 325.438×28.575 mm envelope.The 38800-series series assigns 263.525 mm bore, 325.438 mm OD and 28.575 mm width to 38880; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare 38880 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. With C 273 kN and C0 550 kN, the 38880 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,700 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of 38880 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Journal and housing interface: the 263.525 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat (upper deviation ~0.527 mm for this diameter range) and the 325.438 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore tolerance band of 325.438.000/325.458 mm; the 28.575 mm width defines the shoulder depth, and the 5300 g cone-plus-cup assembly is the dead load on the shaft during thermal expansion calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 263.525 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The 320 series at 263.525 mm bore (325.438×28.575 mm) is the low-friction, higher-speed section; it carries less thrust than a 302 of the same bore, so verify the axial load share before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common 38880 mounting error.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the 38880 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,400 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,700 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 273/550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of 38880 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF 38880/38820 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is 38880 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 38880?",
        "a": "The SKF 38880/38820 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 263.525 mm bore, 325.438 mm outer diameter and 28.575 mm width (10.375 × 12.813 × 1.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 273 kN, C0 550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 48 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 5300 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the 38880 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the 38800-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 263.525×325.438×28.575 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in 38880 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (38800-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 38880 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "38880-38820",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "38880-38820"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM451345-310",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 451345/310",
    "series": "LM451300-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 263.525,
    "D_mm": 355.6,
    "B_mm": 57.15,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 789,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "weight_g": 16000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 1,300 r/min reference speed the 46.0 mm-section LM451345 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,600 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. For a 263.525 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two LM451345 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Material and manufacturing detail: the 16000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM400 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 480 g of the total; the 263.525 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 355.6 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 57.15 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Cone-and-cup identity in LM451345: the leading LM 451345 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 310 reference identifies the outer ring. The LM451300-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 355.6 mm OD or 57.15 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 263.525 mm.For a 263.525 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM451345 under catalogue execution SKF LM 451345/310: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM451300-series.Reading the designation: LM451345 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM451300-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 263.525 mm bore, 355.6 mm OD and 57.15 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 263.525 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM451300-series inch series at 263.525 mm bore (355.6×57.15 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the LM451345 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM451345 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 1,300 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,600 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 789/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM451345 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 451345/310 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM451345 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM451300-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM451345 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM451345 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM451345 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM451345?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 57.15 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM451345 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM451345-310",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM451345-310"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L555249-210",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 555249/210",
    "series": "L555200-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 292.1,
    "D_mm": 374.65,
    "B_mm": 47.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 539,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98,
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "weight_g": 12500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " For a 292.1 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two L555249 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the L5500 series at 292.1 mm bore, the 374.65 mm OD and 47.625 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 41.3 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 12500 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Two catalogue entries share the L 555249 cone but use different cups; this one, L555249, takes the 210 cup and is ground for the resulting 374.65 mm OD / 47.625 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.SKF L 555249/210 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 292.1 mm bore entry in the inch L555200-series, dimensioned 374.65 mm OD and 47.625 mm wide.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (L555200-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 292.1×374.65×47.625 mm are the converted metric envelope. In SKF suffix language a bare L555249 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 98 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 2.12 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 292.1 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L555200-series inch series at 292.1 mm bore (374.65×47.625 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of L555249 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L555249 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Shaft and housing fillets must clear the bearing chamfer so the 47.625 mm-wide cup seats square; use an undercut or withdrawal groove rather than an oversized radius that locks on the ring face.",
      "The 539/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L555249 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 555249/210 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does L555249 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L555249 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L555249?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 47.625 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L555249 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L555249?",
        "a": "The SKF L 555249/210 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 292.1 mm bore, 374.65 mm outer diameter and 47.625 mm width (11.5 × 14.75 × 1.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 539 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 12500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L555249 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L555200-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 292.1×374.65×47.625 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L555249-210",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L555249-210"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L357049-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 357049/010",
    "series": "L357000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 304.8,
    "D_mm": 393.7,
    "B_mm": 50.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 655,
    "static_load_kN": 1220,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 104,
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.86 (static 1220 kN against dynamic 655 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 104 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of L357049 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 304.8 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 243840 and 365760 r/min in real machinery, and the 393.7 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 402 mm outer abutment; the 50.8 mm width and 15000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this L3500-series envelope. The cup reference 010 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the L 357049 cone, produces the 304.8/393.7/50.8 mm envelope catalogue-listed as L357049. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the L357000-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.The SKF L 357049/010 is a 304.8×393.7×50.8 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables L357049 sits at 304.8 mm bore (12 in) with a 393.7 mm cup OD and 50.8 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the L357000-series family. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 304.8 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L357000-series inch series at 304.8 mm bore (393.7×50.8 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 655 kN rating of L357049, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,400 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common L357049 mounting error.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 393.7 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 655/1220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L357049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 357049/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single L357049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L357049 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L357049 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L357049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 50.8 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is L357049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L357049?",
        "a": "The SKF L 357049/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 304.8 mm bore, 393.7 mm outer diameter and 50.8 mm width (12 × 15.5 × 2 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 655 kN, C0 1220 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 104 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 15000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L357049-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L357049-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM757049-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 757049/010",
    "series": "LM757000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 304.8,
    "D_mm": 406.4,
    "B_mm": 63.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 775,
    "static_load_kN": 1700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "weight_g": 22500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 143 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 2.19 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM757049 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 304.8 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 22500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel (density ~7.85 g/cm³) machined to the LM700 ISO envelope, with the pressed-steel cage contributing roughly 675 g of the total; the 304.8 mm bore is ground to IT5 roundness and the 406.4 mm OD to IT5 cylindricity, and the 63.5 mm width tolerance keeps the pair-setting scatter within the ISO preload class. Two catalogue entries share the LM 757049 cone but use different cups; this one, LM757049, takes the 010 cup and is ground for the resulting 406.4 mm OD / 63.5 mm width envelope. Selecting a sibling cup produces a different boundary plan and a different order number, so the full designation is required at purchase.The SKF LM 757049/010 is a 304.8×406.4×63.5 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables LM757049 sits at 304.8 mm bore (12 in) with a 406.4 mm cup OD and 63.5 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the LM757000-series family. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 304.8 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM757000-series inch series at 304.8 mm bore (406.4×63.5 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 775 kN rating of LM757049, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 775 kN rating of LM757049, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,300 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Open LM757049 units need application-supplied sealing and a defined EP lubricant supply; the roller-rib contact is the first to fail when the additive film breaks down.",
      "The 775/1700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM757049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 757049/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM757049 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM757049 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM757049 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM757049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 63.5 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM757049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM757049?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 757049/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 304.8 mm bore, 406.4 mm outer diameter and 63.5 mm width (12 × 16 × 2.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 775 kN, C0 1700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 22500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM757049-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM757049-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM259048-010-HA4",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 259048/010/HA4",
    "series": "HM259000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 317.5,
    "D_mm": 447.675,
    "B_mm": 85.725,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1363,
    "static_load_kN": 2700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 41000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 317.5 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 254000 and 381000 r/min in real machinery, and the 447.675 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 456 mm outer abutment; the 85.725 mm width and 41000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this HM200-series envelope. Cone-and-cup identity in HM259048: the leading HM 259048 reference identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the trailing 010/HA4 reference identifies the outer ring. The HM259000-series series lists alternative cups for the same cone, each producing a different 447.675 mm OD or 85.725 mm width — hence a different SKU even though the bore stays at 317.5 mm.The SKF HM 259048/010/HA4 is a 317.5×447.675×85.725 mm single-row tapered roller bearing — an inch-series entry with an asymmetric raceway cut for thrust capacity and separable mounting.In SKF inch-series tables HM259048 sits at 317.5 mm bore (12.5 in) with a 447.675 mm cup OD and 85.725 mm total width — dimensions that trace back to the original Timken boundary plan for the HM259000-series family. In SKF suffix language a bare HM259048 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 220 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 1.98 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Fit selection follows the rotating ring — interference on a rotating cone — and two HM259048 units are required to take reversing thrust; keep the induced axial load inside the rated capacity when calculating the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 317.5 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM259000-series inch series at 317.5 mm bore (447.675×85.725 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM259048 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the HM259048 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "The 41000 g mass and 85.725 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of HM259048.",
      "The 1363/2700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM259048 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 259048/010/HA4 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM259048?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 85.725 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM259048 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM259048?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 259048/010/HA4 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 317.5 mm bore, 447.675 mm outer diameter and 85.725 mm width (12.5 × 17.625 × 3.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1363 kN, C0 2700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 41000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM259048 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM259000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 317.5×447.675×85.725 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM259048 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM259000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM259048-010-HA4",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM259048-010-HA4"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM261049-010",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 261049/010",
    "series": "HM261000-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 333.375,
    "D_mm": 469.9,
    "B_mm": 90.488,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1428,
    "static_load_kN": 2850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 232,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 850,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 47000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 68.3 mm half-section ((469.9−333.375)/2) of this HM200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 401 mm, and the 90.488 mm axial width is split between cone (50 mm) and cup rib (41 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 47000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Housing and abutment design flows from the cup: in HM261049 the 010 cup fixes the 469.9 mm OD, the outer-ring face position and the rib shoulder that the rollers contact under thrust, while the HM 261049 cone determines the 333.375 mm shaft interface; the 90.488 mm width is the assembled pair value.SKF HM261049 (SKF HM 261049/010) is the HM261000-series tapered roller choice for a 333.375 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 469.9×90.488 mm envelope.On the SKF nameplate, HM261049 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the HM261000-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare HM261049 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 850 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of HM261049 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 333.375 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM261000-series inch series at 333.375 mm bore (469.9×90.488 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 1428 kN rating of HM261049, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of HM261049 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 469.9 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 1428/2850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM261049 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 261049/010 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit HM261049?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 90.488 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is HM261049 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM261049?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 261049/010 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 333.375 mm bore, 469.9 mm outer diameter and 90.488 mm width (13.125 × 18.5 × 3.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1428 kN, C0 2850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 232 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 47000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM261049 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM261000-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 333.375×469.9×90.488 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM261049 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM261000-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM261049-010",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM261049-010"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM361649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 361649/610",
    "series": "LM361600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 342.9,
    "D_mm": 450.85,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1000,
    "static_load_kN": 2200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 28000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With C 1000 kN and C0 2200 kN, the LM361649 pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,200 r/min. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM361649 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Operating context for the 342.9 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter in the xl-bore band typically runs between 274320 and 411480 r/min in real machinery, and the 450.85 mm outside diameter places the housing shoulder at 459 mm outer abutment; the 66.675 mm width and 28000 g mass together set the shaft critical speed and the housing resonance check for this LM300-series envelope. Within the LM361600-series tables, LM 361649 appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. LM361649 is the 610 variant, with 450.85 mm OD and 66.675 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM361649 appears as SKF LM 361649/610: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM361600-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Reading the designation: LM361649 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the LM361600-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 342.9 mm bore, 450.85 mm OD and 66.675 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 342.9 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM361600-series inch series at 342.9 mm bore (450.85×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM361649 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "At the 1000 kN rating of LM361649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 1,200 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 900 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,200 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 1000/2200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM361649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 361649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM361649 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM361649 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM361649 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit LM361649?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 66.675 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is LM361649 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM361649?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 361649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 342.9 mm bore, 450.85 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (13.5 × 17.75 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1000 kN, C0 2200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 28000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM361649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM361649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM361649A-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 361649 A/610",
    "series": "LM361600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 343.154,
    "D_mm": 450.85,
    "B_mm": 66.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1000,
    "static_load_kN": 2200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "weight_g": 28000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Within the LM361600-series tables, LM 361649 A appears in several rows because SKF lists multiple cup options for the same cone. LM361649A is the 610 variant, with 450.85 mm OD and 66.675 mm width; neighbouring rows on the same cone differ only in the cup but are separate orderable bearings.SKF LM361649A (SKF LM 361649 A/610) is the LM361600-series tapered roller choice for a 343.154 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 450.85×66.675 mm envelope.Digit by digit, LM361649A reads as cone reference / cup reference in the LM361600-series inch series; the 343.154 mm bore, 450.85 mm OD and 66.675 mm width are the metric equivalents of the original inch boundary values. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. With C 1000 kN and C0 2200 kN, the LM361649A pair-sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering one bearing alone cannot cover reversing thrust at 1,200 r/min. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM361649A reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 343.154 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Load system: the 1000 kN basic dynamic rating C and 2200 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 2.20, and dividing C by the 343.154 mm bore yields 2.91 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 180 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 343.154 mm shaft carrying variable duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 343.154 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM361600-series inch series at 343.154 mm bore (450.85×66.675 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM361649A pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM361649A pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 1000/2200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM361649A (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 361649 A/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM361649A interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM361649A?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 361649 A/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 343.154 mm bore, 450.85 mm outer diameter and 66.675 mm width (13.51 × 17.75 × 2.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1000 kN, C0 2200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 28000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM361649A inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM361600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 343.154×450.85×66.675 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM361649A mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM361600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM361649A take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM361649A-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM361649A-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "HM262749-710",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF HM 262749/710",
    "series": "HM262700-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 346.075,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 95.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1533,
    "static_load_kN": 3150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 850,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 55000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF HM262749 (SKF HM 262749/710) is the HM262700-series tapered roller choice for a 346.075 mm shaft — one row of tapered rollers on an asymmetric raceway inside the 488.95×95.25 mm envelope.Reading the designation: HM262749 follows the Timken-style inch convention — the cone (inner ring with rollers) and cup (outer ring) are quoted as a pair separated by a slash, and the HM262700-series code identifies the dimensional series. The 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm OD and 95.25 mm width are the metric equivalents of the inch boundary dimensions. SKF lists the plain number as the basic execution; letter suffixes such as B denote a steeper contact angle and are different order numbers. At 850 r/min reference speed the 71.4 mm-section HM262749 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 1,100 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. A single HM262749 locates the shaft in one axial direction only; mount it against a second bearing in O (back-to-back) or X (face-to-face) arrangement, and set the running clearance by the mounting procedure — not by feel. Cross-section geometry: the 71.4 mm half-section ((488.95−346.075)/2) of this HM200-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 417 mm, and the 95.25 mm axial width is split between cone (52 mm) and cup rib (43 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 55000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. Why the cup reference matters here: in the HM262700-series tables the HM 262749 cone appears against several cup options. HM262749 is the pairing with 710, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 488.95 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 95.25 mm assembled width.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 346.075 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The HM262700-series inch series at 346.075 mm bore (488.95×95.25 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM262749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the HM262749 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 1533/3150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of HM262749 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF HM 262749/710 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of HM262749?",
        "a": "The SKF HM 262749/710 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 95.25 mm width (13.625 × 19.25 × 3.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1533 kN, C0 3150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 255 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 55000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the HM262749 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the HM262700-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 346.075×488.95×95.25 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in HM262749 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (HM262700-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single HM262749 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does HM262749 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load HM262749 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "HM262749-710",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "HM262749-710"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L865547-512",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 865547/512",
    "series": "L865500-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 381,
    "D_mm": 479.425,
    "B_mm": 49.213,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 638,
    "static_load_kN": 1500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120,
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "weight_g": 20000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, L865547 denotes a matched cone-and-cup pair: the designation is not a single number but a cone reference and cup reference joined by a slash, with the L865500-series marking the dimensional series. In SKF suffix language a bare L865547 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 800 r/min thermal reference and 1,100 r/min mechanical limiting speed. For a 381 mm shaft the usual cone seat is m6 with an H7 housing when the inner ring rotates; arrange two L865547 bearings as a set for two-direction location and set clearance from the load diagram, never from assembly feel. Dimensional interchange map: within the L8600 series at 381 mm bore, the 479.425 mm OD and 49.213 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 49.2 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 20000 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline. Why the cup reference matters here: in the L865500-series tables the L 865547 cone appears against several cup options. L865547 is the pairing with 512, and that choice — not the cone — fixes the 479.425 mm OD, the raceway track position and the 49.213 mm assembled width.SKF L 865547/512 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 381 mm bore entry in the inch L865500-series, dimensioned 479.425 mm OD and 49.213 mm wide.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 381 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L865500-series inch series at 381 mm bore (479.425×49.213 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L865547 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Setting is a design value, not an assembly feel: excessive preload in the L865547 pair raises operating temperature and can trigger thermal runaway, while too little lets the rollers skid and smear the raceway under light load.",
      "Catalogue reference speed and limiting speed are different limits: the 800 r/min reference is a thermal criterion under load, while the 1,100 r/min limiting value is the mechanical ceiling — observe both.",
      "The 638/1500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L865547 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 865547/512 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "How does the L865547 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L865500-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 381×479.425×49.213 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L865547 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L865500-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single L865547 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L865547 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L865547 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit L865547?",
        "a": "For a rotating shaft under normal load, seat the cone on a m6 shaft fit; the cup is usually a loose-to-transition fit in the housing so it can creep slightly and distribute wear. Chamfer and shoulder diameters must clear the bearing rings so the 49.213 mm-wide cup seats square; the mounting setting (end play or preload) is set by the axial position of the cup relative to the cone."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L865547-512",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L865547-512"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM567949-910-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 567949/910/HA1",
    "series": "LM567900-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 406.4,
    "D_mm": 549.275,
    "B_mm": 85.725,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1467,
    "static_load_kN": 3050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 236,
    "max_rpm": 950,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 950,
    "weight_g": 53500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " From a specification standpoint the 910/HA1 cup is the controlling half of LM567949 for housing design — it sets the 549.275 mm OD and the outer abutment diameter — while the LM 567949 cone controls shaft fit at the 406.4 mm bore; the 85.725 mm width is the result of the two together.For a 406.4 mm shaft carrying combined load, SKF lists LM567949 under catalogue execution SKF LM 567949/910/HA1: one open single-row tapered roller bearing in the inch LM567900-series.The code breaks down as cone/cup: the numbers before and after the slash identify the inner and outer ring sets, and the series prefix (LM567900-series) ties the pair to a specific boundary plan. Dimensions 406.4×549.275×85.725 mm are the converted metric envelope. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. At 700 r/min reference speed the 71.4 mm-section LM567949 is governed thermally by preload and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 950 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Specify pairs rather than single units wherever thrust reverses: the tapered contact of LM567949 generates an induced axial load under radial force, and an unpaired bearing on a reversing shaft will run slack and fret its seat. Dimensional interchange map: within the LM500 series at 406.4 mm bore, the 549.275 mm OD and 85.725 mm width are fixed by the ISO 355 plan, so any same-code bearing from another brand shares the mounting envelope; the 71.4 mm section height distinguishes this family from a 302 or 322 of the same bore, and the 53500 g mass is the minimum—sealed or snap-ring executions add rotating weight above that catalogue baseline.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 406.4 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM567900-series inch series at 406.4 mm bore (549.275×85.725 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "Do not mix brands or executions inside one LM567949 pair — matched sets are ground for a specific setting, and pairing a SKF basic unit with a different suffix variant will not share the setting evenly.",
      "When the outer ring rotates, reverse the fit logic and provide cup location; the tapered contact of LM567949 pushes the rings apart under load, so a non-located cup walks its seat even when the shaft is fixed.",
      "Never press both rings through the wrong element during fitting: force for an interference shaft seat goes through the cone only, or brinell marks on the 549.275 mm cup race release as noise within the first running hours.",
      "The 1467/3050 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM567949 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 567949/910/HA1 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "Is LM567949 interchangeable with other brands?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings follow a long-standing industry boundary plan, so cones and cups of the same basic number are generally dimensionally interchangeable across manufacturers. However, internal geometry, cage design and load ratings differ by brand, so for paired or precision applications keep both halves of the set from one manufacturer — or re-verify ratings and setting when mixing."
      },
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM567949?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 567949/910/HA1 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 406.4 mm bore, 549.275 mm outer diameter and 85.725 mm width (16 × 21.625 × 3.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1467 kN, C0 3050 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 236 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 950 r/min, mass about 53500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM567949 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM567900-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 406.4×549.275×85.725 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM567949 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM567900-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM567949 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM567949-910-HA1",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM567949-910-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "LM869448-410",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF LM 869448/410",
    "series": "LM869400-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 431.8,
    "D_mm": 571.5,
    "B_mm": 74.612,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1145,
    "static_load_kN": 2550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 204,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 670,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "weight_g": 49000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, LM869448 appears as SKF LM 869448/410: an open, single-row tapered roller bearing in the LM869400-series, supplied with a pressed-steel cage as standard.Numbering ties the bearing to its inch-series envelope: LM869448 means a cone and cup matched pair in the LM869400-series series — which is why the 431.8×571.5×74.612 mm outline swaps dimensionally with other inch-series bearings of the same code. The SKF catalogue adds the ISO 355 dimension-series code after the bare number (e.g. ); it is the dimensional series, not a separate part number. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 2.23 (static 2550 kN against dynamic 1145 kN), typical of a tapered roller sized for axial capacity, and the 204 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Because the contact line is tapered, one LM869448 reacts thrust in a single direction; bidirectional shafts need an O or X pair, and a rotating cone on a 431.8 mm shaft typically takes a m6 seat with an H7 housing bore. Cross-section geometry: the 69.8 mm half-section ((571.5−431.8)/2) of this LM800-series unit places the roller large-end pitch diameter at roughly 501 mm, and the 74.612 mm axial width is split between cone (41 mm) and cup rib (34 mm) — a geometry that sets the contact angle and, with the 49000 g rotating cone mass, the critical speed at which cage-roller imbalance begins. The cup reference 410 is structural, not a suffix: it identifies the outer ring that, combined with the LM 869448 cone, produces the 431.8/571.5/74.612 mm envelope catalogue-listed as LM869448. Quote the cup number in full when ordering — the LM869400-series tables contain other cups that fit the same cone but change the bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 431.8 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The LM869400-series inch series at 431.8 mm bore (571.5×74.612 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "O (back-to-back) pairs are stiffer against moments, X (face-to-face) pairs tolerate misalignment and thermal growth better; choosing the arrangement from the 2D drawing rather than the actual shaft thermal expansion is a common LM869448 mounting error.",
      "The tapered contact angle creates an induced axial load under pure radial force; include it in the LM869448 rating calculation (and account for it in both bearings of a pair) or the unloaded bearing skids its rollers.",
      "The 49000 g mass and 74.612 mm width mean spacer and abutment faces must be square to the axis within the bearing's own P0 tolerance; a tilted spacer tilts the contact angle and concentrates load on one rib of LM869448.",
      "The 1145/2550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of LM869448 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF LM 869448/410 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of LM869448?",
        "a": "The SKF LM 869448/410 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm outer diameter and 74.612 mm width (17 × 22.5 × 2.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1145 kN, C0 2550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 204 kN, reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 900 r/min, mass about 49000 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the LM869448 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the LM869400-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 431.8×571.5×74.612 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in LM869448 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (LM869400-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single LM869448 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does LM869448 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load LM869448 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "LM869448-410",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "LM869448-410"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "L570649-610",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF L 570649/610",
    "series": "L570600-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 457.2,
    "D_mm": 573.088,
    "B_mm": 74.612,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1205,
    "static_load_kN": 3000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 228,
    "max_rpm": 900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 670,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 900,
    "weight_g": 43500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF L 570649/610 belongs to the SKF single-row tapered roller range — the 457.2 mm bore entry in the inch L570600-series, dimensioned 573.088 mm OD and 74.612 mm wide.The L570600-series series assigns 457.2 mm bore, 573.088 mm OD and 74.612 mm width to L570649; the cone and cup references are not interchangeable with other inch-series pairs even when the bore matches, because the cup profile and rib geometry are series-specific. In SKF suffix language a bare L570649 is the standard execution; B marks a larger contact angle and Q or J2 mark clearance/cage variants, all quoted separately. The 228 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 2.49 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Note the minimum-axial-load requirement: at light radial load and high speed the rollers of L570649 must still be held into the rib contact, which is another reason the catalogue recommends paired mounting with controlled setting. Load system: the 1205 kN basic dynamic rating C and 3000 kN static rating C0 give a C0/C balance of 2.49, and dividing C by the 457.2 mm bore yields 2.64 kN per millimetre of journal — a density metric that compares across families; the 228 kN fatigue limit Pu is the floor beneath which the adjusted-life calculation drops below acceptable L10 hours for a 457.2 mm shaft carrying variable duty. Cup-side note for 610: the outer ring's rib profile and the 573.088 mm outside diameter are cup-specific within the L570600-series tables, so substituting a different cup against the same L 570649 cone changes both the assembled 74.612 mm width and the axial free-play setting of the mounted pair.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "cup or cone misalignment when the separable rings are not seated square during mounting",
      "loose cup rotation in the housing when the specified press fit is not achieved",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "At 457.2 mm bore the cone mass is high enough that cocking during mounting damages the cage and rib; guide the ring square, confirm seat contact around the full circumference, and re-check setting after the first thermal cycle of the paired set.",
      "The L570600-series inch series at 457.2 mm bore (573.088×74.612 mm) follows the Timken cone/cup convention; substitutions must match both the cone and cup reference exactly — interchanging with another series or a metric 3xxxx bearing of the same bore changes OD, width and contact angle, so re-run the pair setting and shoulder-diameter checks before swapping.",
      "At the 1205 kN rating of L570649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 900 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "At the 1205 kN rating of L570649, preload class changes stiffness by tens of percent but also heat generation; select light preload for the 900 r/min speed end and heavier preload only where moment stiffness dominates.",
      "The pressed-steel cage is rated for standard industrial service; sustained running above the limiting speed or with degraded lubricant wears the cage pockets — inspect the cage at every relubrication interval.",
      "The 1205/3000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for the basic execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification and re-verify for critical drives.",
      "SKF lists several executions of L570649 (basic, B steeper angle, Q/J2 clearance variants); they are not interchangeable order numbers — quote the full SKF L 570649/610 designation when purchasing and match the execution to the mounting arrangement."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of L570649?",
        "a": "The SKF L 570649/610 is a single-row tapered roller bearing with 457.2 mm bore, 573.088 mm outer diameter and 74.612 mm width (18 × 22.563 × 2.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1205 kN, C0 3000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 228 kN, reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 900 r/min, mass about 43500 g. It is an open, separable bearing with a pressed-steel cage."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does the L570649 inch-series designation work?",
        "a": "Inch-series tapered roller bearings use a Timken-style cone/cup convention: the number before the slash identifies the cone (inner ring with roller and cage assembly), the number after the slash identifies the cup (outer ring), and the L570600-series code marks the dimensional series. The metric dimensions 457.2×573.088×74.612 mm are the converted equivalents of the original inch boundary dimensions."
      },
      {
        "q": "What do the cone and cup numbers in L570649 mean?",
        "a": "The cone number (before the slash) identifies the inner ring, rollers and cage; the cup number (after the slash) identifies the outer ring. Both are quoted together because a single-row tapered roller bearing is a matched separable pair — the cone and cup are ground to work together and are not interchangeable with arbitrary other parts. The series prefix (L570600-series) groups sizes that share the same boundary-dimension plan."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single L570649 take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — one single-row tapered roller bearing reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair: O (back-to-back) for a rigid, moment-resisting arrangement, X (face-to-face) where thermal expansion must be tolerated, or tandem where one-direction thrust is shared."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does L570649 compare with a ball bearing of the same bore?",
        "a": "A tapered roller bearing has line contact and a steep contact angle: much higher combined axial-plus-radial capacity and shock resistance than a ball bearing of the same bore, at the cost of speed, one-direction thrust, mandatory pairing for reversing loads and a minimum axial load requirement. A ball bearing cannot be dropped into a combined-load L570649 position and vice versa — verify load direction, Fa/Fr ratio and speed before substituting."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "L570649-610",
        "equiv_brand": "Timken",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "Same inch-series cone/cup boundary envelope (d/D/T); load ratings and speed limits are brand-specific and may differ."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.2 inch single-row TRB",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-28",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-28",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "L570649-610"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "30307R",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30307 R",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 22.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 88.9,
    "static_load_kN": 73.5,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.3,
    "weight_g": 530,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30307R is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: the integral flange on the cup lets the housing skip a machined shoulder on one side, so axial location comes from the flange face rather than an abutment.Reading the designation: the leading digits 30307 follow the ISO 355 single-row tapered-roller convention (type 3, dimension series, bore code for the 35 mm bore), and the trailing letter marks the flanged outer ring execution — the boundary dimensions 35×80×22.75 mm match the plain-bearing plan, the flange adds only axial location. Where the flange earns its keep: through-bored housings, sheet-metal or cast covers, and split housings where a machined shoulder would be awkward — the 80 mm cup with its flange locates axially without extra parts. The 8.3 kN Pu figure feeds the adjusted-life equation at contaminated or partial-film conditions, and the 0.83 C0/C balance shows this execution is tuned to thrust-heavy combined loads rather than pure radial running. Material and manufacturing detail: the 530 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Reversing-thrust shafts need a second tapered bearing facing 30307R; the flange handles location on one side only, it does not make the bearing a double-direction unit.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 30307R still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "Check housing face runout where the flange seats: a face out of square cocks the 22.75 mm-wide cup and concentrates load on one rib — the usual root cause of early flanged-bearing noise.",
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 30307R still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "The 88.9/73.5 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30307 R designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30307R?",
        "a": "The SKF 30307 R is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 22.75 mm overall width (1.378 × 3.15 × 0.896 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 88.9 kN, C0 73.5 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.3 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 0.53 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 30307R do?",
        "a": "The cup of 30307R carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 30307 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 30307R interchangeable with the plain 30307 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 35×80×22.75 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30307R take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 30307R?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 35 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 80 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30307R"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32008XR",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32008 XR",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 68,
    "B_mm": 19,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 64.7,
    "static_load_kN": 71,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "weight_g": 290,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32008 XR belongs to the SKF flanged tapered-roller range — the 40 mm bore entry dimensioned 68×19 mm, intended for housings where one side has no room for a turned abutment shoulder.The code SKF 32008 XR breaks down as the ISO 355 base bearing 32008 plus the flange suffix: same 40 mm bore, 68 mm OD and 19 mm width as the standard execution, with the cup extended into a locating flange. Substitution caution: a plain 32008 bearing cannot replace 32008XR where the housing has no shoulder on the flange side — the plain cup would lack axial location even though the 40×68×19 mm boundary matches. Selection arithmetic: the C0/C ratio is about 1.10 (static 71 kN against dynamic 64.7 kN), and the 7.65 kN fatigue load limit Pu is the equivalent-load floor used in the life calculation. Operating context for the 40 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 68 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 76 mm outer abutment. Fit selection follows the rotating ring: a rotating cone on the 40 mm shaft takes a k5 seat; the flanged cup is clamped through its flange and does not need a tight housing fit on the 68 mm OD.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Check housing face runout where the flange seats: a face out of square cocks the 19 mm-wide cup and concentrates load on one rib — the usual root cause of early flanged-bearing noise.",
      "A plain 32008 bearing is not a spare for 32008XR where the flange provides the axial register: same envelope, different location concept — verify the housing design before substituting.",
      "A plain 32008 bearing is not a spare for 32008XR where the flange provides the axial register: same envelope, different location concept — verify the housing design before substituting.",
      "The 64.7/71 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32008 XR designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32008XR?",
        "a": "The SKF 32008 XR is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 40 mm bore, 68 mm outer diameter and 19 mm overall width (1.575 × 2.677 × 0.748 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 64.7 kN, C0 71 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 0.29 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 32008XR do?",
        "a": "The cup of 32008XR carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 32008 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 32008XR interchangeable with the plain 32008 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 40×68×19 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32008XR take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 32008XR?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 40 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 68 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32008XR",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32008XR"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30208R",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30208 R",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 19.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 75.8,
    "static_load_kN": 68,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 7.65,
    "weight_g": 440,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30208 R belongs to the SKF flanged tapered-roller range — the 40 mm bore entry dimensioned 80×19.75 mm, intended for housings where one side has no room for a turned abutment shoulder.Reading the designation: the leading digits 30208 follow the ISO 355 single-row tapered-roller convention (type 3, dimension series, bore code for the 40 mm bore), and the trailing letter marks the flanged outer ring execution — the boundary dimensions 40×80×19.75 mm match the plain-bearing plan, the flange adds only axial location. Where the flange earns its keep: through-bored housings, sheet-metal or cast covers, and split housings where a machined shoulder would be awkward — the 80 mm cup with its flange locates axially without extra parts. With C 75.8 kN and C0 68 kN, the 30208R sizing check is dominated by the axial share: keep the equivalent load P below the rating at the required L10, remembering the tapered contact induces an axial component under radial load. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 40×80×19.75 mm envelope of 30208R is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Reversing-thrust shafts need a second tapered bearing facing 30208R; the flange handles location on one side only, it does not make the bearing a double-direction unit.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Check housing face runout where the flange seats: a face out of square cocks the 19.75 mm-wide cup and concentrates load on one rib — the usual root cause of early flanged-bearing noise.",
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 30208R still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "Do not press 30208R home through the rollers: mounting force for the 40 mm bore seat goes through the cone face only, and the flanged cup is located by its flange, not by pressing the 80 mm OD.",
      "The 75.8/68 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30208 R designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30208R?",
        "a": "The SKF 30208 R is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 19.75 mm overall width (1.575 × 3.15 × 0.778 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 75.8 kN, C0 68 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 7.65 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 0.44 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 30208R do?",
        "a": "The cup of 30208R carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 30208 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 30208R interchangeable with the plain 30208 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 40×80×19.75 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30208R take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 30208R?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 40 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 80 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30208R"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32309BR",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32309 BR",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 38.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 166,
    "static_load_kN": 176,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32309BR appears as SKF 32309 BR: an open, single-row flanged tapered roller bearing for a 45 mm shaft, dimensioned 100 mm OD and 38.25 mm wide with the locating flange formed on the cup.The code SKF 32309 BR breaks down as the ISO 355 base bearing 32309 plus the flange suffix: same 45 mm bore, 100 mm OD and 38.25 mm width as the standard execution, with the cup extended into a locating flange. Substitution caution: a plain 32309 bearing cannot replace 32309BR where the housing has no shoulder on the flange side — the plain cup would lack axial location even though the 45×100×38.25 mm boundary matches. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 5,000 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Assembly datum check: verify the 38.25 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32309BR is on the shaft. Reversing-thrust shafts need a second tapered bearing facing 32309BR; the flange handles location on one side only, it does not make the bearing a double-direction unit.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 32309BR still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "Do not press 32309BR home through the rollers: mounting force for the 45 mm bore seat goes through the cone face only, and the flanged cup is located by its flange, not by pressing the 100 mm OD.",
      "The flange face of 32309BR is the axial datum: protect it in handling — a nicked flange face tilts the cup in the housing and shows up as edge loading on the 100 mm OD raceway.",
      "The 166/176 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32309 BR designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32309BR?",
        "a": "The SKF 32309 BR is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 38.25 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.937 × 1.506 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 166 kN, C0 176 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 20 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 32309BR do?",
        "a": "The cup of 32309BR carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 32309 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 32309BR interchangeable with the plain 32309 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 45×100×38.25 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32309BR take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 32309BR?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 45 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 100 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32309",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32309BR"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32311BR",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32311 BR",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 233,
    "static_load_kN": 260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32311 BR in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a flanged single-row tapered roller bearing for a 55 mm shaft: combined radial and one-direction axial load, separable mounting, and a cup flange that simplifies housing design.The code SKF 32311 BR breaks down as the ISO 355 base bearing 32311 plus the flange suffix: same 55 mm bore, 120 mm OD and 45.5 mm width as the standard execution, with the cup extended into a locating flange. Substitution caution: a plain 32311 bearing cannot replace 32311BR where the housing has no shoulder on the flange side — the plain cup would lack axial location even though the 55×120×45.5 mm boundary matches. Speed planning uses two different ceilings: 4,300 r/min thermal reference and 5,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 55×120×45.5 mm envelope of 32311BR is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Fit selection follows the rotating ring: a rotating cone on the 55 mm shaft takes a k5 seat; the flanged cup is clamped through its flange and does not need a tight housing fit on the 120 mm OD.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 32311BR still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 32311BR still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "The flange face of 32311BR is the axial datum: protect it in handling — a nicked flange face tilts the cup in the housing and shows up as edge loading on the 120 mm OD raceway.",
      "The 233/260 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32311 BR designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32311BR?",
        "a": "The SKF 32311 BR is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm overall width (2.165 × 4.724 × 1.791 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 233 kN, C0 260 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 2.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 32311BR do?",
        "a": "The cup of 32311BR carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 32311 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 32311BR interchangeable with the plain 32311 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 55×120×45.5 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 32311BR take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 32311BR?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 55 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 120 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32311",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32311BR"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33113R",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33113 R",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 34,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 175,
    "static_load_kN": 208,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 33113 R is a 65×110×34 mm flanged single-row tapered roller bearing — a separable cone-and-cup unit whose cup carries an integral axial-location flange for through-bored housings.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 33113 means tapered-roller type 3 with a 65 mm bore, and the flanged-execution suffix tells the housing designer that axial location is built into the cup at the 110 mm OD. The flange face is ground square to the cup raceway; when pulling the assembly datum from the flange, verify the housing face runout so the 34 mm-wide cup is not tilted against the cone. The 22.5 mm radial section height ((110−65)/2) and 1300 g catalogue mass frame a 65 mm bore bearing rated at 175 kN C — roughly 2.69 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of bore before application factors. Load system: C 175 kN against C0 208 kN gives a 1.19 balance, and 2.69 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 65 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Fit selection follows the rotating ring: a rotating cone on the 65 mm shaft takes a k5 seat; the flanged cup is clamped through its flange and does not need a tight housing fit on the 110 mm OD.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A plain 33113 bearing is not a spare for 33113R where the flange provides the axial register: same envelope, different location concept — verify the housing design before substituting.",
      "The flange face of 33113R is the axial datum: protect it in handling — a nicked flange face tilts the cup in the housing and shows up as edge loading on the 110 mm OD raceway.",
      "Check housing face runout where the flange seats: a face out of square cocks the 34 mm-wide cup and concentrates load on one rib — the usual root cause of early flanged-bearing noise.",
      "The 175/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33113 R designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33113R?",
        "a": "The SKF 33113 R is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 65 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 34 mm overall width (2.559 × 4.331 × 1.339 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 175 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 33113R do?",
        "a": "The cup of 33113R carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 33113 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 33113R interchangeable with the plain 33113 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 65×110×34 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 33113R take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 33113R?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 65 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 110 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33113",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33113R"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30313R",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30313 R",
    "series": "flanged-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 240,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27.5,
    "weight_g": 2500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30313 R belongs to the SKF flanged tapered-roller range — the 65 mm bore entry dimensioned 140×36 mm, intended for housings where one side has no room for a turned abutment shoulder.Numbering ties the bearing to its envelope: 30313 means tapered-roller type 3 with a 65 mm bore, and the flanged-execution suffix tells the housing designer that axial location is built into the cup at the 140 mm OD. Substitution caution: a plain 30313 bearing cannot replace 30313R where the housing has no shoulder on the flange side — the plain cup would lack axial location even though the 65×140×36 mm boundary matches. At 4,000 r/min reference speed the 37.5 mm-section 30313R is governed thermally by setting and lubricant flow; grease or oil selection should be made against that value, with 4,800 r/min as the mechanical ceiling. Cross-section geometry: the 37.5 mm half-section ((140−65)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 102 mm, and the 36 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30313R. Like any single-row tapered bearing, 30313R reacts thrust in one direction only — mount it against a second bearing in O or X arrangement and set the running clearance by procedure, not by feel.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A plain 30313 bearing is not a spare for 30313R where the flange provides the axial register: same envelope, different location concept — verify the housing design before substituting.",
      "A plain 30313 bearing is not a spare for 30313R where the flange provides the axial register: same envelope, different location concept — verify the housing design before substituting.",
      "The flange does not change the one-direction thrust rule: 30313R still needs a second tapered bearing facing it on reversing-thrust shafts, with the running clearance set at mounting.",
      "The 240/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30313 R designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30313R?",
        "a": "The SKF 30313 R is a single-row tapered roller bearing with a flanged outer ring with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 36 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.512 × 1.417 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 240 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the flanged outer ring on 30313R do?",
        "a": "The cup of 30313R carries an integral flange that locates the bearing axially against the housing face, so the housing needs no machined abutment shoulder on the flange side. It simplifies through-bored or cover-mounted housings; the running clearance is still set by cone-versus-cup position at mounting, exactly as for the plain 30313 bearing."
      },
      {
        "q": "Is 30313R interchangeable with the plain 30313 bearing?",
        "a": "The boundary dimensions 65×140×36 mm match the ISO 355 plan of the base bearing, but the flanged cup is a different order number. It is interchangeable only where the housing provides axial location by other means; where the flange is the locating feature, a plain cup cannot substitute."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can a single 30313R take axial load in both directions?",
        "a": "No — like any single-row tapered roller bearing it reacts thrust in one direction only, and under radial load its contact angle induces an axial force. Use two bearings as a matched pair (O or X arrangement) for reversing thrust."
      },
      {
        "q": "What shaft and housing fits suit 30313R?",
        "a": "For a rotating cone on the 65 mm shaft, use a k5 seat; the flanged cup is retained through the flange, so the 140 mm OD seat can be a loose-to-transition fit. Keep housing face runout square so the flange seats without tilting the cup."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30313",
        "equiv_brand": "SKF",
        "level": "partial",
        "note": "Same d/D/T boundary as the plain single-row base bearing, but the flanged cup changes housing location — not a drop-in substitute where the flange is the axial register."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30313R"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "31305-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31305/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 25,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 36.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 79.9,
    "static_load_kN": 80,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 8.65,
    "weight_g": 550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 31305/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 25 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 31305-DF reads as base 31305 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 36.5 mm overall width of 31305-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.00; combined with the 8.65 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 25 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 25×62×36.5 mm envelope of 31305-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 25 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 6,700–11,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 36.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts",
      "electric-motor pinion shafts",
      "steering knuckles and small differentials",
      "light-duty gearbox input/output shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31305-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 31305-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 31305-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 79.9/80 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31305/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31305-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31305/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 25 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 36.5 mm overall width (0.984 × 2.441 × 1.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 79.9 kN, C0 80 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 8.65 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 0.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31305-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31305 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31305-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 79.9 kN dynamic and C0 80 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31305 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31305-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 25 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 25 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31305",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31305-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30206-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30206/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 34.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 85.7,
    "static_load_kN": 88,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 9.65,
    "weight_g": 480,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 30206/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 30 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 62 mm OD and 34.5 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 30206-DF reads as base 30206 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 34.5 mm overall width of 30206-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 480 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30206-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 30×62×34.5 mm envelope of 30206-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 30 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 7,500–11,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 30206-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 30206-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 30206-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 30206-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 85.7/88 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30206/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30206-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30206/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 30 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 34.5 mm overall width (1.181 × 2.441 × 1.358 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 85.7 kN, C0 88 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 9.65 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 0.48 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30206-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30206 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30206-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 85.7 kN dynamic and C0 88 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30206 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30206-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 30 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 30 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30206-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30206",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30206-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32206-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32206/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 42.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 106,
    "static_load_kN": 116,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.7,
    "weight_g": 590,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing in 32206-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 42.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 32206/DF is a 30×62×42.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32206 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 30 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 42.5 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32206-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 30 mm bore. With a pair mass of 590 g across the 30×62×42.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 30×62×42.5 mm envelope of 32206-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32206-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32206-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32206-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 106/116 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32206/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32206-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32206/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 30 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 42.5 mm overall width (1.181 × 2.441 × 1.673 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 106 kN, C0 116 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.7 kN, reference speed 7,500 r/min, limiting speed 11,000 r/min, mass about 0.59 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32206-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32206 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32206-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 106 kN dynamic and C0 116 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32206 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32206-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 30 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 30 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32206",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32206-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32206-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 11000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 11000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31306-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31306/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 41.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 100,
    "static_load_kN": 100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.4,
    "weight_g": 820,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 41.5 mm width and 820 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 31306/DF is a 30×72×41.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 31306-DF reads as base 31306 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 41.5 mm overall width of 31306-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 820 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 31306-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 30 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 72 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 80 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in 31306-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 31306-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31306-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31306-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 100/100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31306/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31306-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31306/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 30 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 41.5 mm overall width (1.181 × 2.835 × 1.634 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 100 kN, C0 100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.4 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 0.82 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31306-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31306 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31306-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 100 kN dynamic and C0 100 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31306 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31306-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 30 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 30 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31306",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31306-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30306-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30306/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 30,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 41.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 119,
    "static_load_kN": 112,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 12.7,
    "weight_g": 810,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 30306 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 30 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 41.5 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30306-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 30 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 119 kN and C0 112 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 12.7 kN as the fatigue floor. Material and manufacturing detail: the 810 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30306-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 41.5 mm width and 810 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30306-DF appears as SKF 30306/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 30 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 119 kN and C0 112 kN.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30306-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 30306-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 30306-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 119/112 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30306/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30306-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30306/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 30 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 41.5 mm overall width (1.181 × 2.835 × 1.634 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 119 kN, C0 112 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 12.7 kN, reference speed 6,700 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 0.81 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30306-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30306 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30306-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 119 kN dynamic and C0 112 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30306 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30306-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 30 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 30 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30306-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30306",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30306-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32007X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32007 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 62,
    "B_mm": 36,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 89.7,
    "static_load_kN": 108,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 11.6,
    "weight_g": 460,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 460 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 32007X-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 36 mm width and 460 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32007X-DF (SKF 32007 X/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 35 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 62×36 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32007 X fixes the 35 mm bore and 62 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 36 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32007X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 35 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.20; combined with the 11.6 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 35 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32007X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32007X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32007X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 89.7/108 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32007 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32007X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32007 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 62 mm outer diameter and 36 mm overall width (1.378 × 2.441 × 1.417 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 89.7 kN, C0 108 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 11.6 kN, reference speed 7,000 r/min, limiting speed 10,000 r/min, mass about 0.46 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32007X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32007 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32007X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 89.7 kN dynamic and C0 108 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32007 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32007X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32007X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32007X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32007X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 10000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 7000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 10000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32207-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32207/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 48.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 139,
    "static_load_kN": 156,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17,
    "weight_g": 910,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 35 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32207-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32207 fixes the 35 mm bore and 72 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 48.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 48.5 mm overall width of 32207-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 910 g across the 35×72×48.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Material and manufacturing detail: the 910 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When a matched /DF set like 32207-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32207-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32207-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32207-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 139/156 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32207/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32207-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32207/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 48.5 mm overall width (1.378 × 2.835 × 1.909 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 139 kN, C0 156 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 0.91 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32207-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32207 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32207-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 139 kN dynamic and C0 156 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32207 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32207-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32207",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32207-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32207-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "33207-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33207/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 56,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 178,
    "static_load_kN": 212,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "weight_g": 1100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 35 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 72 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 80 mm outer abutment. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 35 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 6,300–9,500 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 35 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 35 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33207-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33207/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 33207-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33207 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 35 mm bore and 72 mm OD are per-bearing, the 56 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33207-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 35 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 6,300 r/min thermal reference and 9,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 56 mm space.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33207-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33207-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 33207-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 178/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33207/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33207-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33207/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 56 mm overall width (1.378 × 2.835 × 2.205 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 178 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 1.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33207-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33207 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33207-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 178 kN dynamic and C0 212 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33207 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33207-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33207-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33207",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33207-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "31307-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31307/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 129,
    "static_load_kN": 134,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.6,
    "weight_g": 1100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "31307-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 31307-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31307 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 35 mm bore and 80 mm OD are per-bearing, the 45.5 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31307-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 35 mm bore. Catalogue mass 1100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 31307-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Cross-section geometry: the 22.5 mm half-section ((80−35)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 57 mm, and the 45.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 31307-DF. When a matched /DF set like 31307-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 31307-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 31307-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31307-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31307-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 129/134 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31307/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31307-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31307/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm overall width (1.378 × 3.15 × 1.791 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 134 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.6 kN, reference speed 5,000 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 1.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31307-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31307 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31307-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 129 kN dynamic and C0 134 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31307 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31307-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31307",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31307-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30307-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30307/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 152,
    "static_load_kN": 150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 16.6,
    "weight_g": 1050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 35 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30307-DF under catalogue execution SKF 30307/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.The code breaks down as base bearing 30307 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 35 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 45.5 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30307-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 35 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 6,000 r/min thermal reference and 9,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 45.5 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 45.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30307-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 30307-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. The rotating cones of 30307-DF take a k5 seat on the 35 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30307-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30307-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 30307-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 152/150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30307/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30307-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30307/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm overall width (1.378 × 3.15 × 1.791 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 152 kN, C0 150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 16.6 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 1.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30307-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30307 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30307-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 152 kN dynamic and C0 150 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30307 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30307-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30307",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30307-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33108-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33108/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 52,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 167,
    "static_load_kN": 208,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "weight_g": 1050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 40 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 75 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 83 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33108-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 52 mm width and 1050 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 33108/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 40 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 33108 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (40 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 40×75×52 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33108-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 40 mm bore. With a pair mass of 1050 g across the 40×75×52 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33108-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33108-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33108-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 167/208 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33108/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33108-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33108/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 52 mm overall width (1.575 × 2.953 × 2.047 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 167 kN, C0 208 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 6,000 r/min, limiting speed 9,000 r/min, mass about 1.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33108-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33108 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33108-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 167 kN dynamic and C0 208 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33108 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33108-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 40 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33108-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33108",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33108-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30208-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30208/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 39.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 130,
    "static_load_kN": 137,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3,
    "weight_g": 870,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 40 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 5,600–8,500 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 39.5 mm width and 870 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 30208/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 40 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 30208-DF reads as base 30208 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 39.5 mm overall width of 30208-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 870 g across the 40×80×39.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 20.0 mm half-section ((80−40)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 60 mm, and the 39.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30208-DF.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30208-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30208-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 30208-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 130/137 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30208/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30208-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30208/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 39.5 mm overall width (1.575 × 3.15 × 1.555 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 130 kN, C0 137 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.3 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 0.87 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30208-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30208 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30208-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 130 kN dynamic and C0 137 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30208 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30208-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 40 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30208",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30208-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500
  },
  {
    "sku": "31308-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31308/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 50.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 156,
    "static_load_kN": 163,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 50.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 31308/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 40 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 31308-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31308 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 40 mm bore and 90 mm OD are per-bearing, the 50.5 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31308-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 40 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 156 kN and C0 163 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 19 kN as the fatigue floor. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 40×90×50.5 mm envelope of 31308-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 31308-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31308-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 31308-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31308-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 156/163 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31308/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31308-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31308/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 50.5 mm overall width (1.575 × 3.543 × 1.988 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 156 kN, C0 163 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 1.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31308-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31308 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31308-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 156 kN dynamic and C0 163 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31308 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31308-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 40 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31308",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31308-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32009X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32009 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 75,
    "B_mm": 40,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 123,
    "static_load_kN": 160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 17.6,
    "weight_g": 710,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 32009X-DF take a k5 seat on the 45 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32009X-DF appears as SKF 32009 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 45 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 123 kN and C0 160 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 32009X-DF reads as base 32009 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32009X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 45 mm bore. With a pair mass of 710 g across the 45×75×40 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 15.0 mm half-section ((75−45)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 60 mm, and the 40 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32009X-DF. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32009X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32009X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32009X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32009X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 123/160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32009 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32009X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32009 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 75 mm outer diameter and 40 mm overall width (1.772 × 2.953 × 1.575 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 123 kN, C0 160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 17.6 kN, reference speed 5,600 r/min, limiting speed 8,500 r/min, mass about 0.71 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32009X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32009 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32009X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 123 kN dynamic and C0 160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32009 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32009X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 45 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32009X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32009X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32009X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32209-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32209/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 85,
    "B_mm": 49.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 169,
    "static_load_kN": 196,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 45×85×49.5 mm envelope of 32209-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When a matched /DF set like 32209-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 49.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 32209/DF is a 45×85×49.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32209 fixes the 45 mm bore and 85 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 49.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 49.5 mm overall width of 32209-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 1200 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32209-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32209-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32209-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32209-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 169/196 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32209/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32209-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32209/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 85 mm outer diameter and 49.5 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.346 × 1.949 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 169 kN, C0 196 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 1.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32209-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32209 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32209-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 169 kN dynamic and C0 196 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32209 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32209-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 45 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32209",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32209-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32209-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31309-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31309/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 54.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 194,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5,
    "weight_g": 2000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 31309/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 45 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 100 mm OD and 54.5 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 31309 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 45 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 54.5 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 54.5 mm overall width of 31309-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,000 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 54.5 mm space. Operating context for the 45 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 100 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 108 mm outer abutment. Mounting order matters for 31309-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 54.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 45 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31309-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 31309-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31309-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 194/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31309/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31309-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31309/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 54.5 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.937 × 2.146 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 194 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 2.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31309-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31309 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31309-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 194 kN dynamic and C0 204 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31309 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31309-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 45 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31309",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31309-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "30309-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30309/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 54.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 227,
    "static_load_kN": 240,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "weight_g": 2000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30309-DF appears as SKF 30309/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 45 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 227 kN and C0 240 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30309 fixes the 45 mm bore and 100 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 54.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 54.5 mm overall width of 30309-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.06; combined with the 28.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 45 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 30309-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 54.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 54.5 mm width and 2000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30309-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30309-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30309-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 227/240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30309/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30309-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30309/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 54.5 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.937 × 2.146 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 227 kN, C0 240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 2.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30309-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30309 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30309-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 227 kN dynamic and C0 240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30309 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30309-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 45 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30309-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30309",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30309-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32010X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32010 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 40,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 129,
    "static_load_kN": 176,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.3,
    "weight_g": 780,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32010X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 50 mm bore. With a pair mass of 780 g across the 50×80×40 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 40 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32010X-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 32010X-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 40 mm width and 780 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32010X-DF appears as SKF 32010 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 50 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 129 kN and C0 176 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32010 X fixes the 50 mm bore and 80 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 40 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32010X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32010X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32010X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 129/176 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32010 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32010X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32010 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 40 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.15 × 1.575 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 176 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.3 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 0.78 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32010X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32010 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32010X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 129 kN dynamic and C0 176 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32010 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32010X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32010X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32010X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32010X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33010-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33010/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 48,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 145,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "weight_g": 920,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33010/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 80 mm OD and 48 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 33010 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 50 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 48 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33010-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 50 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 145 kN by the 50 mm bore gives 2.90 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 50×80×48 mm envelope of 33010-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 50 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 5,300–8,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 48 mm width and 920 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33010-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 33010-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 33010-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 145/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33010/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33010-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33010/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 48 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.15 × 1.89 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 145 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 0.92 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33010-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33010 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33010-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 145 kN dynamic and C0 204 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33010 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33010-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33010-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33010",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33010-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30210-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30210/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 43.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 160,
    "static_load_kN": 183,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 20.8,
    "weight_g": 1100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30210-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 50 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 160 kN by the 50 mm bore gives 3.20 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Operating context for the 50 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 90 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 98 mm outer abutment. When a matched /DF set like 30210-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30210-DF appears as SKF 30210/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 50 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 160 kN and C0 183 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 30210-DF reads as base 30210 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30210-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30210-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 30210-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 160/183 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30210/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30210-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30210/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 43.5 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.543 × 1.713 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 160 kN, C0 183 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 20.8 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 1.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30210-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30210 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30210-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 160 kN dynamic and C0 183 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30210 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30210-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30210",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30210-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32210-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32210/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 49.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 173,
    "static_load_kN": 200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32210-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 50 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 173 kN and C0 200 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 22.8 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 20.0 mm half-section ((90−50)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 70 mm, and the 49.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32210-DF. When a matched /DF set like 32210-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. The rotating cones of 32210-DF take a k5 seat on the 50 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.Ordering number SKF 32210/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 50 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32210 fixes the 50 mm bore and 90 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 49.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32210-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32210-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32210-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 173/200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32210/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32210-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32210/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 49.5 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.543 × 1.949 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 1.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32210-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32210 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32210-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32210 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32210-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32210-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500
  },
  {
    "sku": "33210-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33210/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 243,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 36.5,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33210-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 50 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.32; combined with the 36.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 50 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Operating context for the 50 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 90 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 98 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33210-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 33210/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 90 mm OD and 64 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 33210 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 50 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 64 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33210-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33210-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 33210-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 243/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33210/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33210-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33210/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.543 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 243 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 36.5 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1.75 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33210-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33210 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33210-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 243 kN dynamic and C0 320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33210 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33210-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33210-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33210",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33210-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31310-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31310/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 58.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 224,
    "static_load_kN": 240,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28.5,
    "weight_g": 2550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 3,600 r/min thermal reference and 6,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 58.5 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 50 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 110 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 58.5 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 2550 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 31310-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 58.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 58.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 31310/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 50 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 31310 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 50 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 58.5 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 58.5 mm overall width of 31310-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31310-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 31310-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31310-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 224/240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31310/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31310-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31310/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 58.5 mm overall width (1.969 × 4.331 × 2.303 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 224 kN, C0 240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 2.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31310-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31310 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31310-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 224 kN dynamic and C0 240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31310 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31310-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31310",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31310-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32011X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32011 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 170,
    "static_load_kN": 232,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 170 kN by the 55 mm bore gives 3.09 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 17.5 mm half-section ((90−55)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 72 mm, and the 46 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32011X-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 55 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 4,500–7,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 46 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 32011 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 55 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 32011 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 55 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 46 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 46 mm overall width of 32011X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32011X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32011X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32011X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 170/232 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32011 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32011X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32011 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 46 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.543 × 1.811 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 170 kN, C0 232 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1.15 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32011X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32011 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32011X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 170 kN dynamic and C0 232 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32011 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32011X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32011X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32011X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32011X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33011-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33011/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 54,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 191,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5,
    "weight_g": 1350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 33011-DF take a k5 seat on the 55 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.33011-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 33011 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 55 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 54 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33011-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 55 mm bore. Catalogue mass 1350 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33011-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 1350 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33011-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33011-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33011-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 33011-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 191/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33011/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33011-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33011/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 54 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.543 × 2.126 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 191 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1.35 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33011-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33011 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33011-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 191 kN dynamic and C0 270 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33011 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33011-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33011-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33011",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33011-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30211-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30211/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 45.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 190,
    "static_load_kN": 212,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 1450 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30211-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 55 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 100 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 45.5 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 1450 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Setting note for 30211-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 45.5 mm width and 1450 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30211/DF is a 55×100×45.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 30211-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30211 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 55 mm bore and 100 mm OD are per-bearing, the 45.5 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 45.5 mm overall width of 30211-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30211-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30211-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 30211-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 190/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30211/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30211-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30211/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 45.5 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.937 × 1.791 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 190 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.45 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30211-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30211 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30211-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 190 kN dynamic and C0 212 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30211 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30211-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30211-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30211",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30211-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32211-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32211/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 53.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 222,
    "static_load_kN": 260,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32211 fixes the 55 mm bore and 100 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 53.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32211-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 55 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,300 r/min thermal reference and 6,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 53.5 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 55×100×53.5 mm envelope of 32211-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 32211-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 55 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 32211/DF is a 55×100×53.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32211-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32211-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32211-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 222/260 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32211/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32211-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32211/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 53.5 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.937 × 2.106 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 222 kN, C0 260 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.75 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32211-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32211 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32211-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 222 kN dynamic and C0 260 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32211 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32211-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32211",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32211-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32211-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "31311-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31311/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 63,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 256,
    "static_load_kN": 275,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 33.5,
    "weight_g": 3250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 3250 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 31311-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 55 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 31311/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 55 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 120 mm OD and 63 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 31311 fixes the 55 mm bore and 120 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 63 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31311-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 55 mm bore. With a pair mass of 3250 g across the 55×120×63 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31311-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 31311-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 31311-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 256/275 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31311/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31311-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31311/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 63 mm overall width (2.165 × 4.724 × 2.48 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 256 kN, C0 275 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 33.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.25 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31311-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31311 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31311-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 256 kN dynamic and C0 275 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31311 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31311-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31311",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31311-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30311-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30311/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 63,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 302,
    "static_load_kN": 325,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "weight_g": 3250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 302 kN against C0 325 kN gives a 1.08 balance, and 5.49 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 55 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30311-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 63 mm width and 3250 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30311-DF appears as SKF 30311/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 55 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 302 kN and C0 325 kN.Reading the designation: 30311 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (55 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 55×120×63 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30311-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 55 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 302 kN by the 55 mm bore gives 5.49 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 30311-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 30311-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30311-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 302/325 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30311/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30311-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30311/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 63 mm overall width (2.165 × 4.724 × 2.48 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 302 kN, C0 325 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.25 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30311-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30311 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30311-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 302 kN dynamic and C0 325 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30311 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30311-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30311-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30311",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30311-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32012X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32012 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 173,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27,
    "weight_g": 1200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 46 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32012X-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 32012X-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 60 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32012 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 60 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 32012X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32012 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 60 mm bore and 95 mm OD are per-bearing, the 46 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32012X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 60 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 173 kN and C0 245 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 27 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32012X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32012X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32012X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 173/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32012 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32012X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32012 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 46 mm overall width (2.362 × 3.74 × 1.811 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32012X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32012 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32012X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 245 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32012 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32012X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32012X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32012X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32012X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "30212-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30212/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 47.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 207,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5,
    "weight_g": 1800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 47.5 mm overall width of 30212-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 207 kN and C0 228 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 26.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 207 kN against C0 228 kN gives a 1.10 balance, and 3.45 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 60 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Mounting order matters for 30212-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 47.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 30212-DF take a k5 seat on the 60 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30212-DF (SKF 30212/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 60 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 110×47.5 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Digit by digit, 30212-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30212 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 60 mm bore and 110 mm OD are per-bearing, the 47.5 mm width is for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30212-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30212-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30212-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 207/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30212/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30212-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30212/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 47.5 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.331 × 1.87 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 207 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30212-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30212 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30212-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 207 kN dynamic and C0 228 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30212 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30212-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30212-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30212",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30212-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32212-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32212/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 59.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 266,
    "static_load_kN": 320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 37.5,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 59.5 mm overall width of 32212-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,000 r/min thermal reference and 6,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 59.5 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2400 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 32212-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 59.5 mm width and 2400 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32212-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32212 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (60 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 60×110×59.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32212-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 32212-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32212-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 266/320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32212/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32212-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32212/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 59.5 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.331 × 2.343 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 266 kN, C0 320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 37.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 2.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32212-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32212 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32212-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 266 kN dynamic and C0 320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32212 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32212-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32212",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32212-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33212-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33212/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 354,
    "static_load_kN": 475,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 53,
    "weight_g": 3150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 33212/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 60 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 33212 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 60 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 76 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33212-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 60 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 354 kN and C0 475 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 53 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 354 kN against C0 475 kN gives a 1.34 balance, and 5.90 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 60 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33212-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 76 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 33212-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33212-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 33212-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 354/475 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33212/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33212-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33212/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.331 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 354 kN, C0 475 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 53 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 3.15 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33212-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33212 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33212-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 354 kN dynamic and C0 475 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33212 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33212-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33212",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33212-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31312-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31312/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 67,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 303,
    "static_load_kN": 335,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40.5,
    "weight_g": 4050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.11; combined with the 40.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 60 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 67 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31312-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 31312-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 31312-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.31312-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 31312 fixes the 60 mm bore and 130 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 67 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31312-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 60 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31312-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31312-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 31312-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 303/335 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31312/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31312-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31312/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 67 mm overall width (2.362 × 5.118 × 2.638 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 303 kN, C0 335 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40.5 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 4.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31312-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31312 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31312-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 303 kN dynamic and C0 335 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31312 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31312-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31312-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "30312-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30312/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 67,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 357,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 47.5,
    "weight_g": 4100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 4100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30312-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 60 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 130 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 138 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in 30312-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 30312-DF take a k5 seat on the 60 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 60 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30312-DF under catalogue execution SKF 30312/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 30312 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (60 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 60×130×67 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30312-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 60 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30312-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30312-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30312-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 357/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30312/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30312-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30312/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 67 mm overall width (2.362 × 5.118 × 2.638 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 357 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 47.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 4.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30312-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30312 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30312-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 357 kN dynamic and C0 390 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30312 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30312-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30312-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32312-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32312/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 97,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 483,
    "static_load_kN": 585,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 68,
    "weight_g": 6050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 3,200 r/min thermal reference and 5,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 97 mm space. Operating context for the 60 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 130 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 138 mm outer abutment. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 60 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,200–5,300 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 97 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 60 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32312-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32312/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.The code breaks down as base bearing 32312 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 60 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 97 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32312-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 60 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32312-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32312-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32312-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 483/585 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32312/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32312-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32312/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 97 mm overall width (2.362 × 5.118 × 3.819 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 483 kN, C0 585 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 68 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 6.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32312-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32312 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32312-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 483 kN dynamic and C0 585 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32312 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32312-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32312",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32312-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32013X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32013 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 46,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 176,
    "static_load_kN": 255,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28,
    "weight_g": 1300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Setting note for 32013X-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32013X-DF take a k5 seat on the 65 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 65 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32013X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32013 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.On the SKF nameplate, 32013X-DF reads as base 32013 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 46 mm overall width of 32013X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 1300 g across the 65×100×46 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 17.5 mm half-section ((100−65)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 82 mm, and the 46 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32013X-DF.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32013X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32013X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32013X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 176/255 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32013 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32013X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32013 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 46 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 1.811 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 176 kN, C0 255 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32013X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32013 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32013X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 176 kN dynamic and C0 255 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32013 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32013X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32013X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32013X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32013X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33013-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33013/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 54,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 204,
    "static_load_kN": 310,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "weight_g": 1550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 54 mm width and 1550 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 33013/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 65 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 100 mm OD and 54 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33013 fixes the 65 mm bore and 100 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 54 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 54 mm overall width of 33013-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,000 r/min thermal reference and 6,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 54 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 65×100×54 mm envelope of 33013-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 33013-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33013-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 33013-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33013-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 204/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33013/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33013-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33013/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 54 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 2.126 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 204 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33013-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33013 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33013-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 204 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33013 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33013-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33013-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33013",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33013-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300
  },
  {
    "sku": "30213-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30213/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 49.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 242,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 32.5,
    "weight_g": 2300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 2300 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30213-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2300 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 65 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,600–5,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 30213-DF take a k5 seat on the 65 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.Ordering number SKF 30213/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 65 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30213 fixes the 65 mm bore and 120 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 49.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30213-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 65 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30213-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30213-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 30213-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 242/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30213/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30213-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30213/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 49.5 mm overall width (2.559 × 4.724 × 1.949 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 242 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 32.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 2.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30213-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30213 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30213-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 242 kN dynamic and C0 270 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30213 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30213-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30213-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30213",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30213-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32213-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32213/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 65.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 320,
    "static_load_kN": 390,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "weight_g": 3100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 32213 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (65 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 65×120×65.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 65.5 mm overall width of 32213-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.22; combined with the 45.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 65 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 27.5 mm half-section ((120−65)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 92 mm, and the 65.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32213-DF. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32213-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of 32213-DF take a k5 seat on the 65 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.Ordering number SKF 32213/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 65 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32213-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32213-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32213-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 320/390 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32213/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32213-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32213/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 65.5 mm overall width (2.559 × 4.724 × 2.579 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 320 kN, C0 390 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32213-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32213 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32213-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 320 kN dynamic and C0 390 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32213 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32213-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32213",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32213-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "31313-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31313/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 72,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 348,
    "static_load_kN": 380,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 47.5,
    "weight_g": 5000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31313-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 65 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 348 kN by the 65 mm bore gives 5.35 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 65 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 140 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 72 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 5000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 65 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,800–4,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 72 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 31313/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 65 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 31313 fixes the 65 mm bore and 140 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 72 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31313-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 31313-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 31313-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 348/380 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31313/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31313-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31313/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 72 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.512 × 2.835 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 348 kN, C0 380 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 47.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 5.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31313-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31313 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31313-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 348 kN dynamic and C0 380 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31313 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31313-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31313",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31313-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32014X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32014 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 50,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 214,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "weight_g": 1750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 50 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 70 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32014X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32014 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 32014 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (70 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 70×110×50 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32014X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 70 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 214 kN by the 70 mm bore gives 3.06 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 50 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32014X-DF is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32014X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32014X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32014X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 32014X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 214/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32014 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32014X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32014 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 50 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 1.969 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 214 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1.75 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32014X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32014 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32014X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 214 kN dynamic and C0 305 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32014 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32014X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32014X",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32014X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32014X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33014-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33014/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 273,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "weight_g": 2200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting order matters for 33014-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 62 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 33014-DF take a k5 seat on the 70 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.33014-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33014 fixes the 70 mm bore and 110 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 62 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 62 mm overall width of 33014-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 2200 g across the 70×110×62 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2200 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 33014-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33014-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33014-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 273/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33014/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33014-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33014/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 62 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 2.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 273 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 2.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33014-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33014 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33014-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 273 kN dynamic and C0 400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33014 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33014-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33014-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33014",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33014-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33114-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33114/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 120,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 361,
    "static_load_kN": 500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "weight_g": 3450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 33114-DF take a k5 seat on the 70 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 33114/DF is a 70×120×74 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 33114-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33114 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 70 mm bore and 120 mm OD are per-bearing, the 74 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33114-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 70 mm bore. With a pair mass of 3450 g across the 70×120×74 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 25.0 mm half-section ((120−70)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 95 mm, and the 74 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33114-DF. Mounting order matters for 33114-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 74 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33114-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33114-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33114-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 361/500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33114/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33114-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33114/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 120 mm outer diameter and 74 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.724 × 2.913 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 361 kN, C0 500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 3.45 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33114-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33114 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33114-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 361 kN dynamic and C0 500 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33114 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33114-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33114",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33114-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32214-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32214/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 66.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 334,
    "static_load_kN": 415,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49,
    "weight_g": 3300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32214/DF is a 70×125×66.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 32214 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (70 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 70×125×66.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 66.5 mm overall width of 32214-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 334 kN by the 70 mm bore gives 4.77 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 70×125×66.5 mm envelope of 32214-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 32214-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 70 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32214-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 32214-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32214-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 334/415 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32214/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32214-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32214/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 66.5 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.921 × 2.618 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 334 kN, C0 415 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 3.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32214-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32214 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32214-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 334 kN dynamic and C0 415 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32214 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32214-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32214",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32214-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "31314-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31314/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 393,
    "static_load_kN": 440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 54,
    "weight_g": 6100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 6100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 31314-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 6100 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31314-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 70 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 31314/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 76 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 31314 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (70 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 70×150×76 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 76 mm overall width of 31314-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31314-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 31314-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31314-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 393/440 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31314/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31314-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31314/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (2.756 × 5.906 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 393 kN, C0 440 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 54 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 6.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31314-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31314 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31314-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 393 kN dynamic and C0 440 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31314 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31314-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31314",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31314-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "33015-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33015/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 115,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 286,
    "static_load_kN": 455,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 52,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 62 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33015-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33015/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 33015 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (75 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 75×115×62 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33015-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 75 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.59; combined with the 52 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 75 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 20.0 mm half-section ((115−75)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 95 mm, and the 62 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33015-DF. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33015-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33015-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33015-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33015-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 286/455 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33015/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33015-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33015/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 62 mm overall width (2.953 × 4.528 × 2.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 286 kN, C0 455 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 52 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33015-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33015 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33015-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 286 kN dynamic and C0 455 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33015 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33015-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33015",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33015-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33015-DFC240",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33015/DFC240",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 115,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 286,
    "static_load_kN": 455,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 52,
    "weight_g": 2400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 62 mm width and 2400 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.33015-DFC240 (SKF 33015/DFC240) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 75 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 115×62 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Digit by digit, 33015-DFC240 reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33015 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DFC240); the 75 mm bore and 115 mm OD are per-bearing, the 62 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 62 mm overall width of 33015-DFC240 is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 2400 g across the 75×115×62 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 62 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33015-DFC240 is on the shaft. Mounting order matters for 33015-DFC240: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 62 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33015-DFC240 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 33015-DFC240 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 33015-DFC240 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 286/455 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33015/DFC240 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33015-DFC240?",
        "a": "The SKF 33015/DFC240 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 62 mm overall width (2.953 × 4.528 × 2.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 286 kN, C0 455 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 52 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DFC240 suffix on 33015-DFC240 mean?",
        "a": "The base 33015 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DFC240 suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33015-DFC240 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 286 kN dynamic and C0 455 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33015 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33015-DFC240 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33015",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33015-DFC240"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33115-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33115/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 370,
    "static_load_kN": 530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "weight_g": 3650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33115-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 33115 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 75 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 74 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 74 mm overall width of 33115-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 3650 g across the 75×125×74 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 75×125×74 mm envelope of 33115-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 75 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 74 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33115-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33115-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33115-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 370/530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33115/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33115-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33115/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 74 mm overall width (2.953 × 4.921 × 2.913 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 370 kN, C0 530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 60 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.65 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33115-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33115 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33115-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 370 kN dynamic and C0 530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33115 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33115-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33115",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33115-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30215-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30215/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 54.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 293,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5,
    "weight_g": 2850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30215 fixes the 75 mm bore and 130 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 54.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30215-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 75 mm bore. With a pair mass of 2850 g across the 75×130×54.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 75×130×54.5 mm envelope of 30215-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 75 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 30215-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.30215-DF (SKF 30215/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 75 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 130×54.5 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30215-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30215-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30215-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 293/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30215/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30215-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30215/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 54.5 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 2.146 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 2.85 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30215-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30215 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30215-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 355 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30215 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30215-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30215-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30215",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30215-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32215-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32215/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 66.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 337,
    "static_load_kN": 425,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49,
    "weight_g": 3400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 32215-DF reads as base 32215 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32215-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 75 mm bore. Catalogue mass 3400 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32215-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 75 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 130 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 138 mm outer abutment. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 75 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,200–5,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 66.5 mm width and 3400 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32215-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32215-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 32215-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32215-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 337/425 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32215/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32215-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32215/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 66.5 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 2.618 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 337 kN, C0 425 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32215-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32215 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32215-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 337 kN dynamic and C0 425 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32215 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32215-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32215",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32215-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33215-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33215/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 82,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 436,
    "static_load_kN": 600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 68,
    "weight_g": 4500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 33215 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (75 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 75×130×82 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33215-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 75 mm bore. With a pair mass of 4500 g across the 75×130×82 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Load system: C 436 kN against C0 600 kN gives a 1.38 balance, and 5.81 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 75 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 33215-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 33215-DF take a k5 seat on the 75 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33215-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33215/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33215-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 33215-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33215-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 436/600 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33215/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33215-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33215/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 82 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 3.228 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 436 kN, C0 600 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 68 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 4.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33215-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33215 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33215-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 436 kN dynamic and C0 600 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33215 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33215-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33215",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33215-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "31315-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31315/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 438,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 58.5,
    "weight_g": 7150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 80 mm overall width of 31315-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 438 kN and C0 490 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 58.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Assembly datum check: verify the 80 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31315-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 31315-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 31315-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.31315-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 31315 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (75 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 75×160×80 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 31315-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31315-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31315-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 438/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31315/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31315-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31315/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 80 mm overall width (2.953 × 6.299 × 3.15 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 438 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 58.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 7.15 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31315-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31315 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31315-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 438 kN dynamic and C0 490 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31315 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31315-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31315",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31315-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32315-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32315/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 116,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 713,
    "static_load_kN": 880,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 116 mm overall width of 32315-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 713 kN by the 75 mm bore gives 9.51 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Operating context for the 75 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 160 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 168 mm outer abutment. Setting note for 32315-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 116 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32315-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32315/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32315 fixes the 75 mm bore and 160 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 116 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32315-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32315-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32315-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 713/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32315/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32315-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32315/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 116 mm overall width (2.953 × 6.299 × 4.567 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 713 kN, C0 880 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 11.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32315-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32315 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32315-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 713 kN dynamic and C0 880 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32315 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32315-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32315",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32315-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32016X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32016 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 58,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 288,
    "static_load_kN": 430,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49,
    "weight_g": 2650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 32016X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32016 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 80 mm bore and 125 mm OD are per-bearing, the 58 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32016X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 80 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.49; combined with the 49 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 80 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 80×125×58 mm envelope of 32016X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 80 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,200–5,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 58 mm width and 2650 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32016 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 80 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 125 mm OD and 58 mm overall width for the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32016X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32016X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32016X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 288/430 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32016 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32016X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32016 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 58 mm overall width (3.15 × 4.921 × 2.283 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 288 kN, C0 430 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 2.65 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32016X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32016 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32016X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 288 kN dynamic and C0 430 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32016 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32016X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32016X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32016X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33116-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33116/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 379,
    "static_load_kN": 560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "weight_g": 3800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 74 mm width and 3800 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 33116/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 80 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 33116 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 80 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 74 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 74 mm overall width of 33116-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.48; combined with the 62 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 80 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 3800 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33116-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33116-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33116-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33116-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 379/560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33116/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33116-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33116/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 74 mm overall width (3.15 × 5.118 × 2.913 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 379 kN, C0 560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 3.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33116-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33116 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33116-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 379 kN dynamic and C0 560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33116 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33116-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33116",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33116-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32216-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32216/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 70.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 391,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "weight_g": 4250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 32216/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 80 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 32216-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32216 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 80 mm bore and 140 mm OD are per-bearing, the 70.5 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32216-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 80 mm bore. Catalogue mass 4250 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32216-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 70.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32216-DF is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32216-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 32216-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32216-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32216-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32216-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 391/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32216/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32216-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32216/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 70.5 mm overall width (3.15 × 5.512 × 2.776 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 391 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 4.25 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32216-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32216 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32216-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 391 kN dynamic and C0 490 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32216 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32216-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32216",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32216-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "33216-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33216/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 92,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 527,
    "static_load_kN": 750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83,
    "weight_g": 5950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33216/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 80 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 140 mm OD and 92 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 33216 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (80 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 80×140×92 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33216-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 80 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 527 kN by the 80 mm bore gives 6.59 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 92 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33216-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 33216-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 80 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 33216-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 33216-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33216-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 527/750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33216/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33216-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33216/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 92 mm overall width (3.15 × 5.512 × 3.622 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 527 kN, C0 750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 83 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 5.95 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33216-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33216 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33216-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 527 kN dynamic and C0 750 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33216 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33216-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33216",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33216-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "31316-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31316/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 85,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 473,
    "static_load_kN": 530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 61,
    "weight_g": 8650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 31316 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (80 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 80×170×85 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 85 mm overall width of 31316-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 8650 g across the 80×170×85 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 80×170×85 mm envelope of 31316-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31316-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 85 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 31316/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 80 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31316-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 31316-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 31316-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 473/530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31316/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31316-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31316/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 85 mm overall width (3.15 × 6.693 × 3.346 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 473 kN, C0 530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 61 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 8.65 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31316-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31316 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31316-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 473 kN dynamic and C0 530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31316 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31316-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31316",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31316-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32316-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32316/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 123,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 693,
    "static_load_kN": 1000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 112,
    "weight_g": 13000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32316 fixes the 80 mm bore and 170 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 123 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 123 mm overall width of 32316-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 13000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32316-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((170−80)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 125 mm, and the 123 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32316-DF. Mounting order matters for 32316-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 123 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 123 mm width and 13000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32316/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 80 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 170 mm OD and 123 mm overall width for the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32316-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 32316-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32316-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 693/1000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32316/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32316-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32316/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 123 mm overall width (3.15 × 6.693 × 4.843 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 693 kN, C0 1000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 112 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 13.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32316-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32316 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32316-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 693 kN dynamic and C0 1000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32316 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32316-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32316",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32316-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32017X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32017 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 58,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 293,
    "static_load_kN": 450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51,
    "weight_g": 2800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 58 mm overall width of 32017X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 2800 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32017X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 85 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 130 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 58 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 2800 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DF set like 32017X-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32017X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32017 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 130 mm OD and 58 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32017X-DF reads as base 32017 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32017X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32017X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32017X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 293/450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32017 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32017X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32017 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 58 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.118 × 2.283 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32017X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32017 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32017X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 450 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32017 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32017X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32017X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32017X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "33017-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33017/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 72,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 382,
    "static_load_kN": 620,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 69.5,
    "weight_g": 3500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 3500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 85 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,200–4,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 33017-DF take a k5 seat on the 85 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.33017-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 33017 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (85 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 85×130×72 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33017-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 85 mm bore. Catalogue mass 3500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33017-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33017-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33017-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33017-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 382/620 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33017/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33017-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33017/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 72 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.118 × 2.835 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 382 kN, C0 620 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 69.5 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 3.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33017-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33017 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33017-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 382 kN dynamic and C0 620 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33017 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33017-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33017",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33017-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30217-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30217/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 61,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 370,
    "static_load_kN": 440,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51,
    "weight_g": 4250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30217 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (85 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 85×150×61 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 61 mm overall width of 30217-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 370 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 4.35 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 32.5 mm half-section ((150−85)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 117 mm, and the 61 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30217-DF. When a matched /DF set like 30217-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 30217/DF is a 85×150×61 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30217-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 30217-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30217-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 370/440 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30217/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30217-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30217/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 61 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 2.402 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 370 kN, C0 440 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 4.25 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30217-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30217 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30217-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 370 kN dynamic and C0 440 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30217 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30217-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30217",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30217-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32217-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32217/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 77,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 451,
    "static_load_kN": 570,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5,
    "weight_g": 5400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 32217 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 85 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 77 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 77 mm overall width of 32217-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 5400 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32217-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 85 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 150 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 77 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 5400 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32217-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 77 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32217-DF take a k5 seat on the 85 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.SKF 32217/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 77 mm overall width for the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32217-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32217-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32217-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 451/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32217/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32217-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32217/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 77 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 3.031 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 451 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 5.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32217-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32217 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32217-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 451 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32217 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32217-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32217",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32217-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33217-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33217/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 606,
    "static_load_kN": 850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "weight_g": 7300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 98 mm width and 7300 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.33217-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 33217-DF reads as base 33217 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 33217-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 85 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 606 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 7.13 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 32.5 mm half-section ((150−85)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 117 mm, and the 98 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33217-DF. Setting note for 33217-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33217-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 33217-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33217-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 606/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33217/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33217-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33217/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 606 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 7.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33217-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33217 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33217-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 606 kN dynamic and C0 850 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33217 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33217-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33217",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33217-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "31317-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31317/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 89,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 510,
    "static_load_kN": 570,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64,
    "weight_g": 9900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31317-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 85 mm bore. With a pair mass of 9900 g across the 85×180×89 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Material and manufacturing detail: the 9900 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 31317-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 89 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 31317/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 180 mm OD and 89 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 31317-DF reads as base 31317 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31317-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 31317-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31317-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 510/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31317/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31317-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31317/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 89 mm overall width (3.346 × 7.087 × 3.504 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 510 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 64 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 9.90 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31317-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31317 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31317-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 510 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31317 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31317-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31317",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31317-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32018X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32018 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 356,
    "static_load_kN": 540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "weight_g": 3650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 3,000 r/min thermal reference and 4,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 64 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 90×140×64 mm envelope of 32018X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 32018X-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 90 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32018X-DF (SKF 32018 X/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 90 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 140×64 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 32018 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (90 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 90×140×64 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32018X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 90 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32018X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 32018X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32018X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 356/540 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32018 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32018X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32018 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (3.543 × 5.512 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 356 kN, C0 540 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3.65 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32018X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32018 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32018X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 356 kN dynamic and C0 540 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32018 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32018X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32018X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32018X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33018-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33018/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 457,
    "static_load_kN": 710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 78,
    "weight_g": 4500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33018-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 33018-DF take a k5 seat on the 90 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 90 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33018-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33018/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 33018-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33018 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 90 mm bore and 140 mm OD are per-bearing, the 78 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 78 mm overall width of 33018-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 4500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33018-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 78 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33018-DF is on the shaft.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33018-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 33018-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 33018-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 457/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33018/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33018-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33018/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (3.543 × 5.512 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 457 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 78 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 4.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33018-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33018 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33018-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 457 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33018 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33018-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33018",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33018-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30218-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30218/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 65,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 411,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "weight_g": 5200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30218-DF (SKF 30218/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 90 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 160×65 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 30218 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (90 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 90×160×65 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 65 mm overall width of 30218-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 5200 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30218-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 90×160×65 mm envelope of 30218-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 30218-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 30218-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30218-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30218-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30218-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 411/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30218/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30218-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30218/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 65 mm overall width (3.543 × 6.299 × 2.559 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 411 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 5.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30218-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30218 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30218-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 411 kN dynamic and C0 490 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30218 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30218-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30218",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30218-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32218-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32218/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 85,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 529,
    "static_load_kN": 680,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "weight_g": 6850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32218-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 32218 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 90 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 85 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 85 mm overall width of 32218-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,600 r/min thermal reference and 4,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 85 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 6850 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 32218-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 90 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32218-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32218-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32218-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 529/680 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32218/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32218-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32218/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 85 mm overall width (3.543 × 6.299 × 3.346 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 529 kN, C0 680 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 6.85 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32218-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32218 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32218-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 529 kN dynamic and C0 680 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32218 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32218-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32218",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32218-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31318-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31318/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 93,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 486,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 71,
    "weight_g": 11500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 31318-DF reads as base 31318 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31318-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 90 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.30; combined with the 71 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 90 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 93 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31318-DF is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 31318-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 31318-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.31318-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 31318-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31318-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31318-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 486/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31318/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31318-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31318/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 93 mm overall width (3.543 × 7.48 × 3.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 486 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 71 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 11.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31318-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31318 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31318-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 486 kN dynamic and C0 630 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31318 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31318-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31318",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31318-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32318-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32318/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 135,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 835,
    "static_load_kN": 1220,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132,
    "weight_g": 17500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 32318 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (90 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 90×190×135 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32318-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 90 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,200 r/min thermal reference and 3,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 135 mm space. Operating context for the 90 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 190 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 198 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in 32318-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 135 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 90 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32318-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32318/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32318-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32318-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32318-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 835/1220 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32318/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32318-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32318/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 135 mm overall width (3.543 × 7.48 × 5.315 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 835 kN, C0 1220 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 17.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32318-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32318 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32318-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 835 kN dynamic and C0 1220 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32318 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32318-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32318",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32318-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32019X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32019 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 145,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 353,
    "static_load_kN": 540,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 61,
    "weight_g": 3800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 95 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 145 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 64 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 3800 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32019X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 64 mm width and 3800 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32019X-DF (SKF 32019 X/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 95 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 145×64 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32019 X fixes the 95 mm bore and 145 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 64 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 64 mm overall width of 32019X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.53; combined with the 61 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 95 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32019X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32019X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32019X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 353/540 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32019 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32019X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32019 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 145 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (3.74 × 5.709 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 353 kN, C0 540 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 61 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 3.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32019X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32019 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32019X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 353 kN dynamic and C0 540 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32019 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32019X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 95 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32019X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32019X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33019-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33019/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 145,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 467,
    "static_load_kN": 735,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 81.5,
    "weight_g": 4700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 95 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 145 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 78 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 4700 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DF set like 33019-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 95 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 33019/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 95 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 145 mm OD and 78 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 33019-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33019 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 95 mm bore and 145 mm OD are per-bearing, the 78 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 78 mm overall width of 33019-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 467 kN and C0 735 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 81.5 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33019-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 33019-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 33019-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 467/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33019/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33019-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33019/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 145 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (3.74 × 5.709 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 467 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 81.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 4.70 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33019-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33019 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33019-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 467 kN dynamic and C0 735 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33019 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33019-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 95 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33019",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33019-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32219-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32219/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 91,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 597,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "weight_g": 8400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 32219-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.Ordering number SKF 32219/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 95 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 32219 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 95 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 91 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 91 mm overall width of 32219-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 8400 g across the 95×170×91 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 91 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32219-DF is on the shaft. Mounting order matters for 32219-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 91 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32219-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32219-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32219-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 597/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32219/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32219-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32219/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 91 mm overall width (3.74 × 6.693 × 3.583 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 597 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 8.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32219-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32219 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32219-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 597 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32219 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32219-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 95 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32219",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32219-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "31319-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31319/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 99,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 539,
    "static_load_kN": 710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 78,
    "weight_g": 13500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 99 mm overall width of 31319-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 539 kN by the 95 mm bore gives 5.67 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 95×200×99 mm envelope of 31319-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 31319-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 31319-DF take a k5 seat on the 95 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 95 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 31319-DF under catalogue execution SKF 31319/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 31319-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31319 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 95 mm bore and 200 mm OD are per-bearing, the 99 mm width is for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 31319-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 31319-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 31319-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 539/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31319/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31319-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31319/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 99 mm overall width (3.74 × 7.874 × 3.898 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 539 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 78 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 13.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31319-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31319 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31319-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 539 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31319 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31319-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 95 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31319",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31319-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32920-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32920/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 50,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 252,
    "static_load_kN": 405,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45,
    "weight_g": 2350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 252 kN against C0 405 kN gives a 1.61 balance, and 2.52 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 100 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 32920-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32920-DF take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32920/DF is a 100×140×50 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32920-DF reads as base 32920 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 50 mm overall width of 32920-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,800 r/min thermal reference and 4,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 50 mm space.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32920-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32920-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32920-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 252/405 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32920/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32920-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32920/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 50 mm overall width (3.937 × 5.512 × 1.969 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 252 kN, C0 405 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 2.35 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32920-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32920 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32920-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 252 kN dynamic and C0 405 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32920 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32920-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32920-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32920",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32920-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32020X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32020 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 359,
    "static_load_kN": 560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "weight_g": 3900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32020X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 100 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.56; combined with the 62 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 100 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Load system: C 359 kN against C0 560 kN gives a 1.56 balance, and 3.59 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 100 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32020X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 100 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32020X-DF appears as SKF 32020 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 100 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 359 kN and C0 560 kN.The code breaks down as base bearing 32020 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 100 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 64 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32020X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32020X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32020X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 359/560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32020 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32020X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32020 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (3.937 × 5.906 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 359 kN, C0 560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 3.90 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32020X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32020 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32020X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 359 kN dynamic and C0 560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32020 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32020X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32020X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32020X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30220-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30220/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 74,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 521,
    "static_load_kN": 640,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "weight_g": 7500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 100×180×74 mm envelope of 30220-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Mounting order matters for 30220-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 74 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 30220-DF take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30220-DF (SKF 30220/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 100 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 180×74 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 30220 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×180×74 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30220-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 100 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 74 mm space.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30220-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30220-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30220-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 521/640 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30220/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30220-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30220/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 74 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 2.913 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 521 kN, C0 640 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 7.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30220-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30220 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30220-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 521 kN dynamic and C0 640 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30220 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30220-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30220",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30220-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32220-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32220/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 668,
    "static_load_kN": 880,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "weight_g": 10000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 100×180×98 mm envelope of 32220-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32220-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 98 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.32220-DF (SKF 32220/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 100 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 180×98 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32220 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 100 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 98 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32220-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 100 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.32; combined with the 96.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 100 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32220-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 32220-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 32220-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 668/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32220/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32220-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32220/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 668 kN, C0 880 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 10.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32220-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32220 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32220-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 668 kN dynamic and C0 880 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32220 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32220-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32220",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32220-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30320-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30320/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 103,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 739,
    "static_load_kN": 980,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 106,
    "weight_g": 17000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting order matters for 30320-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 103 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 30320-DF take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30320-DF under catalogue execution SKF 30320/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.The code breaks down as base bearing 30320 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 100 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 103 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 103 mm overall width of 30320-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,900 r/min thermal reference and 3,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 103 mm space. Operating context for the 100 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 215 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 223 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30320-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30320-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30320-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 739/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30320/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30320-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30320/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 103 mm overall width (3.937 × 8.465 × 4.055 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 739 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 106 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 17.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30320-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30320 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30320-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 739 kN dynamic and C0 980 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30320 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30320-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30320",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30320-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "31320X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31320 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 113,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 685,
    "static_load_kN": 930,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102,
    "weight_g": 18500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 113 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.31320X-DF (SKF 31320 X/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 100 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 215×113 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 31320 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×215×113 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 113 mm overall width of 31320X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 18500 g across the 100×215×113 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Journal and housing interface: the 100 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 215 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 113 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 18500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31320X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31320X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 31320X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31320X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 685/930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31320 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31320X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31320 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 113 mm overall width (3.937 × 8.465 × 4.449 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 685 kN, C0 930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 18.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31320X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31320 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31320X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 685 kN dynamic and C0 930 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31320 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31320X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31320X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31320X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32320-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32320/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 155,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1057,
    "static_load_kN": 1560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 166,
    "weight_g": 26000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 100 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,900–3,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 155 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32320-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32320/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.On the SKF nameplate, 32320-DF reads as base 32320 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 155 mm overall width of 32320-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 26000 g across the 100×215×155 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Material and manufacturing detail: the 26000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32320-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32320-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32320-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1057/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32320/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32320-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32320/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 155 mm overall width (3.937 × 8.465 × 6.102 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1057 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 166 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 26.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32320-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32320 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32320-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1057 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32320 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32320-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32320",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32320-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32021X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32021 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 426,
    "static_load_kN": 670,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 73.5,
    "weight_g": 5050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 5050 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32021X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 105×160×70 mm envelope of 32021X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 105 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,600–3,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 70 mm width and 5050 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32021X-DF appears as SKF 32021 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 105 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 426 kN and C0 670 kN.Digit by digit, 32021X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32021 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 105 mm bore and 160 mm OD are per-bearing, the 70 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 70 mm overall width of 32021X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32021X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 426/670 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32021 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32021X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32021 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 70 mm overall width (4.134 × 6.299 × 2.756 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 426 kN, C0 670 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 73.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 5.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32021X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32021 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32021X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 426 kN dynamic and C0 670 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32021 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32021X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32021X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32021X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30221-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30221/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 571,
    "static_load_kN": 710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 9000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30221-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 78 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30221/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 105 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 30221-DF reads as base 30221 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 78 mm overall width of 30221-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 9000 g across the 105×190×78 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Operating context for the 105 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 190 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 198 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30221-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 30221-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 571/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30221/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30221-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30221/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 571 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30221-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30221 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30221-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 571 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30221 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30221-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30221",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30221-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32221-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32221/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 106,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 760,
    "static_load_kN": 1020,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110,
    "weight_g": 12500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 760 kN by the 105 mm bore gives 7.24 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 12500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 32221-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 106 mm width and 12500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32221-DF appears as SKF 32221/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 105 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 760 kN and C0 1020 kN.The code breaks down as base bearing 32221 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 105 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 106 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32221-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 105 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32221-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32221-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 760/1020 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32221/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32221-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32221/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 106 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 4.173 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1020 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 12.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32221-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32221 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32221-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1020 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32221 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32221-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 105 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32221",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32221-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32022X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 494,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 6300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 6300 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32022X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 110 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32022 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 110 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×170×76 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32022X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 110 mm bore. With a pair mass of 6300 g across the 110×170×76 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32022X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32022X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32022 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32022 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32022X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32022X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32022X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32022X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32022X-DFC200",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022 X/DFC200",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 494,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 6300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 76 mm overall width of 32022X-DFC200 is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 6300 g across the 110×170×76 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×170×76 mm envelope of 32022X-DFC200 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When a matched /DFC200 set like 32022X-DFC200 is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 76 mm width and 6300 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32022X-DFC200 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 32022 X plus matched-set suffix /DFC200: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 76 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022X-DFC200 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32022X-DFC200; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DFC200 clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32022X-DFC200; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DFC200 clearance class.",
      "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32022 X/DFC200 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022X-DFC200?",
        "a": "The SKF 32022 X/DFC200 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DFC200 suffix on 32022X-DFC200 mean?",
        "a": "The base 32022 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DFC200 suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022X-DFC200 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32022X-DFC200 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32022X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32022X-DFC200"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33122-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33122/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 781,
    "static_load_kN": 1250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132,
    "weight_g": 11500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 33122 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×180×112 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 112 mm overall width of 33122-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.60; combined with the 132 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 110 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 11500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33122-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 112 mm width and 11500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 110 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33122-DF under catalogue execution SKF 33122/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33122-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33122-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 33122-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 781/1250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33122/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33122-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33122/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.087 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 11.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33122-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33122 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33122-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33122 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33122-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33122-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "30222-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30222/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 82,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 561,
    "static_load_kN": 800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((200−110)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 82 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30222-DF. Load sharing in 30222-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 82 mm width and 10500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30222/DF is a 110×200×82 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 30222-DF reads as base 30222 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 82 mm overall width of 30222-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.43; combined with the 86.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 110 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30222-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 561/800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30222/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30222-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30222/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 82 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 3.228 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 561 kN, C0 800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30222-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30222 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30222-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 561 kN dynamic and C0 800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30222 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30222-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30222",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30222-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32222-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32222/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 842,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "weight_g": 14500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 112 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32222-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 32222-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32222-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32222/DF is a 110×200×112 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32222 fixes the 110 mm bore and 200 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 112 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 112 mm overall width of 32222-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 842 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 7.65 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32222-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32222-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32222-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 842/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32222/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32222-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32222/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 842 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32222-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32222 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32222-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 842 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32222 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32222-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32222",
        "equiv_brand": "FAG",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32222-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "31322X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31322 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 126,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 841,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "weight_g": 26000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 31322 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 126 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 126 mm overall width of 31322X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 841 kN and C0 1160 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 122 kN as the fatigue floor. Journal and housing interface: the 110 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 240 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 126 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 26000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 31322X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 126 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 31322X-DF take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.31322X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31322X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 31322X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 31322X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 841/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31322 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31322X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31322 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 126 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 4.961 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 841 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 26.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31322X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31322 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31322X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 841 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31322 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31322X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31322X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31322X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32322-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32322/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 169,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1158,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 173,
    "weight_g": 35000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " When a matched /DF set like 32322-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32322-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32322-DF appears as SKF 32322/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 110 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1158 kN and C0 1660 kN.Digit by digit, 32322-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32322 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 110 mm bore and 240 mm OD are per-bearing, the 169 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32322-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 110 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1158 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 10.53 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×240×169 mm envelope of 32322-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32322-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32322-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32322-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 1158/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32322/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32322-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32322/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 169 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 6.654 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1158 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 173 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 35.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32322-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32322 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32322-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1158 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32322 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32322-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32322",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32322-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32024X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32024 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 513,
    "static_load_kN": 830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "weight_g": 6750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 76 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 120 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32024X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32024 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.The code breaks down as base bearing 32024 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 120 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 76 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32024X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore. Catalogue mass 6750 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32024X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 513 kN against C0 830 kN gives a 1.62 balance, and 4.28 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 120 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 32024X-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32024X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 32024X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32024X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 513/830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32024 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32024X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32024 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (4.724 × 7.087 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 513 kN, C0 830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 6.75 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32024X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32024 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32024X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 513 kN dynamic and C0 830 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32024 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32024X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32024X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32024X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "33024-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33024/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 96,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 611,
    "static_load_kN": 1080,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 112,
    "weight_g": 8600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33024/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 120 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 180 mm OD and 96 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 33024 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 120 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 96 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 96 mm overall width of 33024-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 8600 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33024-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 120 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 180 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 96 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 8600 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Load sharing in 33024-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 96 mm width and 8600 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33024-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 33024-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33024-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 611/1080 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33024/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33024-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 33024/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 96 mm overall width (4.724 × 7.087 × 3.78 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 611 kN, C0 1080 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 112 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 8.60 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 33024-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 33024 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33024-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 611 kN dynamic and C0 1080 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33024 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33024-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33024",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33024-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "30224-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30224/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 87,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 716,
    "static_load_kN": 915,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98,
    "weight_g": 12500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 120 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 215 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 223 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30224-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 87 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30224/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 120 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 30224-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30224 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 120 mm bore and 215 mm OD are per-bearing, the 87 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30224-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore. Catalogue mass 12500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30224-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30224-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30224-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 30224-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 716/915 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30224/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30224-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30224/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 87 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 3.425 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 716 kN, C0 915 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 12.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30224-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30224 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30224-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 716 kN dynamic and C0 915 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30224 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30224-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30224",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30224-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32224-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32224/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 123,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 983,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "weight_g": 18500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 123 mm overall width of 32224-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,000 r/min thermal reference and 3,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 123 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 18500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When a matched /DF set like 32224-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 123 mm width and 18500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32224-DF appears as SKF 32224/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 120 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 983 kN and C0 1400 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32224 fixes the 120 mm bore and 215 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 123 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32224-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32224-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32224-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 983/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32224/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32224-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32224/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 123 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 4.843 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 983 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 18.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32224-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32224 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32224-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 983 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32224 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32224-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32224",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32224-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30324-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30324/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 119,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1031,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146,
    "weight_g": 29000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Setting note for 30324-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 119 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.30324-DF (SKF 30324/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 120 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 260×119 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 30324 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (120 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 120×260×119 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 119 mm overall width of 30324-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1031 kN by the 120 mm bore gives 8.59 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 70.0 mm half-section ((260−120)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 190 mm, and the 119 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30324-DF.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30324-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30324-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 1031/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30324/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30324-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30324/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 119 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 4.685 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1031 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 146 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 29.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30324-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30324 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30324-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1031 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30324 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30324-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30324",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30324-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "31324X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31324 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 136,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 992,
    "static_load_kN": 1400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 146,
    "weight_g": 32500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 992 kN by the 120 mm bore gives 8.27 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 120 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 260 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 136 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 32500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 120 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,400 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 31324X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31324X-DF appears as SKF 31324 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 120 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 992 kN and C0 1400 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 31324X-DF reads as base 31324 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 136 mm overall width of 31324X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31324X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31324X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31324X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 992/1400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31324 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31324X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31324 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 136 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 5.354 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 992 kN, C0 1400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 146 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 32.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31324X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31324 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31324X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 992 kN dynamic and C0 1400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31324 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31324X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31324X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31324X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32324-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32324/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 181,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1466,
    "static_load_kN": 2240,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220,
    "weight_g": 45000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,600 r/min thermal reference and 2,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 181 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 70.0 mm half-section ((260−120)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 190 mm, and the 181 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32324-DF. When a matched /DF set like 32324-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 181 mm width and 45000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32324/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 120 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 260 mm OD and 181 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 32324-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32324 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 120 mm bore and 260 mm OD are per-bearing, the 181 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32324-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 120 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32324-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32324-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 1466/2240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32324/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32324-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32324/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 181 mm overall width (4.724 × 10.236 × 7.126 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1466 kN, C0 2240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 45.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32324-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32324 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32324-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1466 kN dynamic and C0 2240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32324 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32324-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32324",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32324-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32926-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32926/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 420,
    "static_load_kN": 735,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "weight_g": 4950,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 64 mm overall width of 32926-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,200 r/min thermal reference and 3,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 64 mm space. Load system: C 420 kN against C0 735 kN gives a 1.75 balance, and 3.23 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 130 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DF set like 32926-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. The rotating cones of 32926-DF take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32926/DF is a 130×180×64 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32926 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 130 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 64 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32926-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32926-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32926-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 420/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32926/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32926-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32926/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.087 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 420 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 4.95 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32926-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32926 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32926-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 420 kN dynamic and C0 735 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32926 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32926-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32926-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32926",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32926-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32226-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32226/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 135.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1012,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170,
    "weight_g": 23000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32226-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.64; combined with the 170 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 130×230×135.5 mm envelope of 32226-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Mounting order matters for 32226-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 135.5 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 135.5 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.32226-DF (SKF 32226/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 130 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 230×135.5 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 32226 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (130 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 130×230×135.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32226-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 32226-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32226-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1012/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32226/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32226-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32226/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 135.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 5.335 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1012 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 23.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32226-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32226 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32226-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1012 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32226 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32226-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32226",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32226-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30226-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30226/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 87.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 774,
    "static_load_kN": 980,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 130 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 230 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 87.5 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 14000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30226-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 87.5 mm width and 14000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.30226-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30226 fixes the 130 mm bore and 230 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 87.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 87.5 mm overall width of 30226-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 14000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30226-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 30226-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 30226-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30226-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 774/980 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30226/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30226-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30226/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 87.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 3.445 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 774 kN, C0 980 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30226-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30226 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30226-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 774 kN dynamic and C0 980 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30226 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30226-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30226",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30226-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30326-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30326/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 127.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1165,
    "static_load_kN": 1600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 163,
    "weight_g": 35000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30326-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 30326-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 30326/DF is a 130×280×127.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 30326-DF reads as base 30326 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30326-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1165 kN and C0 1600 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 163 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 280 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 288 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30326-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 30326-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30326-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1165/1600 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30326/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30326-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30326/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 127.5 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.02 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1165 kN, C0 1600 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 163 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 35.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30326-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30326 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30326-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1165 kN dynamic and C0 1600 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30326 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30326-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30326",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30326-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "31326X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31326 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1110,
    "static_load_kN": 1560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160,
    "weight_g": 39500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 1110 kN by the 130 mm bore gives 8.54 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 130×280×144 mm envelope of 31326X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31326X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 31326X-DF take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 31326X-DF appears as SKF 31326 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 130 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1110 kN and C0 1560 kN.Digit by digit, 31326X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31326 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 130 mm bore and 280 mm OD are per-bearing, the 144 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31326X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 130 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31326X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31326X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31326X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1110/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31326 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31326X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31326 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1110 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 39.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31326X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31326 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31326X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1110 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31326 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31326X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31326X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31326X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32928-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32928/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 432,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 5200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32928-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.81; combined with the 80 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 190 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 64 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 5200 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32928-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 64 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 64 mm width and 5200 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32928/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32928 fixes the 140 mm bore and 190 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 64 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32928-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32928-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32928-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 432/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32928/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32928-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32928/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (5.512 × 7.48 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 432 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 5.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32928-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32928 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32928-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 432 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32928 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32928-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32928",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32928-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32028X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32028 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 90,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 692,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116,
    "weight_g": 11000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,900 r/min thermal reference and 2,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 90 mm space. Load system: C 692 kN against C0 1160 kN gives a 1.68 balance, and 4.94 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 140 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32028X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32028X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32028 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 210 mm OD and 90 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32028 X fixes the 140 mm bore and 210 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 90 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32028X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 32028X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 692/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32028 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32028X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32028 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 210 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (5.512 × 8.268 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 692 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 11.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32028X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32028 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32028X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 692 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32028 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32028X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32028X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32028X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32228-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32228/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 143.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1185,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200,
    "weight_g": 29500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 143.5 mm overall width of 32228-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 29500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32228-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Cross-section geometry: the 55.0 mm half-section ((250−140)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 195 mm, and the 143.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32228-DF. Load sharing in 32228-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 32228-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32228/DF is a 140×250×143.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32228-DF reads as base 32228 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 32228-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1185/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32228/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32228-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32228/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 143.5 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 5.65 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1185 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 29.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32228-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32228-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1185 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32228 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32228-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32228",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32228-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30228-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 91.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 773,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116,
    "weight_g": 18000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 91.5 mm overall width of 30228-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. With a pair mass of 18000 g across the 140×250×91.5 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 91.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30228-DF is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30228-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 30228/DF is a 140×250×91.5 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30228 fixes the 140 mm bore and 250 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 91.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30228-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 30228-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 30228-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30228/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30228/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 91.5 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 3.602 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 18.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30228-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30228-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30228",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30228-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "31328X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31328 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 154,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1264,
    "static_load_kN": 1800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "weight_g": 49000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mounting order matters for 31328X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 154 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 31328X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.Ordering number SKF 31328 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 31328 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×300×154 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31328X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 140 mm bore. With a pair mass of 49000 g across the 140×300×154 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 140×300×154 mm envelope of 31328X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31328X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 31328X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 31328X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1264/1800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31328 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31328X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31328 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 154 mm overall width (5.512 × 11.811 × 6.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1264 kN, C0 1800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31328X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31328 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31328X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1264 kN dynamic and C0 1800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31328 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31328X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31328X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31328X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32030X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32030 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 96,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 782,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132,
    "weight_g": 13500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32030X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 782 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 5.21 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Operating context for the 150 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 225 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 233 mm outer abutment. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,800–2,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32030X-DF take a m6 seat on the 150 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32030X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 32030X-DF reads as base 32030 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32030X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 32030X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 32030X-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 782/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32030 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32030X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32030 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 96 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 3.78 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 782 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 13.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32030X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32030 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32030X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 782 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32030 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32030X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32030X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32030X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30230-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30230/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 781,
    "static_load_kN": 1120,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "weight_g": 22000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 98 mm width and 22000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30230/DF is a 150×270×98 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30230 fixes the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 98 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30230-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 781 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 5.21 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 98 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30230-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 30230-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30230-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 781/1120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30230/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30230-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30230/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 114 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 22.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30230-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30230 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30230-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30230 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30230-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30230",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30230-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32230-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32230/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 154,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1341,
    "static_load_kN": 2280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224,
    "weight_g": 37500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 32230-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32230/DF is a 150×270×154 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 32230-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32230 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD are per-bearing, the 154 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32230-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1341 kN and C0 2280 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 224 kN as the fatigue floor. Assembly datum check: verify the 154 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32230-DF is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,400 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32230-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32230-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32230-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 1341/2280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32230/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32230-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32230/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 154 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1341 kN, C0 2280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 37.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32230-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32230 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32230-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1341 kN dynamic and C0 2280 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32230 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32230-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32230",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32230-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "30330-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30330/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1507,
    "static_load_kN": 2120,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 208,
    "weight_g": 52000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "30330-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 30330-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30330 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 150 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 144 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 144 mm overall width of 30330-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1507 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 10.05 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 85.0 mm half-section ((320−150)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 235 mm, and the 144 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 30330-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 150 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,300–2,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 144 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30330-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 30330-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30330-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1507/2120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30330/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30330-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30330/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1507 kN, C0 2120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 208 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 52.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30330-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30330 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30330-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1507 kN dynamic and C0 2120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30330 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30330-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30330",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30330-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31330X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31330 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1427,
    "static_load_kN": 2040,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200,
    "weight_g": 58500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 1427 kN against C0 2040 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 9.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 31330X-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 31330X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 31330 X/DF is a 150×320×164 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 31330 X plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 164 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 31330X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 150 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1427 kN by the 150 mm bore gives 9.51 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 31330X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 1427/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31330 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31330X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 31330 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1427 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 58.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 31330X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 31330 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31330X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1427 kN dynamic and C0 2040 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31330 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31330X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31330X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31330X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32032X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32032 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 912,
    "static_load_kN": 1560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 153,
    "weight_g": 16000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 160 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 240 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 248 mm outer abutment. Setting note for 32032X-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 32032X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32032X-DF appears as SKF 32032 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 160 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 912 kN and C0 1560 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32032 X fixes the 160 mm bore and 240 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 102 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32032X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 160 mm bore. With a pair mass of 16000 g across the 160×240×102 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32032X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32032X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32032X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 912/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32032 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32032X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32032 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (6.299 × 9.449 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 912 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 153 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 16.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32032X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32032 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32032X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 912 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32032 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32032X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32032X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32032X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "30232-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30232/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 971,
    "static_load_kN": 1460,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "weight_g": 27500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 104 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30232/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 160 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 30232 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (160 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 160×290×104 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 104 mm overall width of 30232-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 971 kN and C0 1460 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 143 kN as the fatigue floor. Material and manufacturing detail: the 27500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30232-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30232-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30232-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 30232-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 971/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30232/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30232-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30232/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 104 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 4.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 971 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 27.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30232-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30232 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30232-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 971 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30232 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30232-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30232",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30232-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32232-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32232/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 168,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1602,
    "static_load_kN": 2800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 265,
    "weight_g": 48000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 160 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32232/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 160 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 32232 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 160 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 168 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 168 mm overall width of 32232-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 168 mm space. Load system: C 1602 kN against C0 2800 kN gives a 1.75 balance, and 10.01 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 160 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Mounting order matters for 32232-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 168 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32232-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 32232-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32232-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 1602/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32232/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32232-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32232/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 168 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 6.614 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1602 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 265 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 48.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32232-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32232 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32232-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1602 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32232 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32232-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 160 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32232",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32232-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32034X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32034 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1071,
    "static_load_kN": 1830,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 176,
    "weight_g": 21500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 32034X-DF take a m6 seat on the 170 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 170 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32034X-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32034 X/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32034X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32034 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 170 mm bore and 260 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32034X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 170 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1071 kN and C0 1830 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 176 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((260−170)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 215 mm, and the 114 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32034X-DF. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32034X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32034X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 32034X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32034X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1071/1830 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32034 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32034X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32034 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.693 × 10.236 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1071 kN, C0 1830 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 176 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 21.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32034X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32034 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32034X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1071 kN dynamic and C0 1830 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32034 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32034X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32034X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32034X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "30234-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30234/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1126,
    "static_load_kN": 1730,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 166,
    "weight_g": 34500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 30234-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.30234-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 30234-DF reads as base 30234 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30234-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 170 mm bore. With a pair mass of 34500 g across the 170×310×114 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 170×310×114 mm envelope of 30234-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 30234-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30234-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30234-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30234-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 1126/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30234/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30234-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30234/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1126 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 166 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 34.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30234-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30234 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30234-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1126 kN dynamic and C0 1730 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30234 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30234-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30234",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30234-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32234-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32234/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 182,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1843,
    "static_load_kN": 3250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 59500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 170 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 310 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 182 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 59500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32234-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 182 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 182 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.32234-DF (SKF 32234/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 170 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 310×182 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32234 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 170 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 182 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 182 mm overall width of 32234-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 1843 kN by the 170 mm bore gives 10.84 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32234-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 32234-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32234-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1843/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32234/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32234-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32234/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 182 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 7.165 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1843 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 59.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32234-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32234 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32234-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1843 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32234 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32234-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 170 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32234",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32234-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32936-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32936/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 90,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 746,
    "static_load_kN": 1460,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 180 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 250 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 258 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32936-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 90 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32936-DF appears as SKF 32936/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 180 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 746 kN and C0 1460 kN.Digit by digit, 32936-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32936 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 180 mm bore and 250 mm OD are per-bearing, the 90 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 90 mm overall width of 32936-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 746 kN by the 180 mm bore gives 4.14 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32936-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32936-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 746/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32936/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32936-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32936/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (7.087 × 9.843 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 746 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 137 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32936-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32936 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32936-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 746 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32936 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32936-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32936",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32936-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32036X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32036 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1360,
    "static_load_kN": 2320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220,
    "weight_g": 29000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32036 X fixes the 180 mm bore and 280 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 128 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32036X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 180 mm bore. Catalogue mass 29000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32036X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 180 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 280 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 29000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32036X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 32036X-DF take a m6 seat on the 180 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32036 X/DF is a 180×280×128 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32036X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32036X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32036X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1360/2320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32036 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32036X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32036 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.087 × 11.024 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1360 kN, C0 2320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 29.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32036X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32036 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32036X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1360 kN dynamic and C0 2320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32036 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32036X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32036X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32036X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "30236-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30236/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1079,
    "static_load_kN": 1630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160,
    "weight_g": 35500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 180 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30236/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 180 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 320 mm OD and 114 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 30236-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30236 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 180 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 114 mm overall width of 30236-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.51; combined with the 160 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 180 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 114 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 30236-DF is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 180 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,200–2,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30236-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 30236-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1079/1630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30236/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30236-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30236/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1079 kN, C0 1630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 35.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30236-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30236 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30236-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1079 kN dynamic and C0 1630 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30236 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30236-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30236",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30236-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32236-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32236/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 182,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1833,
    "static_load_kN": 3250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 61000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 182 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32236-DF is on the shaft. Load sharing in 32236-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 32236-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32236/DF is a 180×320×182 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32236 fixes the 180 mm bore and 320 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 182 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32236-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 180 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1833 kN and C0 3250 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 300 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32236-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 32236-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1833/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32236/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32236-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32236/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 182 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 7.165 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1833 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 61.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32236-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32236 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32236-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1833 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32236 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32236-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32236",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32236-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900
  },
  {
    "sku": "32938-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32938/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 90,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 760,
    "static_load_kN": 1530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "weight_g": 14500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 760 kN against C0 1530 kN gives a 2.01 balance, and 4.00 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 190 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 190 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,400–2,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 32938-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32938-DF (SKF 32938/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 190 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 260×90 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32938 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 190 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 90 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32938-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 190 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 760 kN and C0 1530 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 143 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32938-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32938-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32938-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 760/1530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32938/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32938-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32938/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 90 mm overall width (7.48 × 10.236 × 3.543 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32938-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32938 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32938-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32938 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32938-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32938-NTN",
        "equiv_brand": "NTN",
        "level": "verify",
        "note": "Model-number interchange per ISO 15; confirm dimensions, sealing and ratings in the supplier catalogue."
      },
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32938",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32938-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32038X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32038 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1381,
    "static_load_kN": 2400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224,
    "weight_g": 30500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.74; combined with the 224 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 190 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 290 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 30500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32038X-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 128 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32038X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32038 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 190 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 290 mm OD and 128 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 32038X-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32038 X supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 190 mm bore and 290 mm OD are per-bearing, the 128 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32038X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 190 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32038X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32038X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32038X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1381/2400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32038 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32038X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32038 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.48 × 11.417 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1381 kN, C0 2400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 30.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32038X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32038X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1381 kN dynamic and C0 2400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32038 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32038X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32038X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32038X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32038X-L4BDF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32038 X/L4BDF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1381,
    "static_load_kN": 2400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224,
    "weight_g": 30500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 128 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 128 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32038X-L4BDF is on the shaft. Setting note for 32038X-L4BDF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /L4BDF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32038X-L4BDF take a m6 seat on the 190 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32038X-L4BDF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (190 mm bore), and the suffix /L4BDF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 190×290×128 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 128 mm overall width of 32038X-L4BDF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /L4BDF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32038X-L4BDF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the 32038X-L4BDF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /L4BDF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32038X-L4BDF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1381/2400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32038 X/L4BDF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32038X-L4BDF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32038 X/L4BDF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.48 × 11.417 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1381 kN, C0 2400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 30.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /L4BDF suffix on 32038X-L4BDF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32038 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /L4BDF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32038X-L4BDF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1381 kN dynamic and C0 2400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32038 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32038X-L4BDF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32038X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32038X-L4BDF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30238-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30238/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 120,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1308,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190,
    "weight_g": 42500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 42500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 190 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,100–1,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 120 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.Ordering number SKF 30238/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 190 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 30238-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30238 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 190 mm bore and 340 mm OD are per-bearing, the 120 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 120 mm overall width of 30238-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1308 kN and C0 2000 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 190 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30238-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 30238-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30238-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 1308/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30238/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30238-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30238/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 120 mm overall width (7.48 × 13.386 × 4.724 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1308 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 42.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30238-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30238 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30238-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1308 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30238 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30238-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30238",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30238-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32040X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32040 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 140,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1372,
    "static_load_kN": 2750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255,
    "weight_g": 39000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32040X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 1372 kN by the 200 mm bore gives 6.86 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 200 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 310 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 140 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 39000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32040X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 32040X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32040X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32040 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (200 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 200×310×140 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32040X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 32040X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32040X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1372/2750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32040 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32040X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32040 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 140 mm overall width (7.874 × 12.205 × 5.512 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1372 kN, C0 2750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 255 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 39.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32040X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32040 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32040X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1372 kN dynamic and C0 2750 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32040 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32040X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32040X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32040X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900
  },
  {
    "sku": "30240-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30240/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 128,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1448,
    "static_load_kN": 2240,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 212,
    "weight_g": 52000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 30240 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 200 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 128 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30240-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,000 r/min thermal reference and 1,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 128 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 200 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 360 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 128 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 52000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DF set like 30240-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 30240-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 30240-DF appears as SKF 30240/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 200 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1448 kN and C0 2240 kN.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30240-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 30240-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Replace 30240-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1448/2240 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30240/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30240-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30240/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 128 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 5.039 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1448 kN, C0 2240 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 212 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 52.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30240-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30240 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30240-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1448 kN dynamic and C0 2240 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30240 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30240-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30240",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30240-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32240-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32240/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 208,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2229,
    "static_load_kN": 4000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 360,
    "weight_g": 88000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 32240-DF reads as base 32240 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32240-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 200 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.79; combined with the 360 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 200 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Load system: C 2229 kN against C0 4000 kN gives a 1.79 balance, and 11.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 200 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DF set like 32240-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 200 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32240/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 200 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32240-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 2229/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32240/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32240-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32240/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 208 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 8.189 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2229 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 360 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 88.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32240-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32240 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32240-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2229 kN dynamic and C0 4000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32240 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32240-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 200 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32240",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32240-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32944-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32944/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1030,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 183,
    "weight_g": 21000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 102 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32944-DF appears as SKF 32944/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 220 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 1030 kN and C0 2000 kN.Reading the designation: 32944 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×300×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32944-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1030 kN and C0 2000 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 183 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 220 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 300 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 308 mm outer abutment. Setting note for 32944-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32944-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32944-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32944-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1030/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32944/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32944-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32944/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (8.661 × 11.811 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1030 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 183 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 21.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32944-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32944 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32944-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1030 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32944 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32944-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32944",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32944-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900
  },
  {
    "sku": "32044X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32044 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 152,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1637,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 51000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 152 mm width and 51000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32044 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 220 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32044 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×340×152 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32044X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,000 r/min thermal reference and 1,700 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 220×340×152 mm envelope of 32044X-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 220 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,000–1,700 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32044X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32044X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32044X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1637/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32044 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32044X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32044 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (8.661 × 13.386 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1637 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 51.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32044X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32044 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32044X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1637 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32044 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32044X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32044X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32044X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "30244-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30244/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1816,
    "static_load_kN": 2800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 255,
    "weight_g": 72000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30244 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (220 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 220×400×144 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 30244-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 220 mm bore. Catalogue mass 72000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30244-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 72000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 30244-DF depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 30244-DF take a m6 seat on the 220 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 30244/DF is a 220×400×144 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30244-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 30244-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 30244-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1816/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30244/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30244-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 30244/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1816 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 255 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 72.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 30244-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 30244 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30244-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1816 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30244 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30244-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30244",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30244-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 950,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32244-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32244/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 228,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2949,
    "static_load_kN": 5400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 124000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 220 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 220 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32244-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32244/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32244-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32244 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 220 mm bore and 400 mm OD are per-bearing, the 228 mm width is for the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 228 mm overall width of 32244-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 900 r/min thermal reference and 1,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 228 mm space. Load system: C 2949 kN against C0 5400 kN gives a 1.83 balance, and 13.40 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 220 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 220 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 900–1,500 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32244-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32244-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32244-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 2949/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32244/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32244-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32244/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 228 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 8.976 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2949 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 124.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32244-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32244 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32244-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2949 kN dynamic and C0 5400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32244 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32244-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32244",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32244-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32948-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32948/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1069,
    "static_load_kN": 2160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 193,
    "weight_g": 22500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 240 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 32948/DF is a 240×320×102 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 32948-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32948 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 240 mm bore and 320 mm OD are per-bearing, the 102 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32948-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 240 mm bore. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.02; combined with the 193 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 240 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((320−240)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 280 mm, and the 102 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32948-DF. When a matched /DF set like 32948-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32948-DF as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1069/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32948/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32948-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32948/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (9.449 × 12.598 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1069 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 193 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 22.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32948-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32948 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32948-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1069 kN dynamic and C0 2160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32948 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32948-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32948",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32948-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32048X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32048 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 152,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1695,
    "static_load_kN": 3550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315,
    "weight_g": 54500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.09; combined with the 315 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 240 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 54500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32048X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 152 mm width and 54500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 32048 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 240 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 360 mm OD and 152 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32048X-DF reads as base 32048 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32048X-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 240 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 1695/3550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32048 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32048X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32048 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (9.449 × 14.173 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1695 kN, C0 3550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 315 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 54.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32048X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32048 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32048X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1695 kN dynamic and C0 3550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32048 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32048X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32048X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32048X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 950,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32248-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32248/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 254,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3300,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 550,
    "weight_g": 172000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 254 mm width and 172000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32248-DF (SKF 32248/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 240 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 440×254 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32248 fixes the 240 mm bore and 440 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 254 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 254 mm overall width of 32248-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 172000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32248-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 254 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32248-DF is on the shaft. Mounting order matters for 32248-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 254 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32248-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32248-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32248-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 3300/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32248/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32248-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32248/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 254 mm overall width (9.449 × 17.323 × 10 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3300 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 550 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 172.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32248-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32248 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32248-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 3300 kN dynamic and C0 6550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32248 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32248-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 240 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32248",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32248-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32052X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32052 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 174,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2127,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380,
    "weight_g": 79000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 174 mm overall width of 32052X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Catalogue mass 79000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32052X-DF; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 174 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32052X-DF is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32052X-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 32052X-DF into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32052X-DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged face-to-face (X) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32052 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (260 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 260×400×174 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32052X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 32052X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32052X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2127/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32052 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32052X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32052 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 174 mm overall width (10.236 × 15.748 × 6.85 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2127 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 79.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32052X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32052 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32052X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2127 kN dynamic and C0 4400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32052 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32052X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 260 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32052X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32052X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 850,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32252-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32252/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 274,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4013,
    "static_load_kN": 7350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 600,
    "weight_g": 213000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 274 mm space. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 260×480×274 mm envelope of 32252-DF is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When a matched /DF set like 32252-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 274 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 32252/DF is a 260×480×274 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32252-DF reads as base 32252 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 274 mm overall width of 32252-DF is the axial space the pair occupies.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32252-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32252-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32252-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 4013/7350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32252/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32252-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32252/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 274 mm overall width (10.236 × 18.898 × 10.787 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4013 kN, C0 7350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 600 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 213.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32252-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32252 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32252-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 4013 kN dynamic and C0 7350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32252 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32252-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 260 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32252",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32252-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 750,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32056X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32056 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 420,
    "B_mm": 174,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2208,
    "static_load_kN": 4750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "weight_g": 84000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 174 mm width and 84000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.Ordering number SKF 32056 X/DF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair set for a 280 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 32056 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (280 mm bore), and the suffix /DF marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 280×420×174 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 174 mm overall width of 32056X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 800 r/min thermal reference and 1,300 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 174 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 174 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32056X-DF is on the shaft. When a matched /DF set like 32056X-DF is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32056X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32056X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32056X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 2208/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32056 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32056X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32056 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 420 mm outer diameter and 174 mm overall width (11.024 × 16.535 × 6.85 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2208 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, reference speed 800 r/min, limiting speed 1,300 r/min, mass about 84.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32056X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32056 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32056X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2208 kN dynamic and C0 4750 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32056 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32056X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 280 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32056X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32056X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32256-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32256/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 274,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2410,
    "static_load_kN": 7800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 620,
    "weight_g": 226000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 32256-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32256 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 280 mm bore and 500 mm OD are per-bearing, the 274 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32256-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 280 mm bore. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 2410 kN and C0 7800 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 620 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 280 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 500 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 508 mm outer abutment. Mounting order matters for 32256-DF: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 274 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 274 mm width and 226000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32256-DF (SKF 32256/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 280 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 500×274 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32256-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32256-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32256-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 2410/7800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32256/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32256-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32256/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 274 mm overall width (11.024 × 19.685 × 10.787 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2410 kN, C0 7800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 620 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 226.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32256-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32256 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32256-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2410 kN dynamic and C0 7800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32256 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32256-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 280 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32256",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32256-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32060X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32060 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2818,
    "static_load_kN": 6000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 490,
    "weight_g": 119000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32060 X/DF belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 300 mm bore entry in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 460 mm OD and 200 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32060X-DF reads as base 32060 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 200 mm overall width of 32060X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 200 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 80.0 mm half-section ((460−300)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 380 mm, and the 200 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32060X-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 300 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 750–1,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 300 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32060X-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32060X-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32060X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2818/6000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32060 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32060X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32060 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 300 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (11.811 × 18.11 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2818 kN, C0 6000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 490 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 119.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32060X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32060 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32060X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2818 kN dynamic and C0 6000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32060 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32060X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 300 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 300 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32060X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32060X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 750,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32260-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32260/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 540,
    "B_mm": 280,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2935,
    "static_load_kN": 9500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 735,
    "weight_g": 290000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 300 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 630–1,100 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 300 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.The SKF 32260/DF is a 300×540×280 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32260 plus matched-set suffix /DF: two bearings of the 300 mm bore size, paired face-to-face (X) matched pair, with the 280 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32260-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 300 mm bore. Dividing the pair C 2935 kN by the 300 mm bore gives 9.78 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Load system: C 2935 kN against C0 9500 kN gives a 3.24 balance, and 9.78 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 300 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32260-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32260-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32260-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2935/9500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32260/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32260-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32260/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 300 mm bore, 540 mm outer diameter and 280 mm overall width (11.811 × 21.26 × 11.024 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2935 kN, C0 9500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 735 kN, reference speed 630 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 290.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32260-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32260 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32260-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2935 kN dynamic and C0 9500 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32260 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32260-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 300 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 300 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32260",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32260-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 630,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100
  },
  {
    "sku": "32964-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32964/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 152,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1982,
    "static_load_kN": 4650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390,
    "weight_g": 69000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 750 r/min thermal reference and 1,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Operating context for the 320 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 440 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 448 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32964-DF is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 152 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 320 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32964-DF under catalogue execution SKF 32964/DF: a factory-matched face-to-face (X) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32964-DF reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32964 supplied as a face-to-face (X) matched pair matched pair (/DF); the 320 mm bore and 440 mm OD are per-bearing, the 152 mm width is for the set. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32964-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 320 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32964-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 32964-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32964-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1982/4650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32964/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32964-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32964/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (12.598 × 17.323 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1982 kN, C0 4650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, reference speed 750 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 69.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32964-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32964 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32964-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1982 kN dynamic and C0 4650 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32964 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32964-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 320 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32964",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32964-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 750,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32064X-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32064 X/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2852,
    "static_load_kN": 6200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500,
    "weight_g": 104000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 2852 kN against C0 6200 kN gives a 2.17 balance, and 8.91 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 320 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32064X-DF before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 200 mm width and 104000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32064X-DF appears as SKF 32064 X/DF: a matched face-to-face (X) matched pair pair for a 320 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 2852 kN and C0 6200 kN.On the SKF nameplate, 32064X-DF reads as base 32064 X in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the face-to-face (X) arrangement the load lines of the two bearings converge toward the shaft axis: the set tolerates shaft deflection and thermal growth better than a back-to-back pair, but is less stiff against overturning moments. The 200 mm overall width of 32064X-DF is the axial space the pair occupies. Dividing the pair C 2852 kN by the 320 mm bore gives 8.91 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32064X-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32064X-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32064X-DF in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 2852/6200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32064 X/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32064X-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32064 X/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.598 × 18.898 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2852 kN, C0 6200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 104.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32064X-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32064 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32064X-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2852 kN dynamic and C0 6200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32064 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32064X-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 320 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32064X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32064X-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100
  },
  {
    "sku": "32968-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32968/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 152,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1995,
    "static_load_kN": 4800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390,
    "weight_g": 73000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 1995 kN by the 340 mm bore gives 5.87 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the face-to-face (X) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 60.0 mm half-section ((460−340)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 400 mm, and the 152 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32968-DF. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 340 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DF clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 700–1,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. A matched /DF set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 340 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32968-DF (SKF 32968/DF) is the face-to-face (X) matched pair matched-set choice for a 340 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 460×152 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32968 fixes the 340 mm bore and 460 mm OD of each bearing, the /DF suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 152 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32968-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 340 mm bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DF set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32968-DF or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 32968-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32968-DF; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DF clearance class.",
      "The 1995/4800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32968/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32968-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32968/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 340 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (13.386 × 18.11 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1995 kN, C0 4800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,200 r/min, mass about 73.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32968-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32968 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32968-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1995 kN dynamic and C0 4800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32968 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32968-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 340 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 340 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32968",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32968-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32972-DF",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32972/DF",
    "series": "matched-df-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 152,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2043,
    "static_load_kN": 5100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405,
    "weight_g": 302000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32972/DF is a 360×480×152 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.On the SKF nameplate, 32972-DF reads as base 32972 in a /DF matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Face-to-face matching puts the small rib ends outward, so the pressure cones cross inside the pair; 32972-DF therefore runs cooler where the shaft expands axially, at the price of lower moment stiffness than an O-arrangement of the same 360 mm bore. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 670 r/min thermal reference and 1,100 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 152 mm space. Material and manufacturing detail: the 302000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 32972-DF: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DF execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of 32972-DF take a m6 seat on the 360 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32972-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32972-DF concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32972-DF pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2043/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32972/DF designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32972-DF?",
        "a": "The SKF 32972/DF is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in face-to-face (X) matched pair arrangement with 360 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 152 mm overall width (14.173 × 18.898 × 5.984 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2043 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, reference speed 670 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 302.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DF suffix on 32972-DF mean?",
        "a": "The base 32972 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DF suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (face-to-face (X)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32972-DF for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2043 kN dynamic and C0 5100 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32972 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32972-DF be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 360 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a face-to-face (X) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the face-to-face (X) set where the shaft grows thermally or alignment is imperfect — the converging load lines tolerate deflection. It is the default choice for wheel hubs and general gearbox shafts at the 360 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32972",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32972-DF"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 670,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100
  },
  {
    "sku": "33207T64-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33207T64/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 35,
    "D_mm": 72,
    "B_mm": 64,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 178,
    "static_load_kN": 212,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 23.6,
    "weight_g": 1150,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33207T64-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 1150 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33207T64-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 64 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33207T64-DB is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 33207T64-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 35 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 33207T64/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 35 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 72 mm OD and 64 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, 33207T64-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33207T64 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 35 mm bore and 72 mm OD are per-bearing, the 64 mm width is for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33207T64-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33207T64-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33207T64-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 178/212 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33207T64/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33207T64-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33207T64/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 35 mm bore, 72 mm outer diameter and 64 mm overall width (1.378 × 2.835 × 2.52 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 178 kN, C0 212 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 23.6 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 1.15 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33207T64-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33207T64 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33207T64-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 178 kN dynamic and C0 212 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33207T64 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33207T64-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 35 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 35 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33207T64",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33207T64-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32008T41-5X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 68,
    "B_mm": 41.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 111,
    "static_load_kN": 143,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 15.3,
    "weight_g": 580,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32008T41.5 X fixes the 40 mm bore and 68 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 41.5 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32008T41-5X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 41.5 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 111 kN and C0 143 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 15.3 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 14.0 mm half-section ((68−40)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 54 mm, and the 41.5 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32008T41-5X-DB. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32008T41-5X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 41.5 mm width and 580 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 40 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32008T41-5X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32008T41-5X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32008T41-5X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32008T41-5X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 111/143 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32008T41-5X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32008T41.5 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 68 mm outer diameter and 41.5 mm overall width (1.575 × 2.677 × 1.634 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 111 kN, C0 143 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 15.3 kN, reference speed 6,300 r/min, limiting speed 9,500 r/min, mass about 0.58 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32008T41-5X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32008T41.5 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32008T41-5X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 111 kN dynamic and C0 143 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32008T41.5 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32008T41-5X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 40 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32008T41",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32008T41-5X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 9500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 6300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 9500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30308T72-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30308T72/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 40,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 72,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 182,
    "static_load_kN": 190,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 21.6,
    "weight_g": 1900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 30308T72-DB take a k5 seat on the 40 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.Ordering number SKF 30308T72/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 40 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.The code breaks down as base bearing 30308T72 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 40 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 72 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30308T72-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 72 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 182 kN and C0 190 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 21.6 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 182 kN against C0 190 kN gives a 1.04 balance, and 4.55 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 40 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30308T72-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30308T72-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30308T72-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30308T72-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 182/190 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30308T72/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30308T72-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30308T72/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 40 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 72 mm overall width (1.575 × 3.543 × 2.835 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 182 kN, C0 190 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 21.6 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30308T72-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30308T72 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30308T72-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 182 kN dynamic and C0 190 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30308T72 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30308T72-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 40 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 40 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30308T72",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30308T72-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000
  },
  {
    "sku": "31309T62-5-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31309T62.5/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 62.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 194,
    "static_load_kN": 204,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 24.5,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31309T62-5-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 2100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 31309T62-5-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 45×100×62.5 mm envelope of 31309T62-5-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31309T62-5-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 62.5 mm width and 2100 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.31309T62-5-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 31309T62.5 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (45 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 45×100×62.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31309T62-5-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31309T62-5-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 31309T62-5-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 194/204 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31309T62.5/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31309T62-5-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31309T62.5/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 62.5 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.937 × 2.461 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 194 kN, C0 204 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 24.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 2.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31309T62-5-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31309T62.5 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31309T62-5-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 194 kN dynamic and C0 204 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31309T62.5 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31309T62-5-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 45 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31309T62",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31309T62-5-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32010T50X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32010T50 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 80,
    "B_mm": 50,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 129,
    "static_load_kN": 176,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 19.3,
    "weight_g": 860,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 32010T50 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 80 mm OD and 50 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 32010T50 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (50 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 50×80×50 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32010T50X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 50 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.36; combined with the 19.3 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 50 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Assembly datum check: verify the 50 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32010T50X-DB is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32010T50X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32010T50X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32010T50X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32010T50X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 129/176 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32010T50 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32010T50X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32010T50 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 80 mm outer diameter and 50 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.15 × 1.969 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 129 kN, C0 176 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 19.3 kN, reference speed 5,300 r/min, limiting speed 8,000 r/min, mass about 0.86 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32010T50X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32010T50 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32010T50X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 129 kN dynamic and C0 176 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32010T50 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32010T50X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32010T50X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32010T50X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 8000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 5300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 8000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32210T67-5-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32210T67.5/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 67.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 173,
    "static_load_kN": 200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 22.8,
    "weight_g": 1500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 50 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 50 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32210T67-5-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32210T67.5/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 32210T67.5 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (50 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 50×90×67.5 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32210T67-5-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 4,800 r/min thermal reference and 7,500 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 67.5 mm space. Assembly datum check: verify the 67.5 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32210T67-5-DB is on the shaft. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32210T67-5-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "differential and pinion drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32210T67-5-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32210T67-5-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32210T67-5-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 173/200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32210T67.5/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32210T67-5-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32210T67.5/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 67.5 mm overall width (1.969 × 3.543 × 2.657 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 22.8 kN, reference speed 4,800 r/min, limiting speed 7,500 r/min, mass about 1.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32210T67-5-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32210T67.5 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32210T67-5-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32210T67.5 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32210T67-5-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 50 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32210T67",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32210T67-5-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7500
  },
  {
    "sku": "33011T59-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33011T59/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 90,
    "B_mm": 59,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 191,
    "static_load_kN": 270,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 30.5,
    "weight_g": 1400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 59 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 33011T59-DB is on the shaft. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 55 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 4,500–7,000 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 33011T59-DB take a k5 seat on the 55 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 55 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33011T59-DB under catalogue execution SKF 33011T59/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 33011T59-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33011T59 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 55 mm bore and 90 mm OD are per-bearing, the 59 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33011T59-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 59 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 191 kN and C0 270 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 30.5 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles",
      "pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33011T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 33011T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33011T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 191/270 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33011T59/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33011T59-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33011T59/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 90 mm outer diameter and 59 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.543 × 2.323 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 191 kN, C0 270 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 30.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 1.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33011T59-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33011T59 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33011T59-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 191 kN dynamic and C0 270 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33011T59 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33011T59-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33011T59",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33011T59-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33111T88-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33111T88/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 232,
    "static_load_kN": 310,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 35.5,
    "weight_g": 2100,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing in 33111T88-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 33111T88-DB take a k5 seat on the 55 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.33111T88-DB (SKF 33111T88/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 55 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 95×88 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 33111T88-DB reads as base 33111T88 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33111T88-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 2100 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 33111T88-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 55×95×88 mm envelope of 33111T88-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 33111T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 232/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33111T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33111T88-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33111T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (2.165 × 3.74 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 232 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 35.5 kN, reference speed 4,500 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 2.10 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33111T88-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33111T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33111T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 232 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33111T88 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33111T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 55 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33111T88",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33111T88-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32012T65X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32012T65 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 65,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 173,
    "static_load_kN": 245,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 27,
    "weight_g": 1450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.42; combined with the 27 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 60 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 17.5 mm half-section ((95−60)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 77 mm, and the 65 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32012T65X-DB. Mounting order matters for 32012T65X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 65 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 60 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32012T65X-DB (SKF 32012T65 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 60 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 95×65 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 32012T65X-DB reads as base 32012T65 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32012T65X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32012T65X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32012T65X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Replace 32012T65X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 173/245 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32012T65 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32012T65X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32012T65 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 65 mm overall width (2.362 × 3.74 × 2.559 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 173 kN, C0 245 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 27 kN, reference speed 4,300 r/min, limiting speed 6,700 r/min, mass about 1.45 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32012T65X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32012T65 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32012T65X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 173 kN dynamic and C0 245 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32012T65 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32012T65X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32012T65X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32012T65X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6700
  },
  {
    "sku": "30212T53-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30212T53/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 53,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 207,
    "static_load_kN": 228,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 26.5,
    "weight_g": 1900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 30212T53/DB is a 60×110×53 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 30212T53 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (60 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 60×110×53 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30212T53-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 53 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 1900 g across the 60×110×53 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 60×110×53 mm envelope of 30212T53-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30212T53-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 53 mm width and 1900 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30212T53-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30212T53-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 30212T53-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 207/228 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30212T53/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30212T53-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30212T53/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 53 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.331 × 2.087 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 207 kN, C0 228 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 26.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30212T53-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30212T53 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30212T53-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 207 kN dynamic and C0 228 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30212T53 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30212T53-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 60 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30212T53",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30212T53-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32013T53X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32013T53 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 53,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 176,
    "static_load_kN": 255,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 28,
    "weight_g": 1350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 53 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32013T53X-DB is on the shaft. When a matched /DB set like 32013T53X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 32013T53X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32013T53 X/DB is a 65×100×53 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 32013T53 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (65 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 65×100×53 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32013T53X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 176 kN and C0 255 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 28 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32013T53X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 32013T53X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32013T53X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 176/255 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32013T53 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32013T53X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32013T53 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 53 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 2.087 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 176 kN, C0 255 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 28 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,000 r/min, mass about 1.35 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32013T53X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32013T53 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32013T53X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 176 kN dynamic and C0 255 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32013T53 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32013T53X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32013T53X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32013T53X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6000
  },
  {
    "sku": "33013T60-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33013T60/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 100,
    "B_mm": 60,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 204,
    "static_load_kN": 310,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "weight_g": 1600,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "33013T60-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33013T60 fixes the 65 mm bore and 100 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 60 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33013T60-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 60 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 204 kN by the 65 mm bore gives 3.14 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 65×100×60 mm envelope of 33013T60-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 33013T60-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 60 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33013T60-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33013T60-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33013T60-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 204/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33013T60/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33013T60-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33013T60/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 100 mm outer diameter and 60 mm overall width (2.559 × 3.937 × 2.362 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 204 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 1.60 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33013T60-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33013T60 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33013T60-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 204 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33013T60 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33013T60-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33013T60",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33013T60-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300
  },
  {
    "sku": "30313T82-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30313T82/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 82,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 411,
    "static_load_kN": 455,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 55,
    "weight_g": 5300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 411 kN by the 65 mm bore gives 6.32 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 5300 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 30313T82-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 82 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 65 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30313T82/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 65 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 140 mm OD and 82 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 30313T82 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 65 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 82 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30313T82-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 82 mm pair width.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 30313T82-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 411/455 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30313T82/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30313T82-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30313T82/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 82 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.512 × 3.228 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 411 kN, C0 455 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 55 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 5.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30313T82-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30313T82 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30313T82-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 411 kN dynamic and C0 455 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30313T82 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30313T82-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 65 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30313T82",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30313T82-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32014T63X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32014T63 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 63,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 214,
    "static_load_kN": 305,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 34.5,
    "weight_g": 1900,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "For a 70 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32014T63X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32014T63 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 32014T63X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32014T63 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 70 mm bore and 110 mm OD are per-bearing, the 63 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32014T63X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 1900 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32014T63X-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 214 kN against C0 305 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 3.06 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 70 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 32014T63X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 63 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32014T63X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32014T63X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32014T63X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 214/305 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32014T63 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32014T63X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32014T63 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 63 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 2.48 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 214 kN, C0 305 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 34.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 1.90 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32014T63X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32014T63 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32014T63X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 214 kN dynamic and C0 305 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32014T63 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32014T63X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32014T63X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32014T63X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33014T108-8-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33014T108.8/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 110,
    "B_mm": 108.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 273,
    "static_load_kN": 400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 45.5,
    "weight_g": 3050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 33014T108.8/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 110 mm OD and 108.8 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33014T108.8 fixes the 70 mm bore and 110 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 108.8 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33014T108-8-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 273 kN and C0 400 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 45.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 70×110×108.8 mm envelope of 33014T108-8-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Load sharing in 33014T108-8-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 33014T108-8-DB take a k5 seat on the 70 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33014T108-8-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33014T108-8-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 33014T108-8-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 273/400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33014T108.8/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33014T108-8-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33014T108.8/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 110 mm outer diameter and 108.8 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.331 × 4.283 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 273 kN, C0 400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 45.5 kN, reference speed 3,800 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33014T108-8-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33014T108.8 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33014T108-8-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 273 kN dynamic and C0 400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33014T108.8 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33014T108-8-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33014T108",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33014T108-8-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30214T59-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30214T59/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 59,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 267,
    "static_load_kN": 310,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 36,
    "weight_g": 2700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 70 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,300 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 59 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 30214T59/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 125 mm OD and 59 mm overall width for the pair.Reading the designation: 30214T59 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (70 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 70×125×59 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30214T59-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 59 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 267 kN by the 70 mm bore gives 3.81 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Operating context for the 70 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 125 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 133 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30214T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30214T59-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30214T59-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 267/310 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30214T59/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30214T59-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30214T59/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 59 mm overall width (2.756 × 4.921 × 2.323 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 267 kN, C0 310 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 36 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 2.70 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30214T59-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30214T59 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30214T59-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 267 kN dynamic and C0 310 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30214T59 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30214T59-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30214T59",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30214T59-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "30314T84-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30314T84/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 70,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 465,
    "static_load_kN": 520,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 62,
    "weight_g": 6300,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 30314T84-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30314T84 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 70 mm bore and 150 mm OD are per-bearing, the 84 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30314T84-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 84 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 6300 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30314T84-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 465 kN against C0 520 kN gives a 1.12 balance, and 6.64 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 70 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30314T84-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 84 mm width and 6300 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF 30314T84/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 70 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 84 mm overall width for the pair.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 30314T84-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 30314T84-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 30314T84-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 465/520 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30314T84/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30314T84-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30314T84/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 70 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (2.756 × 5.906 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 465 kN, C0 520 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 62 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 6.30 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30314T84-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30314T84 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30314T84-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 465 kN dynamic and C0 520 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30314T84 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30314T84-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 70 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 70 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30314T84",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30314T84-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "30215T70-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30215T70/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 70,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 293,
    "static_load_kN": 355,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 41.5,
    "weight_g": 3200,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 293 kN and C0 355 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 41.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Material and manufacturing detail: the 3200 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Setting note for 30215T70-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 70 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30215T70-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30215T70/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Digit by digit, 30215T70-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30215T70 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 75 mm bore and 130 mm OD are per-bearing, the 70 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30215T70-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 70 mm pair width.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30215T70-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30215T70-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30215T70-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 293/355 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30215T70/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30215T70-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30215T70/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 70 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 2.756 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 355 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 41.5 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.20 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30215T70-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30215T70 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30215T70-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 355 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30215T70 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30215T70-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30215T70",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30215T70-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32215T78-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32215T78/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 75,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 337,
    "static_load_kN": 425,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49,
    "weight_g": 3700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32215T78-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 337 kN and C0 425 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 49 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 337 kN against C0 425 kN gives a 1.26 balance, and 4.49 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 75 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 32215T78-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 78 mm width and 3700 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 75 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32215T78-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32215T78/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 32215T78 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (75 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 75×130×78 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32215T78-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32215T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32215T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 337/425 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32215T78/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32215T78-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32215T78/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 75 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (2.953 × 5.118 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 337 kN, C0 425 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 3.70 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32215T78-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32215T78 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32215T78-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 337 kN dynamic and C0 425 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32215T78 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32215T78-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 75 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 75 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32215T78",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32215T78-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32216T78-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32216T78/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 140,
    "B_mm": 78,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 391,
    "static_load_kN": 490,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 57,
    "weight_g": 4400,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32216T78-DB (SKF 32216T78/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 80 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 140×78 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32216T78 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 80 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 78 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32216T78-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 78 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 4400 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32216T78-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 80×140×78 mm envelope of 32216T78-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32216T78-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 78 mm width and 4400 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32216T78-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32216T78-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32216T78-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 391/490 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32216T78/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32216T78-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32216T78/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 140 mm outer diameter and 78 mm overall width (3.15 × 5.512 × 3.071 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 391 kN, C0 490 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 57 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 4,500 r/min, mass about 4.40 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32216T78-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32216T78 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32216T78-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 391 kN dynamic and C0 490 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32216T78 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32216T78-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 80 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32216T78",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32216T78-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32017T66X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32017T66 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 66,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 293,
    "static_load_kN": 450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51,
    "weight_g": 2850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 293 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 3.45 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 85×130×66 mm envelope of 32017T66X-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32017T66X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32017T66X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.On the SKF nameplate, 32017T66X-DB reads as base 32017T66 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32017T66X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32017T66X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32017T66X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32017T66X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 293/450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32017T66 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32017T66X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32017T66 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 66 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.118 × 2.598 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 293 kN, C0 450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,200 r/min, limiting speed 4,800 r/min, mass about 2.85 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32017T66X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32017T66 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32017T66X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 293 kN dynamic and C0 450 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32017T66 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32017T66X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32017T66X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32017T66X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32217T87-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32217T87/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 87,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 451,
    "static_load_kN": 570,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 65.5,
    "weight_g": 5650,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 451 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 5.31 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 5650 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32217T87-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 87 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 32217T87/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 85 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 150 mm OD and 87 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 32217T87-DB reads as base 32217T87 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32217T87-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 87 mm pair width.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32217T87-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32217T87-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32217T87-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 451/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32217T87/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32217T87-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32217T87/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 87 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 3.425 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 451 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 65.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 5.65 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32217T87-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32217T87 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32217T87-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 451 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32217T87 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32217T87-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32217T87",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32217T87-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "33217T145-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33217T145/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 145,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 606,
    "static_load_kN": 850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "weight_g": 9000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 33217T145 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (85 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 85×150×145 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33217T145-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.40; combined with the 96.5 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 85 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Load system: C 606 kN against C0 850 kN gives a 1.40 balance, and 7.13 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 85 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33217T145-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 145 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.33217T145-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33217T145-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33217T145-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 33217T145-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 606/850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33217T145/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33217T145-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33217T145/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 145 mm overall width (3.346 × 5.906 × 5.709 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 606 kN, C0 850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33217T145-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33217T145 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33217T145-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 606 kN dynamic and C0 850 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33217T145 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33217T145-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33217T145",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33217T145-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32317T132-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32317T132/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 132,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 858,
    "static_load_kN": 1060,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 120,
    "weight_g": 14500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 47.5 mm half-section ((180−85)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 132 mm, and the 132 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32317T132-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32317T132-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 85 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32317T132-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32317T132 fixes the 85 mm bore and 180 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 132 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32317T132-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 14500 g across the 85×180×132 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32317T132-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32317T132-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 32317T132-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 858/1060 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32317T132/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32317T132-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32317T132/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 132 mm overall width (3.346 × 7.087 × 5.197 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 858 kN, C0 1060 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 120 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32317T132-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32317T132 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32317T132-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 858 kN dynamic and C0 1060 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32317T132 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32317T132-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32317T132",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32317T132-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "31317T133-19-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31317T133.19/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 85,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 133.19,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 510,
    "static_load_kN": 570,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 64,
    "weight_g": 12000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " When a matched /DB set like 31317T133-19-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 133.19 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.The SKF 31317T133.19/DB is a 85×180×133.19 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 31317T133-19-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 31317T133.19 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 85 mm bore and 180 mm OD are per-bearing, the 133.19 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31317T133-19-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 133.19 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 510 kN by the 85 mm bore gives 6.00 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Assembly datum check: verify the 133.19 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31317T133-19-DB is on the shaft.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 31317T133-19-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 31317T133-19-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31317T133-19-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 510/570 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31317T133.19/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31317T133-19-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31317T133.19/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 85 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 133.19 mm overall width (3.346 × 7.087 × 5.244 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 510 kN, C0 570 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 64 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 12.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31317T133-19-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31317T133.19 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31317T133-19-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 510 kN dynamic and C0 570 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31317T133.19 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31317T133-19-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 85 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 85 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31317T133",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31317T133-19-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "33118T104-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33118T104/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 90,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 104,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 532,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 85,
    "weight_g": 6700,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 90 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 150 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 104 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 6700 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When a matched /DB set like 33118T104-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Do not separate 33118T104-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 33118T104/DB is a 90×150×104 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 33118T104 fixes the 90 mm bore and 150 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 104 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33118T104-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 104 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 532 kN by the 90 mm bore gives 5.91 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33118T104-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33118T104-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33118T104-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 532/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33118T104/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33118T104-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33118T104/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 90 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 104 mm overall width (3.543 × 5.906 × 4.094 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 532 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 85 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,300 r/min, mass about 6.70 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33118T104-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33118T104 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33118T104-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 532 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33118T104 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33118T104-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 90 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 90 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33118T104",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33118T104-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4300
  },
  {
    "sku": "32219T105-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32219T105/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 95,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 105,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 597,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 86.5,
    "weight_g": 9000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 32219T105/DB is a 95×170×105 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32219T105 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 95 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 105 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32219T105-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 105 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,600 r/min thermal reference and 3,800 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 105 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 95 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 170 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 105 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 9000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32219T105-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32219T105-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32219T105-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32219T105-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32219T105-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 597/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32219T105/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32219T105-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32219T105/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 95 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 105 mm overall width (3.74 × 6.693 × 4.134 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 597 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 86.5 kN, reference speed 2,600 r/min, limiting speed 3,800 r/min, mass about 9.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32219T105-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32219T105 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32219T105-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 597 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32219T105 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32219T105-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 95 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 95 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32219T105",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32219T105-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3800
  },
  {
    "sku": "33020T88-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33020T88/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 150,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 477,
    "static_load_kN": 765,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 83,
    "weight_g": 5000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33020T88-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 88 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 477 kN by the 100 mm bore gives 4.77 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 25.0 mm half-section ((150−100)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 125 mm, and the 88 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33020T88-DB. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 33020T88-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Do not separate 33020T88-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 33020T88/DB is a 100×150×88 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 33020T88 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 100 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 88 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "construction machinery drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 33020T88-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 33020T88-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33020T88-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 477/765 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33020T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33020T88-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33020T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 150 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (3.937 × 5.906 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 477 kN, C0 765 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 83 kN, reference speed 2,800 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 5.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33020T88-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33020T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33020T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 477 kN dynamic and C0 765 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33020T88 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33020T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33020T88",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33020T88-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30220T100-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30220T100/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 100,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 521,
    "static_load_kN": 640,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 72,
    "weight_g": 8850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 100 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,400–3,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 30220T100-DB take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30220T100-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 30220T100 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×180×100 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30220T100-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 521 kN and C0 640 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 72 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 100 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 180 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 188 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30220T100-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30220T100-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30220T100-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 521/640 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30220T100/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30220T100-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30220T100/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 100 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 3.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 521 kN, C0 640 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 72 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 8.85 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30220T100-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30220T100 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30220T100-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 521 kN dynamic and C0 640 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30220T100 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30220T100-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30220T100",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30220T100-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32220T107-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32220T107/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 107,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 668,
    "static_load_kN": 880,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 96.5,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 32220T107-DB appears as SKF 32220T107/DB: a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair pair for a 100 mm shaft, rated as a set at C 668 kN and C0 880 kN.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32220T107 fixes the 100 mm bore and 180 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 107 mm width is the combined pair dimension. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32220T107-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 107 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 10500 g across the 100×180×107 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Load system: C 668 kN against C0 880 kN gives a 1.32 balance, and 6.68 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 100 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Mounting order matters for 32220T107-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 107 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32220T107-DB take a k5 seat on the 100 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32220T107-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32220T107-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32220T107-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 668/880 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32220T107/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32220T107-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32220T107/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 107 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 4.213 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 668 kN, C0 880 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 96.5 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32220T107-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32220T107 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32220T107-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 668 kN dynamic and C0 880 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32220T107 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32220T107-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32220T107",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32220T107-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33220T135-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33220T135/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 135,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 912,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 140,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 135 mm width and 14000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 33220T135-DB under catalogue execution SKF 33220T135/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.On the SKF nameplate, 33220T135-DB reads as base 33220T135 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 33220T135-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 135 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 2,400 r/min thermal reference and 3,600 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 135 mm space. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((180−100)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 140 mm, and the 135 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 33220T135-DB. Mounting order matters for 33220T135-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 135 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 33220T135-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 33220T135-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Replace 33220T135-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 912/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33220T135/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33220T135-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33220T135/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 135 mm overall width (3.937 × 7.087 × 5.315 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 912 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 140 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33220T135-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33220T135 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33220T135-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 912 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33220T135 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33220T135-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33220T135",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33220T135-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "31320T125X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31320T125 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 100,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 125,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 685,
    "static_load_kN": 930,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 102,
    "weight_g": 19000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 125 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 31320T125X-DB is on the shaft. When a matched /DB set like 31320T125X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 100 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 100 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 31320T125X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 31320T125 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 31320T125 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (100 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 100×215×125 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31320T125X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 125 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 685 kN by the 100 mm bore gives 6.85 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31320T125X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 31320T125X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31320T125X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 685/930 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31320T125 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31320T125X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31320T125 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 100 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 125 mm overall width (3.937 × 8.465 × 4.921 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 685 kN, C0 930 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 102 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 19.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31320T125X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31320T125 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31320T125X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 685 kN dynamic and C0 930 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31320T125 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31320T125X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 100 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 100 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31320T125X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31320T125X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30221T88-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30221T88/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 105,
    "D_mm": 190,
    "B_mm": 88,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 571,
    "static_load_kN": 710,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 9350,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Setting note for 30221T88-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 88 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.30221T88-DB (SKF 30221T88/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 105 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 190×88 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 30221T88 fixes the 105 mm bore and 190 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 88 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30221T88-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 9350 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30221T88-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Journal and housing interface: the 105 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 190 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 88 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 9350 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30221T88-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 30221T88-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 30221T88-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 571/710 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30221T88/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30221T88-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30221T88/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 105 mm bore, 190 mm outer diameter and 88 mm overall width (4.134 × 7.48 × 3.465 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 571 kN, C0 710 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,400 r/min, mass about 9.35 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30221T88-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30221T88 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30221T88-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 571 kN dynamic and C0 710 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30221T88 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30221T88-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 105 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 105 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30221T88",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30221T88-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32022T84X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32022T84 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 170,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 494,
    "static_load_kN": 780,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 80,
    "weight_g": 6500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 110×170×84 mm envelope of 32022T84X-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32022T84X-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of 32022T84X-DB take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32022T84X-DB (SKF 32022T84 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 110 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 170×84 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Digit by digit, 32022T84X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32022T84 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 110 mm bore and 170 mm OD are per-bearing, the 84 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32022T84X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 494 kN by the 110 mm bore gives 4.49 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32022T84X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32022T84X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32022T84X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 494/780 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32022T84 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32022T84X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32022T84 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 170 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (4.331 × 6.693 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 494 kN, C0 780 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 80 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 3,600 r/min, mass about 6.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32022T84X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32022T84 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32022T84X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 494 kN dynamic and C0 780 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32022T84 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32022T84X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32022T84X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32022T84X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32222T122-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32222T122/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 122,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 842,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 110 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 2,200–3,200 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32222T122-DB take a m6 seat on the 110 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32222T122-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing 32222T122 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 110 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 122 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32222T122-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 122 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 842 kN and C0 1140 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 122 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 45.0 mm half-section ((200−110)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 122 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32222T122-DB.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32222T122-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32222T122-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32222T122-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 842/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32222T122/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32222T122-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32222T122/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 122 mm overall width (4.331 × 7.874 × 4.803 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 842 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 15.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32222T122-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32222T122 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32222T122-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 842 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32222T122 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32222T122-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32222T122",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32222T122-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "31322T140X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31322T140 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 110,
    "D_mm": 240,
    "B_mm": 140,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 841,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 122,
    "weight_g": 26000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 110 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,500–2,800 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Do not separate 31322T140X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 31322T140 X/DB is a 110×240×140 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Reading the designation: 31322T140 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (110 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 110×240×140 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31322T140X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 140 mm pair width. With a pair mass of 26000 g across the 110×240×140 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Journal and housing interface: the 110 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 240 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 140 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 26000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31322T140X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 841/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31322T140 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31322T140X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31322T140 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 110 mm bore, 240 mm outer diameter and 140 mm overall width (4.331 × 9.449 × 5.512 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 841 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 122 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 26.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31322T140X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31322T140 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31322T140X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 841 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31322T140 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31322T140X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 110 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 110 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31322T140X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31322T140X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30224T133-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30224T133/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 120,
    "D_mm": 215,
    "B_mm": 133,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 716,
    "static_load_kN": 915,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 98,
    "weight_g": 16000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30224T133 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (120 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 120×215×133 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30224T133-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 16000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30224T133-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 120×215×133 mm envelope of 30224T133-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30224T133-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 120 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 30224T133/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 120 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30224T133-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30224T133-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 30224T133-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 716/915 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30224T133/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30224T133-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30224T133/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 120 mm bore, 215 mm outer diameter and 133 mm overall width (4.724 × 8.465 × 5.236 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 716 kN, C0 915 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 98 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 16.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30224T133-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30224T133 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30224T133-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 716 kN dynamic and C0 915 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30224T133 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30224T133-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 120 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 120 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30224T133",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30224T133-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32926T76-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32926T76/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 180,
    "B_mm": 76,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 420,
    "static_load_kN": 735,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 76.5,
    "weight_g": 5250,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32926T76-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32926T76-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32926T76 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 130 mm bore and 180 mm OD are per-bearing, the 76 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32926T76-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 76 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 420 kN by the 130 mm bore gives 3.23 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Cross-section geometry: the 25.0 mm half-section ((180−130)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 155 mm, and the 76 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32926T76-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32926T76-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 76 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32926T76-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32926T76-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32926T76-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 420/735 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32926T76/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32926T76-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32926T76/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 180 mm outer diameter and 76 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.087 × 2.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 420 kN, C0 735 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 76.5 kN, reference speed 2,200 r/min, limiting speed 3,200 r/min, mass about 5.25 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32926T76-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32926T76 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32926T76-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 420 kN dynamic and C0 735 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32926T76 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32926T76-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32926T76",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32926T76-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32026T102X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32026T102 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 666,
    "static_load_kN": 1080,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 110,
    "weight_g": 10500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32026T102X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.62; combined with the 110 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 200 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 208 mm outer abutment. When a matched /DB set like 32026T102X-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 130 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 130 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32026T102X-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32026T102 X/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32026T102 X fixes the 130 mm bore and 200 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 102 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32026T102X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Setting is built into 32026T102X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32026T102X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 666/1080 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32026T102 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32026T102X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32026T102 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (5.118 × 7.874 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 666 kN, C0 1080 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 110 kN, reference speed 2,000 r/min, limiting speed 3,000 r/min, mass about 10.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32026T102X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32026T102 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32026T102X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 666 kN dynamic and C0 1080 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32026T102 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32026T102X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32026T102X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32026T102X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 3000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 3000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32226T142-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32226T142/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 230,
    "B_mm": 142,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1012,
    "static_load_kN": 1660,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170,
    "weight_g": 23000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32226T142/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 130 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 230 mm OD and 142 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32226T142 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 130 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 142 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32226T142-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 23000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32226T142-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 23000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When a matched /DB set like 32226T142-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 142 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32226T142-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 32226T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32226T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1012/1660 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32226T142/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32226T142-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32226T142/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 230 mm outer diameter and 142 mm overall width (5.118 × 9.055 × 5.591 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1012 kN, C0 1660 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,600 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 23.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32226T142-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32226T142 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32226T142-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1012 kN dynamic and C0 1660 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32226T142 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32226T142-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32226T142",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32226T142-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30326T142-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30326T142/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 142,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1165,
    "static_load_kN": 1600,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 163,
    "weight_g": 36500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " The rotating cones of 30326T142-DB take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 30326T142/DB is a 130×280×142 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.Digit by digit, 30326T142-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30326T142 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 130 mm bore and 280 mm OD are per-bearing, the 142 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30326T142-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 142 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 36500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30326T142-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 36500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 30326T142-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 142 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30326T142-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30326T142-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30326T142-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 1165/1600 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30326T142/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30326T142-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30326T142/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 142 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 5.591 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1165 kN, C0 1600 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 163 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 36.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30326T142-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30326T142 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30326T142-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1165 kN dynamic and C0 1600 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30326T142 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30326T142-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30326T142",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30326T142-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "31326T164X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31326T164 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 130,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1110,
    "static_load_kN": 1560,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 160,
    "weight_g": 41000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 31326T164X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. The rotating cones of 31326T164X-DB take a m6 seat on the 130 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.31326T164X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 31326T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (130 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 130×280×164 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31326T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.41; combined with the 160 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 130 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Operating context for the 130 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 280 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 288 mm outer abutment.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31326T164X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 31326T164X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 31326T164X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1110/1560 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31326T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31326T164X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31326T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 130 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.118 × 11.024 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1110 kN, C0 1560 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 160 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 41.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31326T164X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31326T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31326T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1110 kN dynamic and C0 1560 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31326T164 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31326T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 130 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 130 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31326T164X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31326T164X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32028T130X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32028T130 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 210,
    "B_mm": 130,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 692,
    "static_load_kN": 1160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116,
    "weight_g": 13000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 210 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 130 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 13000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32028T130X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 130 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32028T130X-DB take a m6 seat on the 140 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.The SKF 32028T130 X/DB is a 140×210×130 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32028T130 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 140 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 130 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32028T130X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.68; combined with the 116 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32028T130X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32028T130X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32028T130X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 692/1160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32028T130 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32028T130X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32028T130 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 210 mm outer diameter and 130 mm overall width (5.512 × 8.268 × 5.118 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 692 kN, C0 1160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,900 r/min, limiting speed 2,800 r/min, mass about 13.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32028T130X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32028T130 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32028T130X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 692 kN dynamic and C0 1160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32028T130 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32028T130X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32028T130X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32028T130X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2800
  },
  {
    "sku": "30228T102-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228T102/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 773,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116,
    "weight_g": 18500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 30228T102 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×250×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30228T102-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 102 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 18500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30228T102-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Material and manufacturing detail: the 18500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Load sharing in 30228T102-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. The rotating cones of 30228T102-DB take a m6 seat on the 140 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.For a 140 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30228T102-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30228T102/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 30228T102-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Clamp the 30228T102-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30228T102-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30228T102/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228T102-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30228T102/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 18.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30228T102-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30228T102 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228T102-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228T102 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30228T102-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30228T102",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30228T102-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "30228T106-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30228T106/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 106,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 773,
    "static_load_kN": 1140,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 116,
    "weight_g": 19000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.SKF 30228T106/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 250 mm OD and 106 mm overall width for the pair.On the SKF nameplate, 30228T106-DB reads as base 30228T106 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30228T106-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 773 kN by the 140 mm bore gives 5.52 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 250 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 106 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 19000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 30228T106-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30228T106-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30228T106-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Replace 30228T106-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 773/1140 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30228T106/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30228T106-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30228T106/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 106 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 4.173 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 773 kN, C0 1140 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 116 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 19.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30228T106-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30228T106 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30228T106-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 773 kN dynamic and C0 1140 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30228T106 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30228T106-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30228T106",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30228T106-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32228T158-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32228T158/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 158,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1185,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200,
    "weight_g": 30000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 32228T158/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 140 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 250 mm OD and 158 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32228T158 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 140 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 158 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32228T158-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 1185 kN by the 140 mm bore gives 8.46 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Operating context for the 140 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 250 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 258 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in 32228T158-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 140 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32228T158-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into 32228T158-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Replace 32228T158-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1185/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32228T158/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32228T158-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32228T158/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 158 mm overall width (5.512 × 9.843 × 6.22 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1185 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 30.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32228T158-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32228T158 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32228T158-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1185 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32228T158 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32228T158-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32228T158",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32228T158-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "31328T170X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31328T170 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 140,
    "D_mm": 300,
    "B_mm": 170,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1264,
    "static_load_kN": 1800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "weight_g": 49000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF 31328T170 X/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 140 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Reading the designation: 31328T170 X is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (140 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 140×300×170 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 31328T170X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 170 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.42; combined with the 180 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 140 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Journal and housing interface: the 140 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 300 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 170 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 49000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Load sharing in 31328T170X-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 170 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31328T170X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 31328T170X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31328T170X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 1264/1800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31328T170 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31328T170X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31328T170 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 140 mm bore, 300 mm outer diameter and 170 mm overall width (5.512 × 11.811 × 6.693 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1264 kN, C0 1800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31328T170X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31328T170 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31328T170X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1264 kN dynamic and C0 1800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31328T170 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31328T170X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 140 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 140 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31328T170X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31328T170X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32030T112X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32030T112 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 112,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 782,
    "static_load_kN": 1320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 132,
    "weight_g": 14000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With a pair mass of 14000 g across the 150×225×112 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Operating context for the 150 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 225 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 233 mm outer abutment. Mounting order matters for 32030T112X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 112 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32030T112X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 32030T112 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 150 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 225 mm OD and 112 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 32030T112 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 112 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32030T112X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 112 mm pair width.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32030T112X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32030T112X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32030T112X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 782/1320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32030T112 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32030T112X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32030T112 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 112 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 4.409 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 782 kN, C0 1320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 132 kN, reference speed 1,800 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 14.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32030T112X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32030T112 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32030T112X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 782 kN dynamic and C0 1320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32030T112 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32030T112X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32030T112X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32030T112X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1800,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "33030T132-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 33030T132/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 225,
    "B_mm": 132,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 836,
    "static_load_kN": 1730,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 170,
    "weight_g": 17000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 33030T132-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.07; combined with the 170 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 150 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Material and manufacturing detail: the 17000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Mounting order matters for 33030T132-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 132 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 33030T132-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.33030T132-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 33030T132-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 33030T132 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 150 mm bore and 225 mm OD are per-bearing, the 132 mm width is for the set.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 33030T132-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33030T132-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 33030T132-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 836/1730 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 33030T132/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 33030T132-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 33030T132/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 225 mm outer diameter and 132 mm overall width (5.906 × 8.858 × 5.197 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 836 kN, C0 1730 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 170 kN, reference speed 1,700 r/min, limiting speed 2,600 r/min, mass about 17.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 33030T132-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 33030T132 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 33030T132-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 836 kN dynamic and C0 1730 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 33030T132 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 33030T132-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "33030T132",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "33030T132-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32230T164-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32230T164/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1341,
    "static_load_kN": 2280,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 224,
    "weight_g": 37500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32230T164-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 37500 g across the 150×270×164 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 164 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32230T164-DB is on the shaft. Setting note for 32230T164-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 32230T164-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32230T164-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32230T164 fixes the 150 mm bore and 270 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 164 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32230T164-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into 32230T164-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32230T164-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 1341/2280 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32230T164/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32230T164-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32230T164/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1341 kN, C0 2280 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 224 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 37.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32230T164-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32230T164 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32230T164-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1341 kN dynamic and C0 2280 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32230T164 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32230T164-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32230T164",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32230T164-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "30230T168-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30230T168/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 270,
    "B_mm": 168,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 781,
    "static_load_kN": 1120,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 114,
    "weight_g": 32000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 781 kN against C0 1120 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 5.21 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Load sharing in 30230T168-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Do not separate 30230T168-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.For a 150 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 30230T168-DB under catalogue execution SKF 30230T168/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Reading the designation: 30230T168 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (150 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 150×270×168 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30230T168-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 168 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.43; combined with the 114 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 150 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30230T168-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30230T168-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30230T168-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 781/1120 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30230T168/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30230T168-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30230T168/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 270 mm outer diameter and 168 mm overall width (5.906 × 10.63 × 6.614 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 781 kN, C0 1120 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 114 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,400 r/min, mass about 32.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30230T168-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30230T168 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30230T168-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 781 kN dynamic and C0 1120 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30230T168 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30230T168-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30230T168",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30230T168-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2400
  },
  {
    "sku": "31330T179X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 31330T179 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 150,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 179,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1427,
    "static_load_kN": 2040,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 200,
    "weight_g": 58500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 1427 kN against C0 2040 kN gives a 1.43 balance, and 9.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 150 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Setting note for 31330T179X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate 31330T179X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.SKF 31330T179 X/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 150 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 320 mm OD and 179 mm overall width for the pair.The code breaks down as base bearing 31330T179 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 150 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 179 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 31330T179X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,100 r/min thermal reference and 2,000 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 179 mm space.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 31330T179X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 31330T179X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 31330T179X-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1427/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 31330T179 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 31330T179X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 31330T179 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 150 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 179 mm overall width (5.906 × 12.598 × 7.047 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1427 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 200 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 58.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 31330T179X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 31330T179 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 31330T179X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1427 kN dynamic and C0 2040 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 31330T179 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 31330T179X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 150 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 150 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "31330T179X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "31330T179X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "30232T114-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30232T114/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 971,
    "static_load_kN": 1460,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "weight_g": 28000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Digit by digit, 30232T114-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 30232T114 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 160 mm bore and 290 mm OD are per-bearing, the 114 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 30232T114-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 114 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 28000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 30232T114-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 971 kN against C0 1460 kN gives a 1.50 balance, and 6.07 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 160 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 30232T114-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of 30232T114-DB take a m6 seat on the 160 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.30232T114-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 30232T114-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 971/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30232T114/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30232T114-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30232T114/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 971 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 28.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30232T114-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30232T114 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30232T114-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 971 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30232T114 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30232T114-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 160 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30232T114",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30232T114-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32232T179-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32232T179/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 160,
    "D_mm": 290,
    "B_mm": 179,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1602,
    "static_load_kN": 2800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 265,
    "weight_g": 49000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code breaks down as base bearing 32232T179 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 160 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 179 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32232T179-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 179 mm pair width. Speed planning for the set uses the catalogue pair values: 1,300 r/min thermal reference and 2,200 r/min mechanical limiting speed — a matched pair runs warmer than one bearing because two roller sets share the 179 mm space. Journal and housing interface: the 160 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 290 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 179 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 49000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32232T179-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 160 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 160 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32232T179-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32232T179/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace 32232T179-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32232T179-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Replace 32232T179-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1602/2800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32232T179/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32232T179-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32232T179/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 160 mm bore, 290 mm outer diameter and 179 mm overall width (6.299 × 11.417 × 7.047 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1602 kN, C0 2800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 265 kN, reference speed 1,300 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 49.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32232T179-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32232T179 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32232T179-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1602 kN dynamic and C0 2800 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32232T179 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32232T179-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 160 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 160 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32232T179",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32232T179-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1300,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32234T194-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32234T194/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 170,
    "D_mm": 310,
    "B_mm": 194,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1843,
    "static_load_kN": 3250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 60000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 170 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.Ordering number SKF 32234T194/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 170 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.Digit by digit, 32234T194-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32234T194 supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 170 mm bore and 310 mm OD are per-bearing, the 194 mm width is for the set. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32234T194-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 194 mm pair width. Catalogue mass 60000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32234T194-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 170 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 310 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 318 mm outer abutment. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32234T194-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32234T194-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32234T194-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32234T194-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 1843/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32234T194/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32234T194-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32234T194/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 170 mm bore, 310 mm outer diameter and 194 mm overall width (6.693 × 12.205 × 7.638 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1843 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 2,000 r/min, mass about 60.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32234T194-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32234T194 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32234T194-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1843 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32234T194 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32234T194-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 170 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 170 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32234T194",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32234T194-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2000
  },
  {
    "sku": "32936T103-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32936T103/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 250,
    "B_mm": 103,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 746,
    "static_load_kN": 1460,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 137,
    "weight_g": 14500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32936T103-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 103 mm pair width. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 746 kN and C0 1460 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 137 kN as the fatigue floor. Load system: C 746 kN against C0 1460 kN gives a 1.96 balance, and 4.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 180 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32936T103-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 103 mm width and 14500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 32936T103/DB is a 180×250×103 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32936T103 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 180 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 103 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936T103-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32936T103-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32936T103-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 746/1460 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32936T103/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32936T103-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32936T103/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 250 mm outer diameter and 103 mm overall width (7.087 × 9.843 × 4.055 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 746 kN, C0 1460 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 137 kN, reference speed 1,500 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 14.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32936T103-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32936T103 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32936T103-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 746 kN dynamic and C0 1460 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32936T103 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32936T103-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32936T103",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32936T103-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1500,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32036T138X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32036T138 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 280,
    "B_mm": 138,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1360,
    "static_load_kN": 2320,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 220,
    "weight_g": 29500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 180 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 280 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 138 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 29500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Mounting order matters for 32036T138X-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 138 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. Do not separate 32036T138X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.32036T138X-DB (SKF 32036T138 X/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 180 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 280×138 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.The code breaks down as base bearing 32036T138 X plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 180 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 138 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32036T138X-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 138 mm pair width. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.71; combined with the 220 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 180 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32036T138X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32036T138X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32036T138X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "The 1360/2320 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32036T138 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32036T138X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32036T138 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 280 mm outer diameter and 138 mm overall width (7.087 × 11.024 × 5.433 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1360 kN, C0 2320 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 220 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 29.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32036T138X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32036T138 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32036T138X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1360 kN dynamic and C0 2320 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32036T138 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32036T138X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32036T138X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32036T138X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "32236T192-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32236T192/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 180,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 192,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1833,
    "static_load_kN": 3250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 61000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 180 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32236T192-DB (SKF 32236T192/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 180 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 320×192 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: 32236T192 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (180 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 180×320×192 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32236T192-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Catalogue mass 61000 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32236T192-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Load system: C 1833 kN against C0 3250 kN gives a 1.77 balance, and 10.18 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 180 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When a matched /DB set like 32236T192-DB is replaced, replace the whole set: mixing a new bearing with a worn partner from the old set leaves the clearance and load sharing of the pair undefined.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32236T192-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32236T192-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32236T192-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 1833/3250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32236T192/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32236T192-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32236T192/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 180 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 192 mm overall width (7.087 × 12.598 × 7.559 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1833 kN, C0 3250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,900 r/min, mass about 61.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32236T192-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32236T192 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32236T192-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1833 kN dynamic and C0 3250 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32236T192 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32236T192-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 180 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 180 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32236T192",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32236T192-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1900,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1900
  },
  {
    "sku": "32938T102-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32938T102/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 260,
    "B_mm": 102,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 760,
    "static_load_kN": 1530,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 143,
    "weight_g": 15000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: 32938T102 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (190 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 190×260×102 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32938T102-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 2.01; combined with the 143 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Cross-section geometry: the 35.0 mm half-section ((260−190)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 225 mm, and the 102 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32938T102-DB. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32938T102-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 102 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.For a 190 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists 32938T102-DB under catalogue execution SKF 32938T102/DB: a factory-matched back-to-back (O) matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32938T102-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32938T102-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32938T102-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 760/1530 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32938T102/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32938T102-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32938T102/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 260 mm outer diameter and 102 mm overall width (7.48 × 10.236 × 4.016 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 760 kN, C0 1530 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 143 kN, reference speed 1,400 r/min, limiting speed 2,200 r/min, mass about 15.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32938T102-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32938T102 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32938T102-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 760 kN dynamic and C0 1530 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32938T102 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32938T102-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32938T102",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32938T102-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 2200,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 2200
  },
  {
    "sku": "30238T136-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 30238T136/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 190,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 136,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1308,
    "static_load_kN": 2000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 190,
    "weight_g": 44500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, 30238T136-DB reads as base 30238T136 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 30238T136-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. The C0/C balance of the pair is about 1.53; combined with the 190 kN fatigue limit this frames a set sized for reversing combined load on a 190 mm shaft rather than for pure radial duty. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 190×340×136 mm envelope of 30238T136-DB is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Setting note for 30238T136-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 136 mm width and 44500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.The SKF 30238T136/DB is a 190×340×136 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 30238T136-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 30238T136-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 30238T136-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 1308/2000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 30238T136/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 30238T136-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 30238T136/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 190 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 136 mm overall width (7.48 × 13.386 × 5.354 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1308 kN, C0 2000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 190 kN, reference speed 1,100 r/min, limiting speed 1,800 r/min, mass about 44.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 30238T136-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 30238T136 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 30238T136-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1308 kN dynamic and C0 2000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 30238T136 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 30238T136-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 190 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 190 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "30238T136",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "30238T136-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1800,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1100,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1800
  },
  {
    "sku": "32240T228-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32240T228/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 200,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 288,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2229,
    "static_load_kN": 4000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 360,
    "weight_g": 105000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " With a pair mass of 105000 g across the 200×360×288 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Load system: C 2229 kN against C0 4000 kN gives a 1.79 balance, and 11.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 200 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 200 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DB clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 1,000–1,700 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. The rotating cones of 32240T228-DB take a m6 seat on the 200 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.32240T228-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Reading the designation: 32240T228 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (200 mm bore), and the suffix /DB marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 200×360×288 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32240T228-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32240T228-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32240T228-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "A matched /DB set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of 32240T228-DB or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 2229/4000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32240T228/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32240T228-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32240T228/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 200 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 288 mm overall width (7.874 × 14.173 × 11.339 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2229 kN, C0 4000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 360 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 105.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32240T228-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32240T228 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32240T228-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2229 kN dynamic and C0 4000 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32240T228 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32240T228-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 200 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 200 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32240T228",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32240T228-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32044T164X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32044T164 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 340,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1637,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 51500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " A matched /DB set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a 220 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.32044T164X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32044T164X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32044T164 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 220 mm bore and 340 mm OD are per-bearing, the 164 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32044T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Dividing the pair C 1637 kN by the 220 mm bore gives 7.44 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 220 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 340 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 164 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 51500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Setting note for 32044T164X-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32044T164X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32044T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Setting is built into 32044T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "The 1637/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32044T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32044T164X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32044T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 340 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (8.661 × 13.386 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1637 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, reference speed 1,000 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 51.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32044T164X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32044T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32044T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1637 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32044T164 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32044T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32044T164X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32044T164X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32244T248-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32244T248/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 220,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 248,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2949,
    "static_load_kN": 5400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 126000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32244T248-DB (SKF 32244T248/DB) is the back-to-back (O) matched pair matched-set choice for a 220 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 400×248 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.On the SKF nameplate, 32244T248-DB reads as base 32244T248 in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32244T248-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 2949 kN and C0 5400 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 465 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 90.0 mm half-section ((400−220)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 310 mm, and the 248 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32244T248-DB. Mounting order matters for 32244T248-DB: seat the first bearing, fit the ground spacer, then the second bearing, and clamp axially as a unit — the 248 mm catalogue width is the assembled result and the gauge for correct assembly. The rotating cones of 32244T248-DB take a m6 seat on the 220 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Clamp the 32244T248-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into 32244T248-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32244T248-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 2949/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32244T248/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32244T248-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32244T248/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 220 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 248 mm overall width (8.661 × 15.748 × 9.764 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2949 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, reference speed 900 r/min, limiting speed 1,500 r/min, mass about 126.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32244T248-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32244T248 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32244T248-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2949 kN dynamic and C0 5400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32244T248 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32244T248-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 220 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 220 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32244T248",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32244T248-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1500,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 900,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1500
  },
  {
    "sku": "32948T114-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32948T114/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 320,
    "B_mm": 114,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1069,
    "static_load_kN": 2160,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 193,
    "weight_g": 23500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Do not separate 32948T114-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.The SKF 32948T114/DB is a 240×320×114 mm matched tapered-roller set — two single-row bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, ground and shipped together with the axial clearance fixed at the factory.The code breaks down as base bearing 32948T114 plus matched-set suffix /DB: two bearings of the 240 mm bore size, paired back-to-back (O) matched pair, with the 114 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. Back-to-back matching puts the large rib ends outward — the stiffest arrangement for moment load, but one that converts shaft thermal growth into preload change; the factory setting of 32948T114-DB already accounts for the expected temperature gradient across the 114 mm pair width. Dividing the pair C 1069 kN by the 240 mm bore gives 4.45 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the back-to-back (O) matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 23500 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32948T114-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948T114-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32948T114-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32948T114-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 1069/2160 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32948T114/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32948T114-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32948T114/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 320 mm outer diameter and 114 mm overall width (9.449 × 12.598 × 4.488 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1069 kN, C0 2160 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 193 kN, reference speed 1,200 r/min, limiting speed 1,700 r/min, mass about 23.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32948T114-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32948T114 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32948T114-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1069 kN dynamic and C0 2160 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32948T114 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32948T114-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 240 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32948T114",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32948T114-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1700,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 1200,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1700
  },
  {
    "sku": "32048T164X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32048T164 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 360,
    "B_mm": 164,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1695,
    "static_load_kN": 3550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 315,
    "weight_g": 54500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 240 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 360 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 368 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of 32048T164X-DB before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. Do not separate 32048T164X-DB into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.Ordering number SKF 32048T164 X/DB in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes two single-row tapered roller bearings supplied as a matched back-to-back (O) matched pair set for a 240 mm shaft — one order number, one factory setting.On the SKF nameplate, 32048T164X-DB reads as base 32048T164 X in a /DB matched execution — the suffix is part of the order number because a matched set is ground for a specific axial clearance and cannot be assembled from loose single bearings. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32048T164X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1695 kN and C0 3550 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 315 kN as the fatigue floor.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32048T164X-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into 32048T164X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Replace 32048T164X-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1695/3550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32048T164 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32048T164X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32048T164 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 240 mm bore, 360 mm outer diameter and 164 mm overall width (9.449 × 14.173 × 6.457 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1695 kN, C0 3550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 315 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,600 r/min, mass about 54.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32048T164X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32048T164 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32048T164X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1695 kN dynamic and C0 3550 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32048T164 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32048T164X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 240 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 240 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32048T164X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32048T164X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 950,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1600
  },
  {
    "sku": "32052T189X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32052T189 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 400,
    "B_mm": 189,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2127,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 380,
    "weight_g": 79500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Catalogue mass 79500 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of 32052T189X-DB; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Assembly datum check: verify the 189 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32052T189X-DB is on the shaft. Spacer discipline: the spacer between the two bearings of 32052T189X-DB is ground to the individual set — it carries a serial link to the pair, so never swap spacers between sets of the same designation. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 189 mm width and 79500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.32052T189X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, 32052T189X-DB reads as the ISO 355 base bearing 32052T189 X supplied as a back-to-back (O) matched pair matched pair (/DB); the 260 mm bore and 400 mm OD are per-bearing, the 189 mm width is for the set. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32052T189X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "O and X arrangements are not interchangeable by turning the set around: 32052T189X-DB in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement has its load-line geometry fixed — specify the arrangement from the shaft thermal and stiffness analysis.",
      "Clamp the 32052T189X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32052T189X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2127/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32052T189 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32052T189X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32052T189 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 260 mm bore, 400 mm outer diameter and 189 mm overall width (10.236 × 15.748 × 7.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2127 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 380 kN, reference speed 850 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 79.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32052T189X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32052T189 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32052T189X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2127 kN dynamic and C0 4400 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32052T189 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32052T189X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 260 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 260 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32052T189X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32052T189X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 850,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32956T170-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32956T170/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 280,
    "D_mm": 380,
    "B_mm": 170,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1629,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 285,
    "weight_g": 47500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32956T170-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 1629 kN and C0 3350 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 285 kN as the fatigue floor. Cross-section geometry: the 50.0 mm half-section ((380−280)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 330 mm, and the 170 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 32956T170-DB. Setting note for 32956T170-DB: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DB execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Clamp the assembled pair axially through the cones — never through the rollers — and verify the 170 mm overall width against the catalogue value before final torquing of the shaft nut.SKF 32956T170/DB belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 280 mm bore entry in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 380 mm OD and 170 mm overall width for the pair.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32956T170 fixes the 280 mm bore and 380 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 170 mm width is the combined pair dimension.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in 32956T170-DB concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Clamp the 32956T170-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Replace 32956T170-DB as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 1629/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32956T170/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32956T170-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32956T170/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 280 mm bore, 380 mm outer diameter and 170 mm overall width (11.024 × 14.961 × 6.693 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1629 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 285 kN, reference speed 950 r/min, limiting speed 1,400 r/min, mass about 47.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32956T170-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32956T170 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32956T170-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 1629 kN dynamic and C0 3350 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32956T170 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32956T170-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 280 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 280 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32956T170",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32956T170-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1400,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 950,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1400
  },
  {
    "sku": "32064T220X-DB",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 32064T220 X/DB",
    "series": "matched-db-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 320,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 220,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2852,
    "static_load_kN": 6200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500,
    "weight_g": 128000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "32064T220X-DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged back-to-back (O) matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base 32064T220 X fixes the 320 mm bore and 480 mm OD of each bearing, the /DB suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 220 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the back-to-back (O) arrangement the load lines diverge toward the shaft axis, giving the pair a wide effective spread: 32064T220X-DB resists overturning moments and tilting loads stiffly, which is why O-sets are preferred for gearbox output shafts and pinion supports. With a pair mass of 128000 g across the 320×480×220 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Assembly datum check: verify the 220 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 32064T220X-DB is on the shaft. Load sharing in 32064T220X-DB depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 220 mm width and 128000 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into 32064T220X-DB; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DB clearance class.",
      "Clamp the 32064T220X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the 32064T220X-DB pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 2852/6200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 32064T220 X/DB designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 32064T220X-DB?",
        "a": "The SKF 32064T220 X/DB is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in back-to-back (O) matched pair arrangement with 320 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (12.598 × 18.898 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2852 kN, C0 6200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, reference speed 700 r/min, limiting speed 1,100 r/min, mass about 128.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DB suffix on 32064T220X-DB mean?",
        "a": "The base 32064T220 X is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DB suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (back-to-back (O)), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of 32064T220X-DB for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 2852 kN dynamic and C0 6200 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row 32064T220 X table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can 32064T220X-DB be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (m6 on a rotating 320 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a back-to-back (O) matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the back-to-back (O) set where moment stiffness dominates — pinion supports, gearbox output shafts, crane sheaves. The diverging load lines give the widest effective spread at the 320 mm bore."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "32064T220X",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "32064T220X-DB"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 1100,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 700,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 1100
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC045T62-DTC10",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 45,
    "D_mm": 95,
    "B_mm": 62,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 189,
    "static_load_kN": 224,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 25.5,
    "weight_g": 2050,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing in T7FC045T62-DTC10 depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul. A matched /DT set needs no setting adjustment at mounting: the clearance is built in; the assembler's job is clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a 45 mm rotating shaft) and square abutments.For a 45 mm shaft carrying reversing axial load, SKF lists T7FC045T62-DTC10 under catalogue execution SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10: a factory-matched tandem matched pair tapered-roller pair, set and measured as one unit.Numbering ties the set to its envelope: base T7FC 045T62 fixes the 45 mm bore and 95 mm OD of each bearing, the /DT suffix fixes the arrangement and setting, and the catalogue 62 mm width is the combined pair dimension. In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC045T62-DTC10 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. Dividing the pair C 189 kN by the 45 mm bore gives 4.20 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the tandem matched pair family. Material and manufacturing detail: the 2050 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.",
    "applications": [
      "belt-driven fan and blower shafts",
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial overload spalling at the roller-rib contact beyond the single-row thrust rating",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Setting is built into T7FC045T62-DTC10; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.",
      "Clamp the T7FC045T62-DTC10 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Clamp the T7FC045T62-DTC10 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "The 189/224 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC045T62-DTC10?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 045T62/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 45 mm bore, 95 mm outer diameter and 62 mm overall width (1.772 × 3.74 × 2.441 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 189 kN, C0 224 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 25.5 kN, reference speed 4,000 r/min, limiting speed 7,000 r/min, mass about 2.05 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC045T62-DTC10 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 045T62 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC045T62-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 189 kN dynamic and C0 224 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 045T62 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC045T62-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 45 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC045T62",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC045T62-DTC10"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 7000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 4000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 7000
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC050T69-DTC10",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 50,
    "D_mm": 105,
    "B_mm": 69,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 229,
    "static_load_kN": 275,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 31.5,
    "weight_g": 2750,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 69 mm width and 2750 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 belongs to the SKF matched tapered-roller range — the 50 mm bore entry in tandem matched pair arrangement, dimensioned 105 mm OD and 69 mm overall width for the pair.Digit by digit, T7FC050T69-DTC10 reads as the ISO 355 base bearing T7FC 050T69 supplied as a tandem matched pair matched pair (/DT); the 50 mm bore and 105 mm OD are per-bearing, the 69 mm width is for the set. Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC050T69-DTC10 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 50 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 229 kN and C0 275 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 31.5 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 50 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the medium-bore band of industrial duty, and the 105 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 113 mm outer abutment. Load sharing in T7FC050T69-DTC10 depends on spacer face parallelism; a cocked spacer concentrates the reversing thrust on one bearing of the pair and shows up as asymmetric raceway wear at overhaul.",
    "applications": [
      "axle-boxes in material-handling equipment",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs",
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "machine-tool spindles"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC050T69-DTC10 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Setting is built into T7FC050T69-DTC10; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC050T69-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 229/275 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC050T69-DTC10?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 050T69/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 50 mm bore, 105 mm outer diameter and 69 mm overall width (1.969 × 4.134 × 2.717 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 229 kN, C0 275 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 31.5 kN, reference speed 3,600 r/min, limiting speed 6,300 r/min, mass about 2.75 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC050T69-DTC10 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 050T69 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC050T69-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 229 kN dynamic and C0 275 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 050T69 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC050T69-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 50 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC050T69",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC050T69-DTC10"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 6300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3600,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 6300
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC055T73-DTC10",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 55,
    "D_mm": 115,
    "B_mm": 73,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 266,
    "static_load_kN": 325,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 39,
    "weight_g": 3500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing the pair C 266 kN by the 55 mm bore gives 4.84 kN per millimetre of journal for the complete arrangement — a density metric that compares matched sets across the tandem matched pair family. Journal and housing interface: the 55 mm bore takes a k5 shaft seat and the 115 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 73 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 3500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Thermal behaviour of the pair: heat generated in the 55 mm bore cones flows along the shaft and changes the setting; the /DT clearance class is chosen for the catalogue speed range 3,400–5,600 r/min, so re-select the clearance class if the application runs hotter. Lubrication for the pair should be sized against the combined 73 mm width and 3500 g mass: two roller sets sweep twice the contact area of a single bearing of the same bore.T7FC055T73-DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.Digit by digit, T7FC055T73-DTC10 reads as the ISO 355 base bearing T7FC 055T73 supplied as a tandem matched pair matched pair (/DT); the 55 mm bore and 115 mm OD are per-bearing, the 73 mm width is for the set. Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC055T73-DTC10 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 55 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component.",
    "applications": [
      "industrial gearbox shafts and reducers",
      "differential and pinion drives",
      "pump and compressor shafts",
      "automotive and light-truck wheel hubs"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC055T73-DTC10 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC055T73-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC055T73-DTC10 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "The 266/325 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC055T73-DTC10?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 055T73/DTC10 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 55 mm bore, 115 mm outer diameter and 73 mm overall width (2.165 × 4.528 × 2.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 266 kN, C0 325 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 39 kN, reference speed 3,400 r/min, limiting speed 5,600 r/min, mass about 3.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC055T73-DTC10 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 055T73 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC055T73-DTC10 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 266 kN dynamic and C0 325 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 055T73 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC055T73-DTC10 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 55 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC055T73",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC055T73-DTC10"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5600,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5600
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC060T80-DTC15",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 60,
    "D_mm": 125,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 325,
    "static_load_kN": 405,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 49,
    "weight_g": 4550,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC060T80-DTC15 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. Catalogue mass 4550 g covers both bearings and the ground spacer of T7FC060T80-DTC15; keep the set complete — substituting one bearing or a non-ground spacer destroys the factory clearance. Operating context for the 60 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 125 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 133 mm outer abutment. Inspection shorthand: at overhaul, mark both bearings and the spacer of T7FC060T80-DTC15 before disassembly — the set is a matched system, and re-assembling with one component reversed changes the factory setting. The rotating cones of T7FC060T80-DTC15 take a k5 seat on the 60 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.T7FC060T80-DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing T7FC 060T80 plus matched-set suffix /DT: two bearings of the 60 mm bore size, paired tandem matched pair, with the 80 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement.",
    "applications": [
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "roller large-end smearing against the cone rib after EP lubricant film failure",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Spacer faces must stay parallel within the set's own tolerance; a tilted spacer in T7FC060T80-DTC15 concentrates reversing thrust on one bearing and shows up as one-sided raceway wear.",
      "Setting is built into T7FC060T80-DTC15; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.",
      "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC060T80-DTC15 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "The 325/405 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC060T80-DTC15?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 060T80/DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 60 mm bore, 125 mm outer diameter and 80 mm overall width (2.362 × 4.921 × 3.15 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 325 kN, C0 405 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 49 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,300 r/min, mass about 4.55 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC060T80-DTC15 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 060T80 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC060T80-DTC15 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 325 kN dynamic and C0 405 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 060T80 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC060T80-DTC15 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 60 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC060T80",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC060T80-DTC15"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5300,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5300
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC065T80-DTC15",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 65,
    "D_mm": 130,
    "B_mm": 80,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 332,
    "static_load_kN": 430,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 51,
    "weight_g": 4800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": " Tandem pairing is the high-one-direction-thrust solution: the two cones of T7FC065T80-DTC15 share the axial load through the ground spacer, and the set is used where a single bearing of the 65 mm bore cannot carry the thrust component. Selection arithmetic: the catalogue C 332 kN and C0 430 kN are ratings of the complete pair, not of one bearing — never halve them back to a single-row figure when checking L10 life, and use the pair Pu 51 kN as the fatigue floor. Operating context for the 65 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 130 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 138 mm outer abutment. Setting note for T7FC065T80-DTC15: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DT execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. Do not separate T7FC065T80-DTC15 into single-bearing service stock — as individual bearings the components are not interchangeable with catalogue single-row executions because the rings are ground for the set.T7FC065T80-DTC15 (SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15) is the tandem matched pair matched-set choice for a 65 mm shaft: a pair of tapered roller bearings whose combined envelope is 130×80 mm, delivered ready to mount with controlled internal clearance.Reading the designation: T7FC 065T80 is the ISO 355 single-row base bearing (65 mm bore), and the suffix /DT marks the matched-set execution — arrangement, spacer grinding and factory clearance class. The pair envelope is 65×130×80 mm; the width covers both bearings of the set.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "crane sheave and hoist gearboxes",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "marine deck machinery shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "uneven load sharing in a pair when spacer faces are not parallel to the bore",
      "false brinelling on idle paired sets exposed to machine vibration",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "A matched /DT set is ground as one system: never separate the two bearings of T7FC065T80-DTC15 or swap the spacer — the factory clearance is lost the moment the set is broken.",
      "Clamp the T7FC065T80-DTC15 pair axially through the cones, never through the rollers; pressing force across the roller complement brinells the raceways of both bearings at once.",
      "Setting is built into T7FC065T80-DTC15; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.",
      "The 332/430 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC065T80-DTC15?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 065T80/DTC15 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 65 mm bore, 130 mm outer diameter and 80 mm overall width (2.559 × 5.118 × 3.15 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 332 kN, C0 430 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 51 kN, reference speed 3,000 r/min, limiting speed 5,000 r/min, mass about 4.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC065T80-DTC15 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 065T80 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC065T80-DTC15 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 332 kN dynamic and C0 430 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 065T80 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC065T80-DTC15 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 65 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC065T80",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC065T80-DTC15"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 5000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 3000,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 5000
  },
  {
    "sku": "T7FC080T98-DTC20",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20",
    "series": "matched-dt-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 80,
    "D_mm": 160,
    "B_mm": 98,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 480,
    "static_load_kN": 630,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 71,
    "weight_g": 8800,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ISO 355",
    "naming_rule_text": "T7FC080T98-DTC20 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings arranged tandem matched pair, supplied by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 as one factory-set unit: the two bearings, spacers and setting are matched together and must not be mixed with other sets.The code breaks down as base bearing T7FC 080T98 plus matched-set suffix /DT: two bearings of the 80 mm bore size, paired tandem matched pair, with the 98 mm overall width spanning the whole arrangement. In the tandem arrangement both bearings face the same way, so one-direction thrust is shared by two rows: T7FC080T98-DTC20 roughly doubles the single-bearing axial capacity in one direction while a separate opposing bearing or set must react thrust the other way. With a pair mass of 8800 g across the 80×160×98 mm envelope, the set replaces what would otherwise be two separate bearings plus spacer grinding work — the factory setting is the engineering value being purchased. Cross-section geometry: the 40.0 mm half-section ((160−80)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 120 mm, and the 98 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of T7FC080T98-DTC20. Setting note for T7FC080T98-DTC20: the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding for the /DT execution; in service, re-checking end play after the first thermal cycle catches seating relaxation before it becomes roller skid. The rotating cones of T7FC080T98-DTC20 take a k5 seat on the 80 mm shaft; the cups are a transition-to-loose fit so the pair can be clamped to its factory setting during assembly.",
    "applications": [
      "paper-machine and printing rolls",
      "construction machinery drives",
      "marine deck machinery shafts",
      "paper-machine and printing rolls"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal preload runaway in an O-arrangement pair when inner-ring heat expands the setting",
      "preload loss as the mounted pair relaxes, letting rollers skid and smear the raceways",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Replace T7FC080T98-DTC20 as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "Setting is built into T7FC080T98-DTC20; the classic field error is re-adjusting a matched pair as if it were two loose single bearings, which destroys the /DT clearance class.",
      "Replace T7FC080T98-DTC20 as a complete set: pairing a new bearing with a worn partner leaves the clearance undefined even when the designation matches.",
      "The 480/630 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of T7FC080T98-DTC20?",
        "a": "The SKF T7FC 080T98/DTC20 is a matched pair of single-row tapered roller bearings in tandem matched pair arrangement with 80 mm bore, 160 mm outer diameter and 98 mm overall width (3.15 × 6.299 × 3.858 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 480 kN, C0 630 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 71 kN, reference speed 2,400 r/min, limiting speed 4,000 r/min, mass about 8.80 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the /DT suffix on T7FC080T98-DTC20 mean?",
        "a": "The base T7FC 080T98 is the ISO 355 single-row bearing; the /DT suffix marks the matched-set execution — the arrangement (tandem), the ground spacer and the factory-set axial clearance class. A matched set cannot be assembled from loose single bearings; quote the full designation when ordering."
      },
      {
        "q": "Are the C and C0 ratings of T7FC080T98-DTC20 for one bearing or the pair?",
        "a": "They are for the complete matched pair: C 480 kN dynamic and C0 630 kN static already include load sharing between the two bearings. Do not halve them for single-bearing checks, and do not compare them directly with the single-row T7FC 080T98 table values."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can T7FC080T98-DTC20 be adjusted like two loose tapered bearings?",
        "a": "No — the axial clearance is set at the factory by selective spacer grinding. Mounting work is limited to clean seats, correct fits (k5 on a rotating 80 mm shaft) and axial clamping through the cones; re-setting in the field destroys the matched clearance class."
      },
      {
        "q": "When should a tandem matched set be chosen?",
        "a": "Choose the tandem set where one-direction thrust exceeds a single bearing's capacity — the two rows share the thrust, while a separate opposing bearing or set must cover the other direction."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "T7FC080T98",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "T7FC080T98-DTC20"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {},
    "max_rpm": 4000,
    "reference_speed_rpm": 2400,
    "limiting_speed_rpm": 4000
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332767A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332767 A",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 101.6,
    "D_mm": 146.05,
    "B_mm": 49.212,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 267,
    "static_load_kN": 375,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 40.5,
    "weight_g": 2450,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 101.6 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the large-bore band of industrial duty, and the 146.05 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 154 mm outer abutment. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332767A is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 101.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332767A appears as SKF BT2B 332767 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 101.6 mm shaft, rated C 267 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.Digit by digit, BT2B332767A breaks into the base number BT2B 332767 — the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm boundary — and the TDO/D variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 146.05 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 2.5 kg assembly mass. Static check: with C0 375 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 40.5 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy industrial gearboxes and speed reducers",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts",
      "rolling-mill auxiliary drives",
      "large process pump and compressor shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B332767A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 101.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332767A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332767A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 267/375 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332767 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332767A?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332767 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 101.6 mm bore, 146.05 mm outer diameter and 49.212 mm overall width (4 × 5.75 × 1.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 267 kN, C0 375 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 40.5 kN, mass about 2.45 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332767A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332767 fixes the 101.6×146.05×49.212 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332767A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 2.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332767A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332767A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332767A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332767A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332767A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328957",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328957",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 155,
    "D_mm": 200,
    "B_mm": 66,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 312,
    "static_load_kN": 620,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 60,
    "weight_g": 4850,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 4850 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. The TDO/D execution of BT2B328957 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 155×200×66 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328957 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 200 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328957 appears as SKF BT2B 328957: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 155 mm shaft, rated C 312 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.Digit by digit, BT2B328957 breaks into the base number BT2B 328957 — the 155×200×66 mm boundary — and the TDO/D variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 200 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 4.8 kg assembly mass. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 4.8 kg mass and the 200 mm OD surface.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 155 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328957.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328957 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting BT2B328957 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 155 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 312/620 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328957 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328957?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328957 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 155 mm bore, 200 mm outer diameter and 66 mm overall width (6.102 × 7.874 × 2.598 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 312 kN, C0 620 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 60 kN, mass about 4.85 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328957 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328957 fixes the 155×200×66 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328957?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 4.8 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328957 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328957 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328957 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328957",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328957"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331945",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331945",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 228.6,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 254,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3143,
    "static_load_kN": 4500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390,
    "weight_g": 205000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 205000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331945 carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDO/D code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 228.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.The SKF 331945 is a 228.6×488.95×254 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 205.0 kg.Reading the designation: 331945 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 228.6 mm bore and 488.95 mm OD, and the TDO/D suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 205.0 kg the 331945 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Mass 205.0 kg over a 228.6×488.95×254 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting 331945 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 228.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331945 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting 331945 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 228.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 3143/4500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331945 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331945?",
        "a": "The SKF 331945 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 228.6 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 254 mm overall width (9 × 19.25 × 10 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3143 kN, C0 4500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, mass about 205.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331945 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331945 fixes the 228.6×488.95×254 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331945?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331945 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331945 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331945 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331945",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331945"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328615",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328615",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 254,
    "D_mm": 422.275,
    "B_mm": 173.038,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2393,
    "static_load_kN": 4050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 355,
    "weight_g": 87500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328615 denotes the envelope (254 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 173.038 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328615 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 254 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 422.275 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 173.038 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 87500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B328615 must be replaced by the same TDO/D variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328615 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 422.275 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.BT2B328615 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B328615 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B328615 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328615 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2393/4050 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328615 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328615?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328615 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 254 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 173.038 mm overall width (10 × 16.625 × 6.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2393 kN, C0 4050 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 355 kN, mass about 87.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328615 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328615 fixes the 254×422.275×173.038 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328615?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328615 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328615 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328615 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328615",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328615"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B331782",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331782",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 254,
    "D_mm": 422.275,
    "B_mm": 178.592,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2393,
    "static_load_kN": 4050,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 355,
    "weight_g": 97500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 331782 denotes the envelope (254 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 178.592 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. The 139.7 mm ring width within the 178.592 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 97.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Cross-section geometry: the 84.1 mm half-section ((422.275−254)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 338 mm, and the 178.592 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B331782. Ordering discipline for BT2B331782: quote base number and TDO/D variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 254 mm bore boundary. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 254 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.Ordering number SKF BT2B 331782 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDO double-row tapered roller bearing for a 254 mm shaft: one double cup, two cone assemblies, spacers ground for a fixed operating clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 254 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331782.",
      "Lifting BT2B331782 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B331782 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 254 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 2393/4050 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331782 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331782?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 331782 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 254 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 178.592 mm overall width (10 × 16.625 × 7.031 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2393 kN, C0 4050 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 355 kN, mass about 97.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B331782 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331782 fixes the 254×422.275×178.592 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331782?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 97.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B331782 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331782 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B331782 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B331782",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B331782"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "617479B",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 617479 B",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 144,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1994,
    "static_load_kN": 3450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305,
    "weight_g": 86500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 617479B locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 440 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.617479B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Reading the designation: 617479 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 260 mm bore and 440 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 617479B should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 3450 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 305 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 260 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 440 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 144 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 86500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/XDC execution of 617479B differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 260×440×144 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 617479B installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 260 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 617479B.",
      "The 260 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 617479B.",
      "The 1994/3450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 617479 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 617479B?",
        "a": "The SKF 617479 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 260 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 144 mm overall width (10.236 × 17.323 × 5.669 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1994 kN, C0 3450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, mass about 86.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 617479B mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 617479 fixes the 260×440×144 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 617479B?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 86.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 617479B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 617479B as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 617479B react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "617479B",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "617479B"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328130",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328130",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 260,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 284,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4330,
    "static_load_kN": 7350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 600,
    "weight_g": 210000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328130 denotes the envelope (260 mm bore, 480 mm OD, 284 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 480 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 210.0 kg assembly mass. The 110.0 mm radial section height ((480−260)/2) and 284 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 4330 kN, never against a single-row figure. Assembly datum check: verify the 284 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328130 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDO variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328130; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 260 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 328130 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 260 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 284 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328130 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 210.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Lifting BT2B328130 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 260 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328130 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 4330/7350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328130 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328130?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328130 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 260 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 284 mm overall width (10.236 × 18.898 × 11.181 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4330 kN, C0 7350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 600 kN, mass about 210.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO variant code on BT2B328130 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328130 fixes the 260×480×284 mm envelope, and the TDO code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328130?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 210.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328130 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328130 as a complete assembly in the same TDO variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328130 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328130",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328130"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328383-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328383/HA1",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 203,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2992,
    "static_load_kN": 5100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 100.0 mm radial section height ((500−300)/2) and 203 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2992 kN, never against a single-row figure. Load system: C 2992 kN against C0 5100 kN gives a 1.70 balance, and 9.97 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 300 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D2 variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328383-HA1; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B328383-HA1 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 500 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDO double-row tapered roller bearing for a 300 mm shaft: one double cup, two cone assemblies, spacers ground for a fixed operating clearance.Digit by digit, BT2B328383-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 328383 — the 300×500×203 mm boundary — and the TDO/D2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 500 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 140.0 kg assembly mass.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328383 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328383-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328383-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2992/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328383-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328383/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 300 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 203 mm overall width (11.811 × 19.685 × 7.992 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2992 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 140.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D2 variant code on BT2B328383-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328383 fixes the 300×500×203 mm envelope, and the TDO/D2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328383-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328383-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328383-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328383-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328383",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328383-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332504-HA2",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332504/HA2",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300.038,
    "D_mm": 422.275,
    "B_mm": 174.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2177,
    "static_load_kN": 4750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "weight_g": 71500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Ordering discipline for BT2B332504-HA2: quote base number and TDO/XDC variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 300.038 mm bore boundary. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332504-HA2 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 422.275 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 is a 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 71.5 kg.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332504-HA2 reads as base BT2B 332504 in the TDO/XDC design variant; boundary dimensions 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDO/XDC execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Mass 71.5 kg over a 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Cross-section geometry: the 61.1 mm half-section ((422.275−300.038)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 361 mm, and the 174.625 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332504-HA2.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332504-HA2 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 300.038 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332504-HA2.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332504-HA2 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 71.5 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2177/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332504-HA2?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332504/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 300.038 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (11.813 × 16.625 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2177 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 71.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332504-HA2 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332504 fixes the 300.038×422.275×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332504-HA2?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 71.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332504-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332504-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332504-HA2 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332504",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332504-HA2"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332516A-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 317.5,
    "D_mm": 447.675,
    "B_mm": 180.975,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2521,
    "static_load_kN": 5400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 440,
    "weight_g": 84000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The TDO/XDC execution of BT2B332516A-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 317.5 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.BT2B332516A-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.The code SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332516 fixes the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for BT2B332516A-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDO/XDC variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 84.0 kg mass and the 447.675 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 84000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332516A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2521/5400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332516A-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332516 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 317.5 mm bore, 447.675 mm outer diameter and 180.975 mm overall width (12.5 × 17.625 × 7.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2521 kN, C0 5400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 440 kN, mass about 84.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332516A-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332516 fixes the 317.5×447.675×180.975 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332516A-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 84.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332516A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332516A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332516A-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332516A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332516A-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332845-HA2",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332845/HA2",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 330.2,
    "D_mm": 482.6,
    "B_mm": 177.8,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1293,
    "static_load_kN": 5000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 415,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 482.6 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 100.0 kg assembly mass. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg mass and the 482.6 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 177.8 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B332845-HA2 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B332845-HA2; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 330.2 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332845-HA2 appears as SKF BT2B 332845/HA2: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 330.2 mm shaft, rated C 1293 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332845-HA2 reads as base BT2B 332845 in the TDO/D design variant; boundary dimensions 330.2×482.6×177.8 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332845 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 330.2 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332845-HA2.",
      "The 330.2 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332845-HA2.",
      "The 1293/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332845/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332845-HA2?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332845/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 330.2 mm bore, 482.6 mm outer diameter and 177.8 mm overall width (13 × 19 × 7 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1293 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 415 kN, mass about 100.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332845-HA2 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332845 fixes the 330.2×482.6×177.8 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332845-HA2?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332845-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332845-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332845-HA2 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332845",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332845-HA2"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331775B",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331775 B",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 333.375,
    "D_mm": 469.9,
    "B_mm": 190.5,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2642,
    "static_load_kN": 5700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 98000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331775B should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 98.0 kg mass and the 469.9 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 98000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn 331775B must be replaced by the same TDO/XDC variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 333.375 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.331775B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Digit by digit, 331775B breaks into the base number 331775 — the 333.375×469.9×190.5 mm boundary — and the TDO/XDC variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting 331775B by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 333.375 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 333.375 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331775B.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331775B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 98.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2642/5700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331775 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331775B?",
        "a": "The SKF 331775 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 333.375 mm bore, 469.9 mm outer diameter and 190.5 mm overall width (13.125 × 18.5 × 7.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2642 kN, C0 5700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 98.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331775B mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331775 fixes the 333.375×469.9×190.5 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331775B?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 98.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331775B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331775B as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331775B react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331775B",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331775B"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332830",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332830",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 340,
    "D_mm": 460,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2196,
    "static_load_kN": 4900,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "weight_g": 71000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332830 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 340×460×160 mm envelope. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332830 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 460 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF BT2B 332830 is a 340×460×160 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 71.0 kg.The code SKF BT2B 332830 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332830 fixes the 340×460×160 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B332830 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Selection arithmetic: C 2196 kN and C0 4900 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.23; the fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 340 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 340 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 460 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 160 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 71000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332830 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Lifting BT2B332830 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 340 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332830 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 71.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2196/4900 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332830 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332830?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332830 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 340 mm bore, 460 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (13.386 × 18.11 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2196 kN, C0 4900 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 71.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332830 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332830 fixes the 340×460×160 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332830?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 71.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332830 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332830 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332830 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332830",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332830"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332802A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332802 A",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 342.9,
    "D_mm": 533.4,
    "B_mm": 174.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2540,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365,
    "weight_g": 130000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 130.0 kg the BT2B332802A assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 2540 kN by the 342.9 mm bore gives 7.41 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 2540 kN against C0 4400 kN gives a 1.73 balance, and 7.41 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 342.9 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332802A is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm envelope. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332802A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 533.4 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332802A appears as SKF BT2B 332802 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 342.9 mm shaft, rated C 2540 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/D variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332802A reads as base BT2B 332802 in the TDO/D design variant; boundary dimensions 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332802 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332802A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332802A in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 130.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2540/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332802 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332802A?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332802 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2540 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 130.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332802A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332802 fixes the 342.9×533.4×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332802A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 130.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332802A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332802A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332802A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332802A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332802A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331981",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331981",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 346.075,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 200.025,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2835,
    "static_load_kN": 6300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Assembly datum check: verify the 200.025 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of 331981 is on the shaft. The TDO/D execution of 331981 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331981 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 488.95 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF 331981 is a 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 110.0 kg.The code SKF 331981 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331981 fixes the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331981 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 6300 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 510 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 331981 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 346.075 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331981.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331981 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331981 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331981?",
        "a": "The SKF 331981 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 200.025 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 7.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 110.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331981 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331981 fixes the 346.075×488.95×200.025 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331981?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331981 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331981 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331981 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331981",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331981"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332505-HA2",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332505/HA2",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 355.6,
    "D_mm": 444.5,
    "B_mm": 136.525,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1353,
    "static_load_kN": 3650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 300,
    "weight_g": 46000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 is a 355.6×444.5×136.525 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 46.0 kg.Reading the designation: BT2B 332505 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 355.6 mm bore and 444.5 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Clearance note for BT2B332505-HA2: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDO/XDC variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 46.0 kg mass and the 444.5 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 355.6 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 444.5 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 136.525 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 46000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When cross-referencing BT2B332505-HA2, note that the TDO/XDC variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332505-HA2 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 444.5 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 355.6 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332505-HA2 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 1353/3650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332505-HA2?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332505/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 355.6 mm bore, 444.5 mm outer diameter and 136.525 mm overall width (14 × 17.5 × 5.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1353 kN, C0 3650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 300 kN, mass about 46.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332505-HA2 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332505 fixes the 355.6×444.5×136.525 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332505-HA2?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 46.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332505-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332505-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332505-HA2 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332505",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332505-HA2"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332506-HA2",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332506/HA2",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 355.6,
    "D_mm": 501.65,
    "B_mm": 155.575,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1976,
    "static_load_kN": 4250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345,
    "weight_g": 87000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 501.65 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 87.0 kg assembly mass. Mass 87.0 kg over a 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 87000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. The TDO/D suffix on BT2B332506-HA2 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 355.6 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 355.6 mm bore entry with a 501.65 mm outside diameter and 155.575 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 332506 denotes the envelope (355.6 mm bore, 501.65 mm OD, 155.575 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332506-HA2 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Lifting BT2B332506-HA2 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 355.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B332506-HA2 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 355.6 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 1976/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332506-HA2?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332506/HA2 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 355.6 mm bore, 501.65 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (14 × 19.75 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1976 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 87.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332506-HA2 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332506 fixes the 355.6×501.65×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332506-HA2?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 87.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332506-HA2 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332506-HA2 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332506-HA2 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332506",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332506-HA2"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332831",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332831",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2211,
    "static_load_kN": 5000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405,
    "weight_g": 73000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The code SKF BT2B 332831 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332831 fixes the 360×480×160 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. The 128 mm ring width within the 160 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 73.0 kg mass and the 480 mm OD surface. Load system: C 2211 kN against C0 5000 kN gives a 2.26 balance, and 6.14 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 360 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. When cross-referencing BT2B332831, note that the TDO/D variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 360 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 332831 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 360 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 160 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332831 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 73.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Lifting BT2B332831 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B332831 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 2211/5000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332831 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332831?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332831 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 360 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (14.173 × 18.898 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2211 kN, C0 5000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 73.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332831 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332831 fixes the 360×480×160 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332831?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 73.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332831 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332831 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332831 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332831",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332831"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332603-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332603/HA1",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 368.249,
    "D_mm": 523.875,
    "B_mm": 214.312,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3380,
    "static_load_kN": 7500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " When cross-referencing BT2B332603-HA1, note that the TDO/D variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 368.249 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.BT2B332603-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Reading the designation: BT2B 332603 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 368.249 mm bore and 523.875 mm OD, and the TDO/D suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B332603-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 332603 base — destroys the factory setting. Static check: with C0 7500 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 585 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Cross-section geometry: the 77.8 mm half-section ((523.875−368.249)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 446 mm, and the 214.312 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332603-HA1.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332603 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 368.249 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332603-HA1.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332603-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332603/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332603-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332603/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 368.249 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 214.312 mm overall width (14.498 × 20.625 × 8.437 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 140.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332603-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332603 fixes the 368.249×523.875×214.312 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332603-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332603-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332603-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332603-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332603",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332603-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332754",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332754",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 368.3,
    "D_mm": 596.9,
    "B_mm": 203.2,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3270,
    "static_load_kN": 5850,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 188000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing C 3270 kN by the 368.3 mm bore gives 8.88 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Cross-section geometry: the 114.3 mm half-section ((596.9−368.3)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 482 mm, and the 203.2 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B332754. When cross-referencing BT2B332754, note that the TDO/XDC variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of BT2B332754 locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 596.9 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332754 appears as SKF BT2B 332754: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 368.3 mm shaft, rated C 3270 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF BT2B 332754 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332754 fixes the 368.3×596.9×203.2 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 596.9 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 188.0 kg assembly mass.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332754 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332754.",
      "Lifting BT2B332754 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 3270/5850 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332754 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332754?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332754 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 368.3 mm bore, 596.9 mm outer diameter and 203.2 mm overall width (14.5 × 23.5 × 8 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3270 kN, C0 5850 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 188.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332754 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332754 fixes the 368.3×596.9×203.2 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332754?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 188.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332754 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332754 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332754 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332754",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332754"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331606A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331606 A",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 371.475,
    "D_mm": 501.65,
    "B_mm": 155.575,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1976,
    "static_load_kN": 4250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345,
    "weight_g": 76500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 4250 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 345 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope of 331606A is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDO/XDC execution of 331606A differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331606A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 501.65 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 331606A appears as SKF 331606 A: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 371.475 mm shaft, rated C 1976 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF 331606 A is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331606 fixes the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. At 76.5 kg the 331606A assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331606A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 371.475 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331606A.",
      "Lifting 331606A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 371.475 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 1976/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331606 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331606A?",
        "a": "The SKF 331606 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 371.475 mm bore, 501.65 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (14.625 × 19.75 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1976 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 76.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331606A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331606 fixes the 371.475×501.65×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331606A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 76.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331606A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331606A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331606A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331606A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331606A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328020",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328020",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 520,
    "B_mm": 148,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2289,
    "static_load_kN": 4500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365,
    "weight_g": 80000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 4500 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 365 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 380×520×148 mm envelope of BT2B328020 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B328020; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 380 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF BT2B 328020 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 380 mm bore entry with a 520 mm outside diameter and 148 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.The code SKF BT2B 328020 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328020 fixes the 380×520×148 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 520 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 80.0 kg assembly mass.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328020 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 80.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328020 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328020 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 2289/4500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328020 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328020?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328020 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 380 mm bore, 520 mm outer diameter and 148 mm overall width (14.961 × 20.472 × 5.827 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2289 kN, C0 4500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 80.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B328020 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328020 fixes the 380×520×148 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328020?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 80.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328020 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328020 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328020 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328020",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328020"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331197A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331197 A",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 384.175,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 222.25,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3724,
    "static_load_kN": 8300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640,
    "weight_g": 161000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of 331197A depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331197 base — destroys the factory setting. Selection arithmetic: C 3724 kN and C0 8300 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.23; the fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 384.175 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 384.175 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 222.25 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 161000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/D execution of 331197A differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDO X-arrangement the two cones of 331197A locate the shaft in both axial directions; the housing seat for the 546.1 mm double cup is a loose-to-transition fit so thermal growth does not preload the rows.The SKF 331197 A is a 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm TDO double-row tapered roller bearing — two roller rows on a common double cup, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 161.0 kg.The code SKF 331197 A is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331197 fixes the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/D) fixes the internal execution.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same 331197 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 384.175 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331197A.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331197A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331197 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331197A?",
        "a": "The SKF 331197 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 222.25 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 8.75 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 161.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on 331197A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331197 fixes the 384.175×546.1×222.25 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331197A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 161.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331197A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331197A as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331197A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331197A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331197A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328389",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328389",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 406.4,
    "D_mm": 539.75,
    "B_mm": 142.875,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1817,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345,
    "weight_g": 82500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 406.4 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328389 appears as SKF BT2B 328389: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 406.4 mm shaft, rated C 1817 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.The code SKF BT2B 328389 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328389 fixes the 406.4×539.75×142.875 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDO/XDC) fixes the internal execution. At 82.5 kg the BT2B328389 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 1817 kN by the 406.4 mm bore gives 4.47 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 1817 kN against C0 4400 kN gives a 2.42 balance, and 4.47 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 406.4 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B328389 must be replaced by the same TDO/XDC variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328389 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328389.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328389 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 1817/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328389 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328389?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328389 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 406.4 mm bore, 539.75 mm outer diameter and 142.875 mm overall width (16 × 21.25 × 5.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1817 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 82.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B328389 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328389 fixes the 406.4×539.75×142.875 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328389?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 82.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328389 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328389 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328389 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328389",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328389"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331656",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331656",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 415.925,
    "D_mm": 590.55,
    "B_mm": 244.475,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4175,
    "static_load_kN": 9650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720,
    "weight_g": 205000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 415.925 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.SKF 331656 belongs to the SKF TDO double-row range — the 415.925 mm bore entry with a 590.55 mm outside diameter and 244.475 mm overall width, built for roll-neck and heavy-gearbox duty.Reading the designation: 331656 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 415.925 mm bore and 590.55 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 205.0 kg the 331656 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Static check: with C0 9650 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 720 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 415.925 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 590.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 244.475 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 205000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. The TDO/XDC execution of 331656 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 415.925×590.55×244.475 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same 331656 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331656.",
      "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331656.",
      "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331656 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331656?",
        "a": "The SKF 331656 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 244.475 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 9.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 205.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on 331656 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331656 fixes the 415.925×590.55×244.475 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331656?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331656 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331656 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331656 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331656",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331656"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332604-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332604/HA1",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 431.8,
    "D_mm": 571.5,
    "B_mm": 155.575,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1145,
    "static_load_kN": 5100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "BT2B332604-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDO design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cup and two cones in a fixed X arrangement with the axial clearance set at the factory — a ready-to-mount unit for heavy combined load.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 332604 denotes the envelope (431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm OD, 155.575 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Lubrication planning: two roller rows inside a 571.5 mm OD envelope sweep a large contact area per revolution; oil circulation or a defined grease-relubrication interval should be sized against the 100.0 kg assembly mass. Dividing C 1145 kN by the 431.8 mm bore gives 2.65 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 431.8×571.5×155.575 mm envelope of BT2B332604-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Documentation tip: record the TDO/D variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B332604-HA1; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 431.8 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332604-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 1145/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332604/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332604-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332604/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm outer diameter and 155.575 mm overall width (17 × 22.5 × 6.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1145 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 100.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/D variant code on BT2B332604-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332604 fixes the 431.8×571.5×155.575 mm envelope, and the TDO/D code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332604-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332604-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332604-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/D variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332604-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332604",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332604-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332237A-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1",
    "series": "tdo-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 431.8,
    "D_mm": 571.5,
    "B_mm": 192.088,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2847,
    "static_load_kN": 6950,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 530,
    "weight_g": 127000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "Reading the designation: BT2B 332237 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 431.8 mm bore and 571.5 mm OD, and the TDO/XDC suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B332237A-HA1 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Dividing C 2847 kN by the 431.8 mm bore gives 6.59 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Load system: C 2847 kN against C0 6950 kN gives a 2.44 balance, and 6.59 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 431.8 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDO/XDC suffix on BT2B332237A-HA1 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 431.8×571.5×192.088 mm envelope. TDO mounting: the double cup is clamped in the housing and the two cones take interference on the 431.8 mm shaft; press force goes through the cone faces only — driving through the rollers brinells both raceways at once.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332237A-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1: a TDO-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 431.8 mm shaft, rated C 2847 kN with the factory-set internal clearance of the TDO/XDC variant.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332237A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting BT2B332237A-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 431.8 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B332237A-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 431.8 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 2847/6950 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332237A-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332237 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDO design with 431.8 mm bore, 571.5 mm outer diameter and 192.088 mm overall width (17 × 22.5 × 7.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2847 kN, C0 6950 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 530 kN, mass about 127.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDO/XDC variant code on BT2B332237A-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332237 fixes the 431.8×571.5×192.088 mm envelope, and the TDO/XDC code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332237A-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 127.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332237A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332237A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDO/XDC variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332237A-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDO design works as a fixed X arrangement: one double cup with two cones locates the shaft in both axial directions, with load shared between the two rows according to the factory-set clearance."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332237A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332237A-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332683-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332683/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 203.2,
    "D_mm": 368.3,
    "B_mm": 158.75,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1985,
    "static_load_kN": 3350,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 305,
    "weight_g": 75000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332683-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 203.2 mm bore entry with a 368.3 mm outside diameter and 158.75 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Reading the designation: BT2B 332683 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 203.2 mm bore and 368.3 mm OD, and the TDI/WIY2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 75.0 kg the BT2B332683-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Mass 75.0 kg over a 203.2×368.3×158.75 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Assembly datum check: verify the 158.75 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B332683-HA1 is on the shaft. When cross-referencing BT2B332683-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332683 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Lifting BT2B332683-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 203.2 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332683-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 1985/3350 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332683-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332683/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 203.2 mm bore, 368.3 mm outer diameter and 158.75 mm overall width (8 × 14.5 × 6.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1985 kN, C0 3350 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 305 kN, mass about 75.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332683-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332683 fixes the 203.2×368.3×158.75 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332683-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 75.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332683-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332683-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332683-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332683",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332683-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332931",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332931",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 240,
    "D_mm": 480,
    "B_mm": 220,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3615,
    "static_load_kN": 5500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 183000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 240 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF BT2B 332931 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 240 mm bore entry with a 480 mm outside diameter and 220 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.The code SKF BT2B 332931 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332931 fixes the 240×480×220 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/WIY2) fixes the internal execution. The 200 mm ring width within the 220 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3615 kN and C0 5500 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 1.52; the fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 240 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 240×480×220 mm envelope of BT2B332931 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B332931, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 240 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332931.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332931 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332931 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 3615/5500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332931 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332931?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332931 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 240 mm bore, 480 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (9.449 × 18.898 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3615 kN, C0 5500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 183.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332931 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332931 fixes the 240×480×220 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332931?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 183.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332931 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332931 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332931 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332931",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332931"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332536-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332536/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 254,
    "D_mm": 438.15,
    "B_mm": 165.1,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2685,
    "static_load_kN": 4250,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365,
    "weight_g": 100000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clearance note for BT2B332536-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/WIY2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The 92.1 mm radial section height ((438.15−254)/2) and 165.1 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2685 kN, never against a single-row figure. Material and manufacturing detail: the 100000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When cross-referencing BT2B332536-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332536-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 254 mm bore entry with a 438.15 mm outside diameter and 165.1 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B332536-HA1 reads as base BT2B 332536 in the TDI/WIY2 design variant; boundary dimensions 254×438.15×165.1 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 254 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332536-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2685/4250 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332536-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332536/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 254 mm bore, 438.15 mm outer diameter and 165.1 mm overall width (10 × 17.25 × 6.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2685 kN, C0 4250 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 100.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B332536-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332536 fixes the 254×438.15×165.1 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332536-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 100.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332536-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332536-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332536-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332536",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332536-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "332168",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332168",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300,
    "D_mm": 440,
    "B_mm": 105,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1076,
    "static_load_kN": 2040,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 180,
    "weight_g": 48500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Ordering discipline for 332168: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 300 mm bore boundary. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 300 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF 332168 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 300 mm bore entry with a 440 mm outside diameter and 105 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 332168 denotes the envelope (300 mm bore, 440 mm OD, 105 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Clearance note for 332168: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/NY variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Static check: with C0 2040 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 180 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Journal and housing interface: the 300 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 440 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 105 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 48500 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 300 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332168.",
      "Lifting 332168 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 300 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same 332168 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 1076/2040 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 332168 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332168?",
        "a": "The SKF 332168 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 300 mm bore, 440 mm outer diameter and 105 mm overall width (11.811 × 17.323 × 4.134 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1076 kN, C0 2040 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 180 kN, mass about 48.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on 332168 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332168 fixes the 300×440×105 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332168?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 48.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 332168 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332168 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 332168 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "332168",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "332168"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331951",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331951",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 300.038,
    "D_mm": 422.275,
    "B_mm": 150.812,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2177,
    "static_load_kN": 4750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 400,
    "weight_g": 70000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 300.038 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF 331951 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 300.038 mm bore entry with a 422.275 mm outside diameter and 150.812 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, 331951 reads as base 331951 in the TDI/GWIY2 design variant; boundary dimensions 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 331951 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 70.0 kg over a 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Material and manufacturing detail: the 70000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. When cross-referencing 331951, note that the TDI/GWIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331951 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 70.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331951 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting 331951 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 300.038 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 2177/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331951 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331951?",
        "a": "The SKF 331951 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 300.038 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 150.812 mm overall width (11.813 × 16.625 × 5.937 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2177 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 400 kN, mass about 70.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331951 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331951 fixes the 300.038×422.275×150.812 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331951?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 70.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331951 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331951 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331951 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331951",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331951"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332685-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332685/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 303.212,
    "D_mm": 495.3,
    "B_mm": 263.525,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4919,
    "static_load_kN": 9800,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 750,
    "weight_g": 212000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Mass 212.0 kg over a 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Operating context for the 303.212 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 495.3 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 503 mm outer abutment. The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B332685-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 303.212 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.BT2B332685-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.The code SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332685 fixes the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. The 263.525 mm ring width within the 263.525 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 332685 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332685-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 303.212 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332685-HA1.",
      "The 4919/9800 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332685-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332685/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 303.212 mm bore, 495.3 mm outer diameter and 263.525 mm overall width (11.937 × 19.5 × 10.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4919 kN, C0 9800 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 750 kN, mass about 212.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B332685-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332685 fixes the 303.212×495.3×263.525 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332685-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 212.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332685-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332685-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332685-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332685",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332685-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B334087-HA3",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 334087/HA3",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 305.033,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 199.263,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1677,
    "static_load_kN": 5300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430,
    "weight_g": 205000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 199.263 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B334087-HA3 is on the shaft. Documentation tip: record the TDIS/N2Y variant with the machine BOM entry for BT2B334087-HA3; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.033 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.BT2B334087-HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.The code SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 334087 fixes the 305.033×560×199.263 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIS/N2Y) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for BT2B334087-HA3: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/N2Y variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B334087-HA3.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B334087-HA3 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B334087-HA3 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 1677/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B334087-HA3?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 334087/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.033 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 199.263 mm overall width (12.009 × 22.047 × 7.845 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1677 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 205.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on BT2B334087-HA3 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 334087 fixes the 305.033×560×199.263 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B334087-HA3?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 205.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B334087-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B334087-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B334087-HA3 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B334087",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B334087-HA3"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "332068",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332068",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 305.033,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1677,
    "static_load_kN": 5300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "SKF 332068 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 305.033 mm bore entry with a 560 mm outside diameter and 200 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.The code SKF 332068 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 332068 fixes the 305.033×560×200 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIS/N2Y) fixes the internal execution. Clearance note for 332068: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDIS/N2Y variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Cross-section geometry: the 127.5 mm half-section ((560−305.033)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 432 mm, and the 200 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 332068. The TDIS/N2Y execution of 332068 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 305.033×560×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332068 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332068.",
      "The 305.033 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332068.",
      "Lifting 332068 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 305.033 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 1677/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 332068 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332068?",
        "a": "The SKF 332068 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.033 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.009 × 22.047 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1677 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 200.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on 332068 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332068 fixes the 305.033×560×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332068?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 332068 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332068 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 332068 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "332068",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "332068"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "332169A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332169 A",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 305.07,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2734,
    "static_load_kN": 5200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425,
    "weight_g": 150000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 332169A appears as SKF 332169 A: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 305.07 mm shaft, rated C 2734 kN in the TDIS/N execution.On the SKF nameplate, 332169A reads as base 332169 in the TDIS/N design variant; boundary dimensions 305.07×500×200 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. The 200 mm ring width within the 200 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 2734 kN and C0 5200 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 1.90; the fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 305.07 mm bore. Journal and housing interface: the 305.07 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 500 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 200 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 150000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 332169A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDIS/N code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.07 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 332169A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 332169A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of 332169A in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 150.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2734/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 332169 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332169A?",
        "a": "The SKF 332169 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.011 × 19.685 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2734 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 150.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/N variant code on 332169A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332169 fixes the 305.07×500×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332169A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 150.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 332169A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332169A as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 332169A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "332169A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "332169A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "332169AA",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332169 AA",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 305.07,
    "D_mm": 500,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2734,
    "static_load_kN": 5200,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 425,
    "weight_g": 150000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 332169 AA is a 305.07×500×200 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 150.0 kg.On the SKF nameplate, 332169AA reads as base 332169 in the TDIS/NY design variant; boundary dimensions 305.07×500×200 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of 332169AA should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Static check: with C0 5200 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 425 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Operating context for the 305.07 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 500 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 508 mm outer abutment. Ordering discipline for 332169AA: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 305.07 mm bore boundary. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332169AA gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same 332169 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Lifting 332169AA by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 305.07 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same 332169 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 2734/5200 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 332169 AA designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332169AA?",
        "a": "The SKF 332169 AA is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 500 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (12.011 × 19.685 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2734 kN, C0 5200 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 425 kN, mass about 150.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on 332169AA mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332169 fixes the 305.07×500×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332169AA?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 150.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 332169AA be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332169AA as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 332169AA react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "332169AA",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "332169AA"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331617",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331617",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 305.07,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 199.237,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3102,
    "static_load_kN": 5300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 430,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load system: C 3102 kN against C0 5300 kN gives a 1.71 balance, and 10.17 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 305.07 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDIS/N2Y execution of 331617 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 305.07×560×199.237 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 305.07 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, 331617 appears as SKF 331617: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 305.07 mm shaft, rated C 3102 kN in the TDIS/N2Y execution.Digit by digit, 331617 breaks into the base number 331617 — the 305.07×560×199.237 mm boundary — and the TDIS/N2Y variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. The 199.237 mm ring width within the 199.237 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 305.07 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331617.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331617 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 305.07 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331617.",
      "The 3102/5300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331617 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331617?",
        "a": "The SKF 331617 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 305.07 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 199.237 mm overall width (12.011 × 22.047 × 7.844 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3102 kN, C0 5300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 430 kN, mass about 200.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/N2Y variant code on 331617 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331617 fixes the 305.07×560×199.237 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N2Y code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331617?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331617 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331617 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N2Y variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331617 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331617",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331617"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328699G-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 317.5,
    "D_mm": 422.275,
    "B_mm": 128.588,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1785,
    "static_load_kN": 4150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 345,
    "weight_g": 51500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 317.5 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 is a 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 51.5 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328699 denotes the envelope (317.5 mm bore, 422.275 mm OD, 128.588 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. At 51.5 kg the BT2B328699G-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 51.5 kg mass and the 422.275 mm OD surface. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm envelope of BT2B328699G-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDI/GWIY2 execution of BT2B328699G-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 317.5 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328699G-HA1.",
      "The 1785/4150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328699G-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328699 G/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 317.5 mm bore, 422.275 mm outer diameter and 128.588 mm overall width (12.5 × 16.625 × 5.063 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1785 kN, C0 4150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 345 kN, mass about 51.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on BT2B328699G-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328699 fixes the 317.5×422.275×128.588 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328699G-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 51.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328699G-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328699G-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328699G-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328699G",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328699G-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328695A-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 333.375,
    "D_mm": 469.9,
    "B_mm": 166.688,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2642,
    "static_load_kN": 5700,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 465,
    "weight_g": 92500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dividing C 2642 kN by the 333.375 mm bore gives 7.93 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Cross-section geometry: the 68.3 mm half-section ((469.9−333.375)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 401 mm, and the 166.688 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B328695A-HA1. When cross-referencing BT2B328695A-HA1, note that the TDIT/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328695A-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328695A-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 333.375 mm shaft, rated C 2642 kN in the TDIT/Y2 execution.The code SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328695 fixes the 333.375×469.9×166.688 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. At 92.5 kg the BT2B328695A-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328695A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 333.375 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328695A-HA1.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328695A-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 2642/5700 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328695A-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328695 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 333.375 mm bore, 469.9 mm outer diameter and 166.688 mm overall width (13.125 × 18.5 × 6.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2642 kN, C0 5700 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 465 kN, mass about 92.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328695A-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328695 fixes the 333.375×469.9×166.688 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328695A-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 92.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328695A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328695A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328695A-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328695A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328695A-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331713A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331713 A",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 342.9,
    "D_mm": 533.4,
    "B_mm": 139.7,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1373,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365,
    "weight_g": 115000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg mass and the 533.4 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 342.9 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 533.4 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 139.7 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 115000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Documentation tip: record the TDI/WIY2 variant with the machine BOM entry for 331713A; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 331713A gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF 331713 A belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 342.9 mm bore entry with a 533.4 mm outside diameter and 139.7 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331713 denotes the envelope (342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm OD, 139.7 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/WIY2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting 331713A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 342.9 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting 331713A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 342.9 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 1373/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331713 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331713A?",
        "a": "The SKF 331713 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 139.7 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 5.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1373 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 115.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on 331713A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331713 fixes the 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331713A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331713A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331713A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331713A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331713A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331713A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331713B",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331713 B",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 342.9,
    "D_mm": 533.4,
    "B_mm": 139.7,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1373,
    "static_load_kN": 4400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 365,
    "weight_g": 115000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 342.9 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.331713B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331713 denotes the envelope (342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm OD, 139.7 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Load sharing between the two rows of 331713B depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331713 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 1373 kN by the 342.9 mm bore gives 4.00 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Material and manufacturing detail: the 115000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn 331713B must be replaced by the same TDI/GWIY2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713B cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331713B cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331713B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 115.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 1373/4400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331713 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331713B?",
        "a": "The SKF 331713 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 342.9 mm bore, 533.4 mm outer diameter and 139.7 mm overall width (13.5 × 21 × 5.5 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1373 kN, C0 4400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 365 kN, mass about 115.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331713B mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331713 fixes the 342.9×533.4×139.7 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331713B?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 115.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331713B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331713B as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331713B react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331713B",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331713B"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "332240A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 332240 A",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 343.052,
    "D_mm": 457.098,
    "B_mm": 122.238,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1610,
    "static_load_kN": 3400,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 280,
    "weight_g": 54000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of 332240A gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF 332240 A in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 343.052 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/GWIY2 variant.Digit by digit, 332240A breaks into the base number 332240 — the 343.052×457.098×122.238 mm boundary — and the TDI/GWIY2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase. Clearance note for 332240A: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/GWIY2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Selection arithmetic: C 1610 kN and C0 3400 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.11; the fatigue load limit Pu 280 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 343.052 mm bore. Cross-section geometry: the 57.0 mm half-section ((457.098−343.052)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 400 mm, and the 122.238 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of 332240A. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 332240A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting 332240A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 343.052 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 343.052 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 332240A.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a 332240A installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 1610/3400 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 332240 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 332240A?",
        "a": "The SKF 332240 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 343.052 mm bore, 457.098 mm outer diameter and 122.238 mm overall width (13.506 × 17.996 × 4.813 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1610 kN, C0 3400 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 280 kN, mass about 54.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 332240A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 332240 fixes the 343.052×457.098×122.238 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 332240A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 54.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 332240A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 332240A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 332240A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "332240A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "332240A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332913-HB1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332913/HB1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 346.075,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 104.775,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 675,
    "static_load_kN": 2750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 228,
    "weight_g": 62000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Material and manufacturing detail: the 62000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class. Service-parts note: a worn BT2B332913-HB1 must be replaced by the same TDI/Y2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B332913-HB1 appears as SKF BT2B 332913/HB1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft, rated C 675 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 332913 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 346.075 mm bore and 488.95 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B332913-HB1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 332913 base — destroys the factory setting. The 71.4 mm radial section height ((488.95−346.075)/2) and 104.775 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 675 kN, never against a single-row figure.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B332913-HB1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 346.075 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332913-HB1.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B332913-HB1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 675/2750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332913/HB1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332913-HB1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332913/HB1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 104.775 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 4.125 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 675 kN, C0 2750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 228 kN, mass about 62.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B332913-HB1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332913 fixes the 346.075×488.95×104.775 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332913-HB1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 62.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332913-HB1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332913-HB1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332913-HB1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332913",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332913-HB1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331527C",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331527 C",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 346.075,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 174.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2835,
    "static_load_kN": 6300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Documentation tip: record the TDI/WIY2 variant with the machine BOM entry for 331527C; at overhaul the variant code is what lets the supplier reproduce the original clearance setting. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF 331527 C in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/WIY2 variant.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331527 denotes the envelope (346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm OD, 174.625 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning. Load sharing between the two rows of 331527C depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331527 base — destroys the factory setting. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg mass and the 488.95 mm OD surface. Material and manufacturing detail: the 110000 g catalogue mass reflects through-hardened bearing steel machined to the listed envelope; ring roundness and width tolerance keep the mounted-setting scatter inside the catalogue class.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting 331527C by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting 331527C by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331527C cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331527 C designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331527C?",
        "a": "The SKF 331527 C is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 110.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on 331527C mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331527 fixes the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331527C?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331527C be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331527C as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331527C react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331527C",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331527C"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328410C-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 346.075,
    "D_mm": 488.95,
    "B_mm": 174.625,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2835,
    "static_load_kN": 6300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 113000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "Ordering number SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 346.075 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B328410C-HA1 reads as base BT2B 328410 in the TDIT/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIT/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Selection arithmetic: C 2835 kN and C0 6300 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.22; the fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 346.075 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope of BT2B328410C-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B328410C-HA1, note that the TDIT/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 346.075 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2B 328410 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "Lifting BT2B328410C-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 346.075 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328410C-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 2835/6300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328410C-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328410 C/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 346.075 mm bore, 488.95 mm outer diameter and 174.625 mm overall width (13.625 × 19.25 × 6.875 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2835 kN, C0 6300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 113.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328410C-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328410 fixes the 346.075×488.95×174.625 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328410C-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 113.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328410C-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328410C-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328410C-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328410C",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328410C-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2-8000-HA3",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8000/HA3",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 360,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 160,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2556,
    "static_load_kN": 4650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 390,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The TDIS/N suffix on BT2-8000-HA3 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 360×560×160 mm envelope. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2-8000-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2-8000-HA3 appears as SKF BT2-8000/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 360 mm shaft, rated C 2556 kN in the TDIS/N execution.Reading the designation: BT2-8000 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 360 mm bore and 560 mm OD, and the TDIS/N suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 360×560×160 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIS/N execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. The 100.0 mm radial section height ((560−360)/2) and 160 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2556 kN, never against a single-row figure. Cross-section geometry: the 100.0 mm half-section ((560−360)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 460 mm, and the 160 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2-8000-HA3.",
    "applications": [
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2-8000-HA3 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 360 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 360 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8000-HA3.",
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2-8000-HA3 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 2556/4650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2-8000/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8000-HA3?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2-8000/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 360 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 160 mm overall width (14.173 × 22.047 × 6.299 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2556 kN, C0 4650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 390 kN, mass about 140.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/N variant code on BT2-8000-HA3 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8000 fixes the 360×560×160 mm envelope, and the TDIS/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8000-HA3?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2-8000-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8000-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/N variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2-8000-HA3 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2-8000-HA3"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B331836",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331836",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 368.3,
    "D_mm": 523.875,
    "B_mm": 185.738,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3380,
    "static_load_kN": 7500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585,
    "weight_g": 133000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "On the SKF nameplate, BT2B331836 reads as base BT2B 331836 in the TDI/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 133.0 kg mass and the 523.875 mm OD surface. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope of BT2B331836 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B331836, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 368.3 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 331836 is a 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 133.0 kg.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331836.",
      "Lifting BT2B331836 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B331836 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 368.3 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331836 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331836?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 331836 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 368.3 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 185.738 mm overall width (14.5 × 20.625 × 7.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 133.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B331836 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331836 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331836?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 133.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B331836 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331836 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B331836 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B331836",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B331836"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B332468A-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 368.3,
    "D_mm": 523.875,
    "B_mm": 185.738,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3380,
    "static_load_kN": 7500,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 585,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B332468A-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B332468A-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 368.3 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.The code SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 332468 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. The 185.738 mm ring width within the 185.738 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3380 kN and C0 7500 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.22; the fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 368.3 mm bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope of BT2B332468A-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 368.3 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B332468A-HA1.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B332468A-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B332468A-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 3380/7500 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B332468A-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 332468 A/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 368.3 mm bore, 523.875 mm outer diameter and 185.738 mm overall width (14.5 × 20.625 × 7.313 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3380 kN, C0 7500 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 585 kN, mass about 140.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B332468A-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 332468 fixes the 368.3×523.875×185.738 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B332468A-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B332468A-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B332468A-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B332468A-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B332468A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B332468A-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2-8009-HA3",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8009/HA3",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 380,
    "D_mm": 560,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1617,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 520,
    "weight_g": 165000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " At 165.0 kg the BT2-8009-HA3 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 165.0 kg mass and the 560 mm OD surface. Operating context for the 380 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 560 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 568 mm outer abutment. Ordering discipline for BT2-8009-HA3: quote base number and TDIS/NY variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 380 mm bore boundary. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2-8009-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2-8009-HA3 appears as SKF BT2-8009/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 380 mm shaft, rated C 1617 kN in the TDIS/NY execution.Reading the designation: BT2-8009 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 380 mm bore and 560 mm OD, and the TDIS/NY suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 380 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8009-HA3.",
      "The 380 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8009-HA3.",
      "Do not mix components between units of the same BT2-8009 base number: cones, cups and spacers are matched per serial — interchange only complete assemblies.",
      "The 1617/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2-8009/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8009-HA3?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2-8009/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 380 mm bore, 560 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (14.961 × 22.047 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1617 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 520 kN, mass about 165.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on BT2-8009-HA3 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8009 fixes the 380×560×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8009-HA3?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 165.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2-8009-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8009-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2-8009-HA3 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2-8009-HA3"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331158A",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331158 A",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 384.175,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 193.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3724,
    "static_load_kN": 8300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640,
    "weight_g": 152000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of 331158A depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same 331158 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 3724 kN by the 384.175 mm bore gives 9.69 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope of 331158A is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331158A carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 384.175 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF 331158 A is a 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 152.0 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: 331158 denotes the envelope (384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm OD, 193.675 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331158A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Lifting 331158A by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331158A cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331158 A designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331158A?",
        "a": "The SKF 331158 A is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 152.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331158A mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331158 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331158A?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 152.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331158A be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331158A as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331158A react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331158A",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331158A"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B331837",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331837",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 384.175,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 193.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3724,
    "static_load_kN": 8300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640,
    "weight_g": 152000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Cross-section geometry: the 81.0 mm half-section ((546.1−384.175)/2) places the roller pitch diameter near 465 mm, and the 193.675 mm axial width sets the abutment depth — geometry that fixes the contact angle behaviour of BT2B331837. The TDI/Y2 execution of BT2B331837 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B331837 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.SKF BT2B 331837 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 384.175 mm bore entry with a 546.1 mm outside diameter and 193.675 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2B331837 reads as base BT2B 331837 in the TDI/Y2 design variant; boundary dimensions 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B331837 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 331837 base — destroys the factory setting. Dividing C 3724 kN by the 384.175 mm bore gives 9.69 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B331837 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B331837 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B331837 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 152.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331837 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331837?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 331837 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 152.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B331837 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331837 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331837?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 152.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B331837 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331837 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B331837 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B331837",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B331837"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328580-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328580/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 384.175,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 193.675,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3724,
    "static_load_kN": 8300,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 640,
    "weight_g": 166000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 193.675 mm ring width within the 193.675 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 166.0 kg mass and the 546.1 mm OD surface. Journal and housing interface: the 384.175 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 193.675 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 166000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Ordering discipline for BT2B328580-HA1: quote base number and TDIT/Y2 variant together — the base alone is ambiguous because several internal executions share the same 384.175 mm bore boundary. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 384.175 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is a 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 166.0 kg.The code SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328580 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Lifting BT2B328580-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 384.175 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 3724/8300 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328580-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328580/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 384.175 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 193.675 mm overall width (15.125 × 21.5 × 7.625 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3724 kN, C0 8300 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 640 kN, mass about 166.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328580-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328580 fixes the 384.175×546.1×193.675 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328580-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 166.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328580-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328580-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328580-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328580",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328580-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2-8010-HA3VA901",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 386,
    "D_mm": 574,
    "B_mm": 220,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2967,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 185000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Journal and housing interface: the 386 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 574 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 220 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 185000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Variant check: catalogue siblings of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDIS/NVY code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 386 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 belongs to the SKF TDI double-row range — the 386 mm bore entry with a 574 mm outside diameter and 220 mm overall width, typical for rolling-mill and heavy industrial shafts.On the SKF nameplate, BT2-8010-HA3VA901 reads as base BT2-8010 in the TDIS/NVY design variant; boundary dimensions 386×574×220 mm come from the base number, while clearance setting and spacer style come from the variant. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 386×574×220 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDIS/NVY execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Static check: with C0 6550 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 510 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "The 386 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901.",
      "The 386 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2-8010-HA3VA901?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2-8010/HA3VA901 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 386 mm bore, 574 mm outer diameter and 220 mm overall width (15.197 × 22.598 × 8.661 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 185.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/NVY variant code on BT2-8010-HA3VA901 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2-8010 fixes the 386×574×220 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NVY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2-8010-HA3VA901?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 185.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2-8010-HA3VA901 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2-8010-HA3VA901 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NVY variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2-8010-HA3VA901 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2-8010-HA3VA901"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328705-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328705/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 390,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 141.288,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2339,
    "static_load_kN": 5100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405,
    "weight_g": 102000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope of BT2B328705-HA1 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. When cross-referencing BT2B328705-HA1, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 390 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328705-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328705/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft, rated C 2339 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 328705 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 546.1 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Substitution checkpoint: another brand's double-row unit of the same 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope may carry a different internal clearance class — match the TDI/Y2 execution meaning, not just the boundary dimensions, before swapping. Dividing C 2339 kN by the 390 mm bore gives 6.00 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328705-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 390 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328705-HA1.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328705-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 102.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2339/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328705/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328705-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328705/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 141.288 mm overall width (15.354 × 21.5 × 5.563 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2339 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 102.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328705-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328705 fixes the 390×546.1×141.288 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328705-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 102.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328705-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328705-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328705-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328705",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328705-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328896-HA3",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328896/HA3",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 390,
    "D_mm": 570,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2967,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 170000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328896-HA3 appears as SKF BT2B 328896/HA3: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft, rated C 2967 kN in the TDIS/NY execution.Reading the designation: BT2B 328896 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 570 mm OD, and the TDIS/NY suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328896-HA3 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 170.0 kg over a 390×570×200 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Dimensional interchange map: within its boundary plan the 390×570×200 mm envelope of BT2B328896-HA3 is fixed, so shoulder, spacer and seal drawings can be dimensioned straight from the catalogue table. The TDIS/NY execution of BT2B328896-HA3 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 390×570×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328896-HA3 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328896-HA3 installation with temperature logging.",
      "The 390 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328896-HA3.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328896-HA3 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 170.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328896/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328896-HA3?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328896/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 570 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (15.354 × 22.441 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 170.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS/NY variant code on BT2B328896-HA3 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328896 fixes the 390×570×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS/NY code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328896-HA3?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 170.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328896-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328896-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS/NY variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328896-HA3 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328896",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328896-HA3"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328934-HA3",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328934/HA3",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 390,
    "D_mm": 590,
    "B_mm": 200,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2967,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 510,
    "weight_g": 200000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B328934-HA3 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 328934 base — destroys the factory setting. The 100.0 mm radial section height ((590−390)/2) and 200 mm width frame a unit whose two rows share reversing thrust; keep the equivalent load P against the pair rating C 2967 kN, never against a single-row figure. Assembly datum check: verify the 200 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328934-HA3 is on the shaft. The TDIS.2/N execution of BT2B328934-HA3 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 390×590×200 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 390 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 390 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIS.2/N variant.Reading the designation: BT2B 328934 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 390 mm bore and 590 mm OD, and the TDIS.2/N suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix.",
    "applications": [
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328934-HA3 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Lifting BT2B328934-HA3 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 390 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328934-HA3 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 2967/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328934-HA3?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328934/HA3 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 390 mm bore, 590 mm outer diameter and 200 mm overall width (15.354 × 23.228 × 7.874 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2967 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 510 kN, mass about 200.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIS.2/N variant code on BT2B328934-HA3 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328934 fixes the 390×590×200 mm envelope, and the TDIS.2/N code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328934-HA3?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 200.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328934-HA3 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328934-HA3 as a complete assembly in the same TDIS.2/N variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328934-HA3 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328934",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328934-HA3"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B331840C-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 406.4,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 138.113,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2339,
    "static_load_kN": 5100,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 405,
    "weight_g": 89000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B331840C-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 331840 base — destroys the factory setting. The catalogue publishes no speed ratings for this size class — permissible speed is set by the application thermal balance; plan lubrication and cooling against the 89.0 kg mass and the 546.1 mm OD surface. Assembly datum check: verify the 138.113 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B331840C-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDI/WIY2 execution of BT2B331840C-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 406.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.Ordering number SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 406.4 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDI/WIY2 variant.Digit by digit, BT2B331840C-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 331840 — the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm boundary — and the TDI/WIY2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.",
    "applications": [
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1.",
      "The 406.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B331840C-HA1.",
      "The 2339/5100 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B331840C-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 331840 C/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 406.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 138.113 mm overall width (16 × 21.5 × 5.438 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2339 kN, C0 5100 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 405 kN, mass about 89.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B331840C-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 331840 fixes the 406.4×546.1×138.113 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B331840C-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 89.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B331840C-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B331840C-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B331840C-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B331840C",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B331840C-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328874-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328874/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 408.4,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 120,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1603,
    "static_load_kN": 3450,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 285,
    "weight_g": 76500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Clearance note for BT2B328874-HA1: the operating clearance is set at the factory by spacer grinding between the two rows; the TDI/Y2 variant encodes that setting, so the unit mounts without any adjustment — the assembler only verifies seat contact and clamps axially. Dividing C 1603 kN by the 408.4 mm bore gives 3.93 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Assembly datum check: verify the 120 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328874-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDI/Y2 suffix on BT2B328874-HA1 is a design-variant code in the SKF double-row numbering system; it identifies which internal configuration sits inside the 408.4×546.1×120 mm envelope. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 408.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328874-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328874/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 408.4 mm shaft, rated C 1603 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.Digit by digit, BT2B328874-HA1 breaks into the base number BT2B 328874 — the 408.4×546.1×120 mm boundary — and the TDI/Y2 variant code, which is part of the order designation and must be quoted in full at purchase.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "cage pocket scoring when the bearing starts cold with grease of too-high base-oil viscosity",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "rolling-contact fatigue spalling after the rated L10 life is exceeded"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Lifting BT2B328874-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 408.4 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328874-HA1.",
      "Lifting BT2B328874-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 1603/3450 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328874/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328874-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328874/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 408.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 120 mm overall width (16.079 × 21.5 × 4.724 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1603 kN, C0 3450 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 285 kN, mass about 76.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328874-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328874 fixes the 408.4×546.1×120 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328874-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 76.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328874-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328874-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328874-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328874",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328874-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328466-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328466/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 408.4,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 150,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1963,
    "static_load_kN": 4750,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 375,
    "weight_g": 99000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "In SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000, BT2B328466-HA1 appears as SKF BT2B 328466/HA1: a TDI-design double-row tapered roller bearing for a 408.4 mm shaft, rated C 1963 kN in the TDI/Y2 execution.The code SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328466 fixes the 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/Y2) fixes the internal execution. Wear pattern reading at overhaul: the two rows of BT2B328466-HA1 should show symmetric raceway contact; one-sided wear points to housing misalignment or a cocked seat rather than to a material defect. Mass 99.0 kg over a 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope: the steel content itself is a heat sink, but the two roller rows generate roughly twice the friction of a single-row bearing of the same bore. Journal and housing interface: the 408.4 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 546.1 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 150 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 99000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. When cross-referencing BT2B328466-HA1, note that the TDI/Y2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 408.4 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.",
    "applications": [
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "wind-turbine main shafts",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "edge loading from shaft deflection or housing misalignment",
      "electrical pitting on VFD-driven shafts without grounding protection"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328466-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Lifting BT2B328466-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 408.4 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328466-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 1963/4750 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328466-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328466/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 408.4 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 150 mm overall width (16.079 × 21.5 × 5.906 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1963 kN, C0 4750 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 375 kN, mass about 99.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B328466-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328466 fixes the 408.4×546.1×150 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328466-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 99.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328466-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328466-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328466-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328466",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328466-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331714B",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331714 B",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 409.575,
    "D_mm": 546.1,
    "B_mm": 161.925,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 2669,
    "static_load_kN": 6550,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 500,
    "weight_g": 110000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Operating context for the 409.575 mm bore: a shaft of this diameter typically runs in the xl-bore band of industrial duty, and the 546.1 mm OD places the housing shoulder near 554 mm outer abutment. Variant check: catalogue siblings of 331714B carry different variant suffixes at the same boundary dimensions; the TDI/GWIY2 code on this unit is not a cosmetic mark — it fixes the internal setting and must match on replacement. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 409.575 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.331714B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Reading the designation: 331714 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 409.575 mm bore and 546.1 mm OD, and the TDI/GWIY2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. At 110.0 kg the 331714B assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable. Dividing C 2669 kN by the 409.575 mm bore gives 6.52 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "large industrial mixer shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "brinelling of both raceways when mounting force is transmitted through the roller complement",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "fretting corrosion on a loose rotating shaft seat",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331714B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Lifting 331714B by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 409.575 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331714B in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 110.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 2669/6550 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331714 B designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331714B?",
        "a": "The SKF 331714 B is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 409.575 mm bore, 546.1 mm outer diameter and 161.925 mm overall width (16.125 × 21.5 × 6.375 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 2669 kN, C0 6550 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 500 kN, mass about 110.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331714B mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331714 fixes the 409.575×546.1×161.925 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331714B?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 110.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331714B be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331714B as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331714B react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331714B",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331714B"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "331445",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF 331445",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 415.925,
    "D_mm": 590.55,
    "B_mm": 209.55,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4175,
    "static_load_kN": 9650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720,
    "weight_g": 192000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": "The SKF 331445 is a 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 192.0 kg.The code SKF 331445 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where 331445 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDI/GWIY2) fixes the internal execution. The 209.55 mm ring width within the 209.55 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Dividing C 4175 kN by the 415.925 mm bore gives 10.04 kN per millimetre of journal — heavy-section density typical of double-row tapered units built for slow, heavily loaded shafts. Journal and housing interface: the 415.925 mm bore takes a m6 shaft seat and the 590.55 mm outside diameter pairs with an H7 housing bore; the 209.55 mm width defines shoulder depth and the 192000 g mass is the dead load in thermal-growth calculations. Service-parts note: a worn 331445 must be replaced by the same TDI/GWIY2 variant or by a works-approved successor — the variant encodes the spacer grinding that sets the operating clearance of the two rows. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 415.925 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil",
      "rib-roller contact scoring from loss of the EP additive film"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of 331445 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 192.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of 331445.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of 331445 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF 331445 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of 331445?",
        "a": "The SKF 331445 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 209.55 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 8.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 192.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/GWIY2 variant code on 331445 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number 331445 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope, and the TDI/GWIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for 331445?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 192.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of 331445 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace 331445 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/GWIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does 331445 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "331445",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "331445"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328283-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328283/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 415.925,
    "D_mm": 590.55,
    "B_mm": 209.55,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 4175,
    "static_load_kN": 9650,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 720,
    "weight_g": 192000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Static check: with C0 9650 kN the unit carries shock and standstill load up to the static safety factor of the application; the 720 kN Pu governs the fatigue side of the same calculation. Assembly datum check: verify the 209.55 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328283-HA1 is on the shaft. The TDIT/Y2 execution of BT2B328283-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B328283-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.Ordering number SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000 denotes a TDI double-row tapered roller bearing for a 415.925 mm shaft: double cone, two single cups, factory-set internal clearance in the TDIT/Y2 variant.The code SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 is not an ISO 355 number: double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering, where BT2B 328283 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope and the variant suffix (TDIT/Y2) fixes the internal execution. At 192.0 kg the BT2B328283-HA1 assembly needs mechanical handling at mounting — sling through the bore or use lifting eyes on the shaft, and never lift the unit by one ring alone: the rings are separable.",
    "applications": [
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "thermal clearance loss when housing cooling is undersized for two rows of tapered contact",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "hard-particle indentation of the tapered raceway in unfiltered oil"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328283-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 192.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "Lifting BT2B328283-HA1 by one ring separates the assembly; sling through the 415.925 mm bore or use the shaft as the lifting member.",
      "The 415.925 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B328283-HA1.",
      "The 4175/9650 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328283-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328283/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 415.925 mm bore, 590.55 mm outer diameter and 209.55 mm overall width (16.375 × 23.25 × 8.25 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 4175 kN, C0 9650 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 720 kN, mass about 192.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDIT/Y2 variant code on BT2B328283-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328283 fixes the 415.925×590.55×209.55 mm envelope, and the TDIT/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328283-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 192.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328283-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328283-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDIT/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328283-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328283",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328283-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B334013-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 334013/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 430,
    "D_mm": 535,
    "B_mm": 84,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 1080,
    "static_load_kN": 3000,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 240,
    "weight_g": 44500,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " Selection arithmetic: C 1080 kN and C0 3000 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.78; the fatigue load limit Pu 240 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 430 mm bore. Load system: C 1080 kN against C0 3000 kN gives a 2.78 balance, and 2.51 kN of dynamic capacity per millimetre of the 430 mm bore is the density figure to compare against neighbouring sizes. The TDI/Y2 execution of BT2B334013-HA1 differs from sibling variants in internal detail — spacer style, rib execution or clearance class — while sharing the 430×535×84 mm boundary; the full designation including the variant is the only safe order reference. In the TDI O-arrangement the spread of the two rows of BT2B334013-HA1 gives high moment stiffness; the cups must be free to float microscopically in the housing so shaft thermal growth does not consume the factory clearance.BT2B334013-HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of the TDI design, listed by SKF in SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: one double cone between two single cups in a fixed O arrangement — a stiff, moment-resisting unit with the axial clearance set at the factory.Reading the designation: BT2B 334013 is the SKF double-row base number tied to the 430 mm bore and 535 mm OD, and the TDI/Y2 suffix identifies the internal design variant — cup/cone configuration, spacer execution and clearance class are encoded there rather than in a generic suffix. Load sharing between the two rows of BT2B334013-HA1 depends on the ground spacer; field re-grinding or mixing spacers from another unit — even of the same BT2B 334013 base — destroys the factory setting.",
    "applications": [
      "marine propulsion gearboxes",
      "large industrial mixer shafts",
      "offshore winch and drawworks drums",
      "wind-turbine main shafts"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "unequal load sharing between the two roller rows when the centre spacer loses its factory grinding",
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "brinelling from pressing the cone or cup home through the rollers"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B334013-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B334013-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "The 430 mm bore seat must be checked for ovality before mounting — at this size a worn seat lets the cone creep, and fretting debris then works between the rows of BT2B334013-HA1.",
      "The 1080/3000 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 334013/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B334013-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 334013/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 430 mm bore, 535 mm outer diameter and 84 mm overall width (16.929 × 21.063 × 3.307 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 1080 kN, C0 3000 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 240 kN, mass about 44.50 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/Y2 variant code on BT2B334013-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 334013 fixes the 430×535×84 mm envelope, and the TDI/Y2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B334013-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 44.5 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B334013-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B334013-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/Y2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B334013-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B334013",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B334013-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  },
  {
    "sku": "BT2B328523-HA1",
    "brand": "SKF",
    "manufacturer_designation": "SKF BT2B 328523/HA1",
    "series": "tdi-series",
    "type": "tapered_roller",
    "d_mm": 450,
    "D_mm": 595,
    "B_mm": 178,
    "material": "GCr15",
    "seal_type": "open",
    "clearance": "CN",
    "tolerance_class": "P0",
    "cage_type": "steel_stamped_J",
    "dynamic_load_kN": 3169,
    "static_load_kN": 8150,
    "fatigue_load_limit_kN": 610,
    "weight_g": 140000,
    "weight_estimated": false,
    "temp_min_c": -40,
    "temp_max_c": 120,
    "standard": "ANSI ABMA 19.2",
    "naming_rule_text": " The 178 mm ring width within the 178 mm overall width is the space taken by the centre element of the set; abutment and spacer drawings should be dimensioned from the catalogue width table, not scaled from a single-row bearing. Selection arithmetic: C 3169 kN and C0 8150 kN are ratings of the complete double-row unit, giving a C0/C balance of 2.57; the fatigue load limit Pu 610 kN is the floor for the adjusted-life calculation at the 450 mm bore. Assembly datum check: verify the 178 mm width against the drawing before clamping — the width is the assembled result and the quickest field check that the correct execution of BT2B328523-HA1 is on the shaft. When cross-referencing BT2B328523-HA1, note that the TDI/WIY2 variant is part of the SKF works designation: same-envelope units under another variant code can differ in clearance class and load rating even though d/D/T match. TDI mounting: the double cone takes the m6 shaft seat at 450 mm bore, and the two single cups are seated separately in the housing — check cup-face contact around the full circumference before axial clamping.The SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 is a 450×595×178 mm TDI double-row tapered roller bearing — a double cone with two cups, delivered clearance-set as one assembly weighing 140.0 kg.Numbering for double-row tapered bearings is works-specific: BT2B 328523 denotes the envelope (450 mm bore, 595 mm OD, 178 mm width) and the suffix the internal design — two bearings with the same base number but different variants are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning.",
    "applications": [
      "rolling-mill roll-neck bearings",
      "heavy-duty rolling-mill gearboxes",
      "large crusher and mineral-processing drives",
      "marine propulsion gearboxes"
    ],
    "failure_modes": [
      "axial clamping ring bolt relaxation that lets the clearance-set rows walk apart under reversing thrust",
      "water or scale ingress at the separable ring parting lines in roll-neck service",
      "pressed-steel cage wear or fracture after prolonged running above the limiting speed",
      "grease degradation after long shelf storage without rotation or re-greasing",
      "mounting score marks when the cone is cocked over the shaft keyway or a burr"
    ],
    "pitfalls": [
      "Catalogue tables for this size class list no reference speed: derive permissible speed from the application heat balance, and instrument the first run of a BT2B328523-HA1 installation with temperature logging.",
      "Contamination control matters twice over for double-row units: particles trapped between the rows of BT2B328523-HA1 cannot migrate out, so flush the housing before assembly and fit filtration matched to the oil flow.",
      "Never adjust the clearance of BT2B328523-HA1 in the field: the two rows are set by ground spacers at the factory, and shim experiments on a 140.0 kg assembly usually end in overheated rows.",
      "The 3169/8150 kN ratings are SKF catalogue 17000 values for this execution; SKF can revise internal geometry without changing the order number, so keep the catalogue version (PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN, 2018) with the specification.",
      "Quote the full SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 designation when purchasing — base-number-only orders are ambiguous across executions and variants."
    ],
    "faq": [
      {
        "q": "What are the dimensions and catalogue data of BT2B328523-HA1?",
        "a": "The SKF BT2B 328523/HA1 is a double-row tapered roller bearing of TDI design with 450 mm bore, 595 mm outer diameter and 178 mm overall width (17.717 × 23.425 × 7.008 in). From SKF catalogue PUB BU/P1 17000: basic dynamic load rating C 3169 kN, C0 8150 kN, fatigue load limit Pu 610 kN, mass about 140.00 kg."
      },
      {
        "q": "What does the TDI/WIY2 variant code on BT2B328523-HA1 mean?",
        "a": "Double-row tapered bearings of this size follow SKF works numbering: the base number BT2B 328523 fixes the 450×595×178 mm envelope, and the TDI/WIY2 code identifies the internal design variant — spacer execution, rib detail and clearance class. Same-envelope units under a different variant are not interchangeable without checking the variant meaning."
      },
      {
        "q": "Why does the catalogue list no speed rating for BT2B328523-HA1?",
        "a": "Bearings of this size class run in slow, heavily loaded machinery where the permissible speed is set by the application heat balance rather than a universal table value. Plan lubrication and cooling against the 140.0 kg assembly mass and instrument the first run with temperature logging."
      },
      {
        "q": "Can components of BT2B328523-HA1 be interchanged with another unit of the same base number?",
        "a": "No — cones, cups and spacers of a double-row set are matched per serial and the clearance is set by selective grinding at the factory. Replace BT2B328523-HA1 as a complete assembly in the same TDI/WIY2 variant."
      },
      {
        "q": "How does BT2B328523-HA1 react axial load?",
        "a": "The TDI design works as a fixed O arrangement: one double cone between two single cups gives a wide load spread and high moment stiffness while reacting thrust in both directions through the two rows."
      }
    ],
    "cross_ref": [
      {
        "equiv_sku": "BT2B328523",
        "equiv_brand": "ISO 15",
        "level": "full",
        "note": "ISO 15 boundary-dimension envelope; standard interchange — confirm clearance class and precision with the supplier."
      }
    ],
    "source_ref": "https://cdn.skfmediahub.skf.com/api/public/0901d196802809de/pdf_preview_medium/0901d196802809de_pdf_preview_medium.pdf",
    "catalog_ver": "SKF PUB BU/P1 17000/1 EN (Oct 2018), ch. 8.3-8.8 TRB variants",
    "extracted_at": "2026-09-29",
    "last_verified": "2026-09-29",
    "confidence_score": 0.7,
    "status": "published",
    "aliases": [
      "BT2B328523-HA1"
    ],
    "locale_variants": {}
  }
]